497

GOLDMAN SACHS MONEY MARKET FUNDS

GOLDMAN SACHS — INSTITUTIONAL LIQUID ASSETS PORTFOLIOS
FINANCIAL SQUARE FUNDS

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DATED APRIL 28, 2006, AS AMENDED JUNE 16, 2006

ILA SHARES
ILA ADMINISTRATION SHARES
ILA SERVICE SHARES
ILA CLASS B SHARES
ILA CLASS C SHARES
ILA CASH MANAGEMENT SHARES
FST SHARES
FST SERVICE SHARES
FST ADMINISTRATION SHARES
FST PREFERRED SHARES
FST SELECT SHARES
FST CAPITAL SHARES

Goldman Sachs Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end management investment company (or mutual fund) which includes the Goldman Sachs — Institutional Liquid Assets Portfolios and Financial Square Funds. This Statement of Additional Information relates solely to the offering of (i) ILA Shares, ILA Administration Shares, ILA Service Shares and ILA Cash Management Shares of: Prime Obligations Portfolio (“ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio”), Money Market Portfolio (“ILA Money Market Portfolio”), Treasury Obligations Portfolio (“ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio”), Treasury Instruments Portfolio (“ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio”), Government Portfolio (“ILA Government Portfolio”), Federal Portfolio (“ILA Federal Portfolio”), Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio (“ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio”), Tax-Exempt California Portfolio (“ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio”) and Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio (“ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio”); (ii) ILA Class B and Class C Shares of ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio (individually, an “ILA Portfolio” and collectively the “ILA Portfolios”); and (iii) FST Shares, FST Service Shares, FST Administration Shares, FST Preferred Shares, FST Select Shares and FST Capital Shares of: Goldman Sachs - Financial Square Prime Obligations Fund (“FS Prime Obligations Fund”), Goldman Sachs — Financial Square Money Market Fund (“FS Money Market Fund”), Goldman Sachs — Financial Square Treasury Obligations Fund (“FS Treasury Obligations Fund”), Goldman Sachs — Financial Square Treasury Instruments Fund (“FS Treasury Instruments Fund”), Goldman Sachs — Financial Square Government Fund (“FS Government Fund”), Goldman Sachs — Financial Square Federal Fund (“FS Federal Fund”) and Goldman Sachs — Financial Square Tax-Free Money Market Fund (“FS Tax-Free Fund”) (individually, a “Financial Square Fund,” collectively the “Financial Square Funds” and together with the ILA Portfolios, the “Series”).

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM” or the “Investment Adviser”) serves as the Series’ investment adviser. Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“Goldman Sachs”) serves as distributor and transfer agent to the Series.

The Goldman Sachs Funds offer banks, corporate cash managers, investment advisers and other institutional investors a family of professionally-managed mutual funds, including money market, fixed income and equity funds, and a range of related services. All products are designed to provide clients with the benefit of the expertise of GSAM and its affiliates in security selection, asset allocation, portfolio construction and day-to-day management.

The hallmark of the Goldman Sachs Funds is personalized service, which reflects the priority that Goldman Sachs places on serving clients’ interests. Service organizations and other Goldman Sachs clients will be assigned an Account Administrator (“AA”), who is ready to help with questions concerning their accounts. During business hours, service organizations and other Goldman Sachs clients can call their AA through a toll-free number to place purchase or redemption orders or to obtain Series and account information. The AA can also answer inquiries about rates of return and portfolio composition/holdings, and guide service organizations through operational details. The Goldman Sachs Funds allow service organizations to purchase and redeem shares and access account information via the Internet.

This Statement of Additional Information (“Additional Statement”) is not a Prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectuses for the Series and share classes mentioned above, each dated April 28, 2006, as those Prospectuses may be further amended and supplemented from time to time. A copy of each Prospectus may be obtained without charge from service organizations, or by calling Goldman, Sachs & Co. at 1-800-621-2550 or by writing Goldman, Sachs & Co., P.O. Box 06050, Chicago, Illinois 60606-6300.

The audited financial statements and related report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP independent registered public accounting firm for the ILA Portfolios and Financial Square Funds, contained in the ILA Portfolios’ and Financial Square Funds’ 2005 Annual Reports are incorporated herein by reference in the section “Financial Statements.” No other portions of the Series’ Annual Reports are incorporated by reference. The Annual Reports may be obtained upon request and without charge by calling Goldman, Sachs & Co. toll free at 1-800-621-2550.

Goldman Sachs Financial Square Fund ^SMis a service mark of Goldman Sachs & Co.

GSAM® is a registered service mark of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

The date of this Additional Statement is April 28, 2006, as amended June 16, 2006.

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND PRACTICES

Each Series is a separate pool of assets which pursues its investment objective through separate investment policies. Each Series other than the ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio and ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio is a diversified, open-end management investment company (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”)). The ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio and ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio are non-diversified open-end management investment companies, as defined in the Act. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the same meaning as in the Prospectus. The following discussion elaborates on the description of each Series’ investment policies and practices contained in the Prospectus.

All investment objectives and investment policies not specifically designated as fundamental may be changed without shareholder approval. However, with respect to the ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio, ILA Government Portfolio, ILA Federal Portfolio, FS Treasury Instruments Fund, FS Government Fund, and FS Federal Fund, to the extent required by Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations, shareholders will be provided with sixty-days notice in the manner prescribed by the SEC before any change in a Series’ policy to invest, under normal circumstances, in the particular type of investment suggested by its name.

To the extent described in the Prospectus and further below, the policies of the ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio, FS Treasury Obligations Fund and FS Tax-Free Money Market Fund to invest at least 80% of their net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at the time of purchase) (“Net Assets”) in the particular type of investments suggested by their respective names are fundamental policies that may not be changed without shareholder approval.

U.S. Government Securities

Each Series (except the ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio, ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio and ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio and FS Treasury Obligations Fund, FS Treasury Instruments Fund and FS Tax-Free Fund) may invest in government securities, which are obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government and its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises (“U.S. Government Securities”). Some U.S. Government Securities (such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds, which differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance) are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Others, such as obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises, are supported either by (i) the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, (ii) the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the issuer or (iii) only the credit of the issuer. The U.S. government is under no legal obligation, in general, to purchase the obligations of its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to the U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises in the future.

U.S. Government Securities are deemed to include (i) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities and (ii) participations in loans made to foreign governments or their agencies that are so guaranteed. The secondary market for certain of these participations is

extremely limited. In the absence of a suitable secondary market, such participations may therefore be regarded as illiquid.

Each Series (except the ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio and FS Tax-Free Fund) may invest in separately traded principal and interest components of securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. The principal and interest components of selected securities are traded independently under the Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities program (“STRIPS”). Under the STRIPS program, the principal and interest components are individually numbered and separately issued by the U.S. Treasury at the request of depository financial institutions, which then trade the component parts independently.

Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities. Certain Funds may invest in U.S. Government securities, called “Treasury inflation-protected securities” or “TIPS,” which are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The interest rate on TIPS is fixed at issuance, but over the life of the bond this interest may be paid on an increasing or decreasing principal value that has been adjusted for inflation. Although repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity is guaranteed, the market value of TIPS is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate.

The values of TIPS generally fluctuate in response to changes in real interest rates, which are in turn tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in the value of TIPS. In contrast, if nominal interest rates were to increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in the value of TIPS. If inflation is lower than expected during the period a Fund holds TIPS, a Fund may earn less on the TIPS than on a conventional bond. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in the currency exchange rates), investors in TIPS may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bonds’ inflation measure. There can be no assurance that the inflation index for TIPS will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services.

Any increase in principal value of TIPS caused by an increase in the consumer price index is taxable in the year the increase occurs, even though a Fund holding TIPS will not receive cash representing the increase at that time. As a result, a Fund could be required at times to liquidate other investments, including when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to satisfy its distribution requirements as a regulated investment company.

If a Fund invests in Treasury-inflation protected securities (“TIPS”), it will be required to treat as original issue discount any increase in the principal amount of the securities that occurs during the course of its taxable year. If a Fund purchases such inflation protected securities that are issued in stripped form either as stripped bonds or coupons, it will be treated as if it had purchased a newly issued debt instrument having original issue discount.

Because a Fund is required to distribute substantially all of its net investment income (including accrued original issue discount), a Fund’s investment in either zero coupon bonds or TIPS may require a Fund to distribute to shareholders an amount greater than the total cash income it actually receives. Accordingly, in order to make the required distributions, a Fund may be required to borrow or liquidate securities.

Custodial Receipts

Each Series (other than the ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio, ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio, ILA Government Portfolio, ILA Federal Portfolio, FS Treasury Obligations Fund, FS Treasury Instruments Fund, FS Government Fund, and FS Federal Fund) may also acquire U.S. Government Securities, municipal obligations or other debt instruments in the form of custodial receipts that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain U.S. Government Securities, municipal obligations or other debt instruments. Such securities are held in custody by a bank on behalf of the owners. These custodial receipts are known by various names, including “Treasury Receipts,” “Treasury Investors Growth Receipts” (“TIGRs”), and “Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities” (“CATS”). Although custodial receipts involving U.S. Government Securities are not considered U.S. Government Securities for certain securities law purposes, the securities underlying such receipts are issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities.

Bank and Corporate Obligations

Each Series (other than ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio, ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio, ILA Government Portfolio, ILA Federal Portfolio, FS Treasury Obligations Fund, FS Treasury Instruments Fund, FS Government Fund and FS Federal Fund) may invest in commercial paper, including variable amount master demand notes and asset-backed commercial paper. Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by banks or bank holding companies, corporations, and finance companies. The commercial paper purchased by the Series consists of direct U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of domestic or, in the case of ILA Money Market Portfolio and FS Money Market Fund, foreign issuers. The ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio and FS Tax-Free Fund may invest only in tax-exempt commercial paper. Bank obligations in which the ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio, ILA Money Market Portfolio, FS Prime Obligations Fund and FS Money Market Fund may invest include certificates of deposit, unsecured bank promissory notes, bankers’ acceptances, fixed time deposits and other debt obligations. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return.

Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. Bank notes and bankers’ acceptances rank junior to domestic deposit liabilities of the bank and pari passu with other senior, unsecured obligations of the bank. Bank notes are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other insurer. Deposit notes are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation only to the extent of $100,000 per depositor per bank.

The ILA Money Market Portfolio and FS Money Market Fund will invest more than 25% of their total assets in bank obligations (whether foreign or domestic), including bank commercial paper. However, if adverse economic conditions prevail in the banking industry (such as substantial losses on

loans, increases in non-performing assets and charge-offs and declines in total deposits) these Series may, for defensive purposes, temporarily invest less than 25% of their total assets in bank obligations. As a result, the Series may be especially affected by favorable and adverse developments in or related to the banking industry. The activities of U.S. banks and most foreign banks are subject to comprehensive regulations which, in the case of U.S. regulations, have undergone substantial changes in the past decade. The enactment of new legislation or regulations, as well as changes in interpretation and enforcement of current laws, may affect the manner of operations and profitability of domestic and foreign banks. Significant developments in the U.S. banking industry have included increased competition from other types of financial institutions, increased acquisition activity and geographic expansion. Banks may be particularly susceptible to certain economic factors, such as interest rate changes and adverse developments in the market for real estate. Fiscal and monetary policy and general economic cycles can affect the availability and cost of funds, loan demand and asset quality and thereby impact the earnings and financial conditions of banks.

The ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio, ILA Money Market Portfolio, FS Prime Obligations Fund and FS Money Market Fund may invest in other short-term obligations, including short-term funding agreements payable in U.S. dollars and issued or guaranteed by U.S. corporations, foreign corporations (with respect to the ILA Money Market Portfolio and FS Money Market Fund) or other entities. A funding agreement is a contract between an issuer and a purchaser that obligates the issuer to pay a guaranteed rate of interest on a principal sum deposited by the purchaser. Funding agreements will also guarantee a stream of payments over time. A funding agreement has a fixed maturity date and may have either a fixed or variable interest rate that is based on an index and guaranteed for a set time period. Because there is generally no secondary market for these investments, funding agreements purchased by a Series may be regarded as illiquid.

Repurchase Agreements

Each Series (other than the ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio, FS Treasury Instruments Fund and FS Tax-Free Fund) may enter into repurchase agreements with securities dealers and banks which furnish collateral at least equal in value or market price to the amount of their repurchase obligation. A repurchase agreement is similar to a collateralized loan, but involves an arrangement under which the purchaser (i.e., the Series) purchases securities subject to the seller’s agreement, at the time of sale, to repurchase the securities at a specified time and price. These securities may include securities that could not be held by a Portfolio without the seller’s repurchase commitment. The ILA Federal Portfolio and FS Federal Fund may, but do not presently intend to, invest in repurchase agreements.

Custody of the securities will be maintained by the Series’ custodian or subcustodian for the duration of the agreement. The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to the Series, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be the same, with interest at a stated rate due to the Series together with the repurchase price on repurchase. In either case, the income to the Series is unrelated to the investment return, if any, on the securities subject to the repurchase agreement. The seller of a repurchase agreement will agree that the value of the purchased securities will at all times equal or exceed the repurchase price during the term of the repurchase agreement.

Repurchase agreements pose certain risks for the Series that utilize them. Such risks are not unique to the Series but are inherent in repurchase agreements. The Series seek to minimize such risks

by, among others, the means indicated below, but because of the inherent legal uncertainties involved in repurchase agreements, such risks cannot be eliminated.

For purposes of the Act, and generally, for tax purposes, a repurchase agreement is deemed to be a loan from the Series to the seller of the securities. It is not clear whether for other purposes a court would consider the securities purchased by the Series subject to a repurchase agreement as being owned by the Series or as being collateral for a loan by the Series to the seller.

If, in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings concerning the seller of the securities, a court holds that the Series does not have a perfected security interest in the securities, the Series may be required to return the securities to the seller’s estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor of the seller. As an unsecured creditor, a Series would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction. To minimize this risk, the Series utilize custodians and subcustodians that the Investment Adviser believes follow customary securities industry practice with respect to repurchase agreements, and the Investment Adviser analyzes the creditworthiness of the obligor, in this case the seller of the securities. But because of the legal uncertainties, this risk, like others associated with repurchase agreements, cannot be eliminated.

Also, in the event of commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the securities before repurchase of the securities under a repurchase agreement, a Series may encounter delay and incur costs before being able to sell the securities. Such a delay may involve loss of interest or a decline in the value of the securities or other collateral, in which case a Series may not recover the full amount it paid for the securities. Certain Series may enter into repurchase agreements that involve securities that would be subject to a court “stay” in the event of the seller’s bankruptcy or insolvency. A “stay” will prevent a Series from selling the securities it holds under a repurchase agreement until permitted by a court. In these situations a Series will be subject to greater risk that the value of the securities will decline before they are sold, and that the Series will experience a loss.

Apart from the risks associated with bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, there is also the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the security, whether or not the seller is bankrupt or insolvent. However, if the market value of the securities subject to the repurchase agreement becomes less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest), the Series will direct the seller of the securities to deliver additional securities so that the market value of all securities subject to the repurchase agreement equals or exceeds the repurchase price. It is possible that, with respect to certain repurchase agreements, a trustee for a bankrupt or insolvent seller could be able to demand the return of any additional securities that were previously delivered to the Series for this purpose, and a Series could incur a loss for this reason.

Each Series may not invest in repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days if, as a result thereof, more than 10% of the net assets of that Series (taken at market value) would be invested in such investments and other securities which are not readily marketable . Certain repurchase agreements which mature in more than seven days can be liquidated before the nominal fixed term on seven days or less notice. Such repurchase agreements will be regarded as liquid instruments.

In addition, each Series (other than the ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio, FS Treasury Instruments Fund and FS Tax-Free Fund), together with other registered investment companies having management agreements with the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates, may

transfer uninvested cash balances into a single joint account, the daily aggregate balance of which will be invested in one or more repurchase agreements.

Foreign Securities

The ILA Money Market Portfolio and FS Money Market Fund may invest in certificates of deposit, commercial paper, unsecured bank promissory notes, bankers’ acceptances, fixed time deposits and other debt obligations issued or guaranteed by major foreign banks which have more than $1 billion in total assets at the time of purchase, U.S. branches of such foreign banks (Yankee obligations), foreign branches of such foreign banks and foreign branches of U.S. banks. The ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio and FS Prime Obligations Fund may invest in certificates of deposit, commercial paper, unsecured bank promissory notes, bankers’ acceptances, fixed time deposits and other obligations issued by foreign branches of U.S. banks. The ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio and FS Tax-Free Fund may also invest in municipal instruments backed by letters of credit or other forms of credit enhancement issued by foreign banks which have a branch, agency or subsidiary in the U.S. Under current SEC rules relating to the use of the amortized cost method of portfolio securities valuation, the ILA Money Market Portfolio and FS Money Market Fund are restricted to purchasing U.S. dollar-denominated securities, but are not otherwise precluded from purchasing securities of foreign issuers.

The ILA Money Market Portfolio and FS Money Market Fund may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated obligations (limited to commercial paper and other notes) issued or guaranteed by a foreign government. The ILA Money Market Portfolio and FS Money Market Fund may also invest in U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued or guaranteed by any entity located or organized in a foreign country that maintains a short-term foreign currency rating in the highest short-term ratings category by the requisite number of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”). The ILA Money Market Portfolio and FS Money Market Fund may not invest more than 25% of their total assets in the securities of any one foreign government.

Investments in foreign securities and bank obligations may involve considerations different from investments in domestic securities due to limited publicly available information; non-uniform accounting standards; the possible imposition of withholding or confiscatory taxes; the possible adoption of foreign governmental restrictions affecting the payment of principal and interest; expropriation; or other adverse political or economic developments. In addition, it may be more difficult to obtain and enforce a judgment against a foreign issuer or a foreign branch of a domestic bank and the legal remedies for investors may be more limited than the remedies available in the United States.

Asset-Backed and Receivables-Backed Securities

The ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio, ILA Money Market Portfolio, FS Prime Obligations Fund and FS Money Market Fund may invest in asset-backed and receivables-backed securities. Asset-backed and receivables-backed securities represent participations in, or are secured by and payable from, pools of assets such as mortgages, motor vehicle installment sale contracts, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements, corporate receivables and other categories of receivables. Such asset pools are securitized through the use of privately-formed trusts or special purpose vehicles. Payments or distributions of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or a pool insurance policy issued by a financial institution or other credit

enhancements may be present. The value of a Series’ investments in asset-backed and receivables-backed securities may be adversely affected by prepayment of the underlying obligations. In addition, the risk of prepayment may cause the value of these investments to be more volatile than a Series’ other investments.

Through the use of trusts and special purpose corporations, various types of assets, including automobile loans, computer leases, trade receivables and credit card receivables, are being securitized in pass-through structures similar to the mortgage pass-through structures. Consistent with their respective investment objectives and policies, the Series may invest in these and other types of asset-backed securities that may be developed. This Additional Statement may be amended or supplemented as necessary to reflect the intention of the ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio, ILA Money Market Portfolio, FS Prime Obligations Fund and FS Money Market Fund to invest in asset-backed securities with characteristics that are materially different from the securities described in the preceding paragraph. However, a Series will generally not invest in an asset-backed security if the income received with respect to its investment constitutes rental income or other income not treated as qualifying income under the 90% test described in “Tax Information” below.

As set forth below, several types of asset-backed and receivables-backed securities are offered to investors, including for example, Certificates for Automobile Receivables^sm (“CARS^sm”) and interests in pools of credit card receivables. CARS^sm represent undivided fractional interests in a trust (“CAR Trust”) whose assets consist of a pool of motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts and security interests in the vehicles securing the contracts. Payments of principal and interest on CARS^sm are passed through monthly to certificate holders, and are guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the trustee or originator of the CAR Trust. An investor’s return on CARS^sm may be affected by early prepayment of principal on the underlying vehicle sales contracts. If the letter of credit is exhausted, the CAR Trust may be prevented from realizing the full amount due on a sales contract because of state law requirements and restrictions relating to foreclosure sales of vehicles and the obtaining of deficiency judgments following such sales or because of depreciation, damage or loss of a vehicle, the application of federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, or other factors. As a result, certificate holders may experience delays in payments or losses if the letter of credit is exhausted.

Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities may not have the benefit of any security interest in the related assets. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. There is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.

Asset-backed securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, the securities may contain elements of credit support which fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection, and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor or servicer. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, the provision of a reserve fund, or a combination thereof to ensure, subject to certain limitations that scheduled payments on the underlying pool are made in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from default ensures ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. This protection may be provided through guarantees, policies or letters of credit

obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transactions or through a combination of such approaches. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information reflecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the value of or return on an investment in such a security.

The availability of asset-backed securities may be affected by legislative or regulatory developments. It is possible that such developments could require the ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio, ILA Money Market Portfolio, FS Prime Obligations Fund and FS Money Market Fund to dispose of any then existing holdings of such securities.

To the extent consistent with its investment objectives and policies, each of the ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio, ILA Money Market Portfolio, FS Prime Obligations Fund and FS Money Market Fund may invest in new types of mortgage-related securities and in other asset-backed securities that may be developed in the future.

Forward Commitments and When-Issued Securities

Each Series may purchase securities on a when-issued basis and enter into forward commitments. These transactions involve a commitment by the Series to purchase or sell securities at a future date beyond the customary settlement time. The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. When-issued purchases and forward commitment transactions are negotiated directly with the other party, and such commitments are not traded on exchanges, but may be traded over-the-counter.

A Series will purchase securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis only with the intention of completing the transaction and actually purchasing or selling the securities. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, a Series may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after entering into it. A Series also may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Series on the settlement date. The Series may realize capital gains or losses in connection with these transactions; distributions from any net capital gains would be taxable to its shareholders. For purposes of determining a Series’ average dollar weighted maturity, the maturity of when-issued or forward commitment securities for fixed-rate obligations will be calculated from the commitment date.

When a Series purchases securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, the Series will segregate cash or liquid assets having a value at least equal to the amount of the Series’ purchase commitments. Alternatively, a Series may enter into off-setting contracts for the forward sale of securities. These procedures are designed to ensure that the Series will maintain sufficient assets at all times to cover its obligations under when-issued purchases and forward commitments.

Variable Amount Master Demand Notes

Each Series (other than the ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio, ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio, ILA Federal Portfolio, FS Treasury Obligations Fund, FS Treasury Instruments Fund, and FS Federal Fund) may purchase variable amount master demand notes. These obligations permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between a Series, as lender, and the borrower. Variable amount master demand notes are not generally

transferable, and are not ordinarily rated. A Series may invest in them only if the Investment Adviser believes that the notes are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which that Series may invest.

Variable Rate and Floating Rate Obligations

The interest rates payable on certain fixed income securities in which a Series may invest are not fixed and may fluctuate based upon changes in market rates. A variable rate obligation has an interest rate which is adjusted at predesignated periods in response to changes in the market rate of interest on which the interest rate is based. Variable and floating rate obligations are less effective than fixed rate instruments at locking in a particular yield. Nevertheless, such obligations may fluctuate in value in response to interest rate changes if there is a delay between changes in market interest rates and the interest reset date for the obligation, or for other reasons.

Each Series (other than the ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio, ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio, ILA Government Portfolio, ILA Federal Portfolio, FS Treasury Obligations Fund, FS Treasury Instruments Fund, FS Government Fund and FS Federal Fund) may purchase variable and floating rate demand instruments that are municipal obligations or other debt securities issued by corporations and other non-governmental issuers that possess a floating or variable interest rate adjustment formula. These instruments permit a Series to demand payment of the principal balance plus unpaid accrued interest upon a specified number of days’ notice to the issuer or its agent. The demand feature may be backed by a bank letter of credit or guarantee, or the credit enhancement issued with respect to such instrument.

The terms of the variable or floating rate demand instruments that a Series may purchase provide that interest rates are adjustable at intervals ranging from daily up to 397 calendar days, and the adjustments are based upon current market levels, the prime rate of a bank or other appropriate interest rate adjustment index as provided in the respective instruments. Some of these instruments are payable on demand on a daily basis or on not more than seven days’ notice. Others, such as instruments with quarterly or semi-annual interest rate adjustments, may be put back to the issuer on designated days, usually on not more than thirty days’ notice. Still others are automatically called by the issuer unless the Series instructs otherwise. The Trust, on behalf of the Series, intends to exercise the demand only (i) upon a default under the terms of the debt security; (ii) as needed to provide liquidity to a Series; (iii) to maintain the respective quality standards of a Series’ investment portfolio; or (iv) to attain a more optimal portfolio structure. A Series will determine the variable or floating rate demand instruments that it will purchase in accordance with procedures approved by the Trustees to minimize credit risks. To be eligible for purchase by a Series, a variable or floating rate demand instrument which is unrated must have high quality characteristics similar to other obligations in which the Series may invest. The Investment Adviser may determine that an unrated variable or floating rate demand instrument meets a Series’ quality criteria by reason of being backed by a letter of credit, guarantee, or demand feature issued by an entity that meets the quality criteria for the Series. Thus, either the credit of the issuer of the obligation or the provider of the credit support or both will meet the quality standards of the Series.

As stated in the Prospectuses, the Series may consider the maturity of a long-term variable or floating rate demand instrument to be shorter than its ultimate stated maturity under specified conditions. The acquisition of variable or floating rate demand notes for a Series must also meet the requirements of rules issued by the SEC applicable to the use of the amortized cost method of securities valuation. The Series will also consider the liquidity of the market for variable and floating

rate instruments, and in the event that such instruments are illiquid, the Series’ investments in such instruments will be subject to the limitation on illiquid investments.

Restricted and Other Illiquid Securities

A Series may purchase securities that are not registered (“restricted securities”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), including restricted securities that can be offered and sold to “qualified institutional buyers” under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. However, a Series will not invest more than 10% of the value of its net assets in securities which are illiquid, which includes fixed time deposits with a notice or demand period of more than seven days that cannot be traded on a secondary market and restricted securities. The Board of Trustees has adopted guidelines under which the Investment Adviser determines and monitors the liquidity of restricted securities subject to the oversight of the Trustees. Restricted securities (including securities issued under Rule 144A and commercial paper issued under Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act) which are determined to be liquid will not be deemed to be illiquid investments for purposes of the foregoing restriction. Since it is not possible to predict with assurance that the market for restricted securities will continue to be liquid, the Investment Adviser will monitor each Series’ investments in these securities, focusing on such important factors, among others, as valuation, liquidity and availability of information. This investment practice could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in a Series to the extent that qualified institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing these restricted securities.

Municipal Obligations

The ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio, ILA Money Market Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio, FS Prime Obligations Fund, FS Money Market Fund, and FS Tax-Free Fund may invest in municipal obligations. Municipal obligations are issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States and their political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities and the District of Columbia to obtain funds for various public purposes. The interest on most of these obligations is generally exempt from regular federal income tax. The two principal classifications of municipal obligations are “notes” and “bonds.” The ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio, ILA Money Market Portfolio, FS Prime Obligations Fund and FS Money Market Fund may invest in municipal obligations when yields on such securities are attractive compared to other taxable investments.

Notes. Municipal notes are generally used to provide for short-term capital needs and generally have maturities of one year or less. Municipal notes include tax anticipation notes, revenue

anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes, construction loan notes, tax-exempt commercial paper and certain receipts for municipal obligations.

Tax anticipation notes are sold to finance working capital needs of municipalities. They are generally payable from specific tax revenues expected to be received at a future date. They are frequently general obligations of the issuer, secured by the taxing power for payment of principal and interest. Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other types of revenue such as federal or state aid. Tax anticipation notes and revenue anticipation notes are generally issued in anticipation of various seasonal revenues such as income, sales, use, and business taxes. Bond anticipation notes are sold to provide interim financing in anticipation of long-term financing in the market. In most cases, these monies provide for the repayment of the notes. Tax-exempt commercial paper consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes issued by a state or local government or an authority or agency thereof. The Series which invest in municipal obligations may also acquire securities in the form of custodial receipts which evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain state and local governmental and authority obligations when, in the opinion of bond counsel, if any, interest payments with respect to such custodial receipts are excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes, and in the case of the ILA Tax-Exempt California and ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolios, exempt from California and New York (city and state) personal income taxes, respectively. Such obligations are held in custody by a bank on behalf of the holders of the receipts. These custodial receipts are known by various names, including “Municipal Receipts” (“MRs”) and “Municipal Certificates of Accrual on Tax-Exempt Securities” (“M-CATS”). There are a number of other types of notes issued for different purposes and secured differently from those described above.

Bonds. Municipal bonds, which generally meet longer term capital needs and have maturities of more than one year when issued, have two principal classifications, “general obligation” bonds and “revenue” bonds.

General obligation bonds are issued by entities such as states, counties, cities, towns and regional districts and are used to fund a wide range of public projects including the construction or improvement of schools, highways and roads, water and sewer systems and a variety of other public purposes. The basic security of general obligation bonds is the issuer’s pledge of its faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. The taxes that can be levied for the payment of debt service may be limited or unlimited as to rate or amount or special assessments.

Revenue bonds have been issued to fund a wide variety of capital projects including: electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. The principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net revenues derived from a particular facility or group of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Although the principal security behind these bonds varies widely, many provide additional security in the form of a debt service reserve fund whose monies may also be used to make principal and interest payments on the issuer’s obligations. Housing finance authorities have a wide range of security including partially or fully insured, rent subsidized and/or collateralized mortgages, and/or the net revenues from housing or other public projects. In addition to a debt service reserve fund, some authorities provide further security in the form of a state’s ability (without obligation) to make up deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund. Lease rental revenue bonds issued by a state or local authority for capital projects are secured by annual lease rental payments from the state or locality to the authority sufficient to cover debt service on the authority’s obligations.

In purchasing municipal obligations, the ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio and FS Tax-Free Fund rely on opinions of bond counsel as to the excludability of interest on such obligations from gross income for federal income tax purposes and, where applicable, the tax-exempt nature of such interest under the personal income tax laws of a particular state. These Series do not undertake independent investigations concerning the tax-exempt status of such obligations, nor do they guarantee or represent that bond counsels’ opinions are correct. Bond counsels’ opinions will generally be based in part upon covenants by the issuers and related parties regarding continuing compliance with federal tax requirements. Tax laws not only limit the purposes for which tax-exempt bonds may be issued and the supply of such bonds, but also contain numerous and complex requirements that must be satisfied on a continuing basis in order for bonds to be and remain tax-exempt. If the issuer of a bond or a user of a bond-financed facility fails to comply with such requirements at any time, interest on the bond could become taxable, retroactive to the date the obligation was issued. In that event, a portion of a Series’ distributions attributable to interest the Series received on such bond for the current year and for prior years could be characterized or recharacterized as taxable income.

Private activity bonds (a term that includes certain types of bonds the proceeds of which are used to a specified extent for the benefit of persons other than governmental units), although nominally issued by municipal authorities, are generally not secured by the taxing power of the municipality but are secured by the revenues of the authority derived from payments by the industrial user. Each Series (other than the ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio, ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio, ILA Government Portfolio, ILA Federal Portfolio, FS Treasury Obligations Fund, FS Treasury Instruments Fund, FS Government and FS Federal Funds) may invest in private activity bonds. The ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio will limit its investments in private activity bonds to not more than 20% of its net assets under normal market conditions. The ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio and FS Tax-Free Fund do not intend to invest in private activity bonds if the interest from such bonds would be an item of tax preference to shareholders under the federal alternative minimum tax. If such policy should change in the future, such investments would not exceed 20% of the net assets of each of the ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio and the FS Tax-Free Fund under normal market conditions. The ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio and FS Tax-Free Fund do not intend to invest more than 25% of the value of their respective total assets in private activity bonds or similar obligations where non-governmental entities supplying the revenues from which such bonds or obligations are to be paid are in the same industry.

Municipal bonds with a series of maturity dates are called serial bonds. The serial bonds which the Series may purchase are limited to short-term serial bonds—those with original or remaining maturities of thirteen months or less. The Series may purchase long-term bonds provided that they have a remaining maturity of thirteen months or less or, in the case of bonds called for redemption, the date on which the redemption payment must be made is within thirteen months. The Series may also purchase long-term bonds (sometimes referred to as “Put Bonds”), which are subject to a Series’ commitment to put the bond back to the issuer at par at a designated time within thirteen months and the issuer’s commitment to so purchase the bond at such price and time.

The Series which invest in municipal obligations may invest in municipal leases, certificates of participation and “moral obligation” bonds. A municipal lease is an obligation issued by a state or local government to acquire equipment or facilities. Certificates of participation represent interests in municipal leases or other instruments, such as installment contracts. Moral obligations bonds are

supported by the moral commitment but not the legal obligation of a state or municipality. In particular, these instruments permit governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. If, however, the governmental issuer does not periodically appropriate money to enable it to meet its payment obligations under these instruments, it cannot be legally compelled to do so. If a default occurs, it is likely that a Series would be unable to obtain another acceptable source of payment. Some municipal leases, certificates of participation and moral obligation bonds may be illiquid.

The Series which invest in municipal obligations may also invest in tender option bonds. A tender option bond is a municipal obligation (generally held pursuant to a custodial arrangement) having a relatively long maturity and bearing interest at a fixed rate substantially higher than prevailing short-term tax-exempt rates. The bond is typically issued in conjunction with the agreement of a third party, such as a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution, pursuant to which such institution grants the security holder the option, at periodic intervals, to tender its securities to the institution and receive the face value thereof. As consideration for providing the option, the financial institution receives periodic fees equal to the difference between the bond’s fixed coupon rate and the rate, as determined by a remarketing or similar agent at or near the commencement of such period, that would cause the bond, coupled with the tender option, to trade at par on the date of such determination. Thus, after payment of this fee, the security holder effectively holds a demand obligation that bears interest at the prevailing short-term, tax- exempt rate. However, an institution will not be obligated to accept tendered bonds in the event of certain defaults by, or a significant downgrading in the credit rating assigned to, the issuer of the bond.

The tender option will be taken into consideration in determining the maturity of tender option bonds and the average portfolio maturity of a Series. The liquidity of a tender option bond is a function of the credit quality of both the bond issuer and the financial institution providing liquidity. Consequently, tender option bonds are deemed to be liquid unless, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, the credit quality of the bond issuer and the financial institution is deemed, in light of the relevant Series’ credit quality requirements, to be inadequate.

Although the ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio and FS Tax-Free Fund intend to invest in tender option bonds the interest on which will, in the opinion of counsel for the issuer and sponsor or counsel selected by the Investment Adviser, be excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes, there is no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with such counsel’s opinion in any particular case. Consequently, there is a risk that a Series will not be considered the owner of such tender option bonds and thus will not be entitled to treat such interest as exempt from such tax. A similar risk exists for certain other investments subject to puts or similar rights. Additionally, the federal income tax treatment of certain other aspects of these investments, including the proper tax treatment of tender options and the associated fees, in relation to various regulated investment company tax provisions is unclear. The ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio and FS Tax-Free Fund intend to manage their respective portfolios in a manner designed to eliminate or minimize any adverse impact from the tax rules applicable to these investments.

In addition to general obligation bonds, revenue bonds and serial bonds, there are a variety of hybrid and special types of municipal obligations as well as numerous differences in the security of municipal obligations both within and between the two principal classifications above.

A Series may purchase municipal instruments that are backed by letters of credit issued by foreign banks that have a branch, agency or subsidiary in the United States. Such letters of credit, like other obligations of foreign banks, may involve credit risks in addition to those of domestic obligations, including risks relating to future political and economic developments, nationalization, foreign governmental restrictions such as exchange controls and difficulties in obtaining or enforcing a judgment against a foreign bank (including branches).

For the purpose of investment restrictions of the Series, the identification of the “issuer” of municipal obligations that are not general obligation bonds is made by the Investment Adviser on the basis of the characteristics of the obligations as described above, the most significant of which is the source of funds for the payment of principal of and interest on such obligations.

An entire issue of municipal obligations may be purchased by one or a small number of institutional investors such as one of the Series. Thus, the issue may not be said to be publicly offered. Unlike securities which must be registered under the 1933 Act prior to offer and sale, municipal obligations which are not publicly offered may nevertheless be readily marketable. A secondary market may exist for municipal obligations which were not publicly offered initially.

Municipal obligations purchased for a Series may be subject to the Series’ policy on holdings of illiquid securities. The Investment Adviser determines whether a municipal obligation is liquid based on whether it may be sold in a reasonable time consistent with the customs of the municipal markets (usually seven days) at a price (or interest rate) which accurately reflects its value. The Investment Adviser believes that the quality standards applicable to each Series’ investments enhance liquidity. In addition, stand-by commitments and demand obligations also enhance liquidity.

Yields on municipal obligations depend on a variety of factors, including money market conditions, municipal bond market conditions, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the quality of the issue. High quality municipal obligations tend to have a lower yield than lower rated obligations. Municipal obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Code, and laws, if any, which may be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or municipalities to levy taxes. There is also the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions the power or ability of any one or more issuers to pay when due principal of and interest on its or their municipal obligations may be materially affected.

Temporary Taxable Investments

The ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio and FS Tax-Free Money Market Fund may temporarily invest in the taxable money market instruments described in the foregoing sections. When a Fund’s assets are invested in such instruments, a Fund may not be achieving its investment objective of providing income except from federal and/or applicable state income taxes.

Special Risk Considerations Relating to California Municipal Obligations

result in the default of existing obligations, including obligations which may be held by the ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio. The following section provides only a brief summary of the complex factors affecting the financial condition of California, and is based on information obtained from California, as publicly available prior to the date of this Additional Statement. The information contained in such publicly available documents has not been independently verified. It should be noted that the creditworthiness of obligations issued by local issuers may be unrelated to the creditworthiness of California, and that there is no obligation on the part of California to make payment on such local obligations in the event of default in the absence of a specific guarantee or pledge provided by California.

Overview

Following several years of very strong growth in the late 1990s, which produced large State revenue surpluses, the State’s financial condition started to worsen since the start of 2001, with the combination of a mild Statewide economic recession (but with a severe downturn in the high technology sector centered in the San Francisco Bay Area) and a dramatic decline in revenue from capital gains and stock option activity resulting from the decline in stock market levels after mid-2000. Over several years, revenues proved to be substantially lower than projections, largely because of continued weakness in the economy and stock markets. This resulted in an accumulated budget deficit by June 30, 2003 estimated at over $10 billion, and caused a severe cash shortage.

In October, 2003, a successful recall election resulted in the replacement of the prior Governor with new Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger. On March 2, 2004, voters approved two companion ballot propositions which had been sponsored by the Governor. Proposition 57 authorized issuance of $15 billion of “economic recovery bonds” to fund previous budget deficits. About $11 billion of these bonds were issued in the spring of 2004 to fund the accumulated budget deficits and provide about $2 billion for the 2004-05 fiscal year budget. Proposition 58 implemented changes in state budget procedures designed to mandate adoption of balanced budgets in the future, to grant greater mid-year budget adjustment powers, to require creation of a budget reserve, and to prohibit future long-term borrowing to finance budget deficits. See “Recent Financial Results – Balanced Budget Amendment” below.

The final 2004-05 and 2005-06 fiscal year budgets continued the pattern of recent years, with a combination of expenditure reductions, one-time funding mechanisms and borrowing from both external markets, other State funds and local governments. Although revenue results in the last two fiscal years have exceeded projections, budgets have been balanced using borrowing and other one-time techniques. The Administration estimates the State continues to have an underlying “structural deficit” between ongoing revenue sources and ongoing program requirements, including repayment of previous budgetary borrowings. The Administration has estimated, in the Governor’s Budget for 2006-07, released January 10, 2006, that continuing strong revenue results, mirroring a growing economy in the State, will give the State an ending budgetary surplus at June 30, 2006 of about $6.5 billion. While this surplus will be sufficient to allow the 2006-07 budget to be in balance, future budgets will show a recurrence of the structural deficit unless more permanent actions are taken.

The State faced serious cash flow difficulties in the period 2002-2004 as a result of ongoing budget deficits and severely reduced revenues. It resorted to a series of external borrowings starting in the fall of 2001 to assure sufficient cash resources to pay its ongoing obligations, including maturing cash flow notes. The State issued $14 billion of cash flow notes to fund its requirements in the 2003-04 fiscal year, maturing in June, 2004. Repayment of this borrowing was accomplished with a

combination of ongoing revenues and proceeds from the issuance of the economic recovery bonds approved at the March 2004 election. The State’s cash flow borrowing was reduced to $6 billion in 2004-05 and $3 billion in 2005-06, and has been limited to covering normal cash management requirements during the fiscal year. Although about $3.75 billion of economic recovery bond capacity remains, the State budget still contains a large structural deficit. Unless this structural deficit can be addressed on a long-term basis, the State may continue to require access to external capital markets to meet its cash requirements.

The expenditure reductions and budget pressures in recent years on the State budget have resulted in continuing fiscal pressures on local governments throughout the State. As part of the 2004-05 State budget, the Governor reached an agreement to borrow $1.3 billion for each of two years, to be repaid after the 2005-06 fiscal year, from cities, counties, redevelopment agencies and other districts, in return for a constitutional amendment which would severely restrict such borrowings in the future. Several years of budget borrowing from transportation funds have left many State and local transportation construction projects without adequate funds.

Economic Factors

California’s economy is the largest among the 50 states and one of the largest 5 or 6 in the world. The State’s population of about 37 million (July 1, 2005 estimate) represents about 12-1/2% of the total United States population and grew by 26% in the 1980s, more than double the national rate. Population growth slowed to less than 1% annually in the early 1990’s due to a serious economic recession. For the decade of the 2000s, growth has returned to between 1 and 1.5 percent annually since 1997. The bulk of population growth in the State is due to births and foreign immigration.

Total personal income in the State, at an estimated $1,338 billion in 2005, accounts for about 13% of all personal income in the nation. Total civilian employment was over 16.8 million in 2005, the majority of which is in the service, trade and manufacturing sectors.

California began a period of strong economic growth in 1994 in virtually all sectors, particularly in high technology manufacturing and services, including computer software and other services, entertainment, tourism, and construction, and also with very strong growth in exports. The California economy outpaced the nation during this period. By the end of 2000, unemployment in the State had dropped to under 5%, its lowest level in three decades. In 2001, the State finally showed the impact of the nationwide economic slowdown, coupled with a cyclical downturn in the high technology sector (including Internet-related businesses) and entered a mild recession. International trade also slowed between 2001 and 2003 reflecting weakness in overseas economies (particularly in Asia). Job losses were concentrated in the San Francisco Bay Area, particularly in high technology industries; economic conditions have been better in other parts of the State.

Statewide, modest job growth resumed in the second half of 2003 and has continued through 2005. Nonfarm payroll employment in 2005 was about 1.5 percent higher than in 2004. The unemployment rate in 2005, averaging 5.4 percent, was the lowest in four years, and almost one percent lower than 2004. Most significantly, in 2005 economic growth in San Francisco Bay Area was at almost the same level as in Southern California. Personal income also showed strong growth, with a 6.0 percent gain in 2005 as compared to the year earlier. Residential construction and existing home sales remained strong in 2004 and the first three quarters of 2005, in part due to low interest rates, but new housing permits issued, and existing home sales slowed in the last quarter of 2005 and into 2006, indicating a cooling of the housing market. After several weak years, nonresidential construction grew

more strongly in 2004 and 2005. Exports through California ports reversed their declines of several years and showed year-over-year increases in 2003, 2004 and 2005. In January, 2006, the State Department of Finance projected continued growth in the economy in 2006 but at a more moderate rate than before. California’s economic growth will remain tied to the overall national economy.

Constitutional Limitations on Taxes, Other Charges and Appropriations

Limitation on Property Taxes. Certain California debt obligations may be obligations of issuers which rely in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, on ad valorem property taxes as a source of revenue. The taxing powers of California local governments and districts are limited by Article XIIIA of the California Constitution, enacted by the voters in 1978 and commonly known as “Proposition 13.” Briefly, Article XIIIA limits the rate of ad valorem property taxes to 1% of full cash value of real property and generally restricts the reassessment of property to 2% per year, except upon new construction or change of ownership (subject to a number of exemptions). Taxing entities may, however, raise ad valorem taxes above the 1% limit to pay debt service on voter-approved bonded indebtedness.

Under Article XIIIA, the basic 1% ad valorem tax levy is applied against the assessed value of property as of the owner’s date of acquisition (or as of March 1, 1975, if acquired earlier), subject to certain adjustments. This system has resulted in widely varying amounts of tax on similarly situated properties. Several lawsuits were filed challenging the acquisition-based assessment system of Proposition 13, but it was upheld by the U.S. Supreme Court in 1992. Article XIIIA prohibits local governments from raising revenues through ad valorem taxes above the 1% limit; it also requires voters of any governmental unit to give two-thirds approval to levy any “special tax.”

Limitations on Other Taxes, Fees and Charges. On November 5, 1996, the voters of the State approved Proposition 218, called the “Right to Vote on Taxes Act.” Proposition 218 added Articles XIIIC and XIIID to the State Constitution, which contain a number of provisions affecting the ability of local agencies to levy and collect both existing and future taxes, assessments, fees and charges.

Article XIIIC requires that all new or increased local taxes be submitted to the voters before they become effective. Taxes for general governmental purposes require a majority vote and taxes for specific purposes require a two-thirds vote.

Article XIIID contains several new provisions making it generally more difficult for local agencies to levy and maintain “assessments” for municipal services and programs. Article XIIID also contains several new provisions affecting “fees” and “charges”, defined for purposes of Article XIIID to mean “any levy other than an ad valorem tax, a special tax, or an assessment, imposed by a local government upon a parcel or upon a person as an incident of property ownership, including a user fee or charge for a property related service.” All new and existing property related fees and charges must conform to requirements prohibiting, among other things, fees and charges which generate revenues exceeding the funds required to provide the property related service or are used for unrelated purposes. There are new notice, hearing and protest procedures for levying or increasing property related fees and charges, and, except for fees or charges for sewer, water and refuse collection services (or fees for electrical and gas service, which are not treated as “property related” for purposes of Article XIIID), no property related fee or charge may be imposed or increased without majority approval by the property owners subject to the fee or charge or, at the option of the local agency, two-thirds voter approval by the electorate residing in the affected area.

In addition to the provisions described above, Article XIIIC removes limitations on the initiative power in matters of local taxes, assessments, fees and charges. Consequently, local voters could, by future initiative, repeal, reduce or prohibit the future imposition or increase of any local tax, assessment, fee or charge. It is unclear how this right of local initiative may be used in cases where taxes or charges have been or will be specifically pledged to secure debt issues. The interpretation and application of Proposition 218 will ultimately be determined by the courts with respect to a number of matters, and it is not possible at this time to predict with certainty the outcome of such cases.

Appropriations Limits. The State and its local governments are subject to an annual “appropriations limit” imposed by Article XIIIB of the California Constitution, enacted by the voters in 1979 and significantly amended by Propositions 98 and 111 in 1988 and 1990, respectively. Article XIIIB prohibits the State or any covered local government from spending “appropriations subject to limitation” in excess of the appropriations limit imposed. “Appropriations subject to limitation” are authorizations to spend “proceeds of taxes,” which consist of tax revenues and certain other funds, including proceeds from regulatory licenses, user charges or other fees, to the extent that such proceeds exceed the cost of providing the product or service, but “proceeds of taxes” exclude most State subventions to local governments. No limit is imposed on appropriations of funds which are not “proceeds of taxes,” such as reasonable user charges or fees, and certain other non-tax funds, including bond proceeds.

Among the expenditures not included in the Article XIIIB appropriations limit are (1) the debt service cost of bonds issued or authorized prior to January 1, 1979, or subsequently authorized by the voters, (2) appropriations to comply with mandates of courts or the federal government, (3) appropriations for certain capital outlay projects, (4) appropriations by the State of post-1989 increases in gasoline taxes and vehicle weight fees, and (5) appropriations made in certain cases of emergency.

The appropriations limit for each year is adjusted annually to reflect changes in cost of living and population, and any transfers of service responsibilities between government units. The definitions for such adjustments were liberalized in 1990 to follow more closely growth in the State’s economy.

“Excess” revenues are measured over a two year cycle. Local governments must return any excess to taxpayers by rate reductions. The State must refund 50% of any excess, with the other 50% paid to schools and community colleges. With more liberal annual adjustment factors since 1988, and depressed revenues in the early 1990’s because of the recession, few governments have been operating near their spending limits, but this condition may change over time. Local governments may by voter approval exceed their spending limits for up to four years. Because of extraordinary revenue receipts in fiscal year 1999-2000, State appropriations were estimated to be about $975 million above the limit. However, since the State was $2.1 billion below its limit in fiscal year 2000-01, resulting in no excess over the two-year period, no refunds were made. 1999-2000 was the only fiscal year since the late 1980’s when State appropriations were above the limit. The State Department of Finance estimates the State was about $7.6 billion below the limit in 2004-05, and will be about $11.3 billion below its limit in 2005-06.

on such California Debt Obligations. It is not possible, at the present time, to predict the outcome of any pending litigation with respect to the ultimate scope, impact or constitutionality of these Articles or the impact of any such determinations upon State agencies or local governments, or upon their ability to pay debt service on their obligations. Further initiatives or legislative changes in laws or the California Constitution may also affect the ability of the State or local issuers to repay their obligations.

Obligations of the State of California

Under the California Constitution, debt service on outstanding general obligation bonds is the second charge to the General Fund after support of the public school system and public institutions of higher education. As of February 1, 2006, the State had outstanding approximately $35.7 billion of long-term general obligation bonds and $7.8 billion of lease-purchase debt supported by the State General Fund. The State also had about $12.2 billion of general obligation bonds which were supported by other revenues, including economic recovery bonds payable from a special sales tax. As of February 1, 2006 the State had about $28.4 billion of authorized and unissued General Fund-supported long-term general obligation bonds and $3.0 billion of authorized and unissued lease-purchase debt. In the 2004-05 fiscal year, debt service on General Fund-supported general obligation bonds and lease purchase debt was approximately 4.85% of General Fund revenues. See also “Bond Ratings” below.

Obligations of State Agencies

A number of State agencies and authorities issue obligations secured or payable from specified revenue streams. These obligations are not payable from the State’s General Fund and carry different ratings than the State’s general obligation bonds. The State’s Department of Water Resources has been one of the largest issuers of revenue bonds in recent years, with over $13 billion of outstanding bonds secured by power and water users. The California Housing Finance Agency has issued over $7 billion of bonds secured by mortgage loans made for single family and multi-family housing units. None of these revenue bonds is backed by the State’s faith and credit or taxing power.

Recent Financial Results

The principal sources of General Fund tax revenues in 2004-05 were the California personal income tax (52 percent of total tax revenues), the sales and use tax (31 percent), and the corporation tax (11 percent). A large portion of personal income tax receipts was derived from capital gains realizations and stock option income. While these sources were extraordinarily strong in the late 1990’s and 2000, they are particularly volatile. The Department of Finance has projected that this source of revenue dropped from $17.6 billion, or 25% of all General Fund revenues in 1999-2000 to $5.2 billion, or 7% in 2001-02; this represents the bulk of the total General Fund revenue shortfall in this period. This source was projected to increase to about 12% of General Fund revenues in 2004-05 and about 13% in 2005-06.

The State maintains a Special Fund for Economic Uncertainties (the “SFEU”), derived from General Fund revenues, as a reserve to meet cash needs of the General Fund, but which is required to be replenished as soon as sufficient revenues are available. Year-end balances in the SFEU are included for financial reporting purposes in the General Fund balance.

Throughout the 1980’s, State spending increased rapidly as the State population and economy also grew rapidly, including increased spending for many assistance programs to local governments, which were constrained by Proposition 13 and other laws. The largest State program is assistance to local public school districts. In 1988, an initiative (Proposition 98) was enacted which (subject to suspension by a two-thirds vote of the Legislature and the Governor) guarantees local school districts and community college districts a minimum share of State General Fund revenues (currently about 35 percent).

The substantial declines in the stock markets have adversely affected the earnings of State pension funds, and have created unfunded future pension liabilities, where there had been surpluses several years ago. The State’s annual contributions to the Public Employee’s Retirement System have increased from $157 million in the 2000-01 fiscal year to $2.4 billion in the 2005-06 fiscal year. The State will pay about $895 million in the 2005-06 fiscal year for “pay as you go” funding for health benefits for retired State employees. Starting in fiscal year 2007-08, accounting rules will require the State to estimate the actuarial cost of this future liability; the State has not computed this liability to date. Once an actuarial estimate is made, the State’s credit ratings may be affected if the State does not reduce or manage the unfunded liability.

Balanced Budget Amendment

On March 2, 2004, voters approved Proposition 58, a constitutional amendment called the “Balanced Budget Amendment,” which will affect future State budgeting procedures. This amendment was linked to Proposition 57, also approved by the voters, which authorized issuance of $15 billion of long-term general obligation bonds, additionally secured by a 1/4 cent increment of the State’s sales tax, which will eliminate the accumulated budget deficits through June 30, 2004 and certain additional obligations incurred by the State.

The Balanced Budget Amendment will require the Legislature, starting in the 2004-05 fiscal year, to enact a budget bill in which General Fund expenditures do not exceed estimated General Fund revenues and available reserves After passage of the budget act, if the Governor determines that the State is facing substantial revenue shortfalls or spending deficiencies, the Governor may declare a fiscal emergency, and propose legislation to address the emergency. The Legislature would be called in to special session to address this proposal. If the Legislature failed to send legislation to the Governor to address the fiscal emergency within 45 days, it would be prohibited from acting on any other bills or adjourning until fiscal legislation is passed.

The Amendment also creates a special reserve called the Budget Stabilization Account in the State General Fund. Beginning in the 2006-07 fiscal year, a portion of estimated annual General Fund revenues would be transferred by the Controller into the Account not later than September 30 of each year. The transfer begins at 1 percent of revenues, and increases annually to reach a level of 3 percent. (The initial transfer of about $920 million in September 2006 is included in the Governor’s proposed budget for 2006-07.) The transfers would continue until the Budget Stabilization Account reaches a balance of the greater of $8 billion or 5 percent of General Fund revenue. Moneys in the Account may be used to make up for unexpected budget imbalances, but will then have to be replenished with future transfers until the target level is reached. The annual transfer can be suspended by the Governor by an executive order issued not later than June 1 of the preceding fiscal year. The Amendment requires that one half of the Budget Stabilization Account deposits, up to an aggregate of $5 billion, shall be transferred to the State Treasurer to provide for early redemption of the economic recovery bonds approved by Proposition 57.

A final provision of the Amendment will prohibit future long-term bond issuances for the purpose of funding budget deficits, once the bonds authorized by Proposition 57 are issued. Short term borrowing for cash flow management will continue to be authorized.

State-local Fiscal Relations

In November, 2004, voters approved Proposition 1A, which made significant changes in the fiscal relationship between the State and local governments. In return for a $2.6 billion contribution to State budgets in the 2004-05 and 2005-06 fiscal years, Proposition 1A prohibits the State from accessing local governments’ property tax, sales tax and vehicle license fee revenues except under limited circumstances. Starting in the 2008-09 fiscal year the State can borrow up to 8 percent of local property tax revenues but only if the Governor declares a fiscal hardship and with 2/3 approval of each house of the Legislature. This amount must be repaid within three years, and such borrowing can only be done twice in any ten-year period. Proposition 1A also strengthens requirements for the State to reimburse local governments if it enacts certain kinds of laws which mandate increased local spending. Proposition 1A is intended to produce greater certainty for local governments, but will reduce the State’s options for dealing with budget shortfalls in the future.

Recent Budgets Prior to 2004-05

The economy, and especially the stock markets, grew strongly during the second half of the 1990’s, and as a result, the General Fund took in substantially greater tax revenues (an aggregate of more than $20 billion over the six fiscal years 1995-96 through 2000-01) than were initially planned when the budgets were enacted. These additional funds were largely directed to school spending as mandated by Proposition 98, and to make up shortfalls from reduced federal health and welfare aid in 1995-96 and 1996-97. In 1998-99 through 2000-01, new spending programs were also enacted, particularly for education, new capital outlay projects were funded from current receipts, and significant tax reductions were enacted. The Department of Finance estimates that the State’s budget reserve (the SFEU) reached a high point of $8.7 billion at June 30, 2000. In the ensuing three years, the combination of continuing high spending levels and substantially reduced revenues resulting from the economic slowdown and stock market decline brought the estimated balance of the SFEU to a negative $8.6 billion by June 30, 2003.

The growth in General Fund revenues since 1994-95 resulted in significant increases in State funding for local school districts under Proposition 98, an initiative measure adopted in 1988 which guarantees a minimum percentage of General Fund revenues for K-14 schools. From the 1994-95 level of about $4,200 per pupil, annual State funding has increased to over $7,000 per pupil in the 2005-06 fiscal year. A significant amount of the new moneys have been directed to specific educational reforms, including reduction of class sizes in many grade levels.

An important element of Budget Acts during the years of large capital gains receipts was agreement on substantial tax cuts. The largest of these was a phased-in cut in the Vehicle License Fee (an annual tax on the value of cars registered in the State, the “VLF”). Starting on January 1, 1999, the VLF was reduced by 25 percent, which was increased in steps to a 67.5% reduction effective January 1, 2001. Under pre-existing law, VLF funds were automatically transferred to cities and counties, so the new legislation provided for the General Fund to make up the reductions. The full 67.5% percent VLF cut was offset by transfers of about $4.2 billion annually from the General Fund. Other miscellaneous business and personal tax cuts and tax credits were of a much smaller overall amount.

The previous Governor attempted to raise the VLF back to its 1998 level because of shortfalls in General Fund money in 2003 to make the “offset” to cities and counties. Subsequently, the newly elected Governor Schwarzenegger reversed this action and committed to retain the VLF cut and the offset to local governments. A subsequent Constitutional Amendment has replaced the offset with a larger share of local property taxes for cities and counties.

The severe downturn in General Fund revenues in the years after 2000 made adoption of State budgets very difficult. Expenditures were much greater than revenues, resulting in several successive years of budget deficits, which reached almost $10 billion by June 30, 2003. Budgets were enacted using a combination of spending reductions, borrowing from special funds, one-time accounting and other actions, borrowing from local governments, funding shifts and deferrals, and external borrowing. In March, 2004, voters approved issuance of up to $15 billion of “economic recovery bonds” which were designed to repay the accumulated budget deficits over time, using a special, dedicated one-quarter cut state sales tax. About $11.3 billion of these bonds were issued in the Spring of 2004. About $9.3 billion was allocated to eliminate the accumulated, prior budget deficit, and $2.0 billion was allocated to help balance the 2004-05 Budget. No further economic recovery bonds have been issued, nor are any proposed for the 2005-06 or 2006-07 fiscal years, but the authorization remains for issuance of the balance of these bonds.

Fiscal Year 2004-05 Budget

Governor’s Budget Proposals. The Proposed 2004-05 Governor’s Budget (the “2005 Governor’s Budget”) released on January 9, 2004 by the new Schwarzenegger Administration, reported that, in the absence of corrective action to change existing policies, operating deficits of about $14 billion would be incurred for the 2004-05 fiscal year. The original 2003-04 Budget Act estimated a budget reserve (SFEU) at June 30, 2004 of about $2 billion. The 2004 Governor’s Budget revised this estimate to about $290 million, assuming enactment of certain mid-year budget adjustment proposals (which were not adopted).

2004-05 Budget Act. Following lengthy negotiations between the Governor and the Legislature, the 2004 Budget Act was adopted on July 29, 2004. The Budget Act projected General Fund revenues and transfers of $77.3 billion (including application of $2 billion of economic recovery bond proceeds). Expenditures were estimated at $80.7 billion (the gap being made up from carryover resources from the prior year) and the year-end reserve at June 30, 2005 was estimated at $768 million. In October, 2004, the State issued $6 billion of revenue anticipation notes, due June 30, 2005, to cover normal cash flow needs during the fiscal year. The major features of the 2004 Budget Act were the following:

1. Suspension of Proposition 98. — The minimum Proposition 98 funding guarantee for public schools was suspended, to save about $2 billion. This still provided an increase in funding for public schools to cover enrollment growth and inflation. (When final revenue results for 2004-05 were counted, well above the estimates made when the budget was adopted, the waiver of the minimum funding guarantee resulted in a saving of almost $4 billion.)

in health and welfare costs, saving about $1 billion. The Governor proposed a wide range of reductions in health and social services programs which will largely take effect in future years.

3. External Borrowing/Pension Costs — The budget included a reduction in pension costs for new employees for the first two years of employment. The Governor also proposed a $929 million pension obligation bond issuance assuming timely and successful appeal of a lawsuit which blocked an earlier pension obligation bond issue. This proposal was not implemented before June 30, 2005, because of continuing litigation.

4. Other Borrowing — The budget reduced General Fund payments to schools by transferring an additional $1.3 billion of city and county property taxes to school districts. This was incorporated into Proposition 1A, and was repeated in 2005-06. The budget also saved $1.1 billion by suspending planned General Fund transfer of gasoline tax moneys for the Transportation Investment Fund enacted several years earlier in better fiscal times. The budget included a proposal to use moneys from new tribal gaming compacts with five tribes to obtain about $300 million of new General Fund revenue (a figure later reduced to $16 million) and to sell about $1 billion of bonds secured by future tribal payments to repay the loans from the Transportation Investment Fund to accelerate construction of transportation projects. This bond transaction did not occur pending the outcome of certain litigation.

In the May Revision of the 2005-06 Proposed Governor’s Budget, released on May 13, 2005 (“2006 May Revision”), the State Department of Finance estimated that the 2004-05 fiscal year would end with a larger budget reserve than was projected when the 2004 Budget Act was passed. This was due to a combination of higher than expected revenues resulting from a stronger economy, and better than expected results from a tax amnesty program. Both revenues and expenditures for 2004-05 were projected to increase from initial estimates, to $79.5 billion and $82.0 billion, respectively.

Fiscal Year 2005-06 Budget

The initial 2006 Governor’s Budget, released January 10, 2005, projected that revenues for the 2005-06 fiscal year would increase from the prior year by about $5.2 billion, as a result of the improving economy. However, under current programs and laws, the Governor stated that expenditures would increase by $10 billion. To close an estimated $9 billion budget gap, the Governor proposed a number of budget solutions, without tax increases, to be coupled with fundamental reforms which would have to approved by the voters. In the 2006 May Revision, the Administration estimated that improved revenues from stronger economic conditions had reduced the budget gap to about $4 billion. This permitted the Administration to revise its projected budget solutions.

The 2005 Budget Act was signed by the Governor on July 11, 2005. General Fund revenues and transfers are projected to increase 5.7 percent, from $79.9 billion in fiscal year 2004-05 to $84.5 billion in fiscal year 2005-06. The 2005 Budget Act contains General Fund appropriations of $90.0 billion, compared to $81.7 billion in 2004-05. The difference between revenues and expenditures in fiscal year 2005-06 is funded by using a part of the $7.5 billion fund balance at June 30, 2005. The June 30, 2006 reserve is projected to be $1.302 billion, compared to an estimated June 30, 2005 reserve of $6.857 billion. About $900 million of this reserve will be set aside for payment in fiscal year 2006-07 of tax refunds and other adjustments related to the tax amnesty program implemented in early 2005.

The 2005 Budget Act also includes Special Fund expenditures of $23.3 billion and Bond Fund expenditures of $4.0 billion. The state issued $3.0 billion of Revenue Anticipation Notes (RANs) to meet the its short-term cash flow needs for fiscal year 2005-06, the smallest cash flow borrowing in five years.

The 2005 Budget Act was substantially similar to the Governor’s May Revision proposals. It contained the following major components:

1. Proposition 98–General Fund expenditures increased by $2.582 billion, or 7.6 percent, to $36.6 billion. The Budget Act fully funded enrollment growth and a 4.23 percent cost of living increase. Per pupil spending under Proposition 98 was projected to be $7,402, compared to $7,023 in the previous year. The Budget reflected savings of $3.8 billion resulting from the waiver of the minimum funding guarantee in 2004-05, which will be restored to the Proposition 98 budget in future years as General Fund revenue growth exceeds personal income growth.

2. Higher Education–The 2005 Budget Act provided for total Higher Education funding of $17.8 billion from all revenue sources, including $10.2 billion General Fund. General Fund support for both the UC and CSU was increased by $134 million (about 5 percent) compared to 2004-05. The Budget Act assumed fee increases for undergraduate and graduate students.

3. Health and Human Services–The 2005 Budget Act increased General Fund expenditures by $2.1 billion, or 8.5 percent, to $27.1 billion for Health and Human Services programs. The Budget reflected the suspension of the July 2005 and July 2006 CalWORKs grant cost-of-living-adjustments (COLAs), yielding General Fund savings of $136 million in 2005-06 and $139 million in 2006-07. The Budget further assumed the January 2006 and January 2007 COLAs for SSI/SSP recipients will be suspended for estimated General Fund savings of $132 million in 2005-06, $407.5 million in 2006-07, and $281 million in 2007-08. The Budget also included federal fiscal relief of $223 million due to progress in implementing a single, statewide automated child support system.

4. Vehicle License Fee Gap Loan Repayment–The 2005 Budget Act fully repaid the $1.2 billion that local governments lost between July and October of 2003, when the Vehicle License Fee offset program was temporarily suspended. The state was not required to repay the gap loan until August of 2006. This payment was made in August, 2005.

5. Transportation Funding–The Proposition 42 provision for sales taxes on gasoline to be used for transportation projects was fully funded at an estimated $1.3 billion. (The original budget proposal called for the suspension of this transfer to boost General Fund revenues.) The Budget Act includes a proposal, originally included in the 2004-05 budget, to provide about $1 billion for transportation programs from the sale of future receipts of gaming revenues from new compacts with several Indian tribes. The sale, and a related bond issue, are waiting for resolution of litigation concerning these compacts.

6. Financial Instruments–The Governor’s original plan to sell $1.7 billion of additional deficit financing bonds was deleted from the budget following higher revenue estimates in the May Revision of the Governor’s Budget. The 2005 Budget Act assumed the state’s issuance of pension obligation bonds to fund approximately $525 million of the state’s 2005-06 retirement obligation to the California Public Employees’ Retirement System. However, because of an adverse trial court decision in a lawsuit challenging the validity of these bonds, and the time which would be required for an appeal, these bonds will not be issued before June 30, 2006, and other funds will be required make the

pension fund payment. The Budget further reflected the receipt of $525 million in August, 2005 from the refinancing of tobacco securitization bonds. The original 2005-06 Governor’s Budget had included a proposal to issue $464 million of judgment bonds to finance the settlement of lawsuits arising from flood damage in earlier years, but subsequent developments led to the removal of this proposal from the budget. The State settled three related lawsuits through stipulated judgments. The largest settlement, in the amount of $428 million, provides for the State to make annual payments of $42.8 million per year, plus interest, for ten years; the payments are subject to annual appropriation by the Legislature. The first year’s payment, as well as $36 million to fully discharge the other two stipulated judgments, is included in the 2005 Budget Act.

7. Taxes — The Budget Act contains no new taxes.

2006-07 Governor’s Proposed Budget

The 2006-07 Governor’s Budget, released on January 10, 2006, estimates that the operating deficit for 2006-07 will be $6.3 billion. About $1.6 billion of this gap, however, is based on prepayments and scheduled payments from the General Fund to other funds and sources, which were used to balance earlier budgets, leaving what the Administration termed as an “effective operating deficit” of about $4.7 billion.

The 2006-07 Governor’s Budget projects to end fiscal year 2006-07 with a $613 million total reserve, including $460 million in the newly created Budget Stabilization Account. General Fund revenues and transfers for fiscal year 2006-07 are projected at $91.5 billion, an increase of $3.9 billion compared with revised estimates for fiscal year 2005-06. The 2006-07 Governor’s Budget, among other assumptions, reflects an increase in major revenues of $4.8 billion, or 5.7 percent, due to continued economic growth.

General Fund expenditures for fiscal year 2006-07 are projected at $97.9 billion, an increase of $7.6 billion, or 8.4%, compared with revised estimates for 2005-06. The Budget would be balanced by using the estimated 2005-06 ending fund balance of $7.0 billion. The 2006-07 Governor’s Budget has the following major components:

1. Proposition 98–General Fund expenditures are proposed at $40.5 billion, which is an increase of $4.1 billion, or 11.4 percent, compared to the revised 2005-06 estimate. When property taxes are taken into account, the total Proposition 98 guarantee is $54.3 billion, which is an increase of $4.3 billion, or 8.7 percent. This level of funding also reflects $1.7 billion in Proposition 98 spending above the level that otherwise would have been required by the Proposition 98 guarantee for 2006-07.

2. Higher Education–The 2006-07 Governor’s Budget proposes General Fund expenditures at $11.2 billion, an increase of $1.1 billion, or 10.5 percent. The 2006-07 Governor’s Budget proposes additional funding of $75 million for UC and $54.4 million for CSU so that no student fee increase would be required in 2006-07.

3. Health and Human Services—The 2006-07 Governor’s Budget proposes $28.4 billion General Fund to be spent on Health and Human Services programs, which is an increase of $1.2 billion, or 4.4 percent, from the revised 2005-06 estimate. This net increase includes, among other things, the following major adjustments: (1) Caseload and other workload increases totaling $1.3 billion; (2) CalWORKs (the State welfare program) reductions of $198.9 million to maintain expenditures at the federally required level of state funding; and (3) Savings of $48.1 million in 2006-

07 and over $185 million in 2007-08 by continuing to suspend certain cost-of-living adjustments until July 2008.

4. Transportation Funding–The 2006-07 Governor’s Budget includes $1.4 billion to fully fund Proposition 42 in 2006-07 and $920 million for advance payment of a portion of the 2004-05 Proposition 42 loan due in 2007-08 (including interest). Approximately $430 million (including interest) remains to be paid in 2007-08. (Proposition 42 dedicates the sales tax on gasoline to transportation purposes, but allows suspension when budgetary needs arise, which was done for several years, giving rise to a repayment obligation.)

5. Budget Stabilization Account–The 2006-07 Governor’s Budget includes a total of $920 million to be transferred to the Budget Stabilization Account (BSA), pursuant to Proposition 58. Half of this amount, or $460 million, will remain in the BSA as a reserve. The other half will be further transferred for the purpose of early retirement of Economic Recovery Bonds.

Strategic Growth Plan

The Governor proposed a comprehensive Strategic Growth Plan, which is the first installment of a 20-year investment in the state’s infrastructure in the following five areas: transportation and air quality, education, flood control and water supply, public safety, and court and other public service infrastructure. Specifically, this plan lays out more than $222 billion in infrastructure investments over the first ten years, of which $68 billion will be financed with General Obligation (GO) Bonds, and the remainder will come from a mixture of existing and new funding sources. The GO bonds would be put before the citizens of California over a series of elections between 2006 and 2014. The Department of Finance estimates that the increase in debt service costs associated with the Strategic Growth Plan will amount to approximately one percentage point in the state’s debt service ratio (annual cost for debt service as a percentage of General Fund revenues) and will keep the debt service ratio below six percent over the next 20 years. In addition, the Governor is proposing a constitutional amendment to prohibit the state from issuing debt that would exceed the 6 percent debt service ratio.

At the time of the mid-March deadline to place ballot measures on the June 2006 primary election ballot, the Governor and Legislature did not reach agreement on any package of bond measures deriving from the Governor’s proposals. The parties promise to continue discussions with a view to finding an agreement on infrastructure bonds for the November 2006 and subsequent ballots. No action has yet been taken on the Governor’s proposed constitutional amendment to limit debt service costs.

As part of the Strategic Growth Plan, the Governor is proposing a constitutional amendment to permanently protect Proposition 42 funds for transportation and eliminate the option for future governors and legislatures to suspend the allocation. In addition, the Governor proposes the following cost-saving reforms: (1) legislation to provide authority to use design-build contracting, where the main contractor performs most design as well as construction services under one contract; (2) legislation authorizing design-sequencing, where some construction can begin while design of other elements is being finished; and (3) expanded authority to fund and deliver projects through a variety of public-private partnerships.

Legislative Analyst’s Office Report

On November 16, 2005, the independent Legislative Analyst’s Office (“LAO”) released a report titled “California’s Fiscal Outlook: LAO Projections 2005-06 through 2010-11.” In this report the LAO stated that the State’s budget outlook had improved considerably, but that budget challenges remained in the form of a structural deficit of several billion dollars for upcoming years.

With respect to the 2005-06 fiscal year, the LAO estimated that General Fund revenues exceeded estimates by $1 billion for 2004-05, and would exceed estimates by $2.8 billion in 2005-06. In contrast, expenditures in 2005-06 were expected to be about $80 million under budget. As a result, the year-end budget reserve at June 30, 2006 was estimated to increase from the original projection of $1.3 billion to a revised estimate of $5.2 billion. Much of this reserve would be needed to balance the 2006-07 budget, for which the LAO predicted a structural deficit of about $4 billion. (These estimates have not been updated since the release of the 2006-07 Governor’s Budget in January, 2006.)

The report also noted that the 2005-06 budget contained about $2 billion in ongoing budgetary savings, mainly for education under Proposition 98 and social services. In addition, much of the additional revenue generated by the improving economy was used to repay a loan to local governments and to delay issuance of additional deficit financing bonds. Despite these positive developments, the LAO projected that structural deficits would continue in the future, peaking at $4.3 billion in 2007-08, and reducing to $600 million in 2010-11. These estimates assume there will not be a major economic downturn, and also do not take into account making transfers from the General Fund to the Budget Stabilization Account (see “Balanced Budget Amendment” above).

Cash Flow Requirements

The State typically funds its day-to-day operating requirements of the General Fund from revenue receipts, interfund borrowing from special funds, and external borrowing in the form of revenue anticipation notes (“RANs”), which fund annual cash flow requirements and are repaid within the same fiscal year, and revenue anticipation warrants (“RAWs”) which are issued only when it is necessary to bridge a budgetary deficit over the end of a fiscal year. The State’s ongoing revenue shortfalls and budget deficits incurred in the last three fiscal years, along with certain unique factors associated with the State’s energy crisis in 2001, placed severe pressure on the State’s cash resources, and required an unprecedented amount of short-term cash flow borrowing.

The State sold a record $12.5 billion of RANs in October 2002, due in June 2003, to cover its cash flow needs. By mid-winter 2003 it became evident that the State would have a cash shortfall by the end of June 2003, when the $12.5 billion RANs came due. Accordingly, the State issued $11 billion of RAWs, also a record, on June 18, 2003 to pay the RANs and other obligations coming due in June 2003, and to cover cash flow requirements through late August. To sell these RAWs, the State was required to obtain credit support from a group of financial institutions. The State issued $3 billion of RANs in October 2003 to fund the remainder of its cash management needs for the 2003-04 fiscal year. For the first time, the entire State RAN issue was supported by external bank credit.

All of the RAWs and RANs due in June 2004 were paid, from a combination of available revenues and proceeds from the sale of economic recovery bonds. For the 2004-05 year, the State issued $6 billion of RANs as part of its normal cash management program, which were paid on June 30, 2005. The State issued $3 billion of RANs for cash management in the 2005-06 fiscal year. The State has about $3.75 billion of economic recovery bond authorization remaining which can assist in cash management. If it is unable to bring its ongoing structural budget deficit into balance, it may

again face cash flow problems in the future and may have to rely on access to public capital markets to maintain adequate cash flow to pay its obligations.

Bond Ratings

The ratings on California’s long-term general obligation bonds were reduced in the early 1990’s from “AAA” levels which had existed prior to the recession. After 1996, through the end of 2000, the three major rating agencies raised their ratings of California’s general obligation bonds as high as “AA” from Standard & Poor’s, “Aa2” from Moody’s and “AA” from Fitch. Starting in December 2002, as the State’s budget and cash condition worsened, all three rating agencies reduced the ratings of California’s general obligation bonds to the “BBB” level. With improved economic conditions and fiscal results, and issuance of economic recovery bonds to reduce cash flow risks, the State’s ratings have been raised and as of March 1, 2006, were Standard & Poor’s “A,” Fitch “A” and Moody’s “A2.” The economic recovery bonds bear higher ratings, in the “AA-” range, because of the additional pledge of a dedicated stream of sales tax revenues.

There can be no assurance that current ratings will be maintained in the future. It should be noted that the creditworthiness of obligations issued by local California issuers may be unrelated to creditworthiness of obligations issued by the State of California, and that there is no obligation on the part of the State to make payment on such local obligations in the event of default.

Legal Proceedings

The State is involved in certain legal proceedings (described in the State’s recent financial statements) that, if decided against the State, may require the State to make significant future expenditures or may substantially impair revenues. If the State eventually loses any of these cases, the final remedies may not have to be implemented in one year.

Obligations of Other Issuers

Other Issuers of California Debt Obligations. There are a number of State agencies, instrumentalities and political subdivisions of the State that issue municipal obligations, some of which may be conduit revenue obligations payable from payments from private borrowers. These entities are subject to various economic risks and uncertainties, and the credit quality of the securities issued by them may vary considerably from the credit quality of obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the State.

State Assistance. Property tax revenues received by local governments declined more than 50% following passage of Proposition 13. Subsequently, the California Legislature enacted measures to provide for the redistribution of the State’s General Fund surplus to local agencies, the reallocation of certain State revenues to local agencies and the assumption of certain governmental functions by the State to assist municipal issuers to raise revenues. Total local assistance from the State’s General Fund was budgeted at approximately 75% of General Fund expenditures in recent years, including the effect of implementing reductions in certain aid programs. To reduce State General Fund support for school districts, the 1992-93 and 1993-94 Budget Acts caused local governments to transfer $3.9 billion of property tax revenues to school districts, representing loss of the post-Proposition 13 “bailout” aid. Local governments have in return received greater revenues and greater flexibility to operate health and welfare programs. The enactment of Proposition 1A in November 2004 will substantially change

the ability of the State to use local government taxing sources to aid the State budget. See “Recent Financial Results—State-local Fiscal Relations” above.

In 1997, a new program provided for the State to substantially take over funding for local trial courts (saving cities and counties some $400 million annually). In recent years, the State has provided over $350 million to support local law enforcement costs. To the extent the State should be constrained by its Article XIIIB appropriations limit, or its obligation to conform to Proposition 98, or other fiscal considerations, the absolute level, or the rate of growth, of State assistance to local governments may continue to be reduced. Any such reductions in State aid could compound the serious fiscal constraints already experienced by many local governments, particularly counties. The recent economic slowdown in the State, with its corresponding reduction in State and local revenues, will put additional pressure on local government finances in the coming years.

Counties and cities may face further budgetary pressures as a result of changes in welfare and public assistance programs, which were enacted in August, 1997 in order to comply with the federal welfare reform law. Generally, counties play a large role in the new system, and are given substantial flexibility to develop and administer programs to bring aid recipients into the workforce. Counties are also given financial incentives if either at the county or statewide level, the “Welfare-to-Work” programs exceed minimum targets; counties are also subject to financial penalties for failure to meet such targets. Counties remain responsible to provide “general assistance” for able-bodied indigents who are ineligible for other welfare programs. The long-term financial impact of the new CalWORKs system on local governments is still unknown.

Local governments are facing substantial increases in future pension liabilities and health care costs for retirees, and increases in current contribution rates, as a result of (i) generous new retirements benefits granted to employees during recent economic boom times, and (ii) reduced earnings resulting from the stock market declines during the 2000-2003 period.

Assessment Bonds. California debt obligations which are assessment bonds may be adversely affected by a general decline in real estate values or a slowdown in real estate sales activity. In many cases, such bonds are secured by land which is undeveloped at the time of issuance but anticipated to be developed within a few years after issuance. In the event of such reduction or slowdown, such development may not occur or may be delayed, thereby increasing the risk of a default on the bonds. Because the special assessments or taxes securing these bonds are not the personal liability of the owners of the property assessed, the lien on the property is the only security for the bonds. Moreover, in most cases the issuer of these bonds is not required to make payments on the bonds in the event of delinquency in the payment of assessments or taxes, except from amounts, if any, in a reserve fund established for the bonds.

California Long Term Lease Obligations. Based on a series of court decisions, certain long-term lease obligations, though typically payable from the general fund of the State or a municipality, are not considered “indebtedness” requiring voter approval. Such leases, however, are subject to “abatement” in the event the facility being leased is unavailable for beneficial use and occupancy by the municipality during the term of the lease. Abatement is not a default, and there may be no remedies available to the holders of the certificates evidencing the lease obligation in the event abatement occurs. The most common cases of abatement are failure to complete construction of the facility before the end of the period during which lease payments have been capitalized and uninsured casualty losses to the facility (e.g., due to earthquake). In the event abatement occurs with respect to a lease obligation, lease payments may be interrupted (if all available insurance proceeds and reserves

are exhausted) and the certificates may not be paid when due. Although litigation is brought from time to time which challenges the constitutionality of such lease arrangements, the California Supreme Court issued a ruling in August, 1998 which reconfirmed the legality of these financing methods.

Other Considerations

The repayment of industrial development securities or single family mortgage revenue bonds secured by real property may be affected by California laws limiting foreclosure rights of creditors. Under California law, mortgage loans secured by single family homes can be prepaid at any time without penalty, except in the first five years of the loan, and subject to limits on the size of the penalty. Such prepayments may affect the ability of the issuer of single family mortgage bonds to repay the bonds. Securities backed by health care and hospital revenues may be affected by changes in State regulations governing cost reimbursements to health care providers under Medi-Cal (the State’s Medicaid program), including risks related to the policy of awarding exclusive contracts to certain hospitals.

Limitations on ad valorem property taxes may particularly affect “tax allocation” bonds issued by California redevelopment agencies. Such bonds are secured solely by the increase in assessed valuation of a redevelopment project area after the start of redevelopment activity. In the event that assessed values in the redevelopment project decline (e.g., because of a major natural disaster such as an earthquake), the tax increment revenue may be insufficient to make principal and interest payments on these bonds. Both Moody’s and S&P suspended ratings on California tax allocation bonds after the enactment of Articles XIIIA and XIIIB, and only resumed such ratings on a selective basis.

Proposition 87, approved by California voters in 1988, requires that all revenues produced by a tax rate increase go directly to the taxing entity which increased such tax rate to repay that entity’s general obligation indebtedness. As a result, redevelopment agencies (which, typically, are the issuers of tax allocation securities) no longer receive an increase in tax increment when taxes on property in the project area are increased to repay voter-approved bonded indebtedness.

The effect of these various constitutional and statutory changes upon the ability of California municipal securities issuers to pay interest and principal on their obligations remains unclear. Furthermore, other measures affecting the taxing or spending authority of California or its political subdivisions may be approved or enacted in the future. Legislation has been or may be introduced which would modify existing taxes or other revenue-raising measures or which either would further limit or, alternatively, would increase the abilities of state and local governments to impose new taxes or increase existing taxes. It is not possible, at present, to predict the extent to which any such legislation will be enacted. Nor is it possible, at present, to determine the impact of any such legislation on securities held in the California Municipal Fund, future allocations of state revenues to local governments or the abilities of state or local governments to pay the interest on, or repay the principal of, such securities.

Substantially all of California is within an active geologic region subject to major seismic activity. Northern California in 1989 and Southern California in 1994 experienced major earthquakes causing billions of dollars in damages. The federal government provided more than $13 billion in aid for both earthquakes, and neither event has had any long-term negative economic impact. Any obligation in the California Municipal Fund could be affected by an interruption of revenues because of damaged facilities, or, consequently, income tax deductions for casualty losses or property tax assessment reductions. Compensatory financial assistance could be constrained by the inability of (i)

an issuer to have obtained earthquake insurance coverage rates; (ii) an insurer to perform on its contracts of insurance in the event of widespread losses; or (iii) the federal or State government to appropriate sufficient funds within their respective budget limitations.

Special Risk Considerations Relating to New York Municipal Obligations

Some of the significant financial considerations relating to the ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio’s investments in New York municipal obligations are summarized below. This summary information is not intended to be a complete description and is principally derived from the Annual Information Statement (“AIS”) of the State of New York as supplemented and contained in official statements relating to issues of New York municipal obligations that were available prior to the date of this Statement of Additional Information. The accuracy and completeness of the information contained in those official statements have not been independently verified.

Financial Disclosure for the State of New York

The State of New York’s most recently completed fiscal year began on April 1, 2004 and ended on March 31, 2005. The most recent published AIS was dated May 4, 2005, and was updated on August 8, 2005, November 2, 2005 and January 26, 2006. The information of the State comes from the Department of Budget (“DOB”). The AIS is available at: www.budget.state.ny.us/investor/ais/ais.html .

The State’s current fiscal year began on April 1, 2005 and ends on March 31, 2006. On March 8, 2005, the State Legislature enacted appropriations for all State-supported, contingent contractual, and certain other debt service obligations for the entire 2005-06 fiscal year. On March 31, 2005, the Legislature completed action on the remaining appropriations and accompanying legislation constituting the budget for the 2005-06 fiscal year. Subsequently, on April 12, 2005, the Legislature enacted certain amendments to the 2005-06 Enacted Budget.

The State accounts for all of its spending and receipts by the fund in which the activity takes place, and the broad category or purpose of that activity. The State’s four major fund types (collectively, “All Funds”) include:

1) General Fund, which receives most of the State’s tax revenue and accounts for spending on programs that are not supported directly by dedicated fees and revenues;

2) Special Revenue Funds, which receive Federal grants, certain dedicated taxes, fees and other revenues that are used for a specified purpose;

3) Capital Project Funds, which account for costs incurred in the construction and reconstruction of roads, bridges, prisons, and other infrastructure projects; and

4) Debt Service Funds, which pay principal, interest and related expenses on long-term bonds issued by the State and its public authorities.

forecasts have frequently failed to predict accurately the timing and magnitude of changes in the national and State economies. The DOB believes that its current estimates related to the performance of the State and national economies are reasonable. However, there can be no assurance that actual results will not differ materially and adversely from the current forecast.

The following provides a description of some of the risks the State is continuing to monitor. The risks presented herein are not comprehensive. Accordingly, readers should refer to the AIS for a more complete review of present risks, including the status of school finance litigation, Native American land claims, and other actions affecting the State.

• Prior to certain Executive Budget recommendations, DOB projected a potential imbalance of $751 million in 2006-07 and gaps in the range of $3 billion to $4 billion in future years. While current-year results are favorable, the State’s structural imbalance persists, although at levels greatly reduced from recent years. Left unchecked, spending would grow by $3.6 billion in 2006-07, driven in part by the State cap on local Medicaid costs and the takeover of the local share of the Family Health Plus (FHP) program, both of which help relieve pressure on local property taxes. Health care inflation, school aid increases, State employee salaries and benefits, and the loss of one-time resources used to balance the 2005-06 budget also contribute to spending growth in 2006-07. Strong revenue growth is expected to more than compensate for the phase-out, effective January 1, 2006, of the temporary personal income tax (a “PIT”) surcharge imposed in the aftermath of September 11th, but is not enough to eliminate the gap.

• The new Medicare prescription drug program became available to all Medicare beneficiaries on January 1, 2006. The Federal government now requires the states to finance a portion of this program. Each state’s payment will correspond closely to the spending it would have made on prescription drugs through Medicaid for those recipients who are eligible for both Medicaid and Medicare (“dually eligible”). For New York, the Medicare Part D program is particularly complicated because certain drugs now available to dually eligible individuals through Medicaid will not be covered under Part D, and must be fully financed by the State under Medicaid. The State estimates that Part D implementation could cost $72 million in the current year growing to roughly $400 million in 2006-07 and $500 million in 2007-08.

• The State is a defendant in several court cases that could ultimately result in costs to the State Financial Plan. The most significant is Campaign for Fiscal Equity v. State of New York, in which the State Court of Appeals directed the State to implement a remedy by July 30, 2004 that would guarantee that all children in New York City have the opportunity to receive a sound basic education (SBE). In August 2004, the State Supreme Court directed a panel of three Special Masters to report and make recommendations on the measures the State had taken to bring its school financing system into constitutional compliance with respect to New York City schools. The Special Masters submitted their report to the Court on November 30, 2004. The report recommended (i) an annual increase of $5.6 billion in education aid to New York City to be phased in over four years and (ii) $9.2 billion for school construction and renovation to be phased in over five years. In February 2005, the State Supreme Court adopted the recommendations of the Special Masters, requiring the State to comply with those recommendations within 90 days. The State filed an appeal in April 2005 and the Appellate Court is expected to issue a ruling by June 2006. The 2006-07 Executive Budget proposes a combination of traditional school aid and continued funding for the SBE aid program as part of a comprehensive plan to comply with the Court’s order. Under a plan proposed by the Governor, revenues from video lottery terminals (“VLTs”) will be used for SBE. So far, VLTs have been implemented at five of the State’s racetracks. Four other racetracks have received authorization to

operate VLTs, and are in various stages of implementation. Two major facilities located at Yonkers and Aqueduct Raceways are expected to begin operations in October 2006 and October 2007, respectively. These two facilities are expected to produce the majority of the growth of VLT receipts under current law. The 2006-07 Executive Budget recommends $700 million of funding for SBE, growing to $1.5 billion by school year 2008-09. Under the Governor’s plan, New York City would receive approximately 60% of the annual SBE aid.

• Other litigation includes ongoing claims by several Indian Nations alleging wrongful possession of lands by the State and several counties, as well as claims involving the adequacy of shelter allowances for families on public assistance. The State has implemented a court-ordered increase in the shelter allowance schedule for public assistance families. However, the plaintiffs are challenging the adequacy of the increase and, thus, further Court proceedings are pending.

• The Federal government is currently auditing Medicaid claims submitted since 1993 under the School Supportive Health Services Program. At this point, these audits have not been finalized, and, as a result, the liability of the State and school districts for any disallowances cannot be determined. Federal regulations include an appeals process that could postpone repayment of any disallowances. The current Financial Plan assumes the Federal government will fully reimburse these costs. In addition, a portion of Federal Medicaid payments related to School Supportive Health Services have been deferred by the Federal Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services pending finalization of audits. Since the State has continued to reimburse local school districts for these costs, these Federal deferrals, if not resolved, could negatively impact the Financial Plan. Alternatively, if the State suspends reimbursement, local governments could be adversely affected.

• The Office of the Inspector General (“OIG”) of the Department of Health and Human Services is conducting six audits of aspects of New York State’s School Supportive Health Services program with regard to Medicaid reimbursement that cover $1.5 billion in claims submitted between 1990 and 2001. To date the OIG of the Department of Health and Human Services has issued three final audit reports, which cover claims submitted by upstate school districts for speech pathology and transportation services and New York City for speech pathology services. In these reports, OIG recommends that the State refund to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) $173 million of the $362 million in claims for upstate speech pathology services, $17 million of $72 million for upstate transportation services, and $436 million of the $551 million in claims submitted for New York City speech pathology services. New York State disagrees with the audit findings on several grounds and has requested that these be withdrawn. Federal regulations include an appeals process that could postpone repayment of any disallowances. While CMS has not taken any action with regard to the recommended disallowances by OIG, CMS is deferring 25 percent of New York City claims and 9.7 percent of claims submitted by the rest of the State pending the completion of the audits. Since the State has continued to reimburse school districts for these costs these Federal deferrals have resulted in higher costs, as reflected in the State’s latest Financial Plan.

• The State has discontinued intergovernmental transfer payments as of March 31, 2005 pending the approval of a State Plan Amendment. These payments are related to disproportionate share hospital payments to public hospitals throughout the State, including those operated by the New York City Health and Hospital Corporation, the State University of New York (“SUNY”) and the counties. If these payments are not approved in 2005-06 and beyond, the State’s health care financing system could be adversely affected.

• The State was involved in litigation challenging the use of proceeds from the conversion of Empire Blue Cross/Blue Shield from a not-for-profit corporation to a for-profit corporation. On June 20, 2005, the Court of Appeals ruled in favor of the State in this litigation. As a result, the State Comptroller has transferred the Empire proceeds received to date ($754 million) that were held in escrow pending resolution of the court to the Health Care Reform Act (“HCRA”) Resources Fund. On September 27, 2005, WellPoint and WellChoice (or Empire or Empire Blue Cross) announced that the two companies had agreed to merge. Under the merger, WellPoint will provide WellChoice stockholders a blend of cash and stock. As a result of this transaction, the New York Public Asset Fund, which owns about 52 million shares of WellChoice stock and is the State’s agent in the transaction, is expected to receive approximately $2 billion in cash in 2005-06, plus about 27 million shares of WellPoint common stock.

If the transaction closes during the first quarter of calendar 2006, HCRA would receive $2 billion in cash in 2005-06, or approximately $850 million more than originally planned. The expected merger of WellChoice, Inc. and WellPoint, Inc. would eliminate the most significant known risk to the State’s 2005-06 Financial Plan.

• As a result of Hurricanes Katrina and Rita and the related surge in energy prices, the State is expecting to pay more to supply heat and electricity to its buildings, including the Department of Corrections and Mental Hygiene facilities and the SUNY campus, and to fuel its fleet of cars, including State Police and Transportation vehicles. The Governor has proposed a legislative package to promote greater energy efficiency and to mitigate the impact of higher energy costs. Similarly, the Legislature is evaluating a range of policy options to mitigate the impact of higher energy prices on businesses and households. The potential fiscal impact of these proposals is not reflected in the current Financial Plan.

State Economy. New York’s economy has been growing since September 2003, a trend DOB expects will continue, albeit more modestly, over the four-year period of the State’s Financial Plan (2005-06 through 2008-09). DOB now estimates underlying revenue growth of 11 percent in the current year (the second year in a row in which revenues have grown at this rate), and still-strong 8 percent growth in 2006-07. For 2006, DOB projects total employment growth of 0.8 percent and private sector growth of 0.9 percent.

In addition to the risks associated with the national economic forecast, there exist specific risks to the State economy. Another attack targeted at New York City would once again disproportionately affect the State economy, resulting in lower income and employment growth than reflected in the current forecast. Higher energy prices and the potential for greater pass-through to core inflation, combined with a growing rate of capacity utilization and a tightening labor market, raise the probability that the Federal Reserve will over-tighten. Such an outcome could negatively affect the financial markets, which would also disproportionately affect the New York State economy. In addition, the State’s real estate market could decline more than anticipated, which would negatively affect household consumption and taxable capital gains realizations. These effects could ripple through the economy, affecting both employment and wages.

In contrast, should the national and world economies grow faster than expected, a stronger upturn in stock prices, along with even stronger activity in mergers and acquisitions and other Wall Street activities is possible, resulting in higher wage and bonuses growth than projected. It is important to recall that the financial markets, which are so pivotal to the direction of the downstate economy, are notoriously difficult to forecast. With the economy becoming increasingly globalized,

and the pace of both technological and regulatory change accelerating, projecting finance industry revenues and profits has never been more challenging.

New York is the third most populous state in the nation and has a relatively high level of personal wealth. The State’s economy is diverse, with a comparatively large share of the nation’s financial activities, information, education, and health services employment, and a very small share of the nation’s farming and mining activity. The State’s location and its air transport facilities and natural harbors have made it an important link in international commerce. Travel and tourism constitute an important part of the economy. Like the rest of the nation, New York has a declining proportion of its workforce engaged in manufacturing, and an increasing proportion engaged in service industries.

State Budget. The Executive Budget is the Governor’s constitutionally mandated annual submission to the Legislature which contains his recommended program for the forthcoming fiscal year. It projects disbursements and expenditures needed to carry out the Governor’s recommended programs and receipts and revenues expected to be available for such purpose. The recommendations contained in the Executive Budget serve as the basis for the State Financial Plan which is adjusted after the Legislature acts on the Governor’s submission. Under the State Constitution, the Governor is required each year to propose an Executive Budget that is balanced on a cash basis.

The State Financial Plan sets forth projections of State receipts and disbursements in the governmental fund types for each fiscal year and is prepared by the Director of the DOB, based initially upon the recommendations contained in the Executive Budget. After the budget is enacted, the State Financial Plan is adjusted to reflect revenue measures, appropriation bills and certain related bills enacted by the Legislature. It serves as the basis for the administration of the State’s finances by the DOB.

The Comptroller is responsible for the investment of substantially all State moneys. By law, such moneys may be invested only in obligations issued or guaranteed by the Federal government or the State, obligations of certain Federal agencies that are not guaranteed by the Federal government, certain general obligations of other states, direct obligations of the State’s municipalities and obligations of certain public authorities, certain short-term corporate obligations, certain bankers’ acceptances, and certificates of deposit secured by legally qualified governmental securities. All securities in which the State invests moneys held by funds administered within the State Treasury must mature within 12 years of the date they are purchased. Money impounded by the Comptroller for payment of Tax and Revenue Anticipation Notes may only be invested, subject to the provisions of the State Finance Law, in (i) obligations of the Federal government, (ii) certificates of deposit secured by such obligations, or (iii) obligations of or obligations guaranteed by agencies of the Federal government as to which the payment of principal and interest is guaranteed by the Federal government.

In recent years, the State has closed projected budget gaps which DOB estimated at $5.0 billion (1995-96), $3.9 billion (1996-97); $2.3 billion (1997-98); less than $1 billion (in each of the fiscal years 1998-99 through 2000-01); $6.8 billion (2002-03); $2.8 billion (2003-04) and $5 billion (2004-2005). While the current fiscal year is balanced, the magnitude of future budget gaps requires timely and aggressive measures to restore structural balance. The Governor is continuing implementation of a fiscal management plan that includes measures intended to reduce costs and generate recurring savings in the outyears. The State faces potential General Fund budget gaps of $751 million in 2006-07, and $3.2 billion in 2007-08.

General Fund. The General Fund is the principal operating fund of the State and is used to account for all financial transactions except those required to be accounted for in another fund. It is the State’s largest fund and receives almost all State taxes and other resources not dedicated to particular purposes.

The DOB projects a net General Fund surplus estimate of $2.0 billion for the 2005-06 fiscal year. Strong growth in tax collections, particularly in business taxes and the PIT, has led DOB to raise its General Fund receipts forecast for the current year by $1.4 billion. At the same time, projected General Fund disbursements have been revised upward by over $300 million, mainly for Medicaid and transit aid payments now planned for 2005-06 rather than 2006-07. Aside from these transactions, spending trends for the State’s major programs remain generally consistent with previous forecasts.

DOB reported a 2004-05 General Fund surplus of $1.2 billion. Total receipts, including transfers from other funds, were $43.8 billion. Disbursements, including transfers to other funds, totaled $43.6 billion. The General Fund ended the 2004-05 fiscal year with a balance of $1.2 billion, which included dedicated balances of $872 million in the Tax Stabilization Reserve Fund (“TSRF”) (after a $78 million deposit at the close of 2004-05), the Contingency Reserve Fund (“CRF”) ($21 million), and the Community Projects Fund (“CPF”) ($325 million).

All Funds. All Funds receipts for 2004-05 totaled $100.6 billion, a decrease of $546 million from the February Financial Plan projections. The variance was primarily the result of lower-than-expected collections from Federal grants, partially offset by higher-than-expected receipts from miscellaneous receipts and taxes. All Funds disbursements for 2004-05 totaled $100.7 billion, a decrease of $514 million from the February Financial Plan projections. The decline in State Funds spending of $54 million, combined with a decline in Federal Funds spending of $460 million, account for the variance. In addition to the State Funds variance described above, Federal funds for education programs and World Trade Center reimbursement were revised downward.

Personal Income Taxes. PIT net receipts for 2004-05 reached $27.997 billion, an increase of $352 million (1.5 percent) from 2003-04 due largely to a modestly improved economic environment and the second-year impact of the temporary three-year PIT increase enacted in 2003. The increase is partially offset by a $1.63 billion lower contribution from the refund reserve account. Net of refund reserve transactions, All Funds income tax receipts grew 8.8 percent over 2002-03 results.

General Fund PIT receipts are projected to increase from 2004-05. The increase is due to continued economic improvement in 2005 (stronger withholding and estimated tax payments), strong payments on 2004 tax liability (higher final returns and extensions offset slightly by an increase in refunds) and a smaller deposit into the PIT refund reserve account. This amount is offset by a larger deposit to the Revenue Bond Tax Fund (“RBTF”).

* * * *

Additional information regarding the state budget as well as historical financial results for the 2003-2004, 2002-2003 and 2001-2002 fiscal years are available in the State Annual Information Statement.

billion in undesignated reserves and $2.8 billion in reserves designated to finance existing or planned commitments. The projected closing balance is $528 million above the level estimated for 2005-06.

The undesignated reserves consist of $945 million in the State’s Rainy Day Reserve, which has a balance that is at the statutory maximum of 2 percent, and $21 million in the Contingency Reserve for litigation risks. The designated reserves include $275 million for potential labor settlements with unions that have not yet reached agreements in the current round of contracts, $236 million in the Community Projects Fund to finance existing legislative and gubernatorial initiatives, $2.0 billion from the 2005-06 surplus that is planned to be used in equal amounts to lower the projected 2007-08 and 2008-09 budget gaps, and $250 million for debt reduction.

To permanently improve the State’s reserve levels, the Executive again will submit legislation in 2006-07 to increase the maximum size of the State’s Rainy Day Reserve from 2 percent to a minimum of 5 percent of General Fund spending.

The Executive Budget eliminates the entire potential imbalance in 2006-07 and reduces the budget gap projected for 2007-08 to less than $1.9 billion. The Budget proposals address the structural imbalance by (i) restraining spending in the fastest-growing programs in the State Budget, particularly Medicaid, (ii) setting aside the entire $2.0 billion from the expected 2005-06 surplus to help reduce the potential gaps in 2007-08 and 2008-09, and (iii) financing $250 million in reserves that will be used in the future to lower State debt. The proposals also include significant new tax reductions and spending initiatives.

Spending restraint constitutes the vast majority of the gap-closing plan of $2.1 billion, before recommended spending additions, tax policy changes, and new reserves for debt reduction. Proposals to slow Medicaid growth account for over 60 percent of the total savings. Other initiatives to restrain spending include performance incentives for tuition assistance grants, flexibility for the State’s public universities to raise tuition absent sufficient administrative cost-savings, and the imposition of stricter benefit limits for public assistance families that fail to meet work participation requirements. The budget also includes proposals to maximize Federal aid and achieve savings in State agency operations.

The Budget dedicates more than $227 million in one-time resources (the entire amount of one-time actions proposed), consisting mainly of routine transfers of available cash balances from other funds, to help finance $250 million to reduce debt. Fee increases are minimal. Absent the recommended tax reductions and spending initiatives described below, the gap-closing plan would produce a surplus in 2006-07 and structurally-balanced budgets in 2007-08 and 2008-09 without the use of reserves.

To help address the combined State and local tax burden, the Executive Budget proposes a tax reduction program valued at over $3.6 billion when it becomes fully effective. The package includes eliminating the “marriage penalty” for personal income taxpayers, increasing the tax relief provided to seniors through the School Tax Relief (STAR) program, a new STAR Plus program, reducing the top PIT rate to 6.75 percent, eliminating the estate and gift tax, authorizing an education tax credit for families with students enrolled in under-performing schools, and establishing an energy tax credit for senior citizens. The Executive Budget also recommends two sales-tax-free weeks on clothing purchases of up to $250, rather than reverting to a full-year $100 exemption as scheduled.

The Budget recommends increased spending for several programmatic initiatives. These includes cost-of-living increases for mental hygiene service providers, funding to expand crime-fighting programs, incentive-based aid increases for local governments, and increased funding for the Environmental Protection Fund.

The Executive Budget recommendations hold annual spending growth in the General Fund and All Governmental Funds to below the projected rate of inflation, after excluding the incremental cost of the State Medicaid cap, FHP takeover, and the new STAR Plus program, all of which provide local property tax and mandate relief. Total spending also grows more slowly than projected growth in personal income.

Aside from where noted, the 2006-07 Financial Plan does not set aside specific reserves to cover potential costs that could materialize as a result of Federal disallowances or other Federal actions that could adversely affect the State’s projections of receipts and disbursements.

Limitations on State Supported Debt. Under the State Constitution, the State may not, with limited exceptions for emergencies, undertake a long-term general obligation borrowing (i.e., borrowing for more than one year) unless the borrowing is authorized in a specific amount for a single work or purpose by the Legislature and approved by the voters. There is no constitutional limitation on the amount of long-term general obligation debt that may be so authorized and subsequently incurred by the State. However, the Debt Reform Act of 2000 (“Debt Reform Act”) imposed statutory limitations on new State-supported debt issued on and after April 1, 2000. Except as noted in the next sentence, the State Constitution also provides that general obligation bonds must be paid in equal annual principal installments or installments that result in substantially level or declining debt service payments, mature within 40 years after issuance, and begin to amortize not more than one year after the issuance of such bonds. General obligation housing bonds must be paid within 50 years after issuance, with principal commencing no more than three years after issuance. However, the Debt Reform Act limits the maximum term of State-supported bonds, including general obligation bonds, to 30 years.

The Debt Reform Act imposes phased-in caps on new debt outstanding and new debt service costs, limits the use of debt to capital works and purposes only, and establishes a maximum term of 30 years on such debt. The cap on new State-supported debt outstanding began at 0.75 percent of personal income in 2000-01 and will gradually increase until it is fully phased-in at 4 percent of personal income in 2010-11. Similarly, the cap on new State-supported debt service costs began at 0.75 percent of total governmental funds receipts in 2000-01 and will gradually increase until it is fully phased in at 5 percent in 2013-14.

The Debt Reform Act requires that the limitations on the issuance of State-supported debt and debt service costs be calculated by October 31 of each year and reported in the quarterly Financial Plan Update most proximate to such date. If the calculations for new State-supported debt outstanding and debt service costs are less than the State-supported debt outstanding and debt service costs permitted under the Debt Reform Act, new State-supported debt may continue to be issued. However, if either the debt outstanding or the debt service cap is met or exceeded, the State would be precluded from contracting new State-supported debt until the next annual cap calculation is made and State-supported debt is found to be within the appropriate limitations. The prohibition on issuing new State-supported debt if the caps are met or exceeded provides a significant incentive to treat the debt caps as absolute limits that should not be reached, and therefore DOB intends to manage subsequent capital plans and issuance schedules under these limits.

Pursuant to the provisions of the Debt Reform Act, the most recent annual calculation of the limitations imposed by the Debt Reform Act was reported in the Financial Plan Update most proximate to October 31, 2004. On October 30, 2004, the State reported that it was in compliance with both debt caps. DOB projects that debt outstanding and debt service costs for 2004-05 and the entire five-year forecast period through 2009-10 will also be within the statutory caps.

The State has also enacted statutory limits on the amount of variable rate obligations and interest rate exchange agreements that authorized issuers of State-supported debt may enter into. The statute limits the use of debt instruments which result in a variable rate exposure (e.g., variable rate obligations and interest rate exchange agreements) to no more than 15 percent of total outstanding State-supported debt, and limits the use of interest rate exchange agreements to a total notional amount of no more than 15 percent of total outstanding State-supported debt.

As of March 31, 2005, State-supported debt in the amount of $40.7 billion was outstanding, resulting in a variable rate exposure cap and an interest rate exchange agreement cap of about $6.1 billion each. As discussed below, as of March 31, 2005, both the amount of outstanding variable rate instruments resulting in a variable rate exposure and interest rate exchange agreements are less than the authorized totals of 15 percent of total outstanding State-supported debt, and are projected to be below the caps for the entire forecast period through 2009-10.

All interest rate exchange agreements are subject to various statutory restrictions such as minimum counterparty ratings, monthly reporting requirements, and the adoption of interest rate exchange agreement guidelines. All the authorized issuers have adopted uniform guidelines as required by statute. As of March 31, 2005, the State had $4.15 billion in total variable rate exposure, including amounts reserved for LIBOR swaps (or about 10.2 percent of total State-supported debt outstanding), and has entered into a total notional amount of $5.97 billion in interest rate exchange agreements (or about 14.7 percent of total State-supported debt outstanding). These ratios are expected to increase over the five-year projections but remain below the 15 percent limitations.

The State may undertake short-term borrowings without voter approval (i) in anticipation of the receipt of taxes and revenues, by issuing tax and revenue anticipation notes and (ii) in anticipation of the receipt of proceeds from the sale of duly authorized but unissued general obligation bonds, by issuing bond anticipation notes. The State may also, pursuant to specific constitutional authorization, directly guarantee certain obligations of the State’s authorities and public benefit corporations (“Authorities”). The State has never been called upon to make any direct payments pursuant to any such guarantees. Payments of debt service on New York State general obligation and New York State-guaranteed bonds and notes are legally enforceable obligations of the State.

State Finance Law requires the Governor to submit a five-year Capital Program and Financing Plan (the “Capital Plan”) with the Executive Budget, and update the Capital Plan by the later of July 30 or 90 days after the enactment of the State Budget. The Governor submitted the Capital Plan as part of the Executive Budget on January 17, 2006. State-supported debt levels are projected to increase from $42.6 billion in 2005-06 to $49 billion in 2009-10, or 3.6 percent annually. The vast majority of the increase is for transportation ($2.6 billion excluding the bond act), higher education ($1.9 billion) and General Obligation bonds ($600 million).

In 2001, legislation was enacted to provide for the issuance by certain State authorities of State PIT Revenue Bonds, which are expected to become the primary financing vehicle for a broad range of

State-supported debt programs authorized to be secured by service contract or lease-purchase payments. These State PIT Revenue Bonds are expected to reduce borrowing costs by improving the marketability and creditworthiness of State-supported obligations and by permitting the consolidation of multiple bonding programs to reduce administrative costs.

The legislation provides that 25 percent of PIT receipts (excluding refunds owed to taxpayers and deposits to STAR be deposited to the RBTF for purposes of making debt service payments on these bonds, with excess amounts returned to the General Fund. In the event that (i) the State Legislature fails to appropriate amounts required to make all debt service payments on the State PIT Revenue Bonds or (ii) having been appropriated and set aside pursuant to a certificate of the Director of the Budget, financing agreement payments have not been made when due on the bonds, the legislation requires that PIT receipts continue to be deposited to the RBTF until amounts on deposit in the Fund equal the greater of 25 percent of annual PIT receipts or $6 billion.

The State issued its first State PIT Revenue Bonds (in an aggregate principal amount of $225 million) on May 9, 2002. As of March 31, 2005, approximately $4.5 billion of State PIT Revenue Bonds have been issued and outstanding.

The State employs additional long-term financing mechanisms, lease-purchase and contractual obligation financings, which involve obligations of public authorities or municipalities that are State-supported but are not general obligations of the State. Under these financing arrangements, certain public authorities and municipalities have issued obligations to finance the construction and rehabilitation of facilities or the acquisition and rehabilitation of equipment, and expect to meet their debt service requirements through the receipt of rental or other contractual payments made by the State. Although these financing arrangements involve a contractual agreement by the State to make payments to a public authority, municipality or other entity, the State’s obligation to make such payments is generally expressly made subject to appropriation by the Legislature and the actual availability of money to the State for making the payments. The State has also entered into a contractual-obligation financing arrangement with the Local Government Assistance Corporation (“LGAC”) to restructure the way the State makes certain local aid payments.

State Credit Ratings. On January 13, 1992, S&P reduced its ratings on the State’s general obligation bonds from A to A- and, in addition, reduced its ratings on the State’s moral obligation, lease purchase, guaranteed and contractual obligation debt. On August 28, 1997, S&P revised its ratings on the State’s general obligation bonds from A- to A and revised its ratings on the State’s moral obligation, lease purchase, guaranteed and contractual obligation debt. On March 5, 1999, S&P affirmed its A rating on the State’s outstanding bonds. On March 10, 2000, S&P assigned its A+ rating on New York State’s long-term general obligations. On December 19, 2000, S&P assigned its AA rating on New York State’s long-term general obligations.

On January 6, 1992, Moody’s reduced its ratings on outstanding limited-liability State lease purchase and contractual obligations from A to Baa1. On February 28, 1994, Moody’s reconfirmed its A rating on the State’s general obligation long-term indebtedness. On March 20, 1998, Moody’s assigned the highest commercial paper rating of P-1 to the short term notes of the State. On March 5, 1999, Moody’s affirmed its A2 rating with a stable outlook to the State’s general obligations. In June 2000, Moody’s revised its outlook on the State’s general obligations from stable to positive. On December 6, 2002, Moody’s changed its outlook on the State’s general obligation bonds from stable to negative but retained its A2 rating. On July 5, 2005, the State’s general obligations were upgraded to A1. On December 21, 2005, Moody’s again upgraded New York’s general obligations to Aa3.

On June 5, 2003, Fitch Ratings assigned its AA- rating on New York’s long-term general obligations.

New York State has never defaulted on any of its general obligation indebtedness or its obligations under lease purchase or contractual obligation financing arrangements and has never been called upon to make any direct payments pursuant to its guarantees.

Litigation. Certain litigation pending against New York State or its officers or employees could have a substantial or long-term adverse effect on New York State finances. Among the more significant of these cases are those that involve (i) the validity of agreements and treaties by which various Indian tribes transferred title to New York State of certain land in central and upstate New York; (ii) certain aspects of New York State’s Medicaid policies, including its rates, regulations and procedures; and (iii) a challenge to the funding for New York City public schools.

Adverse developments in the proceedings described above, other proceedings for which there are unanticipated, unfavorable and material judgments, or the initiation of new proceedings could affect the ability of the State to maintain a balanced 2005-06 Financial Plan. The State believes that the 2005-06 Financial Plan includes sufficient reserves to offset the costs associated with the payment of judgments that may be required during the 2005-06 fiscal year. These reserves include (but are not limited to) amounts appropriated for Court of Claims payments and projected fund balances in the General Fund. In addition, any amounts ultimately required to be paid by the State may be subject to settlement or may be paid over a multi-year period. There can be no assurance, however, that adverse decisions in legal proceedings against the State would not exceed the amount of all potential 2005-06 Financial Plan resources available for the payment of judgments, and could therefore affect the ability of the State to maintain a balanced 2005-06 Financial Plan.

Details regarding outstanding litigation are located in the AIS.

Authorities. The fiscal stability of New York State is related, in part, to the fiscal stability of its Authorities, which generally have responsibility for financing, constructing and operating revenue-producing public benefit facilities. Authorities are not subject to the constitutional restrictions on the incurrence of debt which apply to the State itself, and may issue bonds and notes within the amounts of, and as otherwise restricted by, their legislative authorization. The State’s access to the public credit markets could be impaired, and the market price of its outstanding debt may be materially and adversely affected, if any of the Authorities were to default on their respective obligations, particularly with respect to debt that is State supported or State related.

Authorities are generally supported by revenues generated by the projects financed or operated, such as fares, user fees on bridges, highway tolls and rentals for dormitory rooms and housing. In recent years, however, New York State has provided financial assistance through appropriations, in some cases of a recurring nature, to certain of the Authorities for operating and other expenses and, in fulfillment of its commitments on moral obligation indebtedness or otherwise, for debt service. This operating assistance is expected to continue to be required in future years. In addition, certain statutory arrangements provide for State local assistance payments otherwise payable to localities to be made under certain circumstances to certain Authorities. The State has no obligation to provide additional assistance to localities whose local assistance payments have been paid to Authorities under these arrangements. However, in the event that such local assistance payments are so diverted, the affected localities could seek additional State funds.

For purposes of analyzing the financial condition of the State, debt of the State and of certain public authorities may be classified as State-supported debt, which includes general obligation debt of the State and lease-purchase and contractual obligations of public authorities (and municipalities) where debt service is paid from State appropriations (including dedicated tax sources, and other revenues such as patient charges and dormitory facilities rentals). In addition, a broader classification, referred to as State-related debt, includes State-supported debt, as well as certain types of contingent obligations, including moral obligation financings, certain contingent contractual-obligation financing arrangements, and State-guaranteed debt described above, where debt service is expected to be paid from other sources and State appropriations are contingent in that they may be made and used only under certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2005, there were 18 public authorities that had outstanding debt of $100 million or more, and the aggregate outstanding debt, including refunding bonds, of these State public authorities was $120.4 billion, only a portion of which constitutes State-supported or State-related debt.

New York City and Other Localities. The fiscal health of the State may also be affected by the fiscal health of New York City, which continues to receive significant financial assistance from the State. State aid contributes to the city’s ability to balance its budget and meet its cash requirements. The State may also be affected by the ability of the City, and certain entities issuing debt for the benefit of the City, to market their securities successfully in the public credit markets.

The City regularly produces Official Statements in connection with the issuance of its bonds and notes. Copies of these are required to be filed with and are available from the nationally recognized municipal securities information repositories. Reference is made to such Official Statements for information about the City. The information about the City which is indicated herein is not a summary and is necessarily incomplete.

New York City Fiscal Budget. The 2006 Executive Budget is $49.7 billion. This is the twenty-sixth consecutive budget which is balanced under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). For fiscal year 2005 an operating surplus of $3,271 million is projected, which will be used to help balance the 2006 Executive Budget. The Executive Budget and Financial Plan include $3,271 million of discretionary transfers and prepayments in 2005, reflecting discretionary transfers of $1,704 million to the budget stabilization account and $88 million in lease debt service due in fiscal year 2006, subsidy prepayments of $208 million to the Transit Authority, $172 million to the New York City Health and Hospitals Corporation and $152 million to the Library Systems, and a Miscellaneous Budget grant of $947 million to the Transitional Finance Authority in fiscal year 2005, which increases PIT revenue by $947 million in fiscal year 2006. The 2005 forecast provides for a general reserve of $40 million to offset any adverse changes, which may surface during the remainder of the fiscal year or during the audit of the operating results. Savings from State actions of $317 million and requests for Federal assistance of $50 million are assumed in the budget. The 2006 budget provides for a general reserve of $300 million.

The City of New York’s Financial Plan for 2006 through 2009 (the “Financial Plan”) fiscal years projects that the 2006 fiscal year will end balanced in accordance with GAAP and projects budget gaps of $4.5 billion, $4.5 billion and $3.9 billion in fiscal years 2007 through 2009, respectively, after implementation of a gap-reduction program. The City’s Financial Plans have normally projected significant budget gaps in the later years of such plans.

In response to the City’s fiscal crisis in 1975, the State took action to assist the City in returning to fiscal stability. Among those actions, the State established the Municipal Assistance Corporation for the City of New York (“NYC MAC”) to provide financing assistance to the City; the New York State Financial Control Board (the “Control Board”) to oversee the City’s financial affairs; and the Office of the State Deputy Comptroller for the City of New York (“OSDC”) to assist the Control Board in exercising its powers and responsibilities. A “control period” existed from 1975 to 1986, during which the City was subject to certain statutorily-prescribed fiscal controls. The Control Board terminated the control period in 1986 when certain statutory conditions were met. State law requires the Control Board to reimpose a control period upon the occurrence, or “substantial likelihood and imminence” of the occurrence, of certain events, including (but not limited to) a City operating budget deficit of more than $100 million or impaired access to the public credit markets.

For each of its 1981 through 2004 fiscal years, the City has achieved balanced operating results in accordance with the applicable GAAP after discretionary and other transfers. The City prepares a four-year financial plan annually and updates it periodically, and prepares a comprehensive annual financial report each October describing its most recent fiscal year. Although the audit of 2005 fiscal year is not yet completed, it is expected that the 2005 fiscal year will be the same.

In 1975, New York City suffered a fiscal crisis that impaired the borrowing ability of both the City and New York State. In that year, the City lost access to the public credit markets. The City was not able to sell short-term notes to the public again until 1979. In 1975, S&P suspended its A rating of City bonds. This suspension remained in effect until March 1981, at which time the City received an investment grade rating of BBB from S&P.

The City’s general obligations bonds currently are rated “A1” by Moody’s, “A+” by S&P and “A+” by Fitch, Inc. There is no assurance that such ratings will continue for any given period of time or that they will not be revised downward or withdrawn entirely.

Currently, the City and certain of its Covered Organizations (i.e., those organizations which receive or may receive moneys from the City directly, indirectly or contingently) operate under the City’s Financial Plan. The City’s Financial Plan summarizes its capital, revenue and expense projections and outlines proposed gap-closing programs for years with projected budget gaps. The City’s projections set forth in its Financial Plan are based on various assumptions and contingencies, some of which are uncertain and may not materialize. Unforeseen developments (such as the September 11, 2001 World Trade Center attack) and changes in major assumptions could significantly affect the City’s ability to balance its budget as required by State law and to meet its annual cash flow and financing requirements.

On February 12, 2004, the OSDC issued a report that concluded that New York City had overcome its most serious fiscal challenge since the 1970s. The report cautioned that continued progress toward recurring budget balance will depend upon sustained economic improvement, an affordable labor agreement, and a reduction in the projected growth in nondiscretionary spending.

For June 2005, the OSDC issued a report that expenditures during fiscal years 2006 through 2008 are projected to exceed the June 2004 estimates by $1.7 billion, $2 billion, and $2.5 billion, respectively. Although the impact in fiscal year 2006 should be mostly offset by higher-than-anticipated revenues, the unexpected spending caused the budget gaps to widen by $468 million in fiscal year 2007 and by $1.3 billion in fiscal year 2008.

New York City is heavily dependent on New York State and Federal assistance to cover insufficiencies in its revenues. There can be no assurance that in the future Federal and State assistance will enable the City to make up any potential future budget deficits. Although the City has consistently maintained balanced budgets and is projected to achieve balanced operating results for the current fiscal year, there can be no assurance that the gap-closing actions proposed in its Financial Plan can be successfully implemented or that the City will maintain a balanced budget in future years without additional State aid, revenue increases or expenditure reductions. Additional tax increases and reductions in essential City services could adversely affect the City’s economic base.

The projections set forth in the City’s Financial Plan are based on various assumptions and contingencies which are uncertain and which may not materialize. Changes in major assumptions could significantly affect the City’s ability to balance its budget as required by State law and to meet its annual cash flow and financing requirements. Such assumptions and contingencies include the condition of the regional and local economies, the impact on real estate tax revenues of the real estate market, wage increases for City employees consistent with those assumed in the Financial Plan, employment growth, the ability to implement proposed reductions in City personnel and other cost reduction initiatives, the ability to complete revenue generating transactions, provision of State and Federal aid and mandate relief and the impact on City revenues and expenditures of Federal and State welfare reform and any future legislation affecting Medicare or other entitlements.

To successfully implement its Financial Plan, the City and certain entities issuing debt for the benefit of the City must market their securities successfully. This debt is issued to finance the rehabilitation of the City’s infrastructure and other capital needs and to refinance existing debt, as well as to finance seasonal needs. In recent years, the State Constitutional debt limit would have prevented the City from entering into new capital contracts. To prevent disruptions in the capital program, actions were taken to increase the City’s capital financing capacity by enabling financings to benefit the City, which do not count against the City’s Constitutional debt limit. These include the creation of the New York City Transitional Finance Authority (“TFA”) in 1997 and the Tobacco Settlement Asset Securitization Corporation in 1999. Such actions, combined with the City’s remaining capacity, have enabled the City to project that it has sufficient financing capacity to complete its current Ten-Year Capital Strategy, which extends through fiscal year 2015.

The City Comptroller, OSDC, the Control Board and other agencies and public officials from time to time issue reports and make public statements which, among other things, state that projected revenues and expenditures may be different from those forecast in the City’s financial plans. These reports are generally available at websites maintained by the City Comptroller, OSDC, the Control Board and others. It is reasonable to expect that such reports and statements will continue to be issued and to engender public comment.

Certain localities, in addition to the City, have experienced financial problems and have requested and received additional New York State assistance during the last several State fiscal years. The potential impact on the State of any future requests by localities for additional assistance is not included in the State’s projections of its receipts and disbursements for the fiscal year.

Municipalities and school districts have engaged in substantial short-term and long-term borrowings. State law requires the Comptroller to review and make recommendations concerning the budgets of those local government units other than New York City that are authorized by State law to issue debt to finance deficits during the period that such deficit financing is outstanding.

From time to time, Federal expenditure reductions could reduce, or in some cases eliminate, Federal funding of some local programs and accordingly might impose substantial increased expenditure requirements on affected localities. If the State, the City or any of the Authorities were to suffer serious financial difficulties jeopardizing their respective access to the public credit markets, the marketability of notes and bonds issued by localities within the State could be adversely affected. Localities also face anticipated and potential problems resulting from certain pending litigation, judicial decisions and long range economic trends. Long-range potential problems of declining urban population, increasing expenditures and other economic trends could adversely affect localities and require increasing State assistance in the future.

Standby Commitments

In order to enhance the liquidity, stability or quality of municipal obligations, the ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio, ILA Money Market Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio, FS Prime Obligations Fund, FS Money Market Fund and FS Tax-Free Fund each may acquire the right to sell a security to another party at a guaranteed price and date. Such a right to resell may be referred to as a put, demand feature or “standby commitment,” depending on its characteristics. The aggregate price which a Series pays for securities with standby commitments may be higher than the price which otherwise would be paid for the securities. Standby commitments may not be available or may not be available on satisfactory terms.

Standby commitments may involve letters of credit issued by domestic or foreign banks supporting the other party’s ability to purchase the security from the Series. The right to sell may be exercisable on demand or at specified intervals, and may form part of a security or be acquired separately by the Series.

Management of the Trust understands that the Internal Revenue Service has issued a favorable revenue ruling to the effect that, under specified circumstances, a registered investment company will be the owner of tax-exempt municipal obligations acquired subject to a put option. Institutional Tax-Exempt Assets, the predecessor company of which ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio and ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio were series, has received a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that it is considered the owner of the municipal obligations subject to standby commitments so that the interest on such instruments will be tax-exempt income to it. (Such rulings do not, however, serve as precedent for other taxpayers, are applicable only to the taxpayer requesting the ruling and have, on occasion, been reversed by the Internal Revenue Service.) The Internal Revenue Service has subsequently announced that it will not ordinarily issue advance ruling letters as to the identity of the true owner of property in cases involving the sale of securities or participation interests therein if the purchaser has the right to cause the security, or the participation interest therein, to be purchased by either the seller or a third party. Each of the ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio and FS Tax-Free Fund intends to take the position that it is the owner of any municipal obligations acquired subject to a standby commitment or acquired or held with certain other types of put rights and that its distributions of tax-exempt interest earned with respect to such municipal obligations will be tax-exempt for its shareholders. There is no assurance that standby commitments will be available to a Series nor has any Series assumed that such commitments will continue to be available under all market conditions.

Borrowings

A Series can borrow money from banks in amounts not exceeding one-third of its total assets. Borrowings involve leveraging. If the securities held by a Series decline in value while these transactions are outstanding, the Series’ market value will decline in value by proportionately more than the decline in value of the securities.

Non-Diversified Status

Although the ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio and ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio are “non-diversified” under the Act, each is subject to applicable tax requirements relating to portfolio diversification. Under federal tax laws, the ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio and ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio may, with respect to 50% of their total assets, invest up to 25% of their total assets in the securities of any issuer. With respect to the remaining 50% of each Series’ total assets, (i) the Series may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. Government), and (ii) the Series may not acquire more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer. These tests apply at the end of each quarter of its taxable year and are subject to certain conditions and limitations under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). These restrictions do not apply to securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises and regulated investment companies

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

The following investment restrictions have been adopted by the Trust as fundamental policies that cannot be changed with respect to any Series without the approval of the majority of outstanding voting securities of that Series. The investment objective of each ILA Portfolio (except the ILA Tax-Exempt California and ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolios’ objective of providing shareholders with income exempt from California State and New York State and New York City personal income tax, respectively) cannot be changed without approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of that ILA Portfolio. In addition, the policy of ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio and FS Treasury Obligations Fund to limit their investments to U.S. Treasury Obligations (as defined in Appendix A of their Prospectuses) and related repurchase agreements is fundamental. The investment objective of each Financial Square Fund, and all other investment policies or practices of the Series, except as stated in this paragraph, are considered by the Trust not to be fundamental and accordingly may be changed without shareholder approval. As a matter of fundamental policy, at least 80% of the Net Assets of each of the ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA California Tax-Exempt Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio, and FS Tax-Free Fund will be invested in municipal obligations, the interest from which is, in the opinion of bond counsel, if any, excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes. In addition, as a matter of fundamental policy, at least 80% of the Net Assets of each of the ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio and ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio will be invested in California and New York municipal obligations, respectively, except in extraordinary circumstances. Each of these four Series may temporarily invest in taxable money market instruments or, in the case of the ILA Tax-Exempt California and ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio, in municipal obligations that are not California or New York municipal obligations, respectively, when acceptable California and New York obligations are not available or when the Investment Adviser believes that the market conditions dictate a defensive posture.

As defined in the Act and the rules thereunder and as used in the Prospectuses and this Additional Statement, “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of a Series means the lesser of the vote of (i) 67% of the shares of that Series present at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of that Series are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of that Series. Investment restrictions that involve a maximum percentage of securities or assets are not considered to be violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after, and is caused by, an acquisition or encumbrance of securities or assets of, or borrowings by or on behalf of, a Series, with the exception of borrowings permitted by Investment Restriction (3).

Accordingly, the Trust may not, on behalf of any Series (except for FS Government Fund):

(1) Make any investment inconsistent with the Series’ classification as a diversified company under the Act. This restriction does not, however, apply to any Series classified as a non-diversified company under the Act.

(2) Purchase securities if such purchase would cause more than 25% in the aggregate of the market value of the total assets of a Series to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that there is no limitation with respect to, and each Series (other than the FS Money Market Fund) reserves freedom of action, when otherwise consistent with its investment policies, to concentrate its investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, obligations (other than commercial paper) issued or guaranteed by U.S. banks and U.S. branches of U.S. or foreign banks and repurchase agreements and securities loans collateralized by such U.S. government obligations or such bank obligations. The FS Money Market Fund may concentrate its investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities and repurchase agreements and securities loans collateralized by such obligations and will invest more than 25% of its total assets in obligations issued or guaranteed by banks (whether foreign or domestic) and repurchase agreements and securities loans collateralized by such obligations. However, if adverse economic conditions prevail in the banking industry, the FS Money Market Fund may, for defensive purposes, temporarily invest less than 25% of the value of its total assets in such obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the ILA Money Market Portfolio will invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in bank obligations (whether foreign or domestic) except that if adverse economic conditions prevail in the banking industry, the ILA Money Market Portfolio may, for defensive purposes, temporarily invest less than 25% of its total assets in bank obligations. For the purposes of this restriction, state and municipal governments and their agencies, authorities and instrumentalities are not deemed to be industries; telephone companies are considered to be a separate industry from water, gas or electric utilities; personal credit finance companies and business credit finance companies are deemed to be separate industries; and wholly owned finance companies are considered to be in the industry of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of their parents.

(3) Borrow money, except that (a) the Series may borrow from banks (as defined in the Act) and each Series may borrow through reverse repurchase agreements, in amounts up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed), (b) the Series may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes, (c) the Series may obtain such short-term credit as may be necessary for the clearance

of purchases and sales of portfolio securities and (d) the Series may purchase securities on margin to the extent permitted by applicable law. (Notwithstanding the foregoing fundamental policy that would allow each Series to borrow through reverse repurchase agreements, as of the date of this Additional Statement, each Series does not engage in reverse repurchase transactions as a matter of non-fundamental policy which may be changed or amended by action of the Board of Trustees without approval of shareholders. In addition, any such change permitting the FS Government Fund to engage in reverse repurchase agreements shall not be implemented until 30 days prior notice has been issued to shareholders.)

(4) Make loans, except (a) through the purchase of debt obligations in accordance with each Series’ investment objective and policies, (b) through repurchase agreements with banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions, (c) with respect to the Financial Square Funds, loans of securities as permitted by applicable law, and (d) with respect to the ILA Portfolios, loans of securities.

(5) Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Series may be deemed to be an underwriting.

(6) Purchase, hold or deal in real estate, although the Series may purchase and sell securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, securities of real estate investment trusts and mortgage-related securities and may hold and sell real estate acquired by the Series as a result of the ownership of securities.

(7) Invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Series may invest in currency and financial instruments and contracts that are commodities or commodity contracts.

(8) Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate applicable law.

For purposes of the 25% investment requirement for the ILA Money Market Portfolio stated in Investment Limitation No. 2 above, the ILA Money Market Portfolio considers “bank obligations” to include obligations either issued or guaranteed by banks (whether foreign or domestic).

FS Government Fund may not:

(1) With respect to 75% of its total assets taken at market value, invest more than 5% of the value of the total assets of that Series in the securities of any one issuer, except U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities. This restriction does not, however, apply to any Series classified as a non-diversified company under the Act.

(2) With respect to 75% of its total assets taken at market value, purchase the securities of any one issuer if, as a result of such purchase, that Series would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. This restriction does not, however, apply to any Series classified as a non-diversified company under the Act.

(3) Borrow money, except from banks on a temporary basis for extraordinary or emergency purposes, provided that a Series is required to maintain asset coverage of 300% for all borrowings and that no purchases of securities will be made if such borrowings exceed 5%

of the value of the Series’ assets. This restriction does not apply to cash collateral received as a result of portfolio securities lending. (Notwithstanding the foregoing fundamental policy, as of the date of this Additional Statement, the Series does not engage in reverse repurchase transactions as a matter of non-fundamental policy which may be changed or amended by action of the Board of Trustees without approval of shareholders. In addition, any such change permitting the FS Government Fund to engage in reverse repurchase agreements shall not be implemented until 30 days prior notice has been issued to shareholders.)

(4) Mortgage, pledge or hypothecate its assets except to secure permitted borrowings.

(5) Act as underwriter of the securities issued by others, except to the extent that the purchase of securities in accordance with a Series’ investment objective and policies directly from the issuer thereof and the later disposition thereof may be deemed to be underwriting.

(6) Purchase securities if such purchase would cause more than 25% in the aggregate of the market value of the total assets of a Series to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers having their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that there is no limitation with respect to, and the Series reserves freedom of action, when otherwise consistent with its investment policies, to concentrate its investments in U.S. Government Securities, obligations (other than commercial paper) issued or guaranteed by U.S. banks, and U.S. branches of foreign banks and repurchase agreements and securities loans collateralized by U.S. Government Securities or such bank obligations. (For the purposes of this restriction, state and municipal governments and their agencies and authorities are not deemed to be industries, and telephone companies are considered to be a separate industry from water, gas or electric utilities, personal credit finance companies and business credit finance companies are deemed to be separate industries and wholly-owned finance companies are considered to be in the industry of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of their parents. Such concentration may be effected when the Investment Adviser determines that risk adjusted returns in such industries are considered favorable relative to other industries.)

(7) Issue senior securities, except as appropriate to evidence indebtedness that a Series is permitted to incur and except for shares of existing or additional Series of the Trust.

(8) Purchase or sell real estate (excluding securities secured by real estate or interests therein), interests in oil, gas or mineral leases, commodities or commodities contracts. The Trust reserves the freedom to hold and to sell real estate acquired for any Series as a result of the ownership of securities.

(9) Make loans to other persons, except loans of portfolio securities and except to the extent that the purchase of debt obligations in accordance with such Series’ investment objective and policies may be deemed to be loans.

(10) Purchase securities on margin (except for delayed delivery or when-issued transactions or such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions), make short sales of securities, maintain a short position, or invest in or write puts, calls or combinations thereof (except that a Series may acquire puts in connection with the acquisition of a debt instrument).

(11) Invest in other companies for the purpose of exercising control or management.

Each Series may, notwithstanding any other fundamental investment restriction or policy, invest some or all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof with substantially the same fundamental investment objectives, restrictions and policies as the Series.

In addition to the fundamental policies mentioned above, the Board of Trustees of the Trust has adopted the following non-fundamental policies with respect to the Financial Square Funds which may be changed or amended by action of the Board of Trustees without approval of shareholders. Accordingly, the Trust may not, on the behalf of any Series:

	(a)		Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management.

	(b)		Invest more than 10% of a Series’ net assets in illiquid investments including repurchase agreements with a notice or demand period of more than seven days, securities which are not readily marketable and restricted securities not eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act.

	(c)		Purchase additional securities if the Series’ borrowings exceed 5% of its net assets.

	(d)		Make short sales of securities, except short sales against the box.

As money market funds, all of the Series must also comply, as a non-fundamental policy, with Rule 2a-7 under the Act. While a detailed and technical rule, Rule 2a-7 has three basic requirements: portfolio maturity, portfolio quality and portfolio diversification. Portfolio maturity. Rule 2a-7 requires that the maximum maturity (as determined in accordance with Rule 2a-7) of any security in a Series’ portfolio may not exceed 13 months and a Series’ average portfolio maturity may not exceed 90 days. Portfolio quality. A money market fund may only invest in First Tier and Second Tier securities (as defined in the Rule). Each Series as a matter of non-fundamental policy, only invests in First Tier securities. Portfolio diversification. The ILA Prime Obligations, ILA Money Market, ILA Government, ILA Treasury Obligations, ILA Treasury Instruments, ILA Federal and ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolios, FS Prime Obligations, FS Government, FS Treasury Obligations, FS Money Market, FS Federal, FS Treasury Instruments and FS Tax-Free Funds may not invest more than 5% of their total assets in the securities of any one issuer (except U.S. Government Securities, repurchase agreements collateralized by such securities, certain securities that are backed by escrowed U.S. Government Securities, and certain securities subject to a guarantee or unconditional demand feature). Each of such Series may, however, invest up to 25% of its total assets in the First Tier Securities of a single issuer for a period of up to three business days after the purchase thereof. ILA Tax-Exempt New York and ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolios, with respect to 75% of their respective total assets, may not invest more than 5% of their total assets in the securities of any one issuer (except U.S. Government Securities, repurchase agreements collateralized by such securities and certain securities subject to a guarantee or unconditional demand feature); provided that such Series may not invest more than 5% of their respective total assets in the securities of a single issuer unless the securities are First Tier Securities. Subject to certain exceptions, immediately after the acquisition of any demand features or guarantees (i.e., generally, the right to sell the security at a price equal to its approximate amortized cost (for a demand feature) or principal amount (for a guarantee) plus accrued interest), with respect to 75% of the assets of a Series, no more than 10% of the Series’ total assets may be invested in securities issued by or subject to demand features or guarantees issued by the same issuer. Securities

which are rated in the highest short-term rating category by at least two NRSROs, or if only one NRSRO has assigned a rating, by that NRSRO are “First Tier securities.” Securities rated in the top two short-term rating categories by at least two NRSROs or by the only NRSRO which has assigned a rating, but which are not First Tier securities are “Second Tier securities.” Unrated securities may also be First Tier or Second Tier securities if they are of comparable quality as determined by the Investment Adviser. In accordance with certain rules, the rating of demand feature or guarantee of a security may be deemed to be the rating of the underlying security. NRSROs include Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch and Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited. For a description of their rating categories, see Appendix A.

“Value” for the purposes of all investment restrictions means the value used in determining a Series’ net asset value. “U.S. Government Securities” shall mean securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

Although the fundamental policies mentioned above would allow the Series to borrow through reverse repurchase agreements, as of the date of this Additional Statement, the Series do not engage in reverse repurchase transactions as a matter of non-fundamental policy.

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

The business and affairs of the Series are managed under the direction of the Board of Trustees subject to the laws of the State of Delaware and the Trust’s Declaration of Trust. The Trustees are responsible for deciding matters of general policy and reviewing the actions of the Trust’s service providers. The officers of the Trust conduct and supervise each Series’ daily business operations.

Trustees of the Trust

Information pertaining to the Trustees of the Trust is set forth below. Trustees who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Trust as defined in the Act are referred to as “Independent Trustees.” Trustees who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Trust are referred to as “Interested Trustees.”

Independent Trustees

Number of

Term of

Portfolios in

Office and

Fund

Position(s)

Length of

Complex

Name,

Held with

Time

Principal Occupation(s)

Overseen by

Other Directorships

Address and Age¹

the Trust²

Served³

During Past 5 Years

Trustee⁴

Held by Trustee⁵

Ashok N. Bakhru
Age: 64

Chairman of the Board of Trustees

Since
1991

President, ABN Associates (July 1994–March 1996 and November 1998–Present); Executive Vice President – Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer, Coty Inc. (manufacturer of fragrances and cosmetics) (April 1996–November 1998); Director of Arkwright Mutual Insurance Company (1984–1999); Trustee of International House of Philadelphia (program center and residential community for students and professional trainees from the United States and foreign countries) (1989-2004); Member of Cornell University Council (1992-2004); Trustee of the Walnut Street Theater (1992-2004); Trustee, Scholarship America (1998-2005); Trustee, Institute for Higher Education Policy (2003-Present); Director, Private Equity Investors–III and IV (November 1998-Present), and Equity-Limited Investors II (April 2002-Present); and Chairman, Lenders Service Inc. (provider of mortgage lending services) (2000-2003).

Chairman of the Board of Trustees – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

None

John P. Coblentz, Jr.
Age: 65

Trustee

Since
2003

Partner, Deloitte & Touche LLP (June 1975 – May 2003).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

None

Independent Trustees

Number of

Term of

Portfolios in

Office and

Fund

Position(s)

Length of

Complex

Name,

Held with

Time

Principal Occupation(s)

Overseen by

Other Directorships

Address and Age¹

the Trust²

Served³

During Past 5 Years

Trustee⁴

Held by Trustee⁵

Patrick T. Harker
Age: 47

Trustee

Since 2000

Dean and Reliance Professor of Operations and Information Management, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania (February 2000-Present); Interim and Deputy Dean, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania (July 1999-Present); and Professor and Chairman of Department of Operations and Information Management, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania (July 1997–August 2000).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

None

Mary P. McPherson
Age: 70

Trustee

Since 1997

Vice President, The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation (provider of grants for conservation, environmental and educational purposes) (October 1997-Present); Director, Smith College (1998-Present); Director, Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation (health educational programs) (1977-Present); Director, Philadelphia Contributionship (insurance) (1985-Present); Director Emeritus, Amherst College (1986–1998); Director, The Spencer Foundation (educational research) (1993-February 2003); member of PNC Advisory Board (banking) (1993-1998); Director, American School of Classical Studies in Athens (1997-Present); and Trustee, Emeriti Retirement Health Solutions (post-retirement medical insurance program for non-profit institutions) (since 2005).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

None

Wilma J. Smelcer
Age: 57

Trustee

Since 2001

Chairman, Bank of America, Illinois (banking) (1998-January 2001); and Governor, Board of Governors, Chicago Stock Exchange (national securities exchange) (April 2001-April 2004).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Lawson Products Inc. (distributor of industrial products).

Independent Trustees

Number of

Term of

Portfolios in

Office and

Fund

Position(s)

Length of

Complex

Name,

Held with

Time

Principal Occupation(s)

Overseen by

Other Directorships

Address and Age¹

the Trust²

Served³

During Past 5 Years

Trustee⁴

Held by Trustee⁵

Richard P. Strubel
Age: 66

Trustee

Since 1987

Vice Chairman and Director, Cardean Learning Group (provider of educational services via the internet) (2003-Present); President, COO and Director, Cardean Learning Group. (1999-2003); Director, Cantilever Technologies, Inc. (a private software company) (1999-2005); Trustee, The University of Chicago (1987-Present); and Managing Director, Tandem Partners, Inc. (management services firm) (1990–1999).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Gildan Activewear Inc. (a clothing marketing and manufacturing company); Cardean Group (provider of educational services via the internet); Northern Mutual Fund Complex (53 Portfolios).

Interested Trustees

Number of

Term of

Portfolios

Office and

in Fund

Position(s)

Length of

Complex

Name,

Held with

Time

Principal Occupation(s)

Overseen

Other Directorships

Address and Age¹

the Trust²

Served³

During Past 5 Years

by Trustee⁴

Held by Trustee⁵

*Alan A. Shuch
Age: 56

Trustee

Since 1990

Advisory Director – GSAM (May 1999-Present); Consultant to GSAM (December 1994 – May 1999); and Limited Partner, Goldman Sachs (December 1994 — May 1999).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

None

*Kaysie P. Uniacke
Age: 45

Trustee
&
President

Since 2001

Since 2002

Managing Director, GSAM (1997-Present).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (2002-Present) (registered investment companies).

Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (1997 – 2002) (registered investment companies).

Trustee, Gettysburg College.

None

* These persons are considered to be “Interested Trustees” because they hold positions with Goldman Sachs and own securities issued by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Each Interested Trustee holds comparable positions with certain other companies of which Goldman Sachs, GSAM or an affiliate thereof is the investment adviser, administrator and/or distributor.

¹ Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o Goldman Sachs, One New York Plaza, 37^th Floor, New York, New York, 10004, Attn: Peter V. Bonanno.

² The Trust is a successor to a Massachusetts business trust that was combined with the Trust on April 30, 1997.

³ Each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until the earliest of: (a) the election of his or her successor; (b) the date the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Board of Trustees or shareholders, in accordance with the Trust’s Declaration of Trust; (c) the date the Trustee attains the age of 72 years (in accordance with the current resolutions of the Board of Trustees, which may be changed by the Trustees without shareholder vote); or (d) the termination of the Trust.

⁴ The Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex consists of the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust. As of December 31, 2005, the Trust consisted of 61 portfolios, including the Funds described in this Additional Statement, and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust consisted of 11 portfolios.

⁵ This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (i.e., “public companies”) or other investment companies registered under the Act.

Officers of the Trust

Information pertaining to the officers of the Trust is set forth below.


Officers of the Trust
	Position(s)
	Held	Term of Office
Name, Age	With the	and Length of	Principal Occupation(s)
And Address	Trust	Time Served¹	During Past 5 Years

Kaysie P. Uniacke 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 45	President & Trustee	Since 2002 Since 2001	Managing Director, GSAM (1997-Present). Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies). President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies). Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (1997–2002) (registered investment companies). Trustee, Gettysburg College.

John M. Perlowski 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 41	Treasurer	Since 1997	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (November 2003 – Present) and Vice President, Goldman Sachs (July 1995-November 2003). Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Philip V. Giuca, Jr. 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 44	Assistant Treasurer	Since 1997	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (May 1992-Present). Assistant Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Peter Fortner 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 48	Assistant Treasurer	Since 2000	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (July 2000-Present); Associate, Prudential Insurance Company of America (November 1985–June 2000); and Assistant Treasurer, certain closed-end funds administered by Prudential (1999 and 2000). Assistant Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Kenneth G. Curran 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 42	Assistant Treasurer	Since 2001	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (November 1998-Present); and Senior Tax Manager, KPMG Peat Marwick (accountants) (August 1995–October 1998). Assistant Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Charles Rizzo 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age:48	Assistant Treasurer	Since 2005	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (August 2005-Present); Managing Director and Treasurer of Scudder Funds, Deutsche Asset Management (April 2003-June 2005); Director, Tax and Financial Reporting, Deutsche Asset Management (August 2002-April 2003); Vice President and Treasurer, Deutsche Global Fund Services (August 1999-August 2002). Assistant Treasurer- Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).


Officers of the Trust
	Position(s)
	Held	Term of Office
Name, Age	With the	and Length of	Principal Occupation(s)
And Address	Trust	Time Served¹	During Past 5 Years

James A. Fitzpatrick 71 South Wacker Drive Suite 500 Chicago, IL 60606 Age: 46	Vice President	Since 1997	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (October 1999– Present); and Vice President of GSAM (April 1997–December 1999). Vice President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Jesse Cole 71 South Wacker Drive Suite 500 Chicago, IL 60606 Age: 42	Vice President	Since 1998	Vice President, GSAM (June 1998-Present); and Vice President, AIM Management Group, Inc. (investment adviser) (April 1996–June 1998). Vice President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Kerry K. Daniels 71 South Wacker Drive Suite 500 Chicago, IL 60606 Age: 43	Vice President	Since 2000	Manager, Financial Control – Shareholder Services, Goldman Sachs (1986-Present). Vice President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

James McNamara 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 43	Vice President	Since 2001	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (December 1998-Present); Director of Institutional Fund Sales, GSAM (April 1998–December 2000); and Senior Vice President and Manager, Dreyfus Institutional Service Corporation (January 1993 – April 1998). Vice President—Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies). Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (December 2002 – May 2004).

Peter V. Bonanno 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 37	Secretary	Since 2003	Vice President and Associate General Counsel, Goldman Sachs (2002–Present); Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, Goldman Sachs (1999–2002). Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Dave Fishman 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 41	Assistant Secretary	Since 2001	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (December 2001–Present); and Vice President, Goldman Sachs (1997–December 2001). Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Danny Burke 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 43	Assistant Secretary	Since 2001	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (1987–Present). Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).


Officers of the Trust
	Position(s)
	Held	Term of Office
Name, Age	With the	and Length of	Principal Occupation(s)
And Address	Trust	Time Served¹	During Past 5 Years

Elizabeth D. Anderson 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 36	Assistant Secretary	Since 1997	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (December 2002 – Present); Vice President, Goldman Sachs (1997-December 2002) and Fund Manager, GSAM (April 1996–Present). Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

¹ Officers hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees or until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Each officer holds comparable positions with certain other companies of which Goldman Sachs, GSAM or an affiliate thereof is the investment adviser, administrator and/or distributor.

Standing Board Committees

The Board of Trustees has established seven standing committees in connection with their governance of the Series – Audit, Governance and Nominating, Compliance, Valuation, Dividend, Schedule E and Contract Review.

The Audit Committee oversees the audit process and provides assistance to the full Board of Trustees with respect to fund accounting, tax compliance and financial statement matters. In performing its responsibilities, the Audit Committee selects and recommends annually to the entire Board of Trustees an independent registered public accounting firm to audit the books and records of the Trust for the ensuing year, and reviews with the firm the scope and results of each audit. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee held five meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

The Governance and Nominating Committee has been established to: (i) assist the Board of Trustees in matters involving mutual fund governance and industry practices; (ii) select and nominate candidates for appointment or election to serve as Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust or its investment adviser or distributor (as defined by the Act); and (iii) advise the Board of Trustees on ways to improve its effectiveness. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Governance and Nominating Committee. The Governance and Nominating Committee held three meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. As stated above, each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until the occurrence of certain events. In filling Board vacancies, the Governance and Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Nominee recommendations should be submitted to the Trust at its mailing address stated in the Funds’ Prospectuses and should be directed to the attention of the Goldman Sachs Trust Governance and Nominating Committee.

The Compliance Committee has been established for the purpose of overseeing the compliance processes: (i) of the Funds; and (ii) insofar as they relate to services provided to the Funds, of the Funds’ investment adviser, distributor, administrator (if any), and transfer agent, except that compliance processes relating to the accounting and financial reporting processes, and certain related matters, are overseen by the Audit Committee. In addition, the Compliance Committee provides assistance to the full Board of Trustees with respect to compliance matters. The Compliance

Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Compliance Committee.

The Valuation Committee is authorized to act for the Board of Trustees in connection with the valuation of portfolio securities held by the Funds in accordance with the Trust’s Valuation Procedures. Mr. Shuch and Ms. Uniacke serve on the Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee met eight times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

The Dividend Committee is authorized, subject to the ratification of Trustees who are not members of the committee, to declare dividends and capital gain distributions consistent with each Fund’s Prospectus. Currently, the sole member of the Trust’s Dividend Committee is Ms. Uniacke. The Dividend Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 with respect to the Series included in this Additional Statement and met eighty-five times with respect to all of the Series of the Trust.

The Schedule E Committee is authorized to address potential conflicts of interest regulated by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”). Currently, Mr. Bakhru is the sole member of this committee. The Schedule E Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

The Contract Review Committee has been established for the purpose of overseeing the processes of the Board of Trustees for approving and monitoring the Funds’ investment management, distribution, transfer agency and other agreements with the Fund’s Investment Adviser and its affiliates. The Contract Review Committee is responsible for overseeing the Board of Trustees processes for approving and reviewing the operation of the Funds’ distribution, service, shareholder administration and other plans, and any agreements related to the plans, whether or not such plans and agreements are adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. The Contract Review Committee also provides appropriate assistance to the Board of Trustees in connection with the Board’s approval, oversight and review of the Funds’ other service providers including, without limitation, the Funds’ custodian/accounting agent, sub-transfer agents, professional (legal and accounting) firms and printing firms. The Contract Review Committee held four meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Contract Review Committee.

Trustee Ownership of Series Shares

The following table shows the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by each Trustee in the Series and other portfolios of the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust.


			Aggregate Dollar Range of
			Equity Securities in All
	Dollar Range of		Portfolios in Fund Complex
Name of Trustee	Equity Securities in the Series¹		Overseen By Trustee²

Ashok N. Bakhru	$	0	Over $100,000
John P. Coblentz, Jr.	$	0	Over $100,000
Patrick T. Harker	$	0	Over $100,000
Mary P. McPherson	$	0	Over $100,000
Alan A. Shuch	FS Federal Fund: Over $100,000		Over $100,000


			Aggregate Dollar Range of
			Equity Securities in All
	Dollar Range of		Portfolios in Fund Complex
Name of Trustee	Equity Securities in the Series¹		Overseen By Trustee²

Wilma J. Smelcer	$	0	Over $100,000
Richard P. Strubel	ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio: Over $100,000		Over $100,000
Kaysie P. Uniacke	FS Tax-Free Money Market Fund: Over $100,000		Over $100,000


¹		Includes the value of shares beneficially owned by each Trustee in each Series described in this Additional Statement as of December 31, 2005.

²		Includes the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust. As of December 31, 2005, the Trust consisted of 61 portfolios, including the Funds described in this Additional Statement, and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust consisted of 11 portfolios.

As of March 31, 2006, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of each Series.

Board Compensation

The Trust pays each Independent Trustee an annual fee for his or her services as a Trustee of the Trust, plus an additional fee for each regular and special telephonic Board meeting and each Governance and Nominating Committee, Compliance Committee, Contract Review Committee and Audit Committee meeting attended by such Trustee. The Independent Trustees are also reimbursed for travel expenses incurred in connection with attending such meetings. The Trust may also pay the incidental costs of a Trustee to attend training or other types of conferences relating to the investment company industry.

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the compensation of each Trustee of the Trust for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005:

Trustee Compensation


Fund
					ILA		ILA						ILA Tax-		ILA Tax-		ILA Tax-
	ILA Prime		ILA Money		Treasury		Treasury		ILA		ILA		Exempt		Exempt		Exempt
	Obligations		Market		Obligations		Instruments		Government		Federal		Diversified		California		New York
Name of Trustee	Portfolio		Portfolio		Portfolio		Portfolio		Portfolio		Portfolio		Portfolio		Portfolio		Portfolio


Ashok N. Bakhru¹	$	3,548	$	3,548	$	3,548	$	3,548	$	3,548	$	3,548	$	3,548	$	3,548	$	3,548
John P. Coblentz, Jr.		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437
Patrick T. Harker		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437
Mary P. McPherson		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437
Alan A. Shuch		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Wilma J. Smelcer		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437
Richard P. Strubel		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437
Kaysie P. Uniacke		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—

Trustee Compensation


Fund
	FS Prime				FS Treasury		FS Treasury		FS
	Obligations		FS Money		Obligations		Instruments		Government		FS Federal		FS Tax-Free
Name of Trustee	Fund		Market Fund		Fund		Fund		Fund		Fund		Fund


Ashok N. Bakhru¹	$	3,548	$	3,548	$	3,548	$	3,548	$	3,548	$	3,548	$	3,548
John P. Coblentz, Jr.		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437
Patrick T. Harker		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437
Mary P. McPherson		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437
Alan A. Shuch		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Wilma J. Smelcer		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437
Richard P. Strubel		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437		2,437
Kaysie P. Uniacke		—		—		—		—		—		—		—

Trustee Compensation


			Pension or Retirement
	Aggregate		Benefits Accrued as Part		Total Compensation
	Compensation		of the		From Fund Complex
Name of Trustee	from the Series		Trust’s Expenses		(including the Funds)²

Ashok N. Bakhru¹	$	56,761	$	—	$	202,214
John P. Coblentz, Jr.		38,984		—		138,881
Patrick T. Harker		38,984		—		138,881
Mary P. McPherson		38,984		—		138,881
Alan A. Shuch		—		—		—
Wilma J. Smelcer		38,984		—		138,881
Richard P. Strubel		38,984		—		138,881
Kaysie P. Uniacke		—		—		—

¹ Includes compensation as Board Chairman.

² The Fund Complex consists of the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust. The Trust consisted of 61 portfolios and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust consisted of 11 portfolios as of December 31, 2005.

Code of Ethics

The Trust, its Investment Advisers and principal underwriter have adopted codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the Act that permit personnel subject to their particular codes of ethics to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Series.

THE INVESTMENT ADVISER, DISTRIBUTOR AND TRANSFER AGENT

The Investment Adviser

As stated in the Series’ Prospectuses, Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM”), 32 Old Slip, New York, NY 10005 serves as Investment Adviser to the Series. GSAM is a subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and an affiliate of Goldman Sachs. Prior to the end of April 2003, Goldman Sachs Asset Management, a business unit of the Investment Management Division (“IMD”) of Goldman Sachs, served as the Series’ Investment Adviser. On or about April 26, 2003, GSAM assumed Goldman Sachs Asset Management’s investment advisory responsibilities for the Series. Under the Management Agreement between GSAM and the Trust on behalf of the Series, GSAM,

subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees of the Trust and in conformity with the stated policies of each Series, acts as investment adviser and directs the investments of the Series. In addition, GSAM administers the Series’ business affairs and, in connection therewith, furnishes the Trust with office facilities and (to the extent not provided by the Trust’s custodian, transfer agent, or other organizations) clerical, recordkeeping and bookkeeping services and maintains the financial and account records required to be maintained by the Trust. As compensation for these services and for assuming expenses related thereto, GSAM is entitled to receive a fee from the Trust, computed daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate of .35% and .205% of each ILA Portfolio’s and each Financial Square Fund’s average daily net assets, respectively. GSAM has agreed to reduce or otherwise limit the operating expenses of the respective Series, excluding, among other categories of expenses, taxes, interest, brokerage and litigation, indemnification, shareholder meetings and other extraordinary expenses, on an annualized basis, as described in the Series’ Prospectus. The amount of such reductions or limits, if any, are calculated monthly and are based on the cumulative difference between a Series’ estimated annualized expense ratio and the expense limit for that Series. This amount will be reduced by any prior payments related to the current fiscal year. Goldman Sachs Asset Management voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of its management fee for each Financial Square Fund during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. Goldman Sachs has agreed to permit the Financial Square Funds and the ILA Portfolios to use the name “Goldman Sachs” or a derivative thereof as part of their names for as long as the Management Agreement is in effect.

Goldman Sachs and GSAM have authorized any of its directors, partners, officers and employees who have been elected or appointed to the position of Trustee or officer of the Trust to serve in the capacities in which they have been elected and appointed.

The Trust, on behalf of each Series, is responsible for all expenses other than those expressly borne by GSAM under the Series’ Management Agreements. The expenses borne by shares of each Series include, without limitation, the fees payable to GSAM, the fees and expenses under the Trust’s distribution, administration, service, select, capital administration and other plans, the fees and expenses of the Series’ custodian, fees and expenses of the Series’ transfer agent, filing fees for the registration or qualification of shares under federal or state securities laws, expenses of the organization of the Series, taxes (including income and excise taxes, if any), interest, costs of liability insurance, fidelity bonds, indemnification or contribution, any costs, expenses or losses arising out of any liability of, or claim for damages or other relief asserted against, the Series for violation of any law, legal and auditing and tax fees and expenses (including the cost of legal and certain accounting services rendered by employees of Goldman Sachs with respect to the Series), expenses of preparing and setting in type prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxy material, reports and notices, the printing and distribution of the same to shareholders and regulatory authorities, each Series’ proportionate share of the compensation and expenses of its “non-interested” Trustees (defined below), and extraordinary expenses incurred by the Series.

The Management Agreement entered into on behalf of the ILA Portfolios (the “ILA Management Agreement”) was most recently approved by the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the ILA Management Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in the Act) of any party thereto (the “non-interested Trustees”), on June 16, 2005. The ILA Management Agreement will remain in effect until June 30, 2006 and will continue in effect thereafter only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the particular ILA Portfolio, as defined in the Act, and, in either case, by a majority of non-interested Trustees.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 the amount of the management fee incurred by each ILA Portfolio was as follows:


ILA Portfolio	2005		2004		2003
Prime Obligations Portfolio	$	1,794,400	$	1,587,253	$	2,802,206
Money Market Portfolio		6,367,484		5,926,995		6,200,669
Treasury Obligations Portfolio		3,115,625		2,784,216		5,833,433
Treasury Instruments Portfolio		1,930,780		2,024,548		1,796,385
Government Portfolio		375,320		472,815		629,284
Federal Portfolio		8,982,369		9,991,077		11,636,096
Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio		7,708,417		7,454,085		6,445,097
Tax-Exempt California Portfolio		1,857,662		1,627,679		2,093,894
Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio		1,320,932		1,113,721		1,005,506

In addition, Goldman Sachs Asset Management assumed certain expenses related to the operations of each ILA Portfolio during various periods of 2005, 2004 and 2003 to the extent such expenses would have caused each ILA Portfolio’s total expenses to exceed, on an annualized basis, certain contractual or voluntary expense limitations. Had these expenses not been assumed, the following additional expenses (which include expenses assumed by GSAM with respect to certain service and distribution plans that are described separately under the “Service and Shareholder Administration Plans” and “Distribution and Service Plans”) would have been incurred for such years:


ILA Portfolio	2005		2004		2003
Prime Obligations Portfolio	$	151,782	$	325,386	$	338,704
Money Market Portfolio		609,036		851,006		1,417,367
Treasury Obligations Portfolio		118,999		76,419		237,916
Treasury Instruments Portfolio		163,863		125,508		175,888
Government Portfolio		208,146		200,603		219,298
Federal Portfolio		622,571		1,420,699		3,287,855
Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio		672,618		1,130,347		2,183,580
Tax-Exempt California Portfolio		101,001		241,602		525,949
Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio		386,046		458,133		579,778

Each ILA Portfolio has entered into certain expense offset arrangements with the custodian resulting in a reduction in the ILA Portfolio’s expenses. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 each ILA Portfolio’s custody fees were reduced by the following amounts under such arrangement:


ILA Portfolio	2005		2004		2003
Prime Obligations Portfolio	$	1,278	$	493	$	302
Money Market Portfolio		1,247		541		348
Treasury Obligations Portfolio		1,344		541		340
Treasury Instruments Portfolio		7,517		463		752
Government Portfolio		1,181		505		338
Federal Portfolio		24,389		546		1,169
Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio		1,127		97,751		141,412
Tax-Exempt California Portfolio		819		26,261		52,519
Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio		420		16,840		25,555

The FS Management Agreement entered into on behalf of the Financial Square Funds (the “FS Management Agreement”) was most recently approved by the Trustees, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees, on June 16, 2005. The FS Management Agreement will remain in effect until June 30, 2006 and will continue in effect thereafter only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a majority of the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the particular Financial Square Fund (as defined in the Act) and, in either case, by a majority of non-interested Trustees.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 the amounts of the management fee incurred by each Financial Square Fund were as follows:


Financial Square Fund	2005		2004		2003
FS Prime Obligations Fund	$	49,543,102	$	42,458,258	$	45,412,691
FS Money Market Fund		23,806,613		16,731,781		18,430,819
FS Treasury Obligations Fund		9,739,389		7,585,354		8,682,385
FS Treasury Instruments Fund		4,093,714		2,539,143		2,151,327
FS Government Fund		8,154,728		6,735,032		7,373,443
FS Federal Fund		15,884,318		14,104,338		15,887,781
FS Tax-Free Fund		16,559,562		13,681,593		11,204,155

During the periods presented, Goldman Sachs Asset Management agreed voluntarily that it would not impose a portion of its management fee. Had such fees been imposed, the following additional fees (including both advisory and administration fees) would have been incurred by these Series for the periods indicated:


Financial Square Fund	2005		2004		2003
FS Prime Obligations Fund	$	10,311,842	$	8,741,406	$	9,349,672
FS Money Market Fund		4,901,900		3,444,779		3,794,580
FS Treasury Obligations Fund		1,342,617		598,844		685,451
FS Treasury Instruments Fund		836,636		200,459		169,842
FS Government Fund		1,967,880		1,386,624		1,518,062
FS Federal Fund		1,934,788		1,113,500		1,254,298
FS Tax-Free Fund		3,591,675		2,816,799		2,306,738

In addition, Goldman Sachs Asset Management assumed certain expenses related to the operations of each Financial Square Fund during various periods of 2005, 2004 and 2003 to the extent such expenses would have caused each Fund’s total expenses to exceed, on an annualized basis, certain contractual or voluntary expense limitations. Had these expenses not been assumed, the Series would have incurred the following additional expenses:


Financial Square Fund	2005		2004		2003
FS Prime Obligations Fund	$	0	$	0	$	0
FS Money Market Fund		0		0		0
FS Treasury Obligations Fund		246,831		307,313		270,698
FS Treasury Instruments Fund		364,811		355,693		377,368
FS Government Fund		270,785		244,813		260,018
FS Federal Fund		153,339		83,139		0
FS Tax-Free Fund		104,360		0		0

The Financial Square Funds have entered into certain expense offset arrangements with the custodian resulting in a reduction in the Funds’ expenses. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 each Fund’s custody fees were reduced by the following amounts under such arrangement:


Financial Square Fund	2005		2004		2003
FS Prime Obligations Fund	$	1,245	$	553	$	505
FS Money Market Fund		1,302		510		475
FS Treasury Obligations Fund		1,235		520		539
FS Treasury Instruments Fund		12,421		626		1,681
FS Government Fund		1,278		527		6,135
FS Federal Fund		7,192		507		848
FS Tax-Free Fund		48,613		238,359		345,067

The ILA Management and FS Management Agreements provide that GSAM shall not be liable to an ILA Portfolio or Financial Square Fund for any error of judgment by GSAM or for any loss sustained by the ILA Portfolio or Financial Square Fund except in the case of GSAM’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty. The ILA Management and FS Management Agreements also provide that they shall terminate automatically if assigned and that they may be terminated with respect to any particular ILA Portfolio or Financial Square Fund without penalty by vote of a majority of the Trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that ILA Portfolio or Financial Square Fund on 60 days’ written notice to GSAM or by GSAM without penalty at any time on 90 days’ (60 days with respect to the Financial Square Funds) written notice to the Trust.

In managing the Goldman Sachs Money Market Funds, GSAM will draw upon the Goldman Sachs Credit Department. The Credit Department provides credit risk management for our portfolios through a team of professionals who contribute a combination of industry analysis, fund-specific expertise and global capacity (through their local presence in foreign markets). The Credit Department continuously monitors all issuers approved for investment by the money market funds by monitoring news stories, business developments, financial information and ratings, as well as occasional discussion with issuer management and rating agency analysts. The Credit Department receives rating agency reports and rating change information electronically and via fax as well as reports from Goldman’s Research Department. Specifically with respect to managing the ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio and FS Tax-Free Money Market Fund, GSAM will draw upon the extensive research generated by Goldman Sachs’ Municipal Credit Group. The Credit Group’s research team continually reviews current information regarding the issuers of municipal and other tax-exempt securities, with particular focus on long-term creditworthiness, short-term liquidity, debt service costs, liability structures, and administrative and economic characteristics.

The Distributor and Transfer Agent

Goldman Sachs, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004, serves as the exclusive distributor of each Series’ shares pursuant to a “best efforts” arrangement as provided by a distribution agreement with the Trust on behalf of each Portfolio. Shares of the Series are offered and sold on a continuous basis by Goldman Sachs, acting as agent. The Distribution Agreement between Goldman Sachs and the Trust was most recently approved by the Trustees on June 16, 2005. Goldman Sachs retained approximately $0 and $100, $58 and $25, and $0 and $0 of commissions on redemptions of ILA Class B and ILA Class C Unit shares of the ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio during 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. Goldman Sachs, 71 South Wacker Drive, Suite 500, Chicago, Illinois also serves as the Series’ transfer agent. Goldman Sachs provides customary transfer agency services to the Series, including the handling of shareholder communications, the processing of shareholder transactions, the maintenance of shareholder account records, payment of dividends and distributions and related functions. For these services, Goldman Sachs receives .04% (on an annualized basis) of the average daily net assets with respect to each class of each ILA Portfolio. Effective July 1, 2005, Goldman Sachs began to receive a transfer agent fee of 0.015% (on an annualized basis) of the average daily net assets with respect to each class of each FS Fund.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 the ILA Portfolios incurred transfer agency fees as follows:


ILA Portfolio	2005		2004		2003
Prime Obligations Portfolio
ILA Shares	$	61,957	$	68,998	$	187,228
Administration Shares		33,204		28,526		28,901
Service Shares		94,046		66,131		77,399
Class B Shares		6,339		6,357		14,141
Class C Shares		8,043		9,021		7,481
Cash Management Shares		1,485		2,367		5,102

Money Market Portfolio
ILA Shares	$	216,465	$	202,635	$	262,888
Administration Shares		351,653		291,121		208.682
Service Shares		103,056		110,415		120,038
Cash Management Shares		56,539		73,200		117,040

Treasury Obligations Portfolio
ILA Shares	$	58,014	$	62,599	$	72,481
Administration Shares		5,233		6,206		6,950
Service Shares		281,880		243,434		568,519
Cash Management Shares		10,944		5,957		18,728

Treasury Instruments Portfolio
ILA Shares	$	13,813	$	17,081	$	28,363
Administration Shares		12,988		12,603		12,159
Service Shares		184,852		194,636		156,347
Cash Management Shares		9,008		7,057		8,432

Government Portfolio
ILA Shares	$	13,182	$	24,826	$	34,551
Administration Shares		5,346		5,408		5,064
Service Shares		21,461		21,449		27,633


Financial Square Fund	2005		2004		2003
Prime Obligations
Institutional Shares	$	1,366,536	$	0	$	0
Administration Shares		249,077		0		0
Service Shares		95,718		0		0
Preferred Shares		110,163		0		0
Select Shares		6,490		0		0
Capital Shares		24,038		0		0

Money Market
Institutional Shares	$	749,158	$	0	$	0
Administration Shares		49,139		0		0
Service Shares		23,926		0		0
Preferred Shares		6,638		0		0
Select Shares		5,125		0		0
Capital Shares		2,070		0		0

Treasury Obligations
Institutional Shares	$	138,110	$	0	$	0
Administration Shares		138,183		0		0
Service Shares		58,013		0		0
Preferred Shares		47,478		0		0
Select Shares		30		0		0
Capital Shares		103		0		0

Treasury Instruments
Institutional Shares	$	95,279	$	0	$	0
Administration Shares		40,730		0		0
Service Shares		12,852		0		0
Preferred Shares		10,017		0		0
Select Shares		5		0		0
Capital Shares		981		0		0

Government
Institutional Shares	$	158,529	$	0	$	0
Administration Shares		76,697		0		0
Service Shares		22,309		0		0
Preferred Shares		29,587		0		0
Select Shares		6,692		0		0
Capital Shares		9,733		0		0

Federal
Institutional Shares	$	512,076	$	0	$	0
Administration Shares		47,380		0		0
Service Shares		42,272		0		0
Preferred Shares		9,977		0		0
Select Shares		0		0		0
Capital Shares		284		0		0


Financial Square Fund	2005		2004		2003
Tax-Free Money Market
Institutional Shares	$	531,047	$	0	$	0
Administration Shares		27,570		0		0
Service Shares		12,148		0		0
Preferred Shares		18,528		0		0
Select Shares		8,149		0		0
Capital Shares		14,017		0		0

Goldman Sachs is one of the largest international investment banking firms in the United States. Founded in 1869, Goldman Sachs is a major investment banking and brokerage firm providing a broad range of financing and investment services both in the United States and abroad. As of December 31, 2005, GSAM, along with other units of IMD, had assets under management of approximately $526.4 billion.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Summary

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. is a worldwide, full-service investment banking, broker-dealer, asset management and financial services organization, and a major participant in global financial markets. As such, it acts as an investor, investment banker, research provider, investment manager, investment adviser, financer, advisor, market maker, proprietary trader, prime broker, lender and agent, and has other direct and indirect interests in the global fixed income, currency, commodity, equity and other markets in which the Funds invest. As a result, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., the asset management division of Goldman Sachs, the Investment Adviser, and their affiliates, directors, partners, trustees, managers, members, officers and employees (collectively for purposes of this “Potential Conflicts of Interest” section, “Goldman Sachs”), including those who may be involved in the management, sales, investment activities, business operations or distribution of the Funds, are engaged in businesses and have interests other than that of managing the Funds. The Funds will not be entitled to compensation related to such businesses. These activities and interests include potential multiple advisory, transactional, financial and other interests in securities, instruments and companies that may be directly or indirectly purchased or sold by the Funds and their service providers. Such additional businesses and interests may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. The following is a brief summary description of certain of these potential conflicts of interest:

•		While the Investment Adviser will make decisions for the Funds in accordance with its obligations to manage the Funds appropriately, the fees, allocations, compensation and other benefits to Goldman Sachs (including benefits relating to business relationships of Goldman Sachs) arising from those decisions may be greater as a result of certain portfolio, investment, service provider or other decisions made by the Investment Adviser than they would have been had other decisions been made which also might have been appropriate for the Funds.

•		Goldman Sachs, its sales personnel and other financial service providers may have conflicts associated with their promotion of the Funds or other dealings with the Funds that would create incentives for them to promote the Funds.

•		While the allocation of investment opportunities among Goldman Sachs, the Funds and other funds and accounts managed by Goldman Sachs may raise potential conflicts because of financial or

		other interests of Goldman Sachs or its personnel, the Investment Adviser will not make allocation decisions solely based on such factors.

•		The Investment Adviser will give advice to and make investment decisions for the Funds as it believes is in the fiduciary interests of the Funds. Advice given to the Funds or investment decisions made for the Funds may differ from, and may conflict with, advice given or investment decisions made for Goldman Sachs or other funds or accounts. Actions taken with respect to Goldman Sachs or other funds or accounts may adversely impact the Funds, and actions taken by the Funds may benefit Goldman Sachs or other funds or accounts.

•		Goldman Sachs’ personnel may have varying levels of economic and other interests in accounts or products promoted or managed by such personnel as compared to other accounts or products promoted or managed by them.

•		Goldman Sachs will be under no obligation to provide to the Funds, or effect transactions on behalf of the Funds in accordance with, any market or other information, analysis, technical models or research in its possession.

•		To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Funds may enter into transactions in which Goldman Sachs acts as principal, or in which Goldman Sachs acts on behalf of the Funds and the other parties to such transactions. Goldman Sachs will have potentially conflicting interests in connection with such transactions.

•		Goldman Sachs may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or otherwise for the Funds and will retain all commissions, fees and other compensation in connection therewith.

•		Securities traded for the Funds may, but are not required to, be aggregated with trades for other funds or accounts managed by Goldman Sachs. When transactions are aggregated but it is not possible to receive the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold, the various prices may be averaged, and the Funds will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Funds.

•		Products and services received by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates from brokers in connection with brokerage services provided to the Funds and other funds or accounts managed by Goldman Sachs may disproportionately benefit other of such funds and accounts based on the relative amounts of brokerage services provided to the Funds and such other funds and accounts.

•		While the Investment Adviser will make proxy voting decisions as it believes appropriate and in accordance with the Investment Adviser’s policies designed to help avoid conflicts of interest, proxy voting decisions made by the Investment Adviser with respect to a Fund’s portfolio securities may favor the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of Goldman Sachs.

•		Regulatory restrictions (including relating to the aggregation of positions among different funds and accounts) and internal Goldman Sachs policies may restrict investment activities of the Funds. Information held by Goldman Sachs could have the effect of restricting investment activities of the Funds.

Prospective investors should carefully review the following section of this document which more fully describes these and other potential conflicts of interest presented by Goldman Sachs’ other businesses and interests.

As a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act, the Investment Adviser is required to file a Form ADV with the SEC. Form ADV contains information about assets under management, types of fee arrangements, types of investments, potential conflicts of interest, and other relevant information regarding the Investment Adviser. A copy of Part 1 of the Investment Adviser’s Form ADV is available on the SEC’s website (www.adviserinfo.sec.gov).

Potential Conflicts Relating to Portfolio Decisions, the Sale of Fund Shares and the Allocation of Investment Opportunities

Goldman Sachs’ Other Activities May Have an Impact on the Funds

The Investment Adviser makes decisions for the Funds in accordance with its obligations as the Investment Adviser of the Funds. However, Goldman Sachs’ other activities may have a negative effect on the Funds. As a result of the various activities and interests of Goldman Sachs as described in the first paragraph under “Summary” above, it is likely that the Funds will have multiple business relationships with and will invest in, engage in transactions with, make voting decisions with respect to, or obtain services from entities for which Goldman Sachs performs or seeks to perform investment banking or other services. It is also likely that the Funds will undertake transactions in securities in which Goldman Sachs makes a market or otherwise has other direct or indirect interests. In addition, while the Investment Adviser will make decisions for the Funds in accordance with its obligations to manage the Funds appropriately, the fees, allocations, compensation and other benefits (including benefits relating to business relationships of Goldman Sachs) arising from those decisions may be greater as a result of certain portfolio, investment, service provider or other decisions made by the Investment Adviser for the Funds than they would have been had other decisions been made which also might have been appropriate for the Funds.

Goldman Sachs’ Financial and Other Interests and Relationships May Incentivize Goldman Sachs to Promote the Sale of Fund Shares

Goldman Sachs, its personnel and other financial service providers, have interests in promoting sales of the Funds. With respect to both Goldman Sachs and its personnel, the remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales of the Funds or other products may be greater than the remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales of other products that might be provided or offered. Goldman Sachs and its sales personnel may directly or indirectly receive a portion of the fees and commissions charged to the Funds or their shareholders. Goldman Sachs and its advisory or other personnel may also benefit from increased amounts of assets under management. Fees and commissions may also be higher than for other products or services, and the remuneration and profitability to Goldman Sachs and such personnel resulting from transactions on behalf of or management of the Funds may be greater than the remuneration and profitability resulting from other funds or products.

that Goldman Sachs may pay a portion of its advisory fee to the unaffiliated investment adviser, or to other compensation arrangements, including for portfolio management, brokerage transactions or account servicing. Any differential in compensation may create a financial incentive on the part of Goldman Sachs and its personnel to recommend the Funds over other accounts or products managed by unaffiliated investment advisers or to effect transactions differently in the Funds as compared to other accounts or products.

Goldman Sachs may also have relationships with, and purchase, or distribute or sell, services or products from or to, distributors, consultants and others who recommend the Funds, or who engage in transactions with or for the Funds. For example, Goldman Sachs regularly participates in industry and consultant sponsored conferences and may purchase educational, data related or other services from consultants or other third parties that it deems to be of value to its personnel and its business. The products and services purchased from consultants may include, but are not limited to, those that help Goldman Sachs understand the consultant’s points of view on the investment management process. Consultants and other parties that provide consulting or other services to potential investors in the Funds may receive fees from Goldman Sachs or the Funds in connection with the distribution of shares in the Funds or other Goldman Sachs products. For example, Goldman Sachs may enter into revenue or fee sharing arrangements with consultants, service providers, and other intermediaries relating to investments in mutual funds, collective trusts, or other products or services offered or managed by the Investment Adviser. Goldman Sachs may also pay a fee for membership in industry-wide or state and municipal organizations or otherwise help sponsor conferences and educational forums for investment industry participants including, but not limited to, trustees, fiduciaries, consultants, administrators, state and municipal personnel and other clients. Goldman Sachs’ membership in such organizations allows Goldman Sachs to participate in these conferences and educational forums and helps Goldman Sachs interact with conference participants and to develop an understanding of the points of view and challenges of the conference participants. In addition, Goldman Sachs’ personnel, including employees of Goldman Sachs, may have board, advisory, brokerage or other relationships with issuers, distributors, consultants and others that may have investments in the Funds or that may recommend investments in the Funds. In addition, Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Adviser, may make charitable contributions to institutions, including those that have relationships with clients or personnel of clients. Goldman Sachs’ personnel may also make political contributions. As a result of the relationships and arrangements described in this paragraph, consultants, distributors and other parties may have conflicts associated with their promotion of the Funds or other dealings with the Funds that create incentives for them to promote the Funds or certain portfolio transactions. Goldman Sachs may also pay a fee for membership in industry-wide or state and municipal organizations or otherwise help sponsor conferences and educational forums for investment industry participants including, but not limited to, trustees, fiduciaries, consultants, administrators, state and municipal personnel and other clients. Goldman Sachs’ membership in such organizations allows Goldman Sachs to participate in these conferences and educational forums and helps Goldman Sachs interact with conference participants and develop an understanding of the points of view and challenges of the conference participants. In addition, Goldman Sachs personnel, including employees of the Investment Adviser, may have board, advisory, brokerage or other relationships with issuers, distributors, consultants and others that may have investments in the Funds or that may recommend investments in the Funds or distribute the Funds. In addition, Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Adviser, may make charitable contributions to institutions, including those that have relationships with clients or personnel of clients. Personnel of Goldman Sachs may also make political contributions. As a result of the relationships and arrangements described in this paragraph, consultants, distributors and other parties

may have conflicts associated with their promotion of the Funds or other dealings with the Funds that would create incentives for them to promote the Funds or certain portfolio transactions.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, Goldman Sachs may make payments to authorized dealers and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) from time to time to promote the Funds, Client/GS Accounts (defined below) and other products. In addition to placement fees, sales loads or similar distribution charges, such payments may be made out of Goldman Sachs’ assets, or amounts payable to Goldman Sachs rather than a separately identified charge to the Funds, Client/GS Accounts or other products. Such payments may compensate Intermediaries for, among other things: marketing the Funds, Client/GS Accounts and other products; access to the Intermediaries’ registered representatives or salespersons, including at conferences and other meetings; assistance in training and education of personnel; marketing support; and/or other specified services intended to assist in the distribution and marketing of the Funds, Client/GS Accounts and other products. The payments may also, to the extent permitted by applicable regulations, contribute to various non-cash and cash incentive arrangements to promote certain products, as well as sponsor various educational programs, sales contests and/or promotions. The additional payments by Goldman Sachs may also compensate Intermediaries for subaccounting, administrative and/or shareholder processing services that are in addition to the fees paid for these services by such products.

The payments made by Goldman Sachs may be different for different Intermediaries. The presence of these payments and the basis on which an Intermediary compensates its registered representatives or salespersons may create an incentive for a particular Intermediary, registered representative or salesperson to highlight, feature or recommend certain products based, at least in part, on the level of compensation paid.

Potential Conflicts Relating to the Allocation of Investment Opportunities Among the Funds and Other Goldman Sachs Accounts

Goldman Sachs has potential conflicts in connection with the allocation of investments or transaction decisions for the Funds, including in situations in which Goldman Sachs or its personnel (including personnel of the Investment Adviser) have interests. For example, the Funds may be competing for investment opportunities with current or future accounts or funds managed or advised by Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser). These accounts or funds may provide greater fees or other compensation (including performance based fees) to Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) or in which Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Adviser) or its personnel have an interest (collectively, the “Client/GS Accounts”).

Goldman Sachs may manage or advise Client/GS Accounts that have investment objectives that are similar to those of the Funds and/or may seek to make investments in securities or other instruments in which the Funds may invest. This will create potential conflicts and potential differences among the Funds and other Client/GS Accounts, particularly where there is limited availability or limited liquidity for those investments. Such limited availability situations may exist, without limitation, in local and emerging markets, regulated industries, research and development trades, relative value or paired trades, IPO/new issues and limited issues. The Investment Adviser has developed policies and procedures that provide that it will allocate investment opportunities and make purchase and sale decisions among the Funds and other Client/GS Accounts in a manner that it considers, in its sole discretion and consistent with its fiduciary obligation to each Client/GS Account, to be reasonable.

The Investment Adviser will make allocations for the Funds and other Client/GS Accounts with reference to numerous factors that may include, without limitation, (i) account investment horizons, investment objectives and guidelines; (ii) different levels of investment for different strategies; (iii) client-specific investment guidelines and restrictions; (iv) fully directed brokerage accounts; (v) tax sensitivity of accounts; (vi) suitability requirements; (vii) account turnover guidelines; (viii) availability of cash for investment; (ix) relative sizes and expected future sizes of applicable accounts; and/or (x) availability of other investment opportunities. Suitability considerations can include without limitation (i) relative attractiveness of a security to different accounts; (ii) concentration of positions in an account; (iii) appropriateness of a security for the benchmark of an account; (iv) an account’s risk tolerance, risk parameters and strategy allocations; (v) use of the opportunity as a replacement for a security the Investment Adviser believes to be attractive for an account but that for some reason cannot be held in the account; (vi) the need to hedge a short position in a pair trade; and/or (vii) the need to give a subset of accounts exposure to an industry. In addition to allocations of limited availability investments, the Investment Adviser may, from time to time, develop and implement new investment opportunities and/or trading strategies, and these strategies may not be allocated among all accounts (including the Fund) or pro rata, even if the strategy is consistent with objectives of all accounts. The Investment Adviser may make decisions based on such factors as strategic fit and other portfolio management considerations, including, without limitation, an account’s capacity for such strategy, the liquidity of the strategy and its underlying instruments, the account’s liquidity, the business risk of the strategy relative to the account’s overall portfolio make-up, and the lack of efficacy of, or return expectations from, the strategy for the account, and such other factors as the Investment Adviser deems relevant in its sole discretion. For example, such a determination may, but will not necessarily, include consideration of the fact that a particular strategy will not have a meaningful impact on an account given the overall size of the account, the limited availability of opportunities in the strategy and the availability of other strategies for the account. As a result, such a strategy may be allocated to some accounts managed by the Investment Adviser and not to others.

Although allocating orders among the Funds and other Client/GS Accounts may create potential conflicts of interest because of the interests of Goldman Sachs or its personnel or because Goldman Sachs may receive greater fees or compensation from one of the Client/GS Account’s allocations, the Investment Adviser will not make allocation decisions based on such interests or greater fees or compensation.

Allocation decisions among accounts may be more or less advantageous to any one account or group of accounts. As a result of the above, the Investment Adviser may determine that investment opportunities, strategies or particular purchases or sales are appropriate for one or more Client/GS Accounts or for itself or an affiliate, but not for the Funds, or are appropriate for, or available to, the Funds but in different sizes, terms or timing than is appropriate for other Client/GS Accounts, or may determine not to allocate to or purchase or sell for Client/GS Accounts all investment transactions for which Client/GS Accounts may be eligible. Therefore, the amount, timing, structuring or terms of an investment by the Funds may differ from, and performance may be lower than, investments and performance of other Client/GS Accounts.

accounts, there can be no warranty that such investment advice will be implemented simultaneously. Neither the Investment Adviser (in the case of the Funds) nor its affiliates (in the case of PWM Separate Accounts), will know when advice issued has been executed (if at all) and, if so, to what extent. While each will use reasonable endeavors to procure timely execution, it is possible that prior execution for or on behalf of the PWM Separate Accounts could adversely affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies and instruments in which the Funds invest.

Other Potential Conflicts Relating to the Management of the Funds by the Investment Adviser

Potential Restrictions and Issues Relating to Information Held by Goldman Sachs

From time to time and subject to the Investment Adviser’s policies and procedures regarding information barriers, the Investment Adviser may consult with personnel in other areas of Goldman Sachs, or with persons unaffiliated with Goldman Sachs, or may form investment policy committees comprised of such personnel. The performance by such persons of obligations related to their consultation with personnel of the Investment Adviser could conflict with their areas of primary responsibility within Goldman Sachs or elsewhere. In connection with their activities with the Investment Adviser, such persons may receive information regarding the Investment Adviser’s proposed investment activities of the Funds that is not generally available to the public. There will be no obligation on the part of such persons to make available for use by the Funds any information or strategies known to them or developed in connection with their own client, proprietary or other activities. In addition, Goldman Sachs will be under no obligation to make available any research or analysis prior to its public dissemination.

The Investment Adviser makes decisions for the Funds based on the Funds’ investment programs. The Investment Adviser from time to time may have access to certain fundamental analysis and proprietary technical models developed by Goldman Sachs and its personnel. Goldman Sachs will not be under any obligation, however, to effect transactions on behalf of the Funds in accordance with such analysis and models.

In addition, Goldman Sachs has no obligation to seek information or to make available to or share with the Funds any information, investment strategies, opportunities or ideas known to Goldman Sachs personnel or developed or used in connection with other clients or activities. Goldman Sachs and certain of its personnel, including the Investment Adviser’s personnel or other Goldman Sachs personnel advising or otherwise providing services to the Funds, may be in possession of information not available to all Goldman Sachs personnel, and such personnel may act on the basis of such information in ways that have adverse effects on the Funds.

From time to time, Goldman Sachs may come into possession of material, non-public information or other information that could limit the ability of the Funds to buy and sell investments. The investment flexibility of the Funds may be constrained as a consequence. The Investment Adviser generally is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information in effecting purchases and sales in public securities transactions for the Funds.

Potential Conflicts Relating to Goldman Sachs’ and the Investment Adviser’s Proprietary Activities and Activities On Behalf of Other Accounts

The results of the investment activities of the Funds may differ significantly from the results achieved by Goldman Sachs for its proprietary accounts and from the results achieved by Goldman Sachs for other Client/GS Accounts. The Investment Adviser will manage the Funds and the other Client/GS Accounts it manages in accordance with its respective investment objectives and guidelines. However, Goldman Sachs may give advice, and take action, with respect to any current or future Client/GS Accounts that may compete or conflict with the advice the Investment Adviser may give to the Funds, or may involve a different timing or nature of action than with respect to the Funds.

Transactions undertaken by Goldman Sachs or Client/GS Accounts may adversely impact the Funds. Goldman Sachs and one or more Client/GS Accounts may buy or sell positions while the Funds are undertaking the same or a differing, including potentially opposite, strategy, which could disadvantage the Funds. For example, a Fund may buy a security and Goldman Sachs or Client/GS Accounts may establish a short position in that same security. The subsequent short sale may result in impairment of the price of the security which the Fund holds. Conversely, the Fund may establish a short position in a security and Goldman Sachs or other Client/GS Accounts may buy that same security. The subsequent purchase may result in an increase of the price of the underlying position in the short sale exposure of the Fund and such increase in price would be to the Fund’s detriment.

In addition, transactions in investments by one or more Client/GS Accounts and Goldman Sachs may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of a Fund, particularly, but not limited to, in small capitalization, emerging market or less liquid strategies. This may occur when portfolio decisions regarding a Fund are based on research or other information that is also used to support portfolio decisions for other Client/GS Accounts. When Goldman Sachs or a Client/GS Account implements a portfolio decision or strategy ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar portfolio decisions or strategies for the Funds (whether or not the portfolio decisions emanate from the same research analysis or other information), market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors could result in the Fund receiving less favorable trading results and the costs of implementing such portfolio decisions or strategies could be increased or the Fund could otherwise be disadvantaged. Goldman Sachs may, in certain cases, elect to implement internal policies and procedures designed to limit such consequences to Client/GS Accounts, which may cause a Fund to be unable to engage in certain activities, including purchasing or disposing of securities, when it might otherwise be desirable for it to do so.

Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding a Fund may benefit other Client/GS Accounts. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position by a Fund may impair the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore benefit) Goldman Sachs or other Client/GS Accounts, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security by a Fund may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) Goldman Sachs or other Client/GS Accounts.

described above, each of the Funds and Goldman Sachs, as each Fund’s Investment Adviser and distributor, has established policies and procedures that restrict securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund’s portfolio transactions. Each of the Funds and Goldman Sachs, as each Fund’s Investment Adviser and distributor, has adopted a code of ethics (collectively, the “Codes of Ethics”) in compliance with Section 17(j) of the Act and monitoring procedures relating to certain personal securities transactions by personnel of the Investment Adviser which the Investment Adviser deems to involve potential conflicts involving such personnel, Client/GS Accounts managed by the Investment Adviser and the Funds. The Codes of Ethics require that personnel of the Investment Adviser comply with all applicable federal securities laws and with the fiduciary duties and anti-fraud rules to which the Investment Adviser is subject. The Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-942-8090. The Codes of Ethics are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies may also be obtained after paying a duplicating fee by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC 20549-0102, or by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov.

Clients of Goldman Sachs (including Client/GS Accounts) may have, as a result of receiving client reports or otherwise, access to information regarding the Investment Adviser’s transactions or views which may affect such clients’ transactions outside of accounts controlled by personnel of the Investment Adviser, and such transactions may negatively impact the performance of the Funds. The Funds may also be adversely affected by cash flows and market movements arising from purchase and sales transactions, as well as increases of capital in, and withdrawals of capital from, other Client/GS Accounts. These effects can be more pronounced in thinly traded and less liquid markets.

The Investment Adviser’s management of the Funds may benefit Goldman Sachs. For example, the Funds may, subject to applicable law, invest directly or indirectly in the securities of companies affiliated with Goldman Sachs or which Goldman Sachs has an equity, debt or other interest. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Funds may engage in investment transactions which may result in other Client/GS Accounts being relieved of obligations or otherwise divesting of investments or cause the Funds to have to divest certain investments. The purchase, holding and sale of investments by the Funds may enhance the profitability of Goldman Sachs’ or other Client/GS Accounts’ own investments in and its activities with respect to such companies.

Goldman Sachs and Client/GS Accounts may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which a Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of the Fund’s investments may be negatively impacted by Goldman Sachs’ and other Client/GS Accounts’ activities, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.

Funds. For example, the derivative instruments could represent leveraged investments in the Funds, and the leveraged characteristics of such investments could make it more likely, due to events of default or otherwise, that there would be significant redemptions of interests from the Funds more quickly than might otherwise be the case. Goldman Sachs, acting in commercial capacities in connection with such derivative instruments, may in fact cause such a redemption. This may have an adverse effect on the investment management and positions, flexibility and diversification strategies of the Funds and on the amount of fees, expenses and other costs incurred directly or indirectly for the account of the Funds.

Potential Conflicts in Connection with Investments in Goldman Sachs Money Market Funds

To the extent permitted by applicable law, a Fund may invest all or some of its short term cash investments in any money market fund advised or managed by Goldman Sachs. In connection with any such investments, a Fund, to the extent permitted by the Act, will pay its share of all expenses (other than advisory and administrative fees) of a money market fund in which it invests which may result in a Fund bearing some additional expenses.

Goldman Sachs May In-Source or Outsource

Subject to applicable law, Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Adviser, may from time to time and without notice to investors in-source or outsource certain processes or functions in connection with a variety of services that it provides to the Funds in its administrative or other capacities. Such in-sourcing or outsourcing may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Potential Conflicts That May Arise When Goldman Sachs Acts in a Capacity Other Than Investment Adviser to the Funds

To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Funds may enter into transactions and invest in futures, securities, currencies, swaps, options, forward contracts or other instruments in which Goldman Sachs acting as principal or on a proprietary basis for its customers, serves as the counterparty. The Funds may also enter into cross transactions in which Goldman Sachs acts on behalf of the Fund and for the other party to the transaction. Goldman Sachs may have a potentially conflicting division of responsibilities to both parties to a cross transaction. For example, Goldman Sachs may represent both a Fund and another Client/GS Account in connection with the purchase of a security by the Fund, and Goldman Sachs may receive compensation or other payments from either or both parties, which could influence the decision of Goldman Sachs to cause the Fund to purchase such security. The Funds may engage in principal or cross transactions to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Goldman Sachs may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or advisor or in other commercial capacities for the Funds. It is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups, mark-downs, financial advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees, financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees, compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by Goldman Sachs will be in its view commercially reasonable, although Goldman Sachs, including its sales personnel, will have an interest in obtaining fees and other amounts that are favorable to Goldman Sachs and such sales personnel. The Funds may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, borrow funds from Goldman Sachs at rates and on other terms arranged with Goldman Sachs.

Goldman Sachs may be entitled to compensation when it acts in capacities other than as the Investment Adviser, and the Funds will not be entitled to any such compensation. For example, Goldman Sachs (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that it receives in connection with its service to the Funds as broker, dealer, agent, lender, advisor or in other commercial capacities and no accounting to the Funds or their shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Funds or their shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by Goldman Sachs of any such fees or other amounts.

When Goldman Sachs acts as broker, dealer, agent, lender or advisor or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Funds, Goldman Sachs may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds. For example, in connection with lending arrangements involving the Funds, Goldman Sachs may require repayment of all or part of a loan at any time or from time to time.

The Funds will be required to establish business relationships with their counterparties based on their own credit standing. Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Adviser, will not have any obligation to allow its credit to be used in connection with the Funds’ establishment of their business relationships, nor is it expected that the Funds’ counterparties will rely on the credit of Goldman Sachs in evaluating the Funds’ creditworthiness.

Potential Conflicts in Connection with Brokerage Transactions and Proxy Voting

Purchases and sales of securities for a Fund may be bunched or aggregated with orders for other Client/GS Accounts. The Investment Adviser and its affiliates, however, are not required to bunch or aggregate orders if portfolio management decisions for different accounts are made separately, or if they determine that bunching or aggregating is not practicable, required or with cases involving client direction.

Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Funds will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Funds. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Funds will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.

Client/GS Accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid for through one client’s commissions may not be used in managing that client’s account. In addition, other Client/GS Accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Funds and to such other Client/GS Accounts. To the extent that the Investment Adviser uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products and services itself. The Investment Adviser may receive research that is bundled with the trade execution, clearing, and/or settlement services provided by a particular broker-dealer. To the extent that the Investment Adviser receives research on this basis, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist. For example, the research effectively will be paid by client commissions that also will be used to pay for the execution, clearing, and settlement services provided by the broker-dealer and will not be paid by the Investment Adviser.

The Investment Adviser may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services the Investment Adviser believes are useful in its investment decision-making process. The Investment Adviser may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees.

The Investment Adviser has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Funds, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with the Investment Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of the Investment Adviser may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of Goldman Sachs and/or its affiliates provided that the Investment Adviser believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see the section of this Additional Statement entitled “Proxy Voting.”

Potential Regulatory Restrictions on Investment Adviser Activity

From time to time, the activities of a Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to Goldman Sachs and/or its internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by Goldman Sachs would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when the Investment Adviser may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which Goldman Sachs is performing investment banking, market making or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when Goldman Sachs is engaged in an underwriting or other distribution of securities of, or advisory services for, a company, the Funds may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company. Similar situations could arise if Goldman Sachs personnel serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Funds wish to purchase or sell. The larger the Investment Adviser’s investment advisory business and Goldman Sachs’ businesses, the larger the potential that these restricted list policies will impact investment transactions. However, if permitted by applicable law, the Funds may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies or are the subject of an underwriting, distribution, or advisory assignment by Goldman Sachs, or in cases in which Goldman Sachs personnel are directors or officers of the issuer.

The investment activities of Goldman Sachs for its proprietary accounts and for Client/GS Accounts may also limit the investment strategies and rights of the Funds. For example, in regulated

industries, in certain emerging or international markets, in corporate and regulatory ownership definitions, and in certain futures and derivative transactions, there may be limits on the aggregate amount of investment by affiliated investors that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent or, if exceeded, may cause Goldman Sachs, the Funds or other Client/GS Accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions. If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached or certain transactions undertaken, the ability of the Investment Adviser on behalf of clients (including the Funds) to purchase or dispose of investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, the Investment Adviser on behalf of clients (including the Funds) may limit purchases, sell existing investments, or otherwise restrict or limit the exercise of rights (including voting rights) when the Investment Adviser, in its sole discretion, deems it appropriate.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

GSAM places the portfolio transactions of the Series and of all other accounts managed by GSAM for execution with many firms. GSAM uses its best efforts to obtain execution of portfolio transactions at prices which are advantageous to each Series and at reasonably competitive spreads or (when a disclosed commission is being charged) at reasonably competitive commission rates. In seeking such execution, GSAM will use its best judgment in evaluating the terms of a transaction, and will give consideration to various relevant factors, including without limitation the size and type of the transaction, the nature and character of the market for the security, the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer, the general execution and operational capabilities of the firm, the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm, the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions, and the reasonableness of the spread or commission, if any. Securities purchased and sold by the Series are generally traded in the over-the-counter market on a net basis (i.e., without commission) through broker-dealers and banks acting for their own account rather than as brokers, or otherwise involve transactions directly with the issuer of such securities.

Goldman Sachs is active as an investor, dealer and/or underwriter in many types of municipal and money market instruments. Its activities in this regard could have some effect on the markets for those instruments which the Series buy, hold or sell. Orders have been granted by the SEC under the Act which permit the Series to deal with Goldman Sachs in transactions in certain securities in which Goldman Sachs acts as principal. As a result, the Series may trade with Goldman Sachs as principal subject to the terms and conditions of such exemptions.

Under the Act, the Series are prohibited from purchasing any instrument of which Goldman Sachs is a principal underwriter during the existence of an underwriting or selling syndicate relating to such instrument, absent an exemptive order (the order referred to in the preceding paragraph will not apply to such purchases) or the adoption of and compliance with certain procedures under the Act.

The Trust has adopted procedures which establish, among other things, certain limitations on the amount of debt securities that may be purchased in any single offering and on the amount of the Trust’s assets that may be invested in any single offering. Accordingly, in view of Goldman Sachs’ active role in the underwriting of debt securities, a Series’ ability to purchase debt securities in the primary market may from time to time be limited.

In certain instances there may be securities which are suitable for more than one Series as well as for one or more of the other clients of GSAM. Investment decisions for each Series and for GSAM’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more other clients are selling that same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same Investment Adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security in a particular transaction as far as a Series is concerned. Each Series believes that over time its ability to participate in volume transactions will produce better executions for the Series.

As of December 31, 2005, the following ILA Portfolio held the following amounts of securities of its regular broker/dealers, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Act, or their parents ($ in thousands): ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio: Morgan Stanley ($10,000), Bank of America ($2,981), Citigroup ($29,930); ILA Money Market Portfolio: Citigroup Inc. ($59,959), Bank of America Corp. ($25,000), Barclays PLC ($59,992), Deutsche Bank AG ($10,000); ILA Government Portfolio: Deutsche Bank AG ($6,500), UBS AG ($4,500); ILA Treasy Obligations Portfolio: Morgan Stanley ($35,000).

As of December 31, 2005, the following Financial Square Funds held the following amounts of securities of its regular broker/dealers as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Act, or their parents ($ in thousands): FS Prime Obligations Fund: Citigroup Inc. ($2,241,537), Bank of America Corp. ($674,494), Morgan Stanley ($620,000), Goldman, Sachs & Co. ($300,000); FS Money Market Fund: Morgan Stanley ($25,000), Deutsche Bank AG ($65,000), Citigroup Inc. ($404,888), Bank of America Corp. ($405,676), Barclays PLC ($249,992), Goldman Sachs & Co. ($200,000); FS Treasury Obligations Fund: UBS AG ($200,000); FS Government Fund: Deutsche Bank AG ($374,500), UBS AG ($211,500).

NET ASSET VALUE

In accordance with procedures adopted by the Trustees, the net asset value per share of each Series (except for FS Prime Obligations Fund, FS Money Market Fund, FS Treasury Obligations Fund, and FS Government Fund) is determined by the Series’ custodian on each Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (normally, but not always, 4:00 p.m. New York time) or such later time as the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ market may officially close. In the case of the FS Money Market Fund, FS Prime Obligations Fund, FS Government Fund and FS Treasury Obligations Fund, net asset value is determined normally, but not always, at 5:00 p.m. New York time on each Business Day. A Business Day means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open, except for days on which Chicago, Boston or New York banks are closed for local holidays. Such holidays include: New Year’s Day (observed), Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday (observed), Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must be received for same business day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC.

Each Series’ securities are valued using the amortized cost method of valuation in an effort to maintain a constant net asset value of $1.00 per share, which the Board of Trustees has determined to be in the best interest of each Series and its shareholders. This method involves valuing a security at cost on the date of acquisition and thereafter assuming a constant accretion of a discount or amortization of a premium to maturity, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument. While this method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods during which value, as determined by amortized cost, is higher or lower than the price a Series would receive if it sold the instrument. During such periods, the yield to an investor in a Series may differ somewhat from that obtained in a similar investment company which uses available market quotations to value all of its portfolio securities. During periods of declining interest rates, the quoted yield on shares of a Series may tend to be higher than a like computation made by a fund with identical investments utilizing a method of valuation based upon market prices and estimates of market prices for all of its portfolio instruments. Thus, if the use of amortized cost by a Series resulted in a lower aggregate portfolio value on a particular day, a prospective investor in the Series would be able to obtain a somewhat higher yield if he or she purchased shares of the Series on that day, than would result from investment in a fund utilizing solely market values, and existing investors in the Series would receive less investment income. The converse would apply in a period of rising interest rates.

The Trustees have established procedures designed to stabilize, to the extent reasonably possible, each Series’ price per share as computed for the purpose of sales and redemptions at $1.00. Such procedures include review of each Series by the Trustees, at such intervals as they deem appropriate, to determine whether the Series’ net asset value calculated by using available market quotations (or an appropriate substitute which reflects market conditions) deviates from $1.00 per share based on amortized cost, as well as review of methods used to calculate the deviation. If such deviation exceeds 1/2 of 1%, the Trustees will promptly consider what action, if any, will be initiated. In the event the Trustees determine that a deviation exists which may result in material dilution or other unfair results to investors or existing shareholders, they will take such corrective action as they regard to be necessary and appropriate, including the sale of portfolio instruments prior to maturity to realize capital gains or losses or to shorten average portfolio maturity; withholding part or all of dividends or payment of distributions from capital or capital gains; redeeming shares in kind; or establishing a net asset value per share by using available market quotations or equivalents. In addition, in order to stabilize the net asset value per share at $1.00, the Trustees have the authority (i) to reduce or increase the number of shares outstanding on a pro rata basis, and (ii) to offset each shareholder’s pro rata portion of the deviation between the net asset value per share and $1.00 from the shareholder’s accrued dividend account or from future dividends. Each Series may hold cash for the purpose of stabilizing its net asset value per share. Holdings of cash, on which no return is earned, would tend to lower the yield on such Series’ shares.

In order to continue to use the amortized cost method of valuation for each Series’ investments, the Series must comply with Rule 2a-7. See “Investment Restrictions.”

The proceeds received by each Series for each issue or sale of its shares, and all net investment income, realized and unrealized gain and proceeds thereof, subject only to the rights of creditors, will be specifically allocated to such Series and constitute the underlying assets of that Series. The underlying assets of each Series will be segregated on the books of account, and will be charged with the liabilities in respect to such Series and with a share of the general liabilities of the Trust. Expenses

with respect to the Series are to be allocated in proportion to the net asset values of the respective Series except where allocations of direct expenses can otherwise be fairly made. In addition, within each Series, ILA Shares, ILA Administration Shares, ILA Service Shares, ILA Class B and Class C Shares, ILA Cash Management Shares, FST Shares, FST Administration Shares, FST Service Shares, FST Preferred Shares, FST Capital Shares and FST Select Shares (if any) will be subject to different expense structures (see “Organization and Capitalization”).

The Trust has adopted a policy to handle certain NAV related errors occurring in the operation of the Funds, and under certain circumstances neither the Funds nor shareholders who purchase or sell shares during periods that errors accrue or occur may be recompensed in connection with the resolution of the error.

REDEMPTIONS

The Trust may suspend the right of redemption of shares of a Series and may postpone payment for any period: (i) during which the New York Stock Exchange is closed for regular trading other than customary weekend and holiday closings or during which trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted; (ii) when an emergency exists which makes the disposal of securities owned by a Series or the determination of the fair value of the Series’ net assets not reasonably practicable; or (iii) as the SEC may by order permit for the protection of the shareholders of the Trust.

The Trust agrees to redeem shares of each Series solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Series during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. The Trust reserves the right to pay other redemptions, either total or partial, by a distribution in kind of securities (instead of cash) from the applicable Series’ portfolio. The securities distributed in such a distribution would be valued at the same value as that assigned to them in calculating the net asset value of the shares being redeemed. If a shareholder receives a distribution in kind, he or she should expect to incur transaction costs when he or she converts the securities to cash.

A FST shareholder of any Financial Square Fund with balances in excess of $100 million may elect to have a special account with State Street Bank and Trust Company for the purpose of redeeming shares from its account in that Series by check. When State Street Bank and Trust Company receives a completed signature card and authorization form, the shareholder will be provided with a supply of checks. Checks drawn on this account may be payable to the order of any person in any amount of $500 or more, but cannot be certified. The payee of the check may cash or deposit it like any other check drawn on a bank. When such a check is presented to State Street Bank and Trust Company for payment, a sufficient number of full and fractional shares will be redeemed to cover the amount of the check. Cancelled checks will be returned to the shareholder by State Street Bank and Trust Company. The Trust and Goldman Sachs each reserves the right to waive the minimum requirement.

The check redemption privilege enables a shareholder to receive the dividends declared on the shares to be redeemed until such time as the check is processed. Because of this feature, the check redemption privilege may not be used for a complete liquidation of an account. If the amount of a check is greater than the value of shares held in the shareholder’s account, the check will be returned unpaid, and the shareholder may be subject to extra charges.

Goldman Sachs reserves the right to impose conditions on, limit the availability of or terminate the check redemption privilege at any time with respect to a particular shareholder or shareholders in general. The Trust and State Street Bank and Trust Company reserve the right at any time to suspend the check redemption privilege and intend to do so in the event that federal legislation or regulations impose reserve requirements or other restrictions deemed by the Trustees to be adverse to the interests of the Series.

CALCULATION OF YIELD QUOTATIONS

From time to time, each Series may advertise its yield, effective yield, tax-equivalent yield, tax-equivalent effective yield and total return. Yield, effective yield, tax-equivalent yield, tax-equivalent effective yield and total return are calculated separately for each class of shares of a Series. Each type of share is subject to different fees and expenses and may have differing yields for the same period.

Each Series’ yield quotations are calculated by a standard method prescribed by the rules of the SEC. Under this method, the yield quotation is based on a hypothetical account having a balance of exactly one share at the beginning of a seven-day period.

The yield of a Series refers to the income generated by an investment in that Series over a seven-day period (which period will be stated in the advertisement). This income is then annualized; that is, the amount of income generated by the investment during that week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52 week period and is shown as a percentage of the investment. The yield quotation is computed as follows: the net change, exclusive of capital changes and income other than investment income (i.e., realized gains and losses from the sale of securities and unrealized appreciation and depreciation), in the value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of one share at the beginning of the base period is determined by dividing the net change in account value by the value of the account at the beginning of the base period. This base period return is then multiplied by 365/7 with the resulting yield figure carried to the nearest 100th of 1%. Such yield quotation shall take into account all fees that are charged to a Series.

Each Series also may advertise a quotation of effective yield for a 7-calendar day period. Effective yield is computed by compounding the unannualized base period return determined as in the preceding paragraph by adding 1 to that return, raising the sum to the 365/7 power and subtracting one from the result, according to the following formula:

Effective Yield = [(base period return + 1)365/7] – 1

The effective yield will be slightly higher than the yield because of the compounding effect of reinvestment.

The ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio, ILA Federal Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio, FS Treasury Instruments Fund, FS Federal Fund, and FS Tax-Free Fund may also advertise a tax-equivalent yield and tax-equivalent effective yield. Tax-equivalent yield is computed by dividing that portion of a Series’ yield (as computed above) which is tax-exempt by one minus a stated income tax rate and adding the quotient to that portion, if any, of the yield of the Series that is not tax-exempt. Tax-equivalent effective yield is computed by dividing that portion of a Series’ effective yield (as

computed above) which is tax-exempt by one minus a stated income tax rate and adding the quotient to that portion, if any, of the effective yield of the Series that is not tax-exempt.

Total return is determined by computing the percentage change in value of $1,000 invested at the maximum public offering price for a specified period, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at net asset value. The total return calculation assumes a complete redemption of the investment at the end of the relevant period. Each Series may furnish total return calculations based on cumulative, average, year-by-year or other basis for various specified periods by means of quotations, charts, graphs or schedules.

Unlike bank deposits or other investments which pay a fixed yield or return for a stated period of time, the investment results for a Series are based on historical performance and will fluctuate from time to time. Any presentation of a Series’ yield, effective yield, tax-equivalent yield, tax-equivalent effective yield or total return for any prior period should not be considered a representation of what an investment may earn or what a Series’ yield, effective yield, tax-equivalent yield, tax-equivalent effective yield or total return may be in any future period. Return is a function of portfolio quality, composition, maturity and market conditions as well as of the expenses allocated to each Series. The return of a Series may not be comparable to other investment alternatives because of differences in the foregoing variables and differences in the methods used to value portfolio securities, compute expenses and calculate return.

Each class of shares of an ILA Portfolio or a Financial Square Fund should have yields similar to the yields of the other classes of shares of the particular ILA Portfolio or Financial Square Fund because each such class of shares will be invested in the same portfolio of securities. Yields will differ only to the extent that classes do not have the same expenses. Accordingly, you should be aware that ILA Shares and FST Shares have no plan fees; ILA Administration Shares and FST Administration Shares have a .15% and .25% administration fee, respectively; ILA Service Shares have a .25% service fee and a .15% shareholder administration fee; FST Service Shares have a .25% service fee and a .25% shareholder administration fee; ILA Class B and Class C Shares have a .75% distribution fee and a maximum .25% service fee with respect to ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio; ILA Cash Management Shares have a maximum .50% service fee and a maximum .50% distribution fee; FST Preferred Shares have a .10% preferred administration fee; FST Select Shares have a service fee of .03%; and FST Capital Shares have an .15% capital administration fee.

TAX INFORMATION

The following is only a summary of certain additional U.S. federal income, and certain state and local, tax considerations affecting the Series and the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares in each Series. This summary does not address special tax rules applicable to certain classes of investors, such as tax-exempt entities, insurance companies and financial institutions. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in each Series in light of their particular tax situations. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this Additional Statement, which are subject to change.

Series Taxation

Each Series is treated as a separate entity for tax purposes. Each Series has elected to be treated and intends to qualify for each taxable year as a regulated investment company under

Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1 of the Code. If for any taxable year a Series does not qualify as a regulated investment company, it will be taxed on all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain at corporate rates, without any deduction for dividends paid, its net tax-exempt interest (if any) may be subject to the alternative minimum tax, and its distributions to shareholders will be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of its current and accumulated earnings and profits.

There are certain tax requirements that each Series must satisfy if it is to avoid federal taxation. In their efforts to adhere to these requirements, the Series may have to limit their investment activities in some types of instruments. Qualification as a regulated investment company under the Code requires, among other things, that a Series (i) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stocks or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures, and forward contracts) derived with respect to the Series’ business of investing in stocks, securities or currencies (the “90% gross income test”); and (ii) diversify its holdings so that in general, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the fair market value of the Series’ total (gross) assets is comprised of cash, cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of such Series’ total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total (gross) assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), two or more issuers controlled by the Series and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or certain publicly traded partnerships. For purposes of these requirements, participation interests will be treated as securities, and the issuer will be identified on the basis of market risk and credit risk associated with any particular interest. Certain payments received with respect to such interests, such as commitment fees and certain facility fees, may not be treated as income qualifying under the 90% test.

If a Series complies with the foregoing provisions, then in any taxable year in which the Series distributes, in compliance with the Code’s timing and other requirements, at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (which includes dividends, taxable interest, taxable accrued original issue discount and market discount income, income from securities lending, any net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, certain net realized foreign exchange gains and any other taxable income other than “net capital gain,” as defined below, and is reduced by deductible expenses), and at least 90% of the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest income (if any) over certain disallowed deductions, the Series (but not its shareholders) will be relieved of federal income tax on any income of the Series, including long-term capital gains, distributed to shareholders. If, instead, a Series retains any investment company taxable income or “net capital gain” (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), it will be subject to a tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. Each Series intends to distribute for each taxable year to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income, net capital gain and any net tax-exempt interest.

In order to avoid a 4% federal excise tax, each Series must distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year at least 98% of its taxable ordinary income for such year, at least 98% of the excess of its capital gains over its capital losses (generally computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on October 31 of such year), and all taxable ordinary income and the excess of capital gains over capital losses for all previous years that were not distributed for those years and on which the Series paid no federal income tax. Each Series anticipates that it will generally make timely distributions of income and capital gains in compliance with these requirements so that it will generally not be required to pay the excise tax.

For federal income tax purposes, each Series is permitted to carryforward a net capital loss in any year to offset its own capital gains, if any, during the eight years following the loss. At December 31, 2005, the following Series had approximately the following amounts of capital loss carryforwards:


															ILA
															Tax-
					ILA		ILA				ILA Tax-		ILA Tax-		Exempt
	ILA Prime		ILA		Treasury		Treasury		ILA		Exempt		Exempt		New
Year	Obligations		Government		Obligations		Instrument		Federal		Diversified		California		York
2007		—		—		—		—		—		—	$	5,000
2008		—		—		—		—		—		—	$	4,400
2011		—		—		—		—		—		—	$	14,300
2012		—		—		—		—		—	$	5,100	$	11,800	$	600
2013	$	7,600	$	2,400	$	163,300	$	1,800	$	64,800		—	$	2,000	$	600
Total	$	7,600	$	2,400	$	163,000	$	1,800	$	64,800	$	5,100	$	37,500	$	1,200

							Financial		Financial						Financial
					Financial		Square		Square		Financial		Financial		Square Tax-
					Square Prime		Money		Treasury		Square		Square		Free Money
Year					Obligations		Market		Obligations		Government		Federal		Market
2006															$	7,028
2007															$	637
2009															$	2,452
2010															$	3,295
2011					$	5,692									$	189,335
2012					$	544									$	86,852
2013					$	752,193	$	24,827	$	1,240,534	$	471,042	$	114,695	$	42,075
Total					$	758,429	$	24,827	$	1,240,534	$	471,042	$	114,695	$	331,674

Taxable U.S. Shareholders – Distributions

Dividends paid by a Series from taxable net investment income (including income attributable to accrued market discount and a portion of the discount on certain stripped tax-exempt obligations and their coupons) and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be treated as ordinary income in the hands of shareholders. Dividends paid by a Series from the excess of net long-term capital gain (if any) over net short-term capital loss are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of the length of time the shares of a Series have been held by such shareholders. Such distributions will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction.

Distributions paid by the ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified, ILA Tax-Exempt California, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolios or FS Tax-Free Fund from tax-exempt interest received by them and properly designated as “exempt-interest dividends” will generally be exempt from regular federal income tax, provided that at least 50% of the value of the applicable Series’ total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year consists of tax-exempt obligations, i.e., obligations described in Section 103(a) of the Code (not including shares of other regulated investment companies that may pay exempt-interest dividends, because such shares are not treated as tax-exempt obligations for this purpose). Dividends paid by the other Series from any tax-exempt interest they may receive will not be tax-exempt, because they will not satisfy the 50% requirement described in the preceding sentence. Tax-exempt distributions attributable to interest on certain “private activity bonds,” if any, received by a Series may constitute tax preference items and may give rise to, or increase liability under, the

alternative minimum tax for particular shareholders. In addition, all tax-exempt distributions of the Series may be considered in computing the “adjusted current earnings” preference item of their corporate shareholders in determining the corporate alternative minimum tax, and will be taken into account in determining the extent to which a shareholder’s social security or certain railroad retirement benefits are taxable. To the extent that the ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio and FS Tax-Free Fund invest in certain short-term instruments, including repurchase agreements, the interest on which is not exempt from federal income tax, or earn other taxable income, any distributions of income from such investments or other taxable income will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. All or substantially all of any interest on indebtedness incurred directly or indirectly to purchase or carry shares of these Series will generally not be deductible. The availability of tax-exempt obligations and the value of the Series may be affected by restrictive tax legislation enacted in recent years.

Distributions of net investment income and net realized capital gains will be taxable as described above, whether received in shares or in cash. Shareholders electing to receive distributions in the form of additional shares will have a cost basis in each share so received equal to the amount of cash they would have received had they elected to receive cash.

Certain Series may be subject to foreign taxes on their income (possibly including, in some cases, capital gains) from securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. Each Series generally will be able to deduct any such foreign taxes in computing its taxable income.

Taxable U.S. Shareholders – Sale of Shares

Redemptions (including exchanges) and other dispositions of shares in transactions that are treated as sales for tax purposes will generally not result in taxable gain or loss, provided that the Series successfully maintains a constant net asset value per share, but a loss may be recognized to the extent a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) is imposed on the redemption or exchange of ILA Service, Class B or Class C Shares. All or a portion of such a loss may be disallowed under applicable Code provisions in certain circumstances. For example, any loss realized by a shareholder of the ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio, and FS Tax-Free Fund upon the sale of shares held for six months or less may be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends received with respect to such shares. Moreover, any loss realized upon the redemption of shares within six months from the date of purchase of such shares and following receipt of a long-term capital gains distribution will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such long-term capital gains distribution. Finally, any loss realized upon the redemption of shares within thirty days before or after the acquisition of other shares of the same Portfolio may be disallowed under the “wash sale” rules. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers with reference to their circumstances to determine whether a redemption, exchange, or other disposition of Series’ shares is properly treated as a sale for tax purposes.

All distributions (including exempt-interest dividends), whether received in shares or cash, must be reported by each shareholder who is required to file a federal income tax return. The Series will inform shareholders of the federal income tax status of their distributions after the end of each calendar year, including, in the case of the ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio, ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio and FS Tax-Free Fund, the amounts that qualify as exempt-interest dividends and any portions of such amounts that constitute tax preference items under the federal alternative minimum tax. Shareholders who receive exempt-interest dividends

and have not held their shares of the applicable Series for its entire taxable year may have designated as tax-exempt or as a tax preference item a percentage of their distributions which is not exactly equal to a proportionate share of the amount of tax-exempt interest or tax preference income earned during the period of their investment in such Series. Each shareholder should consult his or her own tax adviser to determine the tax consequences of an investment in a Series in the shareholder’s own state and locality.

Shares of a Series that pays primarily exempt-interest dividends would not be suitable for tax-exempt institutions, retirement plans qualified under Section 401 of the Code, and individual retirement accounts or other tax-qualified plans because such institutions, plans and accounts are generally tax-exempt and, therefore, not only would the shareholder not gain any additional benefit from the Series’ dividends being tax-exempt, but such dividends would be ultimately taxable to the beneficiaries when distributed. In addition, a Series that pays primarily exempt-interest dividends may not be an appropriate investment for entities which are “substantial users” of facilities financed by “private activity bonds” or “related persons” thereof. “Substantial user” is defined under U.S. Treasury Regulations to include a non-exempt person who (1) regularly uses a part of such facilities in his or her trade or business and whose gross revenues derived with respect to the facilities financed by the issuance of bonds are more than 5% of the total revenues derived by all users of such facilities, (2) occupies more than 5% of the usable area of such facilities, or (3) are persons for whom such facilities or a part thereof were specifically constructed, reconstructed or acquired. “Related persons” include certain related natural persons, affiliated corporations, a partnership and its partners and an S corporation and its shareholders.

Backup Withholding

Each Series may be required to withhold, as “backup withholding,” federal income tax at a 28% rate from dividends (including capital gain dividends) and share redemption and exchange proceeds to individuals and other non-exempt shareholders who fail to furnish the Series with a correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) certified under penalties of perjury, or if the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or a broker notifies the Series that the payee is subject to backup withholding as a result of failing properly to report interest or dividend income to the IRS or that the TIN furnished by the payee to the Series is incorrect, or if (when required to do so) the payee fails to certify under penalties of perjury that it is not subject to backup withholding. A Series may refuse to accept an application that does not contain any required TIN or certification that the TIN provided is correct. If the backup withholding provisions are applicable, any such dividends and proceeds, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares, will be reduced by the amounts required to be withheld. Any amounts withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. If a shareholder does not have a TIN, it should apply for one immediately by contacting the local office of the Social Security Administration or the IRS. Backup withholding could apply to payments relating to a shareholder’s account while the shareholder is awaiting receipt of a TIN. Special rules apply for certain entities. For example, for an account established under a Uniform Gifts or Transfer to Minors Act, the TIN of the minor should be furnished. In addition, non-US shareholders will be required to provide the Series with the proper IRS Form W-8 or appropriate substitute (as discussed below) in order to avail themselves of this withholding tax exemption.

Non-U.S. Shareholders

The discussion above relates solely to U.S. federal income tax law as it applies to “U.S. persons” subject to tax under such law.

For distributions attributable to a Series’ taxable year beginning before January 1, 2005 or after December 31, 2007, shareholders who, as to the United States, are not “U.S. persons,” (i.e., are nonresident aliens, foreign corporations, fiduciaries of foreign trusts or estates, foreign partnerships or other non-U.S. investors) generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% on distributions treated as ordinary income unless the tax is reduced or eliminated pursuant to a tax treaty or the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the shareholder. Distributions of net capital gain, if any, including amounts retained by a Series which are designated as undistributed capital gains, to such a non-U.S. shareholder will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless the distributions are effectively connected with the shareholder’s trade or business in the United States or, in the case of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, the shareholder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met.

Under recent changes to the Code, for distributions attributable to a Series’ taxable year beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2008, non-U.S. shareholders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions attributable to “portfolio interest” or short-term capital gains unless (1) the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the shareholder, or (2) with respect to short-term capital gains, the shareholder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Distributions that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of a shareholder will be subject to tax on a net income basis at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. individuals or domestic corporations. Distributions by each Series that are attributable to short-term capital gains, if any, during the above periods will also generally be free of U.S. withholding tax; by contrast, there will be tax withheld with respect to distributions attributable to interest income of the Series, so that non-U.S. shareholders who are exempt from U.S. federal income tax with respect to all or a portion of those interest-related dividends will need to file U.S. federal income tax returns to claim refunds of those withholding taxes.

Any capital gain realized by a non-U.S. shareholder upon a sale or redemption of shares of a Series will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless the gain is effectively connected with the shareholder’s trade or business in the U.S., or in the case of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met.

Non-U.S. persons who fail to furnish a Series with the proper IRS Form W-8 (i.e., W-8BEN, W-8ECI, W-8IMY or W-8EXP), or an acceptable substitute, may be subject to backup withholding at a 28% rate on dividends (including capital gain dividends) and on the proceeds of redemptions and exchanges.

Non-U.S. shareholders of a Series may be subject to U.S. estate tax with respect to their Series shares. Each shareholder who is not a U.S. person should consult his or her tax adviser regarding the U.S. and non-U.S. tax consequences of ownership of shares of, and receipt of distributions from, the Series.

State and Local

A Series may be subject to state or local taxes in jurisdictions in which it is deemed to be doing business. In addition, in those states or localities that impose income taxes, the treatment of a Series and its shareholders under those jurisdictions’ tax laws may differ from their treatment under federal income tax laws, and an investment in the Series may have tax consequences for shareholders that are different from those of a direct investment in the Series’ securities. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers concerning these matters. For example, it may be appropriate for shareholders to

review with their tax advisers the state income and, if applicable, intangible property tax consequences of investments by the Series in securities issued by the particular state or the U.S. government or its various agencies or instrumentalities, because many states (i) exempt from personal income tax distributions made by regulated investment companies from interest on obligations of the particular state or on direct U.S. government obligations and/or (ii) exempt from intangible property tax the value of the shares of such companies attributable to such obligations, subject to certain state-specific requirements and/or limitations. See also the discussion below of these applicable provisions in California and New York.

California State Taxation. The following discussion of California tax law assumes that the ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio will be qualified as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code and will be qualified thereunder to pay exempt-interest dividends. The ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio intends to qualify for each taxable year under California law to pay “exempt-interest dividends” which will be exempt from the California personal income tax.

Individual shareholders of the ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio who reside in California will not be subject to California personal income tax on distributions received from the Portfolio to the extent such distributions are exempt-interest dividends attributable to interest on obligations the interest on which is exempt from California personal income tax provided that the Portfolio satisfies the requirement of California law that at least 50% of its assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year be invested in such obligations and properly designates such exempt-interest dividends under California law.

Distributions from the ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio which are attributable to sources other than those described in the preceding sentence will generally be taxable to such shareholders as ordinary income. Moreover, California legislation which incorporates Subchapter M of the Code provides that capital gain dividends may be treated as long-term capital gains. Such gains are currently subject to personal income tax at ordinary income tax rates. Distributions other than exempt-interest dividends are includible in income subject to the California alternative minimum tax.

Distributions from investment income and long-term and short-term capital gains will generally not be excluded from taxable income in determining California corporate franchise taxes for corporate shareholders and will be treated as ordinary dividend income for such purposes. In addition, such distributions may be includible in income subject to the alternative minimum tax.

Interest on indebtedness incurred or continued by shareholders to purchase or carry shares of the ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio will not be deductible for California personal income tax purposes.

shareholder to purchase or carry shares of the ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio is not deductible for New York State or New York City personal income tax purposes. Distributions from the ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio that are attributable to sources other than those described in this paragraph will generally be taxable to such shareholders as ordinary income.

Long-term capital gains, if any, that are distributed by the ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio and are properly designated as capital gain dividends will be treated as capital gains for New York State and New York City personal income tax purposes in the hands of New York State and New York City residents.

Shareholders should consult their tax advisers regarding the application of the provisions of tax law described in this Additional Statement in light of their particular tax situations.

This discussion of the tax treatment of the Portfolio and its shareholders is based on the tax laws in effect as of the date of this Additional Statement.

ORGANIZATION AND CAPITALIZATION

Each Series is a series of Goldman Sachs Trust, a Delaware statutory trust, established by an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated January 28, 1997. The Series were each previously a series of Goldman Sachs Money Market Trust, a Massachusetts business trust, and were reorganized into the Trust as of April 30, 1997.

The Trustees have authority under the Trust’s Declaration of Trust to create and classify shares of beneficial interest in separate series, without further action by shareholders. The Trustees also have authority to classify and reclassify any series of shares into one or more classes of shares. The Act requires that where more than one class or series of shares exists each class or series must be preferred over all other classes or series in respect of assets specifically allocated to such class or series. As of the date of this Additional Statement, the Trustees have authorized the issuance of up to four classes of shares of each of the ILA Portfolios: ILA Shares, ILA Administration Shares, ILA Service Shares and ILA Cash Management Shares. In addition, the Trustees have authorized a fifth and sixth class of shares, ILA Class B Shares and ILA Class C Shares, with respect to the Prime Obligations Portfolio. As of the date of this Additional Statement, the Trustees have authorized the issuance of up to six classes of shares of each of the Financial Square Funds: FST Shares, FST Service Shares, FST Administration Shares, FST Preferred Shares, FST Select Shares and FST Capital Shares. Additional series and classes may be added in the future.

Each ILA Share, ILA Administration Share, ILA Service Share, ILA Class B Share, ILA Class C Share, ILA Cash Management Share, FST Share, FST Service Share, FST Administration Share, FST Preferred Share, FST Select Share and FST Capital Share of a Series represents an equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to that class. It is contemplated that most shares (other than ILA Class B or Class C Shares) will be held in accounts of which the record owner is a bank or other institution acting, directly or through an agent, as nominee for its customers who are the beneficial owners of the shares or another organization designated by such bank or institution. ILA Class B and Class C Shares generally are only issued upon exchange from Class B or Class C Shares, respectively, of other Series of the Goldman Sachs mutual funds. ILA Shares and FST Shares may be purchased for accounts held in the name of an investor or institution that is not compensated by the Trust for services provided to the institution’s investors.

ILA Administration Shares and FST Administration Shares may be purchased for accounts held in the name of an investor or an institution that provides certain shareholder administration services as described below to its customers who beneficially own ILA Administration Shares or FST Administration Shares.

ILA Administration Shares of each ILA Portfolio bear the cost of administration fees at the annual rate of up to .15 of 1% of the average daily net assets of such Shares. FST Administration Shares of a Financial Square Fund bear the cost of administration fees at the annual rate of up to .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of such shares.

ILA Service Shares and FST Service Shares may be purchased for accounts held in the name of an institution that provides certain shareholder administration and personal and account maintenance services to its customers who beneficially own ILA Service Shares or FST Service Shares. ILA Service shares bear the cost of service fees and shareholder administration fees at the annual rate of up to .25% and .15%, respectively, of the average daily net assets attributable to ILA Service Shares. FST Service Shares of a Financial Square Fund bear the cost of service fees and shareholder administration fees at the annual rate of up to .25% and .25%, respectively, of the average daily net assets of such shares.

FST Preferred Shares may be purchased for accounts held in the name of an institution that provides certain shareholder administration services to its customers who beneficially own FST Preferred Shares. FST Preferred Shares of a Financial Square Fund bear the cost of preferred administration fees at an annual rate of up to .10 of 1% of the average daily net assets of such shares of the particular Fund involved.

FST Select Shares may be purchased for accounts held in the name of an institution that provides certain shareholder administration services to its customers who beneficially own FST Select Shares. FST Select Shares of a Financial Square Fund bear the cost of select service fees at an annual rate of up to .03 of 1% of the average daily net assets of such shares.

FST Capital Shares may be purchased for accounts held in the name of an institution that provides certain shareholder administration services to its customers who beneficially own FST Capital Shares. FST Capital Shares of a Financial Square Fund bear the cost of capital administration fees at an annual rate of up to .15 of 1% of the average daily net assets of such shares.

ILA Class B Shares of the Prime Obligations Portfolio are sold subject to a CDSC up to 5.0%, and ILA Class C Shares are sold subject to a CDSC of 1.0% if redeemed within 12 months of purchase. ILA Class B and Class C Shares are sold primarily through brokers and dealers who are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. and certain other financial services firms that have sales arrangements with Goldman Sachs. ILA Class B and Class C Shares bear the cost of distribution (Rule 12b-1) fees at the aggregate rate of up to .75 of 1% of the average daily net assets attributable to ILA Class B and Class C Shares, respectively. ILA Class B and Class C Shares also bear the cost of service fees at an annual rate of up to .25 of 1% of the average daily net assets of the Prime Obligations Portfolio attributable to ILA Class B and Class C Shares.

ILA Cash Management Shares may be purchased for accounts held in the name of an institution that provides certain account administration and personal and account maintenance services to its customers who beneficially own ILA Cash Management Shares. ILA Cash Management Shares bear the cost of account service fees at an annual rate of up to .50% of the average daily net assets of

the Series attributable to such shares. ILA Cash Management Shares also bear the cost of distribution (Rule 12b-1) fees at a maximum annual rate of .50 of 1% of the average daily net assets attributable to ILA Cash Management Shares.

In addition, each class of ILA and FST Shares bears its own transfer agency expenses.

It is possible that an institution or its affiliates may offer different classes of shares to its customers and thus receive different compensation with respect to different classes of shares of the same Series. In the event a Series is distributed by salespersons or any other persons, they may receive different compensation with respect to different classes of shares of the Series. ILA Administration Shares, ILA Service Shares, ILA Class B Shares, ILA Class C Shares, ILA Cash Management Shares, FST Service Shares, FST Administration Shares, FST Preferred Shares, FST Select Shares and FST Capital Shares each have certain exclusive voting rights on matters relating to their respective plans. Shares of each class may be exchanged for shares of the same class of another Goldman Sachs Fund. Except as described above, the classes of shares are identical. Certain aspects of the shares may be altered, after advance notice to shareholders, if it is deemed necessary in order to satisfy certain tax regulatory requirements.

Rule 18f-2 under the Act provides that any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of the Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Trust shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each class or series affected by such matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that a series shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless the interests of each series in the matter are substantially identical or the matter does not affect any interest of such series. However, Rule 18f-2 exempts the selection of independent public accountants, the approval of principal distribution contracts and the election of trustees from the separate voting requirements of Rule 18f-2.

When issued for the consideration described in the Series’ Prospectus, shares are fully paid and non-assessable. The Trustees may, however, cause shareholders, or shareholders of a particular series or class, to pay certain custodian, transfer, servicing or similar agent charges by setting off the same against declared but unpaid dividends or by reducing share ownership (or by both means). In the event of liquidation, shareholders of each class are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of the applicable Series available for distribution to the shareholders of such class. All shares are freely transferable and have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights. The Trustees may require shareholders to redeem shares for any reason under terms set by the Trustees.

In the interest of economy and convenience, the Trust does not issue certificates representing interests in the Series’ or shares. Instead, the transfer agent maintains a record of each shareholder’s ownership. Each shareholder receives confirmation of purchase and redemption orders from the transfer agent. Shares representing interests in a particular Series and any dividends and distributions paid by a Series are reflected in account statements from the transfer agent.

Trustees, series and classes of the Trust will vote separately from each other. Shareholders of the Trust do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of Trustees. Meetings of shareholders of the Trust, or any series or class thereof, may be called by the Trustees, certain officers or upon the written request of holders of 10% or more of the shares entitled to vote at such meetings. The Trustees will call a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees if, at any time, less than a majority of Trustees holding office at the time were elected by shareholders. The shareholders of the Trust will have voting rights only with respect to the limited number of matters specified in the Declaration of Trust and such other matters as the Trustees may determine or may be required by law.

The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification of Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust unless the recipient is adjudicated (i) to be liable by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office or (ii) not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such person’s actions were in the best interest of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides that, if any shareholder or former shareholder of any series is held personally liable solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder and not because of the shareholder’s acts or omissions or for some other reason, the shareholder or former shareholder (or the shareholder’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives or general successors) shall be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability. The Trust acting on behalf of any affected series, must, upon request by such shareholder, assume the defense of any claim made against such shareholder for any act or obligation of the series and satisfy any judgment thereon from the assets of the series.

The Declaration of Trust permits the termination of the Trust or of any series or class of the Trust (i) by a majority of the affected shareholders at a meeting of shareholders of the Trust, series or class; or (ii) by a majority of the Trustees without shareholder approval if the Trustees determine, in their sole discretion, that such action is in the best interest of the Trust, such Series, such class or their shareholders. The Trustees may consider such factors as they in their sole discretion deem appropriate in making such determination, including (i) the inability of the Trust or any respective series or class to maintain its assets at an appropriate size; (ii) changes in laws or regulations governing the Trust, or any series or class thereof, or affecting assets of the type in which it invests; or (iii) economic developments or trends having a significant adverse impact on their business or operations.

The Declaration of Trust authorizes the Trustees, without shareholder approval to cause the Trust, or any series thereof, to merge or consolidate with any corporation, association, trust or other organization or sell or exchange all or substantially all of the property belonging to the Trust or any series thereof. In addition, the Trustees, without shareholder approval, may adopt a “master-feeder” structure by investing all or a portion of the assets of a series of the Trust in the securities of another open-end investment company with substantially the same investment objective, restrictions and policies.

The Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to amend the Declaration of Trust without a shareholder vote. However, shareholders of the Trust have the right to vote on any amendment (i) that would adversely affect the voting rights of shareholders; (ii) that is required by law to be approved by shareholders; (iii) that would amend the provisions of the Declaration of Trust regarding amendments and supplements thereto; or (iv) that the Trustees determine to submit to shareholders.

appointment of the Series Trustees, the Series Trustees may have, to the exclusion of any other Trustees of the Trust, all the powers and authorities of Trustees under the Declaration of Trust with respect to such series or class, but may have no power or authority with respect to any other series or class.

As of March 31, 2006, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio: Service Shares, Goldman Sachs & Co., Attn. IMD Controllers, 701 Mount Lucas Rd., Princeton, NJ 08540-1911 (20.04%); Service Shares, Pershing LLC, House Trading Account, 1 Pershing Plaza, Jersey City, NJ 07399-0002 (14.62%); Administration Shares, First National Bank of Santa Fe, Attn: Trust Department, P.O. Box 609, Santa Fe, NM, 87504-0609 (6.44%); ILA Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (5.25%).

As of March 31, 2006, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the ILA Money Market Portfolio: Administration Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (58.11%); ILA Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (11.36%); ILA Shares, National Financial Services, FBO Our Customers, 200 Liberty St., Mutual Funds, Fl. 5, New York, NY 10281-1003 (5.28%); Cash Management Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (8.39%).

As of March 31, 2006, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio: Service Shares, Hare & Co., c/o The Bank of New York, STIF Department 2^nd Floor, 111 Sanders Creek Pkwy, East Syracuse, NY 13057-1382 (71.11%); Cash Management Shares, LaSalle Bank, NA, Chicago Deferred Exchange, P.O. Box 1443, Chicago, IL 60690-1443 (21.62%).

As of March 31, 2006, no entity owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of the ILA Treasure Instruments Portfolio.

As of March 31, 2006, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the ILA Government Portfolio: Service Shares, The Oakmark Funds, Anne Regan, C/O Harris Associates, 2 N. LaSalle St., Chicago, IL 60602-3702 (58.36%); ILA Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (10.44%); Administration Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (10.42%).

As of March 31, 2006, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the ILA Federal Portfolio: Administration Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (70.19%); ILA Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (18.46%).

As of March 31, 2006, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio: Administration Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (75.03%); ILA Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (13.72%); Cash Management Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (6.79%).

As of March 31, 2006, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio: Administration Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (66.41%); ILA Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (16.54%); ILA Shares, National Financial Services, FBO Our Customers, 200 Liberty St., Mutual Funds, Fl. 5, New York, NY 10281-1003 (5.16%); Cash Management Shares, %).

As of March 31, 2006, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio: Administrative Class Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (40.73%); Cash Management Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (17.66%); ILA Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (11.71%); Service Shares, Hare & Co., c/o The Bank of New York, STIF Department 2^nd Floor, 111 Sanders Creek Pkwy, East Syracuse, NY 13057-1382 (79.95%).

As of March 31, 2006, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Financial Square Prime Obligations Fund: FST Shares, William Street Funding Corp, Goldman Sachs Asset Management, 32 Old Slip, New York, NY 10005-3500 (14.84%); FST Shares, Hare & Co., c/o The Bank of New York, STIF Department 2^nd Floor, 111 Sanders Creek Pkwy, East Syracuse, NY 13057-1382 (6.01%).

As of March 31, 2006, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Financial Square Money Market Fund: FST Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (22.71%); Institutional Class Shares, William Street Funding Corp, Goldman Sachs Asset Management, 32 Old Slip, New York, NY 10005-3500 (13.55%); Shares, Goldman Sachs & Co, Cust. Foreign Futures & Foreign Opt, SEC Amts AC, 30 Hudson St., Jersey City, NJ 07302-4600 (12.22%).

As of March 31, 2006, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Financial Square Treasury Obligations Fund: Administration Shares, Hare & Co., c/o The Bank of New York, STIF Department 2^nd Floor, 111 Sanders Creek Pkwy, East Syracuse, NY 13057-1382 (16.44%); Preferred Shares, Mori & Co., Attn. Trust Operations, Commerce Bank of Kansas City, 911 Main St. STE 201, Kansas City, MO 64105-5304 (9.94%); Service Shares, Commerce Bank, as Trustee, Corporate Trust Services, 1701 Rt. 70 East, Cherry Hill, NY 08003-2390 (8.64%).

As of March 31, 2006, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Financial Square Treasury Instruments Fund: FST Shares, Calhoun & Co, C/O Comerica Bank, Attn: Fund Production Unit, Mail Code 3455, 411 W. Lafayette Blvd, Detroit , MI 48226-3120 (21.05%); FST Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (5.89%); FST Shares, Trustmark National Bank, TTE FBO Various Trust Accounts, 248 E. Capitol St., Jackson, MS 39201-2503 (5.60%); Administration Shares, Hare & Co., c/o The Bank of New York, STIF Department 2^nd Floor, 111 Sanders Creek Pkwy, East Syracuse, NY 13057-1382 (7.99%).

As of March 31, 2006, the following entity owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Financial Square Government Fund: Administration Shares, Hare & Co.,

c/o The Bank of New York, STIF Department 2^nd Floor, 111 Sanders Creek Pkwy, East Syracuse, NY 13057-1382 (6.23%).

As of March 31, 2006, the following entity owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Financial Square Federal Fund: FST Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (48.43%).

As of March 31, 2006, the following entity owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Financial Square Tax-Free Fund: FST Shares, Goldman Sachs and Co., 296 Chipeta Way, Fl. 4, Salt Lake City, UT 84108-1220 (56.68%).

Shareholder and Trustee Liability

Under Delaware law, the shareholders of the Series are not generally subject to liability for the debts or obligations of the Trust. Similarly, Delaware law provides that a series of the Trust will not be liable for the debts or obligations of any other series of the Trust. However, no similar statutory or other authority limiting statutory trust shareholder liability exists in other states. As a result, to the extent that a Delaware statutory trust or a shareholder is subject to the jurisdiction of courts of such other states, the courts may not apply Delaware law and may thereby subject the Delaware statutory trust shareholders to liability. To guard against this risk, the Declaration of Trust contains express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of a Series. Notice of such disclaimer will normally be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by a Series of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification by the relevant Series for all loss suffered by a shareholder as a result of an obligation of the Series. The Declaration of Trust also provides that a Series shall, upon request, assume the defense of any claim made against any shareholder for any act or obligation of the Series and satisfy any judgment thereon. In view of the above, the risk of personal liability of shareholders of a Delaware statutory trust is remote.

In addition to the requirements set forth under Delaware law, the Declaration of Trust provides that shareholders of a Series may bring a derivative action on behalf of the Series only if the following conditions are met: (i) shareholders eligible to bring such derivative action under Delaware law who hold at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the Series, or 10% of the outstanding shares of the class to which such action relates, shall join in the request for the Trustees to commence such action; and (ii) the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider such shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim. The Trustees will be entitled to retain counsel or other advisers in considering the merits of the request and may require an undertaking by the shareholders making such request to reimburse the Series for the expense of any such investment advisers in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring such action.

The Declaration of Trust further provides that the Trustees will not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law, but nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects a Trustee against liability to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

CUSTODIAN AND SUBCUSTODIAN

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) has been retained to act as custodian of the Series’ assets. In that capacity, State Street maintains the accounting records and calculates the

daily net asset value per share of the Series. Its mailing address is 225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110. State Street has appointed The Northern Trust Company, 50 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60675 as subcustodian to hold cash and certain securities purchased by the Trust.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 125 High Street, Boston, MA 02110, is the Series independent registered public accounting firm. In addition to audit services, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP prepares the Series’ federal and state tax returns, and provides assistance on certain non-audit matters.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements and related report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, contained in the 2005 Annual Reports for the Financial Square Funds and the ILA Portfolios are hereby incorporated by reference. The financial statements in the Annual Reports for these Series have been incorporated by reference in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. No other portions of the Series’ Annual Reports are incorporated herein by reference. A copy of the Annual Reports may be obtained without charge by writing Goldman, Sachs & Co., P.O. Box 06050, Chicago, Illinois 60606-6300 or by calling Goldman, Sachs & Co., at the telephone number on the back cover of each Series’ Prospectus.

PROXY VOTING

The Trust, on behalf of the Series, has delegated the voting of portfolio securities to the Investment Adviser. The Investment Adviser has adopted policies and procedures (the “Policy”) for the voting of proxies on behalf of client accounts for which the Investment Adviser has voting discretion, including the Series. Under the Policy, the Investment Adviser’s guiding principles in performing proxy voting are to make decisions that: (i) favor proposals that tend to maximize a company’s shareholder value; and (ii) are not influenced by conflicts of interest. These principles reflect the Investment Adviser’s belief that sound corporate governance will create a framework within which a company can be managed in the interests of its shareholders.

The principles and positions reflected in the Policy are designed to guide the Investment Adviser in voting proxies, and not necessarily in making investment decisions. Senior management of the Investment Adviser will periodically review the Policy to ensure that it continues to be consistent with the Investment Adviser’s guiding principles.

Public Equity Investments. To implement these guiding principles for investments in publicly-traded equities, the Investment Adviser follows proxy voting guidelines (the “Guidelines”) developed by Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), except in certain circumstances, which are generally described below. The Guidelines embody the positions and factors the Investment Adviser generally considers important in casting proxy votes. They address a wide variety of individual topics, including, among others, shareholder voting rights, anti-takeover defenses, board structures, the election of directors, executive and director compensation, reorganizations, mergers, and various shareholder proposals. Attached as Appendix B is a summary of the Guidelines.

100

ISS has been retained to review proxy proposals and make voting recommendations in accordance with the Guidelines. While it is the Investment Adviser’s policy generally to follow the Guidelines and recommendations from ISS, the Investment Adviser’s portfolio management teams (“Portfolio Management Teams”) retain the authority on any particular proxy vote to vote differently from the Guidelines or a related ISS recommendation, in keeping with their different investment philosophies and processes. Such decisions, however, remain subject to a review and approval process, including a determination that the decision is not influenced by any conflict of interest. In forming their views on particular matters, the Portfolio Management Teams are also permitted to consider applicable regional rules and practices, including codes of conduct and other guides, regarding proxy voting, in addition to the Guidelines and recommendations from ISS.

In addition to assisting the Investment Adviser in developing substantive proxy voting positions, ISS also updates and revises the Guidelines on a periodic basis, and the revisions are reviewed by the Investment Adviser to determine whether they are consistent with the Investment Adviser’s guiding principles. ISS also assists the Investment Adviser in the proxy voting process by providing operational, recordkeeping and reporting services.

The Investment Adviser is responsible for reviewing its relationship with ISS and for evaluating the quality and effectiveness of the various services provided by ISS. The Investment Adviser may hire other service providers to replace or supplement ISS with respect to any of the services the Investment Adviser currently receives from ISS.

The Investment Adviser has implemented procedures that are intended to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions. These procedures include the Investment Adviser’s use of ISS as an independent third party, a review and approval process for individual decisions that do not follow ISS’s recommendations, and the establishment of information barriers between the Investment Adviser and other businesses within The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.

Fixed Income and Private Investments. Voting decisions with respect to fixed income securities and the securities of privately held issuers generally will be made by a Fund’s managers based on their assessment of the particular transactions or other matters at issue.

Information regarding how the Series voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available on or through the Series’ website at http://www.gs.com/funds and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PAYMENTS TO INTERMEDIARIES

The Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may make payments to Authorized Dealers, Service Organizations and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) from time to time to promote the sale, distribution and/or servicing of shares of the Funds. These payments (“Additional Payments”) are made out of the Investment Adviser’s, Distributor’s and/or their affiliates own assets, and are not an additional charge to the Series or their shareholders. The Additional Payments are in addition to the distribution and service fees paid by the Series described in the Funds’ Prospectuses and this Additional Statement.

101

These Additional Payments are intended to compensate Intermediaries for, among other things: marketing shares of the Series, which may consist of payments relating to Series included on preferred or recommended fund lists or in certain sales programs from time to time sponsored by the Intermediaries; access to the Intermediaries’ registered representatives or salespersons, including at conferences and other meetings; assistance in training and education of personnel; “finders” or “referral fees” for directing investors to the Series; marketing support fees for providing assistance in promoting the sale of Series shares (which may include promotions in communications with the Intermediaries’ customers, registered representatives and salespersons); and/or other specified services intended to assist in the distribution and marketing of the Series. In addition, the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may make Additional Payments (including through sub-transfer agency and networking agreements) for subaccounting, administrative and/or shareholder processing services that are in addition to the transfer agent, shareholder administration, servicing and processing fees paid by the Series. The Additional Payments made by the Investment Adviser, Distributor and their affiliates may be a fixed dollar amount; may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by an Intermediary; may be based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the Intermediary involved; or may be calculated on another basis. Furthermore, the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may, to the extent permitted by applicable regulations, contribute to various non-cash and cash incentive arrangements to promote the sale of shares, as well as sponsor various educational programs, sales contests and/or promotions. The Investment Adviser, Distributor and their affiliates may also pay for the travel expenses, meals, lodging and entertainment of Intermediaries and their salespersons and guests in connection with educational, sales and promotional programs subject to applicable NASD regulations. The amount of these Additional Payments (excluding payments made through sub-transfer agency and networking agreements) is normally not expected to exceed 0.50% (annualized) of the amount sold or invested through the Intermediaries. The Additional Payments are negotiated based on a range of factors, including but not limited to, ability to attract and retain assets (including particular classes of Funds’ shares), target markets, customer relationships, quality of service and industry reputation.

For the calendar year ended December 31, 2005, the Investment Adviser, distributor and their affiliates made Additional Payments out of their own assets to approximately 108 Intermediaries. During the calendar year ended December 31, 2005, the Investment Adviser, distributor and their affiliates paid to Intermediaries approximately $ 40.6 million in Additional Payments (including payments made through sub-transfer agency and networking agreements) with respect to all of the funds of the Trust (including the Funds included in this Additional Statement).

The Additional Payments made by the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may be different for different Intermediaries and may vary with respect to the type of fund (e.g., equity, fund, fixed income fund, specialty fund, asset allocation portfolio or money market fund) sold by the Intermediary. In addition, the Additional Payment arrangements may include breakpoints in compensation which provide that the percentage rate of compensation varies as the dollar value of the amount sold or invested through an Intermediary increases. The presence of these Additional Payments, the varying fee structure and the basis on which an Intermediary compensates its registered representatives or salespersons may create an incentive for a particular Intermediary, registered representative or salesperson to highlight, feature or recommend a Series based, at least in part, on the level of compensation paid. Shareholders should contact their Authorized Dealer or other Intermediary for more information about the payments they receive and any potential conflicts of interest.

102

Please contact your Intermediary if you have a question about whether your Intermediary receives the Additional Payments described above. For additional questions, please contact Goldman Sachs Funds at 1-800-621-2550.

OTHER INFORMATION

Selective Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

The Board of Trustees of the Trust and the Investment Adviser have adopted a policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings in accordance with regulations that seek to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio securities is in the best interest of Fund shareholders and to address the conflicts between the interests of Fund shareholders and its service providers. The policy provides that neither a Series nor its Investment Adviser, Distributor or any agent, or any employee thereof (“Series Representative”) will disclose a Series’ portfolio holdings information to any person other than in accordance with the policy. For purposes of the policy, “portfolio holdings information” means a Series’ actual portfolio holdings, as well as nonpublic information about its trading strategies or pending transactions. Under the policy, neither a Series nor any Series Representative may solicit or accept any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information. A Series Representative may provide portfolio holdings information to third parties if such information has been included in a Series’ public filings with the SEC or is disclosed on the Series’ publicly accessible website. Information posted on the Series’ website may be separately provided to any person commencing the day after it is first published on the Series’ website.

Portfolio holdings information that is not filed with the SEC or posted on the publicly available website may be provided to third parties only if the third party recipients are required to keep all portfolio holdings information confidential and are prohibited from trading on the information they receive. Disclosure to such third parties must be approved in advance by the Investment Advisor’s legal or compliance department. Disclosure to providers of auditing, custody, proxy voting and other similar services for the Series, as well as rating and ranking organizations, will generally be permitted; however, information may be disclosed to other third parties (including, without limitation, individuals, institutional investors, and intermediaries that sell shares of the Series,) only upon approval by the Series’ Chief Compliance Officer, who must first determine that the Series has a legitimate business purpose for doing so and check with the Transfer Agent to ascertain whether the third party has been identified as an excessive trader. In general, each recipient of non-public portfolio holdings information must sign a confidentiality and non-trading agreement, although this requirement will not apply when the recipient is otherwise subject to a duty of confidentiality. In accordance with the policy, the identity of those recipients who receive non-public portfolio holdings information on an ongoing basis is as follows: the Investment Adviser and its affiliates, the Series’ independent registered public accounting firm, the Series’ custodian, the Series’ legal counsel- Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, the Series’ financial printer- Bowne, and the Series’ proxy voting service- ISS. These entities are obligated to keep such information confidential. Third party providers of custodial or accounting services to the Series may release non-public portfolio holdings information of the Series only with the permission of Series Representatives. From time to time portfolio holdings information may be provided to broker-dealers solely in connection with a Series seeking portfolio securities trading suggestions. In providing this information reasonable precautions, including limitations on the scope of the portfolio holdings information disclosed, are taken to avoid any potential misuse of the disclosed information. All marketing materials prepared by the Trust’s principal underwriter are

103

reviewed by Goldman Sachs’ Compliance department for consistency with the Trust’s portfolio holdings disclosure policy.

The equity funds currently intend to publish on the Trust’s website (http://www.gs.com/funds) complete portfolio holdings for each equity fund as of the end of each calendar quarter subject to a fifteen calendar day lag between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. In addition, the equity funds intend to publish on their website month-end top ten holdings subject to a ten calendar day lag between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The non-money market fixed income funds currently intend to publish complete portfolio holdings on their website as of the end of each fiscal quarter, subject to a thirty calendar day lag, and to post selected holdings information monthly on a ten calendar day lag. The Financial Square Prime Obligations Fund, Financial Square Money Market Fund, Institutional Liquid Assets Prime Obligations Portfolio and Institutional Liquid Assets Money Market Portfolio publish their holdings as of the end of each month subject to a thirty calendar-day lag between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The other Financial Square and Institutional Liquid Assets money market funds publish their holdings as of the end of each calendar quarter subject to a thirty calendar-day lag between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. A Fund may publish on the website complete portfolio holdings information more frequently if it has a legitimate business purpose for doing so.

Under the policy, Series Representatives will initially supply the Board of the Trustees with a list of third parties who receive portfolio holdings information pursuant to any ongoing arrangement. In addition, the Board is to receive information, on a quarterly basis, regarding any other disclosures of non-public portfolio holdings information that were permitted during the preceding quarter. In addition, the Board of Trustees is to approve at its meetings a list of Series Representatives who are authorized to disclose portfolio holdings information under the policy. As of the date of this Additional Statement, only certain officers of the Trust as well as certain senior members of the compliance and legal groups of the Investment Adviser have been approved by the Board of Trustees to authorize disclosure of portfolio holdings information.

Miscellaneous

As stated in the Prospectuses, the Trust may authorize service organizations and other institutions that provide recordkeeping, reporting and processing services to their customers to accept on the Trust’s behalf purchase, redemption and exchange orders placed by or on behalf of their customers and, if approved by the Trust, to designate other intermediaries to accept such orders. These institutions may receive payments from the Trust or Goldman Sachs for their services. In some, but not all, cases these payments will be pursuant to an Administration, Distribution, Service, Shareholder Administration, Capital Administration or Select Plan described in the Prospectuses and the following sections. Certain Service organizations or institutions may enter into sub-transfer agency agreements with the Trust or Goldman Sachs with respect to their services.

The Prospectuses and this Additional Statement do not contain all the information included in the Registration Statement filed with the SEC under the 1933 Act with respect to the securities offered by the Prospectuses. Certain portions of the Registration Statement have been omitted from the Prospectuses and this Additional Statement pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Registration Statement including the exhibits filed therewith may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

104

Statements contained in the Prospectuses or in this Additional Statement as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which the Prospectuses and this Additional Statement form a part, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

ADMINISTRATION PLANS
(ILA Administration,
FST Administration and FST Preferred Shares Only)

The Trust, on behalf of each ILA Portfolio and Financial Square Fund, has adopted an administration plan with respect to the ILA Administration Shares (the “ILA Administration Plan”), FST Administration Shares (the “FST Administration Plan”) and FST Preferred Shares (the “FST Preferred Plan,” together with the ILA Administration Plan and the FST Administration Plan, the “Administration Plans”). The Administration Plans authorize the ILA Series and Financial Square Funds to compensate service organizations for providing certain shareholder administration services to their customers who are beneficial owners of such shares.

Pursuant to the Administration Plans, the Trust, on behalf of each Series, enters into agreements with service organizations which purchase ILA Administration Shares, FST Administration Shares or FST Preferred Shares on behalf of their customers (“Service Agreements”). Under such Service Agreements, the service organizations may agree to: (i) act, directly or through an agent, as the shareholder of record and nominee for customers, (ii) maintain, or assist in maintaining, account records for customers who beneficially own ILA Administration Shares, FST Administration Shares or FST Preferred Shares, (iii) receive and transmit, or assist in receiving and transmitting, funds for share purchases and redemptions, (iv) process or assist in processing confirmations concerning customer orders to purchase, redeem and exchange Administration Shares, and (v) facilitate the inclusion of the Funds in accounts, products or services offered to customers by or through service organizations. In addition, with respect to ILA Administration Shares and FST Administration Shares, service organizations may agree to: (i) process, or assist in processing, dividend payments on behalf of customers, and (ii) perform other related services which do not constitute “personal and account maintenance services” within the meaning of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.’s Conduct Rules.

As compensation for such services, the Trust on behalf of each ILA Portfolio and Financial Square Fund pays each service organization an administration fee in an amount up to .15% (on an annualized basis) of the average daily net assets of the ILA Administration Shares of each ILA Portfolio, .25% (on an annualized basis) of the average daily net assets of the FST Administration Shares and .10% (on an annualized basis) of the average daily net assets of the FST Preferred Shares of each Financial Square Fund, attributable to or held in the name of such service organization for its customers. The Trust, on behalf of the Series, accrues payments made to a service organization pursuant to a Service Agreement daily. All inquiries of beneficial owners of ILA Administration Shares, FST Administration Shares and FST Preferred Shares should be directed to the owners’ service organization.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 the amount of the administration fees paid by each ILA Portfolio under its ILA Administration Plan to service organizations was as follows:

105


	2005		2004		2003
ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio	$	124,513	$	106,974	$	108,378
ILA Money Market Portfolio		1,318,698		1,091,703		782,560
ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio		19,621		23,272		26,063
ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio		48,704		47,261		45,597
ILA Government Portfolio		20,043		20,280		18,991
ILA Federal Portfolio		2,070,591		1,840,053		1,363,645
ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio		2,065,131		1,710,515		947,642
ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio		465,789		333,228		305,205
ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio		296,178		224,447		148,995

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 the amount of administration fees paid by each Financial Square Fund under its FST Administration Plan to service organizations was as follows:


	2005		2004		2003
FS Prime Obligations Fund	$	7,803,359	$	7,845,802	$	8,026,896
FS Money Market Fund		1,637,419		1,020,396		1,045,986
FS Treasury Obligations Fund		4,337,592		3,483,992		3,728,654
FS Treasury Instruments Fund		1,062,732		544,824		482,424
FS Government Fund		2,371,399		2,235,766		2,570,073
FS Federal Fund		1,508,241		1,050,932		1,359,606
FS Tax Free Fund		891,765		709,600		732,157

106

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 the amount of administration fees paid by each Financial Square Fund under its FST Preferred Plan was as follows:


	2005		2004		2003
FS Prime Obligations Fund	$	1,466,824	$	1,662,065	$	1,787,993
FS Money Market Fund		102,820		125,728		125,563
FS Treasury Obligations Fund		557,788		469,506		574,158
FS Treasury Instruments Fund		78,082		13,877		23,431
FS Government Fund		394,109		487,536		433,744
FS Federal Fund		91,820		101,091		99,995
FS Tax Free Fund		240,852		199,856		212,579

Conflict of interest restrictions (including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) may apply to a service organization’s receipt of compensation paid by the Trust in connection with the investment of fiduciary funds in ILA Administration Shares, FST Administration Shares and FST Preferred Shares. Service organizations, including banks regulated by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and investment advisers and other money managers subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC, the Department of Labor or State Securities Commissions, are urged to consult legal advisers before investing fiduciary assets in ILA Administration Shares, FST Administration Shares or FST Preferred Shares. In addition, under some state securities laws, banks and other financial institutions purchasing ILA Administration Shares, FST Administration Shares or FST Preferred Shares on behalf of their customers may be required to register as dealers.

The Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees, most recently voted to approve the Administration Plans and Service Agreements at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Administration Plans and Service Agreements on June 16, 2005. The Administration Plans and Service Agreements will remain in effect until June 30, 2006, and continue in effect thereafter only if such continuance is specifically approved annually by a vote of the Trustees in the manner described above.

An Administration Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for the services described therein, and other material amendments of the Administration Plan may not be made, unless approved by the Trustees in the manner described above. An Administration Plan may be terminated at any time by a majority of the non-interested Trustees as described above or by vote of a majority of the outstanding ILA Administration Shares, FST Administration Shares or FST Preferred Shares of the affected Series. The Service Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the non-interested Trustees as described above or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding ILA Administration Shares, FST Administration Shares or FST Preferred Shares of the affected Series on not more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to any other party to the Service Agreements. The Service Agreements will terminate automatically if assigned. So long as the Administration Plans are in effect, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons will be committed to the discretion of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust. The Trustees have determined that, in their judgment, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Administration Plans will benefit the Series and holders of ILA Administration Shares, FST Administration Shares and FST Preferred Shares of such Series.

107

SERVICE AND SHAREHOLDER ADMINISTRATION PLANS
(ILA Service Shares and FST Service Shares Only)

The Trust has adopted a service plan and a separate shareholder administration plan on behalf of each Financial Square Fund with respect to the FST Service Shares (the “FST Plans”) and on behalf of each ILA Portfolio with respect to the ILA Service Shares (the “ILA Plans” and together with the FST Plans, the “Service Plans”). The Service Plans authorize the Series to compensate service organizations for providing certain personal and account maintenance services and shareholder administration services to their customers who are or may become beneficial owners of such shares. Pursuant to the Service Plans, the Trust, on behalf of each ILA Portfolio or Financial Square Fund, enters into agreements with service organizations which purchase ILA Service Shares or FST Service Shares on behalf of their customers (“Service Agreements”). Under such Service Agreements, the service organizations may perform some or all of the following services:

(i) Personal and account maintenance services, including: (a) providing facilities to answer inquiries and respond to correspondence with customers and other investors about the status of their accounts or about other aspects of the Trust or the applicable Series; (b) acting as liaison between the service organization’s customers and the Trust, including obtaining information from the Trust and assisting the Trust in correcting errors and resolving problems; (c) providing such statistical and other information as may be reasonably requested by the Trust or necessary for the Trust to comply with applicable federal or state law; (d) responding to investor requests for prospectuses; (e) displaying and making prospectuses available on the service organization’s premises; and (f) assisting customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and other account options and opening custody accounts with the service organization.

(ii) Shareholder administration services, including: (a) acting or arranging for another party to act, as recordholder and nominee of the Service Shares beneficially owned by the service organization’s customers; (b) establishing and maintaining, or assist in establishing and maintaining, individual accounts and records of customers who beneficially own ILA Service Shares or FST Service Shares; (c) processing, or assist in processing, confirmations concerning customer orders to purchase, redeem and exchange ILA Service Shares or FST Service Shares; (d) receiving and transmitting, or assist in receiving and transmitting, funds representing the purchase price or redemption proceeds of such ILA Service Shares or FST Service Shares; (e) processing dividend payments on behalf of customers; (f) facilitating the inclusion of Funds in accounts, products or services offered to customers by or through Service Organizations; and (g) performing other related services which do not constitute “any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares” within the meaning of Rule 12b-1 under the Act or “personal and account maintenance services” within the meaning of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.’s Conduct Rules.

As compensation for such services, (i) the Trust on behalf of each ILA Portfolio pays each service organization a service fee in an amount up to .25% (on an annualized basis) and a shareholder administration fee in an amount up to .15% (on an annualized basis) of the average daily net assets of the ILA Service Shares of each ILA Portfolio attributable to or held in the name of such service organization for its customers; and (ii) the Trust, on behalf of each Financial Square Fund, pays each service organization a service fee in an amount up to .25% (on an annualized basis) and a shareholder administration fee in an amount up to .25% (on an annualized basis) of the average daily net assets of the FST Service Shares of each Financial Square Fund attributable to or held in the name of such

108

service organization for its customers. The Trust, on behalf of the Series, accrues payments made to a service organization pursuant to a Service Agreement daily. All inquiries of beneficial owners of ILA Service Shares and FST Service Shares should be directed to the owners’ service organization.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, the amount of the fees paid by each ILA Portfolio then in existence to service organizations pursuant to the ILA Plans was as follows:


	2005		2004		2003
ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio	$	940,460	$	661,311	$	773,992
ILA Money Market Portfolio		1,030,560		1,104,154		1,200,376
ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio		2,818,801		2,434,337		5,684,513
ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio		1,848,517		1,946,358		1,563,474
ILA Government Portfolio		214,588		214,488		276,327
ILA Federal Portfolio		861,959		1,006,027		1,083,828
ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio		81,230		51,838		60,395
ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio		7		7		85
ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio		6,122		434		372

During the periods presented, GSAM agreed voluntarily to waive a portion of the fee to which it was entitled pursuant to the ILA Plans. Had such fees been imposed, the following additional fees would have been incurred by these Series for the periods indicated:

109


	2005		2004		2003
ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio	$	0	$	0	$	0
ILA Money Market Portfolio		0		0		0
ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio		0		0		680
ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio		0		0		0
ILA Government Portfolio		0		0		0
ILA Federal Portfolio		0		0		0
ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio		0		308		10,873
ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio		0		17		78
ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio		0		0		121

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, the amount of fees paid by each Financial Square Fund to service organizations pursuant to the FST Plans was as follows:


	2005		2004		2003
FS Prime Obligations Fund	$	5,947,549	$	4,329,075	$	4,901,376
FS Money Market Fund		1,536,714		1,427,799		1,730,813
FS Treasury Obligations Fund		3,507,173		2,508,192		3,143,134
FS Treasury Instruments Fund		717,374		450,520		420,265
FS Government Fund		1,473,366		1,321,127		1,430,285
FS Federal Fund		2,594,438		2,288,511		2,583,311
FS Tax-Free Fund		716,513		316,744		300,900

The Trust has adopted each Service Plan (but not the Shareholder Administration Plan) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act in order to avoid any possibility that payments to the service organizations pursuant to the Service Agreements might violate the Act. Rule 12b-1, which was adopted by the SEC under the Act, regulates the circumstances under which an investment company such as the Trust may bear expenses associated with the distribution of its securities. In particular, such an investment company cannot engage directly or indirectly in financing any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of securities issued by the company unless it has adopted a plan pursuant to, and complies with the other requirements of, such Rule. The Trust believes that fees paid for the services provided in the Service Plans and described above are not expenses incurred primarily for effecting the distribution of ILA Service Shares or FST Service Shares. However, should such payments be deemed by a court or the SEC to be distribution expenses, such payments would be duly authorized by the Service Plans.

Conflict of interest restrictions (including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) may apply to a service organization’s receipt of compensation paid by the Trust in connection with the investment of fiduciary funds in ILA Service Shares or FST Service Shares. Service organizations, including banks regulated by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and investment advisers and other money managers subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC, the Department of Labor or State Securities Commissions, are urged to consult legal advisers before investing fiduciary assets in ILA Service Shares or FST Service Shares. In addition, under some state securities laws, banks and other financial institutions purchasing ILA Service Shares or FST Service Shares on behalf of their customers may be required to register as dealers.

The Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees, most recently voted to approve the Plans and Service Agreements at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Plans and Service Agreements on June 16, 2005. The ILA Plan and FST Plan and related Service

110

Agreements will remain in effect until June 30, 2006. The Plans and related Service Agreements will continue in effect thereafter only if such continuance is specifically approved annually by a vote of the Trustees in the manner described above.

A Service Plan may not be amended (but the Shareholder Administration Plan may be amended) to increase materially the amount to be spent for the services described therein without approval of the ILA Service Shareholders or FST Service Shareholders of the affected Series, and all material amendments of a Plan must also be approved by the Trustees in the manner described above. A Service Plan may be terminated at any time by a majority of the Board of Trustees as described above or by vote of a majority of the outstanding ILA Service Shares or FST Service Shares of the affected Series. The Service Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees as described above or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding ILA Service Shares or FST Service Shares of the affected Series on not more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to any other party to the Service Agreements. The Service Agreements shall terminate automatically if assigned. So long as the Service Plans are in effect, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons shall be determined by the discretion of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust. The Trustees have determined that, in their judgment, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Service Plans will benefit the Series and holders of ILA Service Shares and FST Service Shares of such Series.

SELECT PLAN
(FST Select Shares Only)

The Trust, on behalf of the FS Prime Obligations, FS Money Market, FS Treasury Obligations, FS Treasury Instruments, FS Government, FS Federal and FS Tax-Free Funds has adopted a select plan with respect to the FST Select Shares (the “FST Select Plan “) which authorizes the Financial Square Funds to compensate service organizations for providing certain shareholder administration services to their customers who are beneficial owners of such shares. Pursuant to the Select Plan, the Trust, on behalf of such Series, enters into agreements with service organizations that purchase FST Select Shares on behalf of their customers (“Service Agreements”). Under such Service Agreements, the service organizations may agree to: (i) act, directly or through an agent, as the shareholder of record and nominee for customers, (ii) maintain, or assist in maintaining, account records for customers who beneficially own FST Select Shares, and (iii) receive and transmit, or assist in receiving and transmitting, funds for share purchases and redemptions. As compensation for such services, the Trust on behalf of each Financial Square Fund pays each service organization an administration fee in an amount up to .03 of 1% (on an annualized basis) of the average daily net assets of the FST Select Shares of each Financial Square Fund, attributable to or held in the name of such service organization for its customers. The Trust, on behalf of the Series, accrues payments made pursuant to a Service Agreement daily. All inquiries of beneficial owners of Select Shares should be directed to the owners’ service organizations.

111


	2005		2004		2003
FS Prime Obligations Fund	$	24,831	$	29,082	$	40,272
FS Money Market Fund		24,304		11,403		17,919
FS Treasury Obligations Fund		61		741		20,321
FS Treasury Instruments Fund		18		45		155
FS Government Fund		36,592		33,153		40,732
FS Federal Fund		0		1		6
FS Tax-Free Fund		34,003		50,285		7,174

Conflict of interest restrictions (including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) may apply to a service organization’s receipt of compensation paid by the Trust in connection with the investment of fiduciary funds in FST Select Shares. Service organizations, including banks regulated by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and investment advisers and other money managers subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC, the Department of Labor or State Securities Commissions, are urged to consult legal advisers before investing fiduciary assets in FST Select Shares. In addition, under some state securities laws, banks and other financial institutions purchasing FST Select Shares on behalf of their customers may be required to register as dealers.

The Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees, most recently voted to approve the Select Plan and Service Agreements at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Select Plan and Service Agreements on June 16, 2005. The FST Select Plan and Service Agreements will remain in effect until June 30, 2006. The Select Plan and Service Agreements will continue in effect thereafter only if such continuance is specifically approved annually by a vote of the Trustees in the manner described above.

The Select Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for the services described therein, and other material amendments of the Plan may not be made, unless approved by the Trustees in the manner described above. The Select Plan may be terminated at any time by a majority of the non-interested Trustees as described above or by vote of a majority of the outstanding FST Select Shares of the affected Series. The Service Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the non-interested Trustees as described above or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding FST Select Shares of the affected Series on not more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to any other party to the Service Agreements. The Service Agreements shall terminate automatically if assigned. So long as the Select Plan are in effect, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons shall be determined by the discretion of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust. The Trustees have determined that, in their judgment, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Select Plan will benefit the Series and holders of FST Select Shares of such Series.

CAPITAL ADMINISTRATION PLAN
(FST Capital Shares Only)

The Trust, on behalf of each Financial Square Fund, has adopted a capital administration plan with respect to the FST Capital Shares (the “Capital Administration Plan”). The Capital Administration Plan authorizes the Financial Square Funds to compensate service organizations for providing certain shareholder administration services to their customers who are beneficial owners of such shares.

112

Pursuant to the Capital Administration Plan, the Trust, on behalf of each Financial Square Fund, enters into agreements with service organizations which purchase FST Capital Shares on behalf of their customers (“Service Agreements”). Under such Service Agreements, the service organizations may agree to: (i) act, directly or through an agent, as the shareholder of record and nominee for customers, (ii) maintain, or assist in maintaining, account records for customers who beneficially own FST Capital Shares, (iii) receive and transmit, or assist in receiving and transmitting, funds for share purchases and redemptions, (iv) process or assist in processing confirmations concerning customer orders to purchase, redeem and exchange FST Capital Shares, and (v) facilitating the inclusion of the Funds in accounts, products or services offered to customers by or through the service organization, for example, retirement, asset allocation, bank trust, private banking, cash management or sweep accounts, programs or services.

As compensation for such services, the Trust on behalf of each Financial Square Fund pays each service organization an administration fee in an amount up to .15% (on an annualized basis) of the average daily net assets of the FST Capital Shares of each Financial Square Fund, attributable to or held in the name of such service organization for its customers. The Trust, on behalf of the Series, accrues payments made to a service organization pursuant to a Service Agreement daily. All inquiries of beneficial owners of FST Capital Shares should be directed to the owners’ service organization.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and the fiscal period ended December 31, 2003, the amount of the fees paid by each Financial Square Fund to service organizations pursuant to the Capital Administration Plan was as follows:


	2005		2004		2003
FS Prime Obligations Fund	$	407,215	$	349,252	$	460,117
FS Money Market Fund		33,210		66,448		30,823
FS Treasury Obligations Fund		2,619		5,167		12,671
FS Treasury Instruments Fund		24,945		38,925		4,906
FS Government Fund		179,535		122,083		204,172
FS Federal Fund		5,631		5,848		5,704
FS Tax-Free Fund		198,426		18,891		4,569

Conflict of interest restrictions (including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) may apply to a service organization’s receipt of compensation paid by the Trust in connection with the investment of fiduciary funds in FST Capital Shares. Service organizations, including banks regulated by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and investment advisers and other money managers subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC, the Department of Labor or State Securities Commissions, are urged to consult legal advisers before investing fiduciary assets in FST Capital Shares. In addition, under some state securities laws, banks and other financial institutions purchasing FST Capital Shares on behalf of their customers may be required to register as dealers.

The Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees, initially voted to approve the Capital Administration Plan and Service Agreements at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Capital Administration Plan and Service Agreements on June, 16 2005. The Capital Administration Plan and Service Agreements will remain in effect until June 30, 2006 and continue in effect thereafter only if such continuance is specifically approved annually by a vote of the Trustees in the manner described above.

113

The Capital Administration Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for the services described therein, and other material amendments of the Capital Administration Plan may not be made, unless approved by the Trustees in the manner described above. The Capital Administration Plan may be terminated at any time by a majority of the non-interested Trustees as described above or by vote of a majority of the outstanding FST Capital Shares of the affected Series. The Service Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the non-interested Trustees as described above or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding FST Capital Shares of the affected Series on not more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to any other party to the Service Agreements. The Service Agreements will terminate automatically if assigned. So long as the Capital Administration Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons will be committed to the discretion of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust. The Trustees have determined that, in their judgment, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Capital Administration Plan will benefit the Financial Square Funds and holders of FST Capital Shares of such Funds.

DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE PLANS

ILA Class B and Class C Distribution and Service Plans. As described in the Prospectuses, the Trust has adopted distribution and service plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act with respect to ILA Class B and Class C Shares on behalf of the ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio (the “Distribution and Service Plans”). See “Shareholder Guide – Distribution and Service Fees” in the Prospectus. The Plans finance distribution and other services that are provided to investors in the Funds and enable the Funds to offer investors the choice of investing in either Class B or Class C Shares when investing in the Funds. In addition, the Plans are intended to assist the Funds in reaching and maintaining asset levels that are efficient for the Funds’ operations and investments.

The Distribution and Service Plans were most recently approved on June 16, 2005 by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of approving the Distribution and Service Plans.

The compensation for distribution services payable under the Distribution and Service Plans to Goldman Sachs may not exceed 0.75% per annum of the average daily net assets attributable to ILA Class B and Class C Shares, respectively, of the ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio. In connection with the sale of Class C Shares, Goldman Sachs normally begins paying the 0.75% distribution fee as an ongoing commission to Authorized Dealers after the shares have been held for one year.

Under the Distribution and Service Plans for ILA Class B and Class C Shares, Goldman Sachs is also entitled to receive a separate fee for personal and account maintenance services equal to an annual basis of 0.25% of each Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to ILA Class B or Class C Shares. This fee is for personal and account maintenance services, and may be used to make payments to Goldman Sachs, Authorized Dealers and their officers, sales representatives and employees for responding to inquiries of, and furnishing assistance to, shareholders regarding ownership of their shares of their accounts or similar services not otherwise provided on behalf of the Funds. In connection with the sales of Class C Shares, Goldman Sachs normally begins paying the 0.25% ongoing service fee to Authorized Dealers after the shares have been held for one year.

The Distribution and Service Plans are compensation plans which provide for the payment of a specified fee without regard to the expenses actually incurred by Goldman Sachs. The distribution fees received by Goldman Sachs under the Distribution and Service Plans and CDSC on ILA Class B

114

Shares may be sold by Goldman Sachs as distributor to entities which provide financing for payments to Authorized Dealers in respect of sales of ILA Class B Shares. Goldman Sachs may also pay up to the entire amount of its fee under the Class C Distribution and Service Plan to service organizations or other institutions for providing services in connection with the sale of Class C Shares. To the extent such fees are not paid to such dealers, Goldman Sachs may retain such fee as compensation for its services and expenses of distributing ILA Class B Shares and Class C Shares. If such fees exceed Goldman Sachs’ expenses, Goldman Sachs may realize a profit from these arrangements.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, the amount of distribution and service fees paid by the ILA Prime Obligation Portfolio’s Class B Shares and Class C Shares to Goldman Sachs was as follows:


	2005		2004		2003
ILA Prime Obligation Portfolio
Class B Shares	$	199,418	$	225,524	$	197,736
Class C Shares		160,158		158,936		103,487

During the periods presented, GSAM agreed voluntarily to waive a portion of the distribution and service fees to which it was entitled pursuant to the Distribution and Service Plans. Had such fees been imposed, the following additional fees would have been incurred by the ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio for the periods indicated:


	2005		2004		2003
ILA Prime Obligation Portfolio
Class B Shares	$	0	$	82,028	$	155,781
Class C Shares		0		56,637		83,537

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, Goldman Sachs incurred the following expenses in connection with distribution activities under the Distribution and Service Plan of the ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio with respect to ILA Class B Shares and ILA Class C Shares, respectively: compensation to dealers, $61,044 and $152,377; compensation and expenses of the Distributor and its sales personnel, $18,835 and $0; allocable overhead, telephone and travel expenses, $2,539 and $0; printing and mailing of prospectuses to other than current shareholders, $177 and $0; and preparation and distribution of sales literature and advertising, $278 and $0. These amounts reflect expenses incurred by Goldman Sachs. Compensation to dealers includes advance commissions paid to dealers of 4% on ILA Class B Shares and 1% on ILA Class C Shares which are considered deferred assets and amortized over a period of 6 years and one year (or until redemption), respectively, for such classes. The amounts presented above reflect amortization expense recorded during the period presented in addition to payments remitted directly to dealers.

The Distribution and Service Plans will remain in effect until June 30, 2006 and from year to year thereafter, provided such continuance is approved annually by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Distribution and Service Plans. The Distribution and Service Plans may not be amended to increase materially the amount of distribution compensation described therein as to a particular Portfolio without approval of a majority of the outstanding Class B or Class C Shareholders, as applicable, of the affected Portfolio and Share class, but may be amended without shareholder approval to increase the amount of non-distribution compensation. All material amendments to the Distribution and Service Plans must also be approved by the Trustees of the Trust in the manner described above. The Distribution and Service Plans may be terminated at any time without payment of any penalty by a

115

vote of the majority of the non-interested Trustees or by vote of a majority of the Class B or Class C Shares, as applicable, of the applicable Portfolio. If the Distribution and Service Plans were terminated by the Trust’s Board of Trustees and no successor plan were adopted, the Series would cease to make distribution payments to Goldman Sachs and Goldman Sachs would be unable to recover the amount of any of its unreimbursed distribution expenditures. So long as the Distribution and Service Plans are in effect, the selection and nomination of non-interested Trustees will be committed to the discretion of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust. The Trustees have determined that in their judgment there is a reasonable likelihood that the Distribution and Service Plans will benefit the applicable Series and their respective Shareholders.

Cash Management Shares Distribution Plan and Service Plan. As described in the Prospectus, the Trust has adopted a distribution plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act with respect to ILA Cash Management Shares on behalf of each ILA Portfolio (the “Cash Management Distribution Plan”). The Trust has also adopted a separate service plan with respect to ILA Cash Management Shares on behalf of each ILA Portfolio (the “Cash Management Service Plan” and together with the Cash Management Distribution Plan, the “Plans”).

The Plans were most recently approved on June 16, 2005 on behalf of each ILA Portfolio by a majority vote of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of approving the Plans. The Plans will remain in effect until June 30, 2006 and from year to year thereafter, provided such continuance is approved annually by a majority vote of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees. Neither Plan may be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for the services described therein as to a particular Series without approval of a majority of the outstanding ILA Cash Management Shareholders of that Portfolio. All material amendments to the Plans must also be approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust in the manner described above. The Plans may be terminated at any time without payment of any penalty by a vote of the majority of the non-interested Trustees or by vote of a majority of the ILA Cash Management Shares of the applicable Portfolio. So long as the Plans are in effect, the selection and nomination of non-interested Trustees shall be committed to the discretion of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust. The Trustees have determined that in their judgment there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit the applicable Portfolios and their respective Shareholders.

The compensation payable under the Cash Management Distribution Plan may not exceed 0.50% per annum of the average daily net assets attributable to ILA Cash Management Shares of the ILA Portfolios. As of the date of this Additional Statement, Goldman Sachs was voluntarily limiting a portion of the fees payable under the Plan. Goldman Sachs may modify or discontinue such limitation in the future at its discretion.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, the amount of the distribution fees paid by each ILA Portfolio pursuant to the Cash Management Shares Distribution Plan was as follows:


	2005		2004		2003
ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio	$	2,600	$	4,142	$	8,930
ILA Money Market Portfolio		98,942		128,100		204,820
ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio		19,153		10,465		32,774
ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio		15,765		12,350		14,755
ILA Government Portfolio		5,083		4,118		8,173
ILA Federal Portfolio		97,378		212,423		477,558

116


	2005		2004		2003
ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio		109,312		146,369		231,648
ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio		13,343		20,322		51,520
ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio		51,843		48,389		53,494

During the periods presented, GSAM agreed voluntarily to waive a portion of the distribution fees to which it was entitled pursuant to the Cash Management Shares Distribution Plan. Had such fees been imposed, the following additional fees would have been incurred by these Series for the periods indicated:


	2005		2004		2003
ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio	$	15,970	$	25,446	$	54,852
ILA Money Market Portfolio	$	607,789		786,898		1,258,183
ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio	$	117,655		64,002		201,325
ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio	$	96,839		75,864		90,641
ILA Government Portfolio	$	31,225		25,297		50,207
ILA Federal Portfolio	$	598,182		1,304,882		2,933,573
ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio	$	671,491		899,126		1,423,164
ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio		81,961		124,836		316,377
ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio		318,461		297,248		328,604

117

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, Goldman Sachs incurred the following expenses in connection with distribution under the Cash Management Shares Distribution Plan for each ILA Portfolio with Cash Management Shares then in existence:


			Compensation and				Printing and
			Expenses of the		Allocable		Mailing of		Preparation and
			Distributor and Its		Overhead,		Prospectuses to		Distribution of
	Compensation to		Distributor and Its Sales		Telephone and		Other Than Current		Sales Literature and
	Dealers		Personnel		Travel Expenses		Shareholders		Advertising		Totals
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005:

ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio		—	$	5,291	$	466	$	33	$	51	$	5,841
ILA Money Market Portfolio		—		57,343		4,988		349		547		63,226
ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio		—		13,784		1,319		92		145		15,340
ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio		—		12,885		1,204		84		132		14,305
ILA Government Portfolio		—		8,008		766		54		84		8,991
ILA Federal Portfolio		—		80,344		6,995		489		767		88,595
ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio		—		78,147		6,704		469		735		86,325
ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio		—		14,713		1,326		93		145		16,277
ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio		—		39,547		3,683		257		404		43,918

118

Goldman Sachs may pay up to the entire amount of its fee under the Cash Management Distribution Plan to service organizations or other institutions for providing services in connection with the sale of ILA Cash Management Shares. To the extent such fees are not paid to such dealers, Goldman Sachs may retain such fee as compensation for its services and expenses of distributing ILA Cash Management Shares. If such fee exceeds its expenses, Goldman Sachs may realize a profit from these arrangements.

The Cash Management Distribution Plan is a compensation plan which provides for the payment of specified distribution fees without regard to the distribution expenses actually incurred by Goldman Sachs. If the Cash Management Distribution Plan was terminated by the Trust’s Board of Trustees and no successor plan were adopted, the ILA Portfolios would cease to make distribution payments to Goldman Sachs and Goldman Sachs would be unable to recover the amount of any of its unreimbursed distribution expenditures.

Pursuant to the Cash Management Service Plan, the Trust, on behalf of each ILA Portfolio, enters into agreements with service organizations which purchase ILA Cash Management Shares on behalf of their customers (“Service Agreements”). Under such Service Agreements the service organizations may agree to: (i) act, directly or through an agent, as the shareholder of record and nominee for customers; (ii) maintain, or assist in maintaining, account records for customers who beneficially own ILA Cash Management Shares; (iii) receive and transmit, or assist in receiving and transmitting, funds for share purchases and redemptions; (iv) provide facilities to answer questions and handle correspondence from customers regarding their accounts; (v) process, or assist in processing, confirmations for transactions in shares by customers; (vi) receive and answer investor correspondence, including requests for prospectuses and statements of additional information; (vii) display and make prospectuses available on the service organization’s premises; (viii) assist customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and other account options and opening custody accounts with the service organization; (ix) act as liaison between customers and the Trust, including obtaining information from the Trust, working with the Trust to correct errors and resolve problems and providing statistical and other information to the Trust; (x) provide services to customers intended to facilitate or improve their understanding of the benefits and risks of an ILA Portfolio, (xi) facilitate the inclusion of an ILA Portfolio in investment, retirement, asset allocation, cash management or sweep accounts or similar products or services offered to customers by or through service organizations, (xii) facilitate electronic or computer trading and/or processing in an ILA Portfolio or providing electronic, computer or other database information regarding an ILA Portfolio to customers, and (xiii) develop, maintain and support systems necessary to support ILA Cash Management Shares.

As compensation for such services, the Trust on behalf of each ILA Portfolio pays each service organization a service fee in an amount up to .50% (on an annual basis) of the average daily net assets of the ILA Cash Management Shares of each ILA Portfolio attributable to or held in the name of such service organization for its customers; provided, however, that the fee paid for personal and account maintenance services shall not exceed .25% of such average daily net assets. The Trust, on behalf of an ILA Portfolio, accrues payments made to a service organization pursuant to a Service Agreement daily. The Service Agreements shall terminate automatically if assigned. All inquiries of beneficial owners of ILA Cash Management Shares should be directed to the owners’ service organization.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, the amount of the fees paid by each ILA Portfolio pursuant to the Cash Management Shares Service Plan was as follows:

119


	2005		2004		2003
ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio	$	18,569	$	27,651	$	56,997
ILA Money Market Portfolio		706,732		850,890		1,303,938
ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio		136,809		62,050		198,334
ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio		112,603		67,114		73,999
ILA Government Portfolio		36,308		26,069		48,376
ILA Federal Portfolio		695,560		1,401,488		3,057,006
ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio		780,803		814,582		904,615
ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio		95,305		94,873		158,403
ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio		370,304		253,057		180,161

During the period presented, GSAM agreed voluntarily to waive a portion of the fees to which it was entitled pursuant to the Cash Management Shares Service Plan. Had such fees been imposed, the following additional fees would have been incurred by these Series for the periods indicated:


	2005		2004		2003
ILA Prime Obligations Portfolio	$	0	$	1,937	$	6,785
ILA Money Market Portfolio		0		64,108		159,065
ILA Treasury Obligations Portfolio		0		12,417		35,765
ILA Treasury Instruments Portfolio		0		21,100		31,397
ILA Government Portfolio		0		3,194		10,004
ILA Federal Portfolio		0		115,817		354,125
ILA Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio		0		230,913		750,197
ILA Tax-Exempt California Portfolio		0		50,285		209,494
ILA Tax-Exempt New York Portfolio		0		92,580		201,937

The Trust has adopted the Cash Management Service Plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act in order to avoid any possibility that payments to the service organizations pursuant to the Service Agreements might violate the Act. Rule 12b-1, which was adopted by the SEC under the Act, regulates the circumstances under which an investment company such as the Trust may bear expenses associated with the distribution of its securities. In particular, such an investment company cannot engage directly or indirectly in financing any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of securities issued by the company unless it has adopted a plan pursuant to, and complies with the other requirements of, such Rule. The Trust believes that fees paid for the services provided in the Cash Management Service Plan and described above are not expenses incurred primarily for effecting the distribution of ILA Cash Management Shares. However, should such payments be deemed by a court or the SEC to be distribution expenses, such payments would be duly authorized by the Cash Management Service Plan.

Conflict of interest restrictions (including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) may apply to a service organization’s receipt of compensation paid by the Trust in connection with the investment of fiduciary funds in ILA Cash Management Shares. Service organizations, including banks regulated by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and investment advisers and other money managers subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC, the Department of Labor or State Securities Commissions, are urged to consult legal advisers before investing fiduciary assets in ILA Cash Management Shares. In addition, under some state securities laws, banks and other financial institutions purchasing ILA Cash Management Shares on behalf of their customers may be required to register as dealers.

120

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

A Standard & Poor’s short-term issue credit rating is a current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Standard & Poor’s for short-term issues:

“A-1” – Obligations are rated in the highest category and indicate that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2” – The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory. Obligations are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in the highest rating category.

“A-3” – Obligor has adequate capacity to meet its financial obligations. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“B” – An obligation is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “B”. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“C” – Obligations are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “C” rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar actions taken but payments on this obligation are being continued.

“R” – An obligor rated “R” is under regulatory supervision owing to its financial condition. During the pendency of the regulatory supervision the regulators may have the power to favor one class of obligations over others or pay some obligations and not others.

“D” – Obligor has failed to pay one or more of its financial obligations (rated or unrated) when it came due. The “D” rating category is used when the default will be a general default and the obligor will fail to pay all or substantially all of its obligations as they come due. An “SD” rating is assigned when the obligor has selectively defaulted on a specific issue class of obligations but it will continue to meet its payment obligations on other issues or classes of obligations in a timely manner.

“N.R.” – An issuer designated N.R. is not rated.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks — Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key

1 - A

factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign Currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

Moody’s employs the following:

“P-1” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“P-2” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“P-3” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“NP” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) short-term ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency. A short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance in line with industry standards, to reflect unique risk characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus place greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner. The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

“F1” – Securities possess the highest credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

“F2” – Securities possess good credit quality. This designation indicates a satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

“F3” – Securities possess fair credit quality. This designation indicates that the capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non investment grade.

2 - A

“B” – Securities possess speculative credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“C” – Securities possess high default risk. Default is a real possibility. This designation indicates a capacity for meeting financial commitments which is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

“RD” – Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other obligations.

“D” – Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

“NR” – This designation indicates that Fitch does not publicly rate the issuer or issue in question.

“Withdrawn” – A rating is withdrawn when Fitch deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch deems sufficient.

The following summarizes the ratings used by Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited (“DBRS”) for commercial paper and short-term debt:

“R-1 (high)” — Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality, and indicates an entity possessing an unquestioned ability to repay current liabilities as they fall due. Entities rated in this category normally maintain strong liquidity positions, conservative debt levels, and profitability that is both stable and above average. Companies achieving an “R-1 (high)” rating are normally leaders in structurally sound industry segments with proven track records, sustainable positive future results and no substantial qualifying negative factors. Given the extremely tough definition DBRS has established for an “R-1 (high)”, few entities are strong enough to achieve this rating.

“R-1 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality and, in most cases, ratings in this category differ from “R-1 (high)” credits by only a small degree. Given the extremely tough definition DBRS has established for the “R-1 (high)” category, entities rated “R-1 (middle)” are also considered strong credits, and typically exemplify above average strength in key areas of consideration for the timely repayment of short-term liabilities.

“R-1 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of satisfactory credit quality. The overall strength and outlook for key liquidity, debt and profitability ratios are not normally as favorable as with higher rating categories, but these considerations are still respectable. Any qualifying negative factors that exist are considered manageable, and the entity is normally of sufficient size to have some influence in its industry.

“R-2 (high)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality. The ability to repay obligations as they mature remains acceptable, although the overall strength and outlook for key liquidity, debt, and profitability ratios is not as strong as credits rated in the “R-1 (low)” category. Relative to the latter category, other shortcomings often

3 - A

include areas such as stability, financial flexibility, and the relative size and market position of the entity within its industry.

“R-2 (middle)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. Relative to the “R-2 (high)” category, entities rated “R-2 (middle)” typically have some combination of higher volatility, weaker debt or liquidity positions, lower future cash flow capabilities, or hold a weaker industry position. Ratings in this category would also be more vulnerable to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“R-2 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be of only adequate credit quality, one step up from being speculative. While not yet defined as speculative, the “R-2 (low)” category signifies that although repayment is still expected, the certainty of repayment could be impacted by a variety of possible adverse developments, many of which would be outside of the issuer’s control. Entities in this area often have limited access to capital markets and may also have limitations in securing alternative sources of liquidity, particularly during periods of weak economic conditions.

“R-3 (high),” “R-3 (middle),” “R-3 (low)” – Short-term debt rated “R-3” is speculative, and within the three sub-set grades, the capacity for timely repayment ranges from mildly speculative to doubtful. “R-3” credits tend to have weak liquidity and debt ratios, and the future trend of these ratios is also unclear. Due to its speculative nature, companies with “R-3” ratings would normally have very limited access to alternative sources of liquidity. Earnings and cash flow would typically be very unstable, and the level of overall profitability of the entity is also likely to be low. The industry environment may be weak, and strong negative qualifying factors are also likely to be present.

“D” – A security rated “D” implies the issuer has either not met a scheduled payment or the issuer has made it clear that it will be missing such a payment in the near future. In some cases, DBRS may not assign a “D” rating under a bankruptcy announcement scenario, as allowances for grace periods may exist in the underlying legal documentation. Once assigned, the “D” rating will continue as long as the missed payment continues to be in arrears, and until such time as the rating is suspended, discontinued, or reinstated by DBRS.

Long-Term Credit Ratings

The following summarizes the ratings used by Standard & Poor’s for long-term issues:

“AAA” – An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA” – An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only in small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

“A” – An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

4 - A

“BBB” – An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC,” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

“BB” – An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“B” – An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB,” but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“CCC” – An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“CC” – An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

“C” – The “C” rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.

“D” – An obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or minus (-) – The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

“N.R.” – Not rated.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks — Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay Foreign Currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign Currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

5 - A

The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa” – Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

“Aa” – Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A” – Obligations rated “A” are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

“Baa” – Obligations rated “Baa” are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba” – Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B” – Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa” – Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

“Ca” – Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C” – Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

“AAA” – Securities considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

“AA” – Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

“A” – Securities considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

6 - A

“BBB” – Securities considered to be investment grade and of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there are currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment grade category.

“BB” – Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

“B” – Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

“CCC,” “CC” and “C” – Securities have high default risk. Default is a real possibility, and capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A “CC” rating indicates that default of some kind appears probable. “C” ratings signal imminent default.

“RD” – Indicates an entity has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

“D” – Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” category or to categories below “CCC”.

“NR” indicates that Fitch does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS for long-term debt:

“AAA” — Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality, with exceptionally strong protection for the timely repayment of principal and interest. Earnings are considered stable, the structure of the industry in which the entity operates is strong, and the outlook for future profitability is favorable. There are few qualifying factors present which would detract from the performance of the entity. The strength of liquidity and coverage ratios is unquestioned and the entity has established a creditable track record of superior performance. Given the extremely high standard which DBRS has set for this category, few entities are able to achieve a “AAA” rating.

“AA” – Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality, and protection of interest and principal is considered high. In many cases they differ from long-term debt rated “AAA” only to a small degree. Given the extremely restrictive definition DBRS has for the “AAA” category, entities rated “AA” are also considered to be strong credits, typically exemplifying above-average strength in key areas of consideration and unlikely to be significantly affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

7 - A

“A” – Long-term debt rated “A” is of satisfactory credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is still substantial, but the degree of strength is less than that of “AA” rated entities. While “A” is a respectable rating, entities in this category are considered to be more susceptible to adverse economic conditions and have greater cyclical tendencies than higher-rated securities.

“BBB” – Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is considered acceptable, but the entity is fairly susceptible to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions, or there may be other adverse conditions present which reduce the strength of the entity and its rated securities.

“BB” – Long-term debt rated “BB” is defined to be speculative and non investment-grade, where the degree of protection afforded interest and principal is uncertain, particularly during periods of economic recession. Entities in the “BB” range typically have limited access to capital markets and additional liquidity support. In many cases, deficiencies in critical mass, diversification, and competitive strength are additional negative considerations.

“B” – Long-term debt rated “B” is highly speculative and there is a reasonably high level of uncertainty as to the ability of the entity to pay interest and principal on a continuing basis in the future, especially in periods of economic recession or industry adversity.

“CCC”, CC” and “C” –Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is very highly speculative and is in danger of default of interest and principal. The degree of adverse elements present is more severe than long-term debt rated “B.” Long-term debt rated below “B” often has characteristics which, if not remedied, may lead to default. In practice, there is little difference between these categories, with “CC” and “C” normally used for lower ranking debt of companies for which the senior debt is rated in the “CCC” to “B” range.

“D” – A security rated “D” implies the issuer has either not met a scheduled payment of interest or principal or that the issuer has made it clear that it will miss such a payment in the near future. In some cases, DBRS may not assign a “D” rating under a bankruptcy announcement scenario, as allowances for grace periods may exist in the underlying legal documentation. Once assigned, the “D” rating will continue as long as the missed payment continues to be in arrears, and until such time as the rating is suspended, discontinued or reinstated by DBRS.

(“high”, “low”) – Each rating category is denoted by the subcategories “high” and “low”. The absence of either a “high” or “low” designation indicates the rating is in the “middle” of the category. The “AAA” and “D” categories do not utilize “high”, “middle”, and “low” as differential grades.

Municipal Note Ratings

A Standard & Poor’s note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:

•

Amortization schedule – the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

8 - A

•

Source of payment – the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1” – The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service are given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2” – The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3” – The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Moody’s uses three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels – “MIG-1” through “MIG-3”. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG”, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for these short-term obligations:

“MIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

“MIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long- or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or “VMIG” rating.

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated “NR”, e.g., “Aaa/NR” or “NR/VMIG-1”.

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

9 - A

“VMIG-1” – This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-2” – This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-3” – This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“SG” – This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Fitch uses the same ratings for municipal securities as described above for other short-term credit ratings.

About Credit Ratings

A Standard & Poor’s issuer credit rating is a current opinion of an obligor’s overall capacity (its creditworthiness) to pay its financial obligations. This opinion focuses on the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due. It does not apply to any specific financial obligation, as it does take into account the nature of and provisions of the obligation, its standing in bankruptcy or liquidation, statutory preferences, or the legality and enforceability of the obligation. In addition, it does not take into account the creditworthiness of the guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation. The issuer’s rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation issued by an obligor, as it does not comment on market price or suitability for a particular investor.

Moody’s credit ratings must be construed solely as statements of opinion and not as statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, sell or hold any securities.

Fitch credit ratings are an opinion on the relative ability of an entity’s financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Fitch credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving their money back in accordance with the terms on which they invested. Fitch’s credit-ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign (including supra-national and sub-national), financial, bank, insurance, municipal and other public finance entities and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.

DBRS credit ratings are not buy, hold or sell recommendations, but rather the result of qualitative and quantitative analysis focusing solely on the credit quality of the issuer and its underlying obligations.

10 - A

APPENDIX B

2005 ISS PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES SUMMARY

The following is a concise summary of the ISS proxy voting policy guidelines for 2005.

Auditors

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals on auditor rotation, taking into account these factors:

•

Tenure of the audit firm

•

Establishment and disclosure of a renewal process whereby the auditor is regularly evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price

•

Length of the rotation period advocated in the proposal

•

Significant audit-related issues

•

Number of audit committee meetings held each year

•		Number of financial experts serving on the committee

2.		Board of Directors

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Generally, vote CASE-BY-CASE. But WITHHOLD votes from:

•

Insiders and affiliated outsiders on boards that are not at least majority independent

•

Directors who sit on more than six boards, or on more than two public boards in addition to their own if they are CEOs of public companies

•

Directors who adopt a poison pill without shareholder approval since the company’s last annual meeting and there is no requirement to put the pill to shareholder vote within 12 months of its adoption

•

Directors who serve on the compensation committee when there is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance (fiscal year end basis)

•

Directors who have failed to address the issue(s) that resulted in any of the directors receiving more than 50% withhold votes out of those cast at the previous board election

Classification/Declassification of the Board

Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board.

Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

Independent Chairman (Separate Chairman/CEO)
Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that the chairman and CEO positions be separated (independent chairman), unless the company has a strong countervailing governance structure, including a lead director, two-thirds independent board, all independent key committees, and established governance guidelines. Additionally, the company should not have underperformed its peers.

1 - B

Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Committees
Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the ISS definition of independence.

Open Access (shareholder resolution)
Vote CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into account the ownership threshold proposed in the resolution and the proponent’s rationale.

Shareholder Rights

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

Vote FOR proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings
Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.

Vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to act independently of management.

Supermajority Vote Requirements
Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

Cumulative Voting
Vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

Vote proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting on a CASE-BY-CASE basis relative to the company’s other governance provisions.

Confidential Voting
Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators and use independent inspectors of election. In proxy contests, support confidential voting proposals only if dissidents agree to the same policy that applies to management.

Proxy Contests

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections
Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the factors that include the long-term financial performance, management’s track record, qualifications of director nominees (both slates), and an evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders.

Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

2 - B

Vote CASE-BY-CASE. Where ISS recommends in favor of the dissidents, we also recommend voting for reimbursing proxy solicitation expenses.

Poison Pills

Vote FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification. Review on a CASE-BY-CASE basis shareholder proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill and management proposals to ratify a poison pill.

Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and corporate restructurings based on such features as the fairness opinion, pricing, strategic rationale, and the negotiating process.

Reincorporation Proposals

Proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns, including the reasons for reincorporating, a comparison of the governance provisions, and a comparison of the jurisdictional laws. Vote FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

Capital Structure

Common Stock Authorization
Votes on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a model developed by ISS.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has superior voting rights.

Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase when a company’s shares are in danger of being delisted or if a company’s ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.

Dual-class Stock
Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior voting rights.

Vote FOR proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or subvoting common stock if:

•

It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders

•

It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder

Executive and Director Compensation

ISS applies a quantitative methodology, but for Russell 3000 companies will also apply a pay-for-performance overlay in assessing equity-based compensation plans.

Vote AGAINST a plan if the cost exceeds the allowable cap.

3 - B

Vote FOR a plan if the cost is reasonable (below the cap) unless any of the following conditions apply:

•

The plan expressly permits repricing of underwater options without shareholder approval; or

•

There is a disconnect between the CEO’s pay and performance (an increase in pay and a decrease in performance), the main source for the pay increase is equity-based, and the CEO participates in the plan being voted on

•

The company’s most recent three-year burn rate is excessive and is an outlier within its peer group

A company that has triggered the burn rate policy may avoid an AGAINST vote recommendation, if it commits to meet the industry average burn rate over the next three years. The above general voting guidelines for pay for performance may change if the compensation committee members can demonstrate improved performance in an additional public filing such as a DEFA 14A or 8K. To demonstrate improved performance, committee members should review all components of a CEO’s compensation and prepare a tally sheet with dollar amounts under various payout scenarios. The committee should also have the sole authority to hire and fire outside compensation consultants.

Director Compensation
Before recommending a vote FOR a director equity plan, ISS will review the company’s proxy statement for the following qualitative features:

•

Stock ownership guidelines (a minimum of three times the annual cash retainer)

•

Vesting schedule or mandatory holding/deferral period (minimum vesting of three years for stock options or restricted stock)

•

Balanced mix between cash and equity

•

Non-employee directors should not receive retirement benefits/perquisites

•

Detailed disclosure of cash and equity compensation for each director

Management Proposals Seeking Approval to Reprice Options
Votes on management proposals seeking approval to reprice options are evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis giving consideration to the following:

•

Historic trading patterns

•

Rationale for the repricing

•

Value-for-value exchange

•

Option vesting

•

Term of the option

•

Exercise price

•

Participation

•

Treatment of surrendered options

Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plans
Vote on qualified employee stock purchase plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR qualified employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

•

Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value

•

Offering period is 27 months or less, and

4 - B

•

Potential voting power dilution (VPD) is 10 percent or less.

Vote AGAINST qualified employee stock purchase plans where any of the opposite conditions occur.

Nonqualified Employee Stock Purchase Plans
Vote on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR nonqualified plans with all the following features:

•

Broad-based participation

•

Limits on employee contribution (a fixed dollar amount or a percentage of base salary)

•

Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value

•

No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a company matching contribution

Vote AGAINST nonqualified employee stock purchase plans if they do not meet the above criteria.

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation
Generally vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook. But generally vote FOR shareholder proposals that:

•

Advocate the use of performance-based awards like indexed, premium-priced, and performance-vested options or performance-based shares, unless the proposal is overly restrictive or the company already substantially uses such awards.

•

Call for a shareholder vote on extraordinary benefits contained in Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs).

10.

Social and Environmental Issues

These issues cover a wide range of topics, including consumer and public safety, environment and energy, general corporate issues, labor standards and human rights, military business, and workplace diversity.

In general, vote CASE-BY-CASE. While a wide variety of factors goes into each analysis, the overall principal guiding all vote recommendations focuses on how the proposal will enhance the economic value of the company.

Vote:

•

FOR proposals for the company to amend its Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Statement to include reference to sexual orientation, unless the change would result in excessive costs for the company.

•

AGAINST resolutions asking for the adopting of voluntary labeling of ingredients or asking for companies to label until a phase out of such ingredients has been completed.

•

CASE-BY-CASE on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing, with consideration of the risks associated with certain international markets, the utility of such a report to shareholders, and the existence of a publicly available code of corporate conduct that applies to international operations.

5 - B

APPENDIX C

BUSINESS PRINCIPLES OF GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

Goldman Sachs is noted for its Business Principles, which guide all of the firm’s activities and serve as the basis for its distinguished reputation among investors worldwide.

Our client’s interests always come first. Our experience shows that if we serve our clients well, our own success will follow.

Our assets are our people, capital and reputation. If any of these is ever diminished, the last is the most difficult to restore. We are dedicated to complying fully with the letter and spirit of the laws, rules and ethical principles that govern us. Our continued success depends upon unswerving adherence to this standard.

We take great pride in the professional quality of our work. We have an uncompromising determination to achieve excellence in everything we undertake. Though we may be involved in a wide variety and heavy volume of activity, we would, if it came to a choice, rather be best than biggest.

We stress creativity and imagination in everything we do. While recognizing that the old way may still be the best way, we constantly strive to find a better solution to a client’s problems. We pride ourselves on having pioneered many of the practices and techniques that have become standard in the industry.

We make an unusual effort to identify and recruit the very best person for every job. Although our activities are measured in billions of dollars, we select our people one by one. In a service business, we know that without the best people, we cannot be the best firm.

We offer our people the opportunity to move ahead more rapidly than is possible at most other places. We have yet to find limits to the responsibility that our best people are able to assume. Advancement depends solely on ability, performance and contribution to the Firm’s success, without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin, disability, sexual orientation, or any other impermissible criterion or circumstance.

We stress teamwork in everything we do. While individual creativity is always encouraged, we have found that team effort often produces the best results. We have no room for those who put their personal interests ahead of the interests of the Firm and its clients.

The dedication of our people to the Firm and the intense effort they give their jobs are greater than one finds in most other organizations. We think that this is an important part of our success.

Our profits are a key to our success. They replenish our capital and attract and keep our best people. It is our practice to share our profits generously with all who helped create them. Profitability is crucial to our future.

We consider our size an asset that we try hard to preserve. We want to be big enough to undertake the largest project that any of our clients could contemplate, yet small enough to maintain the loyalty, the intimacy and the esprit de corps that we all treasure and that contribute greatly to our success.

1 - C

Goldman, Sachs & Co.’s History of Excellence

1869
Is founded by Marcus Goldman

1882
Becomes a private partnership when Samuel Sachs joins the firm

1896
Joins New York Stock Exchange

1906
Takes Sears public

1925
Finances Warner Brothers to develop sound in movies

1933-69
Senior Partner Sidney J. Weinberg serves as adviser to five presidents: Roosevelt, Truman, Eisenhower, Kennedy, and Johnson

1956
Co-manages Ford’s initial public offering, the largest IPO to date

1985
Senior Partner John C. Whitehead named Deputy Secretary of State

1986
Takes Microsoft public

1988
Goldman Sachs Asset Management (GSAM) is established, formalizing the asset management capability that Goldman Sachs initiated in 1981 by managing money market funds for institutional clients; 50 employees

1990s
Investment Banking Division is #1 in M&A for seven years in the 1990s

1995
Senior Partner Robert E. Rubin named Treasury Secretary

1996
GSAM acquires CIN Management ($23 B)

3 - C

PART B

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DATED DECEMBER 29, 2005, AS AMENDED JUNE 16, 2006

CLASS A SHARES
CLASS B SHARES
CLASS C SHARES
SERVICE SHARES
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES

GOLDMAN SACHS BALANCED FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS GROWTH AND INCOME FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS STRUCTURED LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS STRUCTURED U.S. EQUITY FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS STRUCTURED LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS STRUCTURED SMALL CAP EQUITY FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS STRUCTURED INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS CAPITAL GROWTH FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS STRATEGIC GROWTH FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS SMALL/MID CAP GROWTH FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS MID CAP VALUE FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS SMALL CAP VALUE FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS LARGE CAP VALUE FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS EUROPEAN EQUITY FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS JAPANESE EQUITY FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL SMALL CAP FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS EMERGING MARKETS EQUITY FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS ASIA EQUITY FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS RESEARCH SELECT FUND^SM
GOLDMAN SACHS CONCENTRATED GROWTH FUND

(Equity Portfolios of Goldman Sachs Trust)

71 South Wacker Drive
Suite 500
Chicago, Illinois 60606

This Statement of Additional Information (the “Additional Statement”) is not a Prospectus. This Additional Statement should be read in conjunction with the Prospectuses for the Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares, Service Shares and Institutional Shares of: Goldman Sachs Balanced Fund, Goldman Sachs Growth and Income Fund, Goldman Sachs Structured Large Cap Value Fund, Goldman Sachs Structured U.S. Equity Fund, Goldman Sachs Structured Large Cap Growth Fund, Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity Fund, Goldman Sachs Structured International Equity Fund, Goldman Sachs Capital Growth Fund, Goldman Sachs Strategic Growth Fund, Goldman Sachs Growth Opportunities Fund, Goldman Sachs Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund, Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Fund, Goldman Sachs Small Cap Value Fund, Goldman Sachs Large Cap Value Fund, Goldman Sachs

International Equity Fund, Goldman Sachs European Equity Fund, Goldman Sachs Japanese Equity Fund, Goldman Sachs International Small Cap Fund, Goldman Sachs Emerging Markets Equity Fund, Goldman Sachs Asia Equity Fund, Goldman Sachs Research Select Fund and Goldman Sachs Concentrated Growth Fund dated December 29, 2005 (the “Prospectuses”), as they may be further amended and/or supplemented from time to time, which may be obtained without charge from Goldman, Sachs & Co. by calling the telephone number, or writing to one of the addresses, listed below or from institutions (“Service Organizations”) acting on behalf of their customers.

The audited financial statements and related report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, for each Fund contained in each Fund’s 2005 annual report are incorporated herein by reference in the section “Financial Statements.” No other portions of each Fund’s Annual Report are incorporated by reference. A Fund’s Annual Report may be obtained upon request and without charge by calling Goldman, Sachs & Co. toll free at 800-621-2550.

Research Select^SM is a service mark of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

GSAM® is a registered service mark of Goldman, Sachs & Co.


GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.P.		GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT
Investment Adviser to:		INTERNATIONAL
Goldman Sachs Balanced Fund		Investment Adviser to:
Goldman Sachs Growth and Income Fund		Goldman Sachs International Equity Fund
Goldman Sachs Structured Large Cap Value Fund		Goldman Sachs European Equity Fund
Goldman Sachs Structured U.S. Equity Fund		Goldman Sachs Japanese Equity Fund
Goldman Sachs Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		Goldman Sachs International Small Cap Fund
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		Goldman Sachs Emerging Markets Equity Fund
Goldman Sachs Structured International Equity Fund		Goldman Sachs Asia Equity Fund
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth Fund		Christchurch Court
Goldman Sachs Strategic Growth Fund		10-15 Newgate Street
Goldman Sachs Growth Opportunities Fund		London, England EC1A7HD
Goldman Sachs Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund
Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Fund Goldman Sachs Small Cap Value Fund Goldman Sachs Large Cap Value Fund Goldman Sachs Research Select Fund Goldman Sachs Concentrated Growth Fund 32 Old Slip New York, New York 10005

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.		Toll free (in U.S.)...800-621-2550
Distributor
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004 GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO. Transfer Agent 71 South Wacker Drive, Suite 500 Chicago, IL 60606

INTRODUCTION

The Funds, except the Structured Large Cap Value, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Structured International Equity, Strategic Growth, Growth Opportunities, Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund, Large Cap Value, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Research Select and Concentrated Growth Funds were initially organized as a series of a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Maryland on September 27, 1989 and were reorganized as a Delaware statutory trust as of April 30, 1997. The Trustees of the Trust have authority under the Declaration of Trust to create and classify shares into separate series and to classify and reclassify any series or portfolio of shares into one or more classes without further action by shareholders. Pursuant thereto, the Trustees have created the Funds and other series. Additional series may be added in the future from time to time. Each Fund currently offers five classes of shares: Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares, Institutional Shares and Service Shares. See “Shares of the Trust.”

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM”) (formerly, Goldman Sachs Funds Management, L.P.), an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“Goldman Sachs”) serves as the Investment Adviser to the Balanced, Growth and Income, Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Structured International Equity, Capital Growth, Strategic Growth, Growth Opportunities, Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund, Large Cap Value, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value, Large Cap Value, Research Select and Concentrated Growth Funds. Goldman Sachs Asset Management International (“GSAMI”) serves as the Investment Adviser to the International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity and Asia Equity Funds. GSAM and GSAMI are sometimes individually referred to as an “Investment Adviser” and collectively herein as the “Investment Advisers.” In addition, Goldman Sachs

B-1

serves as each Fund’s distributor and transfer agent. Each Fund’s custodian is State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”).

The following information relates to and supplements the description of each Fund’s investment policies contained in the Prospectuses. See the Prospectuses for a more complete description of the Funds’ investment objectives and policies. Investing in the Funds entails certain risks and there is no assurance that a Fund will achieve its objective. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the same meaning as in the Prospectuses.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

Each Fund has a distinct investment objective and policies. There can be no assurance that a Fund’s objective will be achieved. Each Fund, except the Concentrated Growth Fund, is a diversified open-end management company as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”). The Concentrated Growth Fund is a non-diversified, open-end management company (as defined in the Act). The investment objective and policies of each Fund, and the associated risks of each Fund, are discussed in the Funds’ Prospectuses, which should be read carefully before an investment is made. All investment objectives and investment policies not specifically designated as fundamental may be changed without shareholder approval. However, with respect to the Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Structured International Equity, Mid Cap Value, Small/Mid Cap Growth, Small Cap Value, Large Cap Value, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity and Asia Equity Funds, to the extent required by Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations, shareholders will be provided with sixty days notice in the manner prescribed by the SEC before any change in a Fund’s policy to invest at least 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at the time of purchase) or total assets (not including securities lending collateral and any investment of that collateral) in the particular type of investment suggested by its name. Additional information about the Funds, their policies, and the investment instruments they may hold, is provided below.

Each Fund’s share price will fluctuate with market, economic and, to the extent applicable, foreign exchange conditions, so that an investment in any of the Funds may be worth more or less when redeemed than when purchased. None of the Funds should be relied upon as a complete investment program.

The following discussion supplements the information in the Funds’ Prospectuses.

General Information Regarding The Funds

B-2

provided by other securities dealers. Equity investments in a Fund’s portfolio will generally be sold when the Investment Adviser believes that the market price fully reflects or exceeds the investments’ fundamental valuation or when other more attractive investments are identified.

Value Style Funds. The Growth and Income, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value, Large Cap Value Funds, a portion of the Research Select Fund are managed using a value oriented approach. (The Research Select Fund utilizes a blend of value and growth investment styles. See “Growth Style Funds” below.) The Investment Adviser evaluates securities using fundamental analysis and intends to purchase equity investments that are, in its view, underpriced relative to a combination of such companies’ long-term earnings prospects, growth rate, free cash flow and/or dividend-paying ability. Consideration will be given to the business quality of the issuer. Factors positively affecting the Investment Adviser’s view of that quality include the competitiveness and degree of regulation in the markets in which the company operates, the existence of a management team with a record of success, the position of the company in the markets in which it operates, the level of the company’s financial leverage and the sustainable return on capital invested in the business. The Funds may also purchase securities of companies that have experienced difficulties and that, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, are available at attractive prices.

As of the date of this Additional Statement, the Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value and Small Cap Value Funds (the “Closed Funds”) were generally closed to new investors. The following investors, however, may make purchases and reinvestments of dividends and capital gains into the Closed Funds:

	•		Current shareholders of the respective Closed Funds;

	•		Certain employee benefit plans and certain financial institutions providing services to employee benefit plans, namely: (i) Qualified Defined Contribution and Benefit Plans (as defined below) making an initial investment of $10 million or less through financial institutions that, as of the closing date of the respective Closed Fund, had a contractual agreement with Goldman, Sachs & Co. to offer shares of or provide services to the respective Closed Fund; and (ii) certain financial institutions in connection with hedging services provided in support of non-qualified deferred compensation plans offering the Goldman Sachs Funds. Certain of the plans and institutions described in (i) and (ii) above may make an initial investment in excess of $10 million if the initial investment was expected to be less than $10 million at the time Goldman Sachs receives a preliminary written commitment to invest in the Closed Fund. Certain Qualified Defined Contribution and Benefit Plans include 401(k) plans, profit sharing plans and money purchase pension plans, 403(b) plans, and 457 plans; and

	•		Trustees of the Trust.

In addition, the following investors may make purchases and reinvestments of dividends and capital gains into the Mid Cap Value Fund only:

•

Investors in a discretionary mutual fund wrap program where (i) such program together with non-discretionary mutual fund wrap programs maintained by the same sponsor had at least $10 million invested in the Fund as of the closing date of the Mid Cap Value Fund and (ii) the sponsor of such program has the appropriate controls in place to implement this Fund closure policy properly.

Once a shareholder closes all accounts in a Closed Fund, additional investments into such Closed Fund may not be accepted. Exchanges into a Closed Fund from other Goldman Sachs Funds

B-3

are not permitted, except for current Closed Fund shareholders and for certain Qualified Defined Contribution and Benefit Plans and, in the case of the Mid Cap Value Fund, investors in certain discretionary mutual fund wrap programs permitted to invest after the closing date.

The Closed Funds may resume sales of shares to new investors at some future date. Additionally, a Closed Fund may enter into asset purchase or other reorganization transactions with other investment companies that involve the issuance of shares the Closed Fund to new accounts, and such new accounts may continue to make additional purchases and reinvest dividends and capital gains into their accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust and Goldman, Sachs & Co. reserve the right to reject or restrict purchase or exchange requests from any investor. The Trust and Goldman, Sachs & Co. will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase or exchange orders.

Growth Style Funds. The Capital Growth, Strategic Growth, Growth Opportunities, Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund, and Concentrated Growth Funds, a portion of the Research Select Fund and a portion of the equity portion of the Balanced Fund are managed using a growth equity oriented approach. Equity investments for these Funds are selected based on their prospects for above average growth. The Investment Adviser will select securities of growth companies trading, in the Investment Adviser’s opinion, at a reasonable price relative to other industries, competitors and historical price/earnings multiples. The Funds will generally invest in companies whose earnings are believed to be in a relatively strong growth trend, or, to a lesser extent, in companies in which significant further growth is not anticipated but whose market value per share is thought to be below the intrinsic value of the business. In order to determine whether a security has favorable growth prospects, the Investment Adviser ordinarily looks for one or more of the following characteristics in relation to the security’s prevailing price: prospects for above average sales and earnings growth per share; high return on invested capital; free cash flow generation; sound balance sheet, financial and accounting policies, and overall financial strength; established brand name; long product life cycle; enduring competitive advantages; effective research, product development, and marketing; pricing power; strength of management; and general operating characteristics that will enable the company to compete successfully in its marketplace.

Quantitative Style Funds. The Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Large Cap Value, Structured Small Cap Equity and Structured International Equity Funds (the “Structured Equity Funds”) are managed using both quantitative and fundamental techniques. CORE is an acronym for “Computer-Optimized, Research-Enhanced,” which reflects the Structured Funds’ investment process. This investment process and the proprietary multifactor model used to implement it are discussed below.

The equity portion of the Balanced Fund is managed using quantitative techniques. The investment process and the model used to implement it, as described in the Additional Statement, are utilized in the management of the equity portion of the Balanced Fund.

Investment Process. The Investment Adviser begins with a broad universe of U.S. equity investments for the Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth, and Structured Small Cap Equity Funds (the “Structured U.S. Equity Funds”), and a broad universe of foreign equity investments for Structured International Equity Fund. As described more fully below, the Investment Adviser uses a proprietary multifactor model (the “Multifactor Model”) to forecast the returns of different markets, currencies and individual securities.

In building a diversified portfolio for each Structured Equity Fund, the Investment Adviser utilizes optimization techniques to seek to construct the most efficient risk/return portfolio given each Structured Fund’s benchmark. Each portfolio is primarily composed of securities rated highest by the foregoing

B-4

investment process or those that the Investment Adviser believes maximize the portfolio’s risk/return tradeoff characteristics and industry weightings similar to the relevant Fund’s benchmark.

Multifactor Models. The Multifactor Models are rigorous computerized rating systems for forecasting the returns of different equity markets, currencies and individual equity investments according to fundamental investment characteristics. The Structured U.S. Equity Funds use one Multifactor Model to forecast the returns of securities held in each Fund’s portfolio. The Structured International Equity Fund uses several Multifactor Models to forecast returns. Currently, the Structured International Equity Fund uses one model to forecast equity market returns, one model to forecast currency returns and six separate regional models to forecast individual equity security returns in 21 different countries. Despite this variety, all individual equity Multifactor Models incorporate common variables including measures of value, price momentum, profitability, earnings quality, management impact and analyst sentiment. All of the factors used in the Multifactor Models have been shown to significantly impact the performance of the securities, currencies and markets they were designed to forecast.

The weightings assigned to the factors in the individual equity Multifactor Models used by the Structured Equity Funds are derived using a statistical formulation that considers each factor’s historical performance in different market environments. As such, the Multifactor Models are designed to evaluate each security using factors that are statistically related to returns over the long run. Because they include many disparate factors, the Investment Adviser believes that all the Multifactor Models are broader in scope and provide a more thorough evaluation than traditional investment processes. Securities and markets ranked highest by the relevant Multifactor Model do not have one dominant investment characteristic; rather, they possess an attractive combination of investment characteristics. By using a variety of relevant factors to select securities, currencies or markets, the Investment Adviser believes that the Fund will be better balanced and have more consistent performance than an investment portfolio that uses only one or two factors to select such investments.

The Investment Adviser will monitor, and may occasionally suggest and make changes to, the method by which securities, currencies or markets are selected for or weighted in a Fund. Such changes (which may be the result of changes in the Multifactor Models or the method of applying the Multifactor Models) may include: (i) evolutionary changes to the structure of the Multifactor Models (e.g., the addition of new factors or a new means of weighting the factors); (ii) changes in trading procedures (e.g., trading frequency or the manner in which a Fund uses futures); or (iii) changes in the method by which securities, currencies or markets are weighted in a Fund. Any such changes will preserve a Fund’s basic investment philosophy of combining qualitative and quantitative methods of selecting securities using a disciplined investment process.

Other Information. Since normal settlement for equity investments is three trading days (for certain international markets settlement may be longer), the Funds will need to hold cash balances to satisfy shareholder redemption requests. Such cash balances will normally range from 2% to 5% of a Fund’s net assets. Structured U.S. Equity Fund may enter into futures transactions only with respect to the S&P 500^TM Index and the Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Large Cap Value and Structured Small Cap Equity Funds may enter into futures transactions only with respect to a representative index in order to keep a Fund’s effective equity exposure close to 100%. Structured International Equity Fund may purchase other types of futures contracts. For example, if cash balances are equal to 5% of the net assets, the Fund may enter into long futures contracts covering an amount equal to 5% of the Fund’s net assets. As cash balances fluctuate based on new contributions or withdrawals, a Fund may enter into additional contracts or close out existing positions.

B-5

Actively Managed International Funds. The International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity and Asia Equity Funds are managed using an active international approach, which utilizes a consistent process of stock selection undertaken by portfolio management teams located within each of the major investment regions, including Europe, Japan, Asia and the United States. In selecting securities, the Investment Adviser uses a bottom-up strategy based on first-hand fundamental research that is designed to give broad exposure to the available opportunities while seeking to add return primarily through stock selection. Equity investments for these Funds are evaluated based on three key factors—the business, the management and the valuation. The Investment Adviser ordinarily seeks securities that have, in the Investment Adviser’s opinion, superior earnings growth potential, sustainable franchise value with management attuned to creating shareholder value and relatively discounted valuations. In addition, the Investment Adviser uses a multi-factor risk model which seeks to assure that deviations from the benchmark are justifiable.

Additional Information About the Balanced Fund

The investment objective of the Balanced Fund is to provide long-term growth of capital and current income. The Fund seeks growth of capital primarily through investments in equity investments. The Fund seeks to provide current income through investment in fixed-income securities (bonds) and high dividend-paying stocks.

The Balanced Fund is intended to provide a foundation on which an investor can build an investment portfolio or to serve as the core of an investment program, depending on the investor’s goals. The Balanced Fund is designed for relatively conservative investors who seek a combination of long-term capital growth and current income in a single investment. The Balanced Fund offers a portfolio of equity and fixed-income securities intended to provide less volatility than a portfolio completely invested in equity investments and greater diversification than a portfolio invested in only one asset class. The Balanced Fund may be appropriate for people who seek capital appreciation but are concerned about the volatility typically associated with a fund that invests solely in stocks and other equity investments.

Fixed-Income Strategies Designed to Maximize Return and Manage Risk. GSAM’s approach to managing the fixed-income portion of the Balanced Fund’s portfolio seeks to provide high returns relative to a market benchmark, the Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index (the “Index”), while also seeking to provide high current income. This approach emphasizes (i) sector allocation strategies which enable GSAM to tactically overweight or underweight one sector of the fixed-income market (i.e., mortgages, corporate bonds, U.S. Treasuries, non-dollar bonds, emerging market debt) versus another; (ii) individual security selection based on identifying relative value (fixed-income securities inexpensive relative to others in their sector); and (iii) to a lesser extent, strategies based on GSAM’s expectation of the direction of interest rates or the spread between short-term and long-term interest rates such as yield curve strategy.

The Index currently includes U.S. Government Securities and fixed-rate, publicly issued, U.S. dollar-denominated fixed income securities rated at least investment grade by two of the following NRSROS: Moody’s Investors Service, Standard & Poor’s or Fitch. The securities currently included in the Index have at least one year remaining to maturity; and are issued by the following types of issuers, with each category receiving a different weighting in the Index: U.S. Treasury; agencies, authorities or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government; issuers of mortgage-backed securities; utilities; industrial issuers; financial institutions; foreign issuers; and issuers of asset-backed securities. The Index is a trademark of Lehman Brothers. Inclusion of a security in the Index does not imply an opinion by Lehman Brothers as to its attractiveness or appropriateness for investment. Although Lehman Brothers obtains

B-6

factual information used in connection with the Index from sources which it considers reliable, Lehman Brothers claims no responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or timeliness or such information and has no liability to any person for any loss arising from results obtained from the use of the Index data.

GSAM seeks to manage fixed-income portfolio risk in a number of ways. These include diversifying the fixed-income portion of the Balanced Fund’s portfolio among various types of fixed-income securities and utilizing sophisticated quantitative models to understand how the fixed-income portion of the portfolio will perform under a variety of market and economic scenarios. In addition, GSAM uses extensive credit analysis to select and to monitor any investment-grade or non-investment grade bonds that may be included in the Balanced Fund’s portfolio. In employing this and other investment strategies, the GSAM team has access to extensive fundamental research and analysis available through Goldman Sachs and a broad range of other sources.

A number of investment strategies will be used in selecting fixed-income securities for the Fund’s portfolio. GSAM’s fixed-income investment philosophy is to actively manage the portfolio within a risk-controlled framework. The Investment Adviser de-emphasizes interest rate anticipation by monitoring the duration of the portfolio within a narrow range of the Investment Adviser’s target duration, and instead focuses on seeking to add value through sector selection, security selection and yield curve strategies.

The Investment Adviser uses derivative instruments to manage the duration of the Fund’s fixed income investment portfolio. These derivative instruments include financial futures contracts and swap transactions, as well as other types of derivatives, and can be used to shorten and lengthen the duration of the Fund’s fixed income investment portfolio. The Fund’s investments in derivative instruments, including financial futures contracts and swaps, can be significant. These transactions can result in sizeable realized and unrealized capital gains and losses relative to the gains and losses from the Fund’s investments in bonds and other securities.

Interest rates, fixed-income securities prices, the prices of futures and other derivatives, and currency exchange rates can be volatile, and a variance in the degree of volatility or in the direction of the market from the Investment Adviser’s expectations may produce losses in a Fund’s investments in derivatives. In addition, a perfect correlation between a derivatives position and a fixed-income security position is generally impossible to achieve. As a result, the Investment Adviser’s use of derivatives may not be effective in fulfilling the Investment Adviser’s investment strategies and may contribute to losses that would not have been incurred otherwise.

Market Sector Selection. Market sector selection for the fixed income portion of the Balanced Fund’s portfolio is the underweighting or overweighting of one or more market sectors (i.e., U.S. Treasuries, U.S. Government agency securities, corporate securities, mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities). GSAM may decide to overweight or underweight a given market sector or subsector (e.g., within the corporate sector, industrials, financial issuers and utilities) based on, among other things, expectations of future yield spreads between different sectors or subsectors.

Issuer Selection. Issuer selection is the purchase and sale of fixed-income corporate securities based on a corporation’s current and expected credit standing (within the constraints imposed by the Balanced Fund’s minimum credit quality requirements). This strategy focuses on four types of corporate issuers. Selection of securities from the first type of issuers – those with low but stable credit – is intended to enhance total returns by providing incremental yield. Selecting securities from the second type of issuers – those with low and intermediate but improving credit quality – is intended to enhance total returns in two stages. Initially, these securities are expected to provide incremental yield. Eventually,

B-7

price appreciation is expected to occur relative to alternative securities as credit quality improves, the credit ratings of nationally recognized statistical ratings organizations are upgraded, and credit spreads narrow. Securities from the third type of issuers – issuers with deteriorating credit quality – will be avoided, since total returns are typically enhanced by avoiding the widening of credit spreads and the consequent relative price depreciation. Finally, total returns can be enhanced by focusing on securities that are rated differently by different rating organizations. If the securities are trading in line with the higher published quality rating while GSAM concurs with the lower published quality rating, the securities would generally be sold and future potential price deterioration avoided. On the other hand, if the securities are trading in line with the lower published quality rating while the higher published quality rating is considered more realistic, the securities may be purchased in anticipation of the expected market re-evaluation and relative price appreciation.

Yield Curve Strategy. Yield curve strategy consists of overweighting or underweighting different maturity sectors relative to a benchmark to take advantage of the shape of the yield curve. Three alternative maturity sector selections are available: a “barbell” strategy in which short and long maturity sectors are overweighted while intermediate maturity sectors are underweighted; a “bullet” strategy in which, conversely, short-and long-maturity sectors are underweighted while intermediate-maturity sectors are overweighted; and a “neutral yield curve” strategy in which the maturity distribution mirrors that of a benchmark.

Additional Information About the International Equity Fund

The International Equity Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing, under normal circumstances, substantially all, and at least 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at the time of purchase) in equity investments of companies that are organized outside the United States or whose securities are principally traded outside the United States.

The International Equity Fund’s Investment Adviser believes that outperformance is generated by a long-term focus on quality companies with quality managements that trade at attractive valuations.

Bottom-up, fundamental research is carried out by both the Investment Adviser’s five senior portfolio managers and its 80+ research analysts based in London, Singapore, Tokyo, New York and Tampa. These research analysts are organized into five global sector research teams – Consumer, Health Sciences, Financials, Industrials and Technology/Telecoms. The Investment Adviser’s global research platform also includes a ‘Specialist’ team that focuses on the small and mid-cap segments of each market. The rigorous investment criteria employed by the research analysts are designed to capture the quality of business, quality of management and valuation of the companies within the international equity universe.

Stock selection. The portfolio management team evaluates ideas with the global research analysts through formal conference calls, regular visits to the Investment Adviser’s regional offices and regular ad hoc communication. These forums allow the portfolio managers to cross-examine the research analysts, question their assumptions, ensure issues have been raised, and offer counter-perspectives to their investment recommendations. After questions arising from these discussions have been answered, primary stock selection is carried out by the International Equity portfolio managers, who assess each stock by balancing views of the global sector teams with their own before making a cross-border and cross-sector assessment of each company.

B-8

Portfolio construction is carried out by the Investment Adviser’s dedicated portfolio construction team, which sizes each position based on the International Equity portfolio managers’ conviction in each stock and the position’s desired impact on portfolio risk. The portfolio managers work closely with the portfolio construction team to position the research ideas in the International Equity Fund and cross-check positioning across all of the regional and sector flagship portfolios to ensure that investment themes are implemented consistently.

GSAMI’s currency team may manage the foreign exchange risk embedded in foreign equities by means of a currency overlay program. The program may be utilized to protect the value of foreign investments in sustained periods of dollar appreciation and to add returns by seeking to take advantage of foreign exchange fluctuations.

The members of GSAMI’s International Equity team bring together years of experience in analyzing and investing in companies globally. Global research analysts have a local presence around the world that facilitates interaction with companies and enhances knowledge of local trends. Moreover, the ability of the portfolio managers to leverage the views of GSAMI’s corporate credit and currency teams result in a deeper understanding of companies and industries.

Additional Information About the Research Select Fund

The Research Select Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at the time of purchase) in equity investments selected for their potential to achieve capital appreciation over the long term. The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing, under normal circumstances, in approximately 40-50 companies that are considered by the Investment Adviser to be positioned for long-term growth or are positioned as value opportunities which, in the Investment Adviser’s view, have identifiable competitive advantages and whose intrinsic value is not reflected in the stock price.

The Fund may invest in securities of any capitalization. Although the Fund will invest primarily in publicly traded U.S. securities (including the securities of foreign issuers that are traded in the United States), it may invest up to 20% of its net assets in foreign securities, including securities of issuers in emerging countries and securities quoted in foreign currencies.

In managing the Fund, the Investment Adviser uses both value and growth investment styles as described above. A committee of portfolio managers representing the Investment Adviser’s value and growth investment teams will meet regularly to discuss stock selection and portfolio construction for the Fund. The Investment Adviser will rely on research generated by the portfolio managers/analysts that comprise the Investment Adviser’s value and growth investment teams. Under normal circumstances, the Fund expects its portfolio to be approximately balanced between value and growth opportunities. The Fund will be re-balanced annually or more frequently as opportunities arise.

Corporate Debt Obligations

B-9

obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.

An economic downturn could severely affect the ability of highly leveraged issuers of junk bond securities to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity. Factors having an adverse impact on the market value of junk bonds will have an adverse effect on a Fund’s net asset value to the extent it invests in such securities. In addition, a Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings.

The secondary market for junk bonds, which is concentrated in relatively few market makers, may not be as liquid as the secondary market for more highly rated securities. This reduced liquidity may have an adverse effect on the ability of Balanced, Growth and Income, Capital Growth, Strategic Growth, Growth Opportunities, Small/Mid Cap Growth, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value, Large Cap Value, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity, Asia Equity and Research Select Funds to dispose of a particular security when necessary to meet their redemption requests or other liquidity needs. Under adverse market or economic conditions, the secondary market for junk bonds could contract further, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. As a result, the Investment Advisers could find it difficult to sell these securities or may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if such securities were widely traded. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower rated or unrated securities, under such circumstances, may be less than the prices used in calculating a Fund’s net asset value.

Since investors generally perceive that there are greater risks associated with the medium to lower rated securities of the type in which Balanced, Growth and Income, Capital Growth, Strategic Growth, Growth Opportunities, Small/Mid Cap Growth, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value, Large Cap Value, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity, Asia Equity and Research Select Funds may invest, the yields and prices of such securities may tend to fluctuate more than those for higher rated securities. In the lower quality segments of the fixed-income securities market, changes in perceptions of issuers’ creditworthiness tend to occur more frequently and in a more pronounced manner than do changes in higher quality segments of the fixed-income securities market, resulting in greater yield and price volatility.

Another factor which causes fluctuations in the prices of fixed-income securities is the supply and demand for similarly rated securities. In addition, the prices of fixed-income securities fluctuate in response to the general level of interest rates. Fluctuations in the prices of portfolio securities subsequent to their acquisition will not affect cash income from such securities but will be reflected in a Fund’s net asset value.

Medium to lower rated and comparable non-rated securities tend to offer higher yields than higher rated securities with the same maturities because the historical financial condition of the issuers of such securities may not have been as strong as that of other issuers. Since medium to lower rated securities generally involve greater risks of loss of income and principal than higher rated securities, investors should consider carefully the relative risks associated with investment in securities which carry medium to lower ratings and in comparable unrated securities. In addition to the risk of default, there are the related costs of recovery on defaulted issues. The Investment Adviser will attempt to reduce these risks through portfolio diversification and by analysis of each issuer and its ability to make timely payments of income and principal, as well as broad economic trends and corporate developments.

B-10

The Investment Adviser employs its own credit research and analysis, which includes a study of existing debt, capital structure, ability to service debt and to pay dividends, the issuer’s sensitivity to economic conditions, its operating history and the current trend of earnings. The Investment Adviser continually monitors the investments in a Fund’s portfolio and evaluates whether to dispose of or to retain corporate debt obligations whose credit ratings or credit quality may have changed.

Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Corporate Obligations

The Funds may invest in commercial paper and other short-term obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. corporations, non-U.S. corporations or other entities. Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by banks or bank holding companies, corporations and finance companies.

U.S. Government Securities

Each Fund may invest in U.S. Government Securities. Some U.S. Government Securities (such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds, which differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance) are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Others, such as obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises, are supported either by (i) the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, (ii) the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the issuer or (iii) only the credit of the issuer. The U.S. government is under no legal obligation, in general, to purchase the obligations of its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to the U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises in the future.

U.S. Government Securities include (to the extent consistent with the Act) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. government, or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. U.S. Government Securities may also include (to the extent consistent with the Act) participations in loans made to foreign governments or their agencies that are guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. The secondary market for certain of these participations is extremely limited. In the absence of a suitable secondary market, such participations are regarded as illiquid.

Each Fund may also purchase U.S. Government Securities in private placements and may also invest in separately traded principal and interest components of securities guaranteed or issued by the U.S. Treasury that are traded independently under the separate trading of registered interest and principal of securities program (“STRIPS”). Each Fund may also invest in zero coupon U.S. Treasury Securities and in zero coupon securities issued by financial institutions which represent a proportionate interest in underlying U.S. Treasury Securities. A zero coupon security pays no interest to its holder during its life and its value consists of the difference between its face value at maturity and its cost. The market prices of zero coupon securities generally are more volatile than the market prices of securities that pay interest periodically.

Bank Obligations

Each Fund may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. or foreign banks. Bank obligations, including without limitation, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and certificates of

B-11

deposit, may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be limited to the issuing branch by the terms of the specific obligations or by government regulation.

Banks are subject to extensive but different governmental regulations which may limit both the amount and types of loans which may be made and interest rates which may be charged. In addition, the profitability of the banking industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. General economic conditions as well as exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers play an important part in the operation of this industry.

Zero Coupon Bonds

Each Fund’s investments in fixed-income securities may include zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds are debt obligations issued or purchased at a discount from face value. The discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds would have accrued and compounded over the period until maturity. Zero coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. Such investments may experience greater volatility in market value than debt obligations which provide for regular payments of interest. In addition, if an issuer of zero coupon bonds held by a Fund defaults, the Fund may obtain no return at all on its investment. A Fund will accrue income on such investments for each taxable year which (net of deductible expenses, if any) is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is generally received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy the Fund’s distribution obligations.

Variable and Floating Rate Securities

The interest rates payable on certain fixed-income securities in which a Fund may invest are not fixed and may fluctuate based upon changes in market rates. A variable rate obligation has an interest rate which is adjusted at pre-designated periods in response to changes in the market rate of interest on which the interest rate is based. Variable and floating rate obligations are less effective than fixed rate instruments at locking in a particular yield. Nevertheless, such obligations may fluctuate in value in response to interest rate changes if there is a delay between changes in market interest rates and the interest reset date for the obligation.

Custodial Receipts and Trust Certificates

Each Fund may invest in custodial receipts and trust certificates, which may be underwritten by securities dealers or banks, representing interests in securities held by a custodian or trustee. The securities so held may include U.S. Government securities, municipal securities or other types of securities in which the Funds may invest. The custodial receipts or trust certificates are underwritten by securities dealers or banks and may evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on the underlying securities, or, in some cases, the payment obligation of a third party that has entered into an interest rate swap or other arrangement with the custodian or trustee. For certain securities laws purposes, custodial receipts and trust certificates may not be considered obligations of the U.S. Government or other issuer of the securities held by the custodian or trustee. As a holder of custodial receipts and trust certificates, the Funds will bear their proportionate share of the fees and expenses charged to the custodial account or trust. The Funds may also invest in separately issued interests in custodial receipts and trust certificates.

B-12

Although under the terms of a custodial receipt or trust certificate the Funds would be typically authorized to assert their rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, the Funds could be required to assert through the custodian bank or trustee those rights as may exist against the underlying issuers. Thus, in the event an underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, the Funds may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the Funds had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custodial account in which the underlying securities have been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying securities would be reduced in recognition of any taxes paid.

Certain custodial receipts and trust certificates may be synthetic or derivative instruments that have interest rates that reset inversely to changing short-term rates and/or have embedded interest rate floors and caps that require the issuer to pay an adjusted interest rate if market rates fall below or rise above a specified rate. Because some of these instruments represent relatively recent innovations, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of instruments, it is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest-rate scenarios. Also, because these instruments may be leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of fixed income instruments and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. The possibility of default by an issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. In some cases, it may be difficult to determine the fair value of a derivative instrument because of a lack of reliable objective information and an established secondary market for some instruments may not exist. In many cases, the Internal Revenue Service has not ruled on the tax treatment of the interest or payments received on the derivative instruments and, accordingly, purchases of such instruments are based on the opinion of counsel to the sponsors of the instruments.

Municipal Securities

The Balanced Fund may invest in municipal securities. Municipal securities consist of bonds, notes and other instruments issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States (including the District of Columbia) and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities, the interest on which is exempt from regular federal income tax. Municipal securities are often issued to obtain funds for various public purposes. Municipal securities also include “private activity bonds” or industrial development bonds, which are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds for privately operated facilities, such as airports and waste disposal facilities, and, in some cases, commercial and industrial facilities.

The yields and market values of municipal securities are determined primarily by the general level of interest rates, the creditworthiness of the issuers of municipal securities and economic and political conditions affecting such issuers. Due to their tax exempt status, the yields and market prices of municipal securities may be adversely affected by changes in tax rates and policies, which may have less effect on the market for taxable fixed-income securities. Moreover, certain types of municipal securities, such as housing revenue bonds, involve prepayment risks which could affect the yield on such securities. The credit rating assigned to municipal securities may reflect the existence of guarantees, letters of credit or other credit enhancement features available to the issuers or holders of such municipal securities.

Investments in municipal securities are subject to the risk that the issuer could default on its obligations. Such a default could result from the inadequacy of the sources or revenues from which

B-13

interest and principal payments are to be made or the assets collateralizing such obligations. Revenue bonds, including private activity bonds, are backed only by specific assets or revenue sources and not by the full faith and credit of the governmental issuer.

Dividends paid by the Funds from any tax-exempt interest they may receive will not be tax-exempt.

Mortgage-Backed Securities

General Characteristics. Each Fund (other than the Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Structured International Equity and Research Select Funds) may invest in mortgage-backed securities. Each mortgage pool underlying mortgage-backed securities consists of mortgage loans evidenced by promissory notes secured by first mortgages or first deeds of trust or other similar security instruments creating a first lien on owner occupied and non-owner occupied one-unit to four-unit residential properties, multifamily (i.e., five or more) properties, agricultural properties, commercial properties and mixed use properties (the “Mortgaged Properties”). The Mortgaged Properties may consist of detached individual dwelling units, multifamily dwelling units, individual condominiums, townhouses, duplexes, triplexes, fourplexes, row houses, individual units in planned unit developments and other attached dwelling units. The Mortgaged Properties may also include residential investment properties and second homes.

The investment characteristics of adjustable and fixed rate mortgage-backed securities differ from those of traditional fixed-income securities. The major differences include the payment of interest and principal on mortgage-backed securities on a more frequent (usually monthly) schedule, and the possibility that principal may be prepaid at any time due to prepayments on the underlying mortgage loans or other assets. These differences can result in significantly greater price and yield volatility than is the case with traditional fixed-income securities. As a result, if a Fund purchases mortgage-backed securities at a premium, a faster than expected prepayment rate will reduce both the market value and the yield to maturity from those which were anticipated. A prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity and market value. Conversely, if a Fund purchases mortgage-backed securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce yield to maturity and market values. To the extent that a Fund invests in mortgage-backed securities, its Investment Adviser may seek to manage these potential risks by investing in a variety of mortgage-backed securities and by using certain hedging techniques.

Government Guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities. There are several types of government guaranteed mortgage-backed securities currently available, including guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates and multiple class securities, which include guaranteed Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit Certificates (“REMIC Certificates”), other collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped mortgage-backed securities. A Fund is permitted to invest in other types of mortgage-backed securities that may be available in the future to the extent consistent with its investment policies and objective.

A Fund’s investments in mortgage-backed securities may include securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or one of its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). Ginnie Mae securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, which means that the U.S. Government guarantees that the interest and principal will be paid when due. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Fannie Mae and

B-14

Freddie Mac have the ability to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, and as a result, they are generally viewed by the market as high quality securities with low credit risks. From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating federal sponsorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac that issue guaranteed Mortgage-Backed Securities. The Trust cannot predict what legislation, if any, may be proposed in the future in Congress as regards such sponsorship or which proposals, if any, might be enacted. Such proposals, if enacted, might materially and adversely affect the availability of government guaranteed mortgage-backed securities and a Fund’s liquidity and value.

There is risk that the U.S. Government will not provide financial support to its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. A Fund may purchase U.S. Government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government securities held by a Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

Ginnie Mae Certificates. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the United States. Ginnie Mae is authorized to guarantee the timely payment of the principal of and interest on certificates that are based on and backed by a pool of mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA Loans”), or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration (“VA Loans”), or by pools of other eligible mortgage loans. In order to meet its obligations under any guaranty, Ginnie Mae is authorized to borrow from the United States Treasury in an unlimited amount. The National Housing Act provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the timely payment of principal and interest by Ginnie Mae of amounts due on Ginnie Mae certificates.

Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae is a stockholder-owned corporation chartered under an act of the United States Congress. Generally, Fannie Mae Certificates are issued and guaranteed by Fannie Mae and represent an undivided interest in a pool of mortgage loans (a “Pool”) formed by Fannie Mae. Each Pool consists of residential mortgage loans (“Mortgage Loans”) either previously owned by Fannie Mae or purchased by it in connection with the formation of the Pool. The Mortgage Loans may be either conventional Mortgage Loans (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any U.S. Government agency) or Mortgage Loans that are either insured by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration (“VA”). However, the Mortgage Loans in Fannie Mae Pools are primarily conventional Mortgage Loans. The lenders originating and servicing the Mortgage Loans are subject to certain eligibility requirements established by Fannie Mae.

Fannie Mae has certain contractual responsibilities. With respect to each Pool, Fannie Mae is obligated to distribute scheduled installments of principal and interest after Fannie Mae’s servicing and guaranty fee, whether or not received, to Certificate holders. Fannie Mae also is obligated to distribute to holders of Certificates an amount equal to the full principal balance of any foreclosed Mortgage Loan, whether or not such principal balance is actually recovered. The obligations of Fannie Mae under its guaranty of the Fannie Mae Certificates are obligations solely of Fannie Mae.

Freddie Mac Certificates. Freddie Mac is a publicly held U.S. Government sponsored enterprise. The principal activity of Freddie Mac currently is the purchase of first lien, conventional, residential mortgage loans and participation interests in such mortgage loans and their resale in the form of mortgage securities, primarily Freddie Mac Certificates. A Freddie Mac Certificate represents a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans or participations in mortgage loans (a “Freddie Mac Certificate group”) purchased by Freddie Mac.

B-15

Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate the timely payment of interest at the rate provided for by such Freddie Mac Certificate (whether or not received on the underlying loans). Freddie Mac also guarantees to each registered Certificate holder an ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guaranty of Freddie Mac Certificates are obligations solely of Freddie Mac.

The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae Certificates consist of adjustable rate or fixed-rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of up to forty years. Substantially all of these mortgage loans are secured by first liens on one-to-four-family residential properties or multi-family projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the law creating Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans, undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

Conventional Mortgage Loans. The conventional mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae Certificates consist of adjustable rate or fixed-rate mortgage loans normally with original terms to maturity of between five and thirty years. Substantially all of these mortgage loans are secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties or multi-family projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the law creating Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans, undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Each Fund (other than the Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Structured International Equity and Research Select Funds) may invest in both government guaranteed and privately issued mortgage pass-through securities (“Mortgage Pass-Throughs”); that is, fixed or adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities which provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees or other amounts paid to any guarantor, administrator and/or servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. The seller or servicer of the underlying mortgage obligations will generally make representations and warranties to certificate holders as to certain characteristics of the mortgage loans and as to the accuracy of certain information furnished to the trustee in respect of each such mortgage loan. Upon a breach of any representation or warranty that materially and adversely affects the interests of the related certificate holders in a mortgage loan, the seller or servicer may be obligated either to cure the breach in all material respects, to repurchase the mortgage loan or, if the related agreement so provides, to substitute in its place a mortgage loan pursuant to the conditions set forth therein. Such a repurchase or substitution obligation may constitute the sole remedy available to the related certificate holders or the trustee for the material breach of any such representation or warranty by the seller or servicer.

The following discussion describes only a few of the wide variety of structures of Mortgage Pass-Throughs that are available or may be issued.

Description of Certificates. Mortgage Pass-Throughs may be issued in one or more classes of senior certificates and one or more classes of subordinate certificates. Each such class may bear a different pass-through rate. Generally, each certificate will evidence the specified interest of the holder

B-16

thereof in the payments of principal or interest or both in respect of the mortgage pool comprising part of the trust fund for such certificates.

Any class of certificates may also be divided into subclasses entitled to varying amounts of principal and interest. If a REMIC election has been made, certificates of such subclasses may be entitled to payments on the basis of a stated principal balance and stated interest rate, and payments among different subclasses may be made on a sequential, concurrent, pro rata or disproportionate basis, or any combination thereof. The stated interest rate on any such subclass of certificates may be a fixed rate or one which varies in direct or inverse relationship to an objective interest index.

Generally, each registered holder of a certificate will be entitled to receive its pro rata share of monthly distributions of all or a portion of principal of the underlying mortgage loans or of interest on the principal balances thereof, which accrues at the applicable mortgage pass-through rate, or both. The difference between the mortgage interest rate and the related mortgage pass-through rate (less the amount, if any, of retained yield) with respect to each mortgage loan will generally be paid to the servicer as a servicing fee. Since certain adjustable rate mortgage loans included in a mortgage pool may provide for deferred interest (i.e., negative amortization), the amount of interest actually paid by a mortgagor in any month may be less than the amount of interest accrued on the outstanding principal balance of the related mortgage loan during the relevant period at the applicable mortgage interest rate. In such event, the amount of interest that is treated as deferred interest will generally be added to the principal balance of the related mortgage loan and will be distributed pro rata to certificate-holders as principal of such mortgage loan when paid by the mortgagor in subsequent monthly payments or at maturity.

Ratings. The ratings assigned by a rating organization to Mortgage Pass-Throughs address the likelihood of the receipt of all distributions on the underlying mortgage loans by the related certificate-holders under the agreements pursuant to which such certificates are issued. A rating organization’s ratings normally take into consideration the credit quality of the related mortgage pool, including any credit support providers, structural and legal aspects associated with such certificates, and the extent to which the payment stream on such mortgage pool is adequate to make payments required by such certificates. A rating organization’s ratings on such certificates do not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency of prepayments on the related mortgage loans. In addition, the rating assigned by a rating organization to a certificate may not address the remote possibility that, in the event of the insolvency of the issuer of certificates where a subordinated interest was retained, the issuance and sale of the senior certificates may be recharacterized as a financing and, as a result of such recharacterization, payments on such certificates may be affected.

Credit Enhancement. Mortgage pools created by non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher yield than government and government-related pools because of the absence of direct or indirect government or agency payment guarantees. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors or underlying assets to make payments, mortgage pass-throughs may contain elements of credit support. Credit support falls generally into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pools of mortgages, the provision of a reserve fund, or a combination thereof, to ensure, subject to certain limitations, that scheduled payments on the underlying pool are made in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from default ensures ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such credit support can be provided by, among other things, payment guarantees, letters of credit, pool insurance, subordination, or any combination thereof.

B-17

Subordination; Shifting of Interest; Reserve Fund. In order to achieve ratings on one or more classes of Mortgage Pass-Throughs, one or more classes of certificates may be subordinate certificates which provide that the rights of the subordinate certificate-holders to receive any or a specified portion of distributions with respect to the underlying mortgage loans may be subordinated to the rights of the senior certificate-holders. If so structured, the subordination feature may be enhanced by distributing to the senior certificate-holders on certain distribution dates, as payment of principal, a specified percentage (which generally declines over time) of all principal payments received during the preceding prepayment period (“shifting interest credit enhancement”). This will have the effect of accelerating the amortization of the senior certificates while increasing the interest in the trust fund evidenced by the subordinate certificates. Increasing the interest of the subordinate certificates relative to that of the senior certificates is intended to preserve the availability of the subordination provided by the subordinate certificates. In addition, because the senior certificate-holders in a shifting interest credit enhancement structure are entitled to receive a percentage of principal prepayments which is greater than their proportionate interest in the trust fund, the rate of principal prepayments on the mortgage loans may have an even greater effect on the rate of principal payments and the amount of interest payments on, and the yield to maturity of, the senior certificates.

In addition to providing for a preferential right of the senior certificate-holders to receive current distributions from the mortgage pool, a reserve fund may be established relating to such certificates (the “Reserve Fund”). The Reserve Fund may be created with an initial cash deposit by the originator or servicer and augmented by the retention of distributions otherwise available to the subordinate certificate-holders or by excess servicing fees until the Reserve Fund reaches a specified amount.

The subordination feature, and any Reserve Fund, are intended to enhance the likelihood of timely receipt by senior certificate-holders of the full amount of scheduled monthly payments of principal and interest due them and will protect the senior certificate-holders against certain losses; however, in certain circumstances the Reserve Fund could be depleted and temporary shortfalls could result. In the event the Reserve Fund is depleted before the subordinated amount is reduced to zero, senior certificate-holders will nevertheless have a preferential right to receive current distributions from the mortgage pool to the extent of the then outstanding subordinated amount. Unless otherwise specified, until the subordinated amount is reduced to zero, on any distribution date any amount otherwise distributable to the subordinate certificates or, to the extent specified, in the Reserve Fund will generally be used to offset the amount of any losses realized with respect to the mortgage loans (“Realized Losses”). Realized Losses remaining after application of such amounts will generally be applied to reduce the ownership interest of the subordinate certificates in the mortgage pool. If the subordinated amount has been reduced to zero, Realized Losses generally will be allocated pro rata among all certificate-holders in proportion to their respective outstanding interests in the mortgage pool.

Alternative Credit Enhancement. As an alternative, or in addition to the credit enhancement afforded by subordination, credit enhancement for Mortgage Pass-Throughs may be provided by mortgage insurance, hazard insurance, by the deposit of cash, certificates of deposit, letters of credit, a limited guaranty or by such other methods as are acceptable to a rating agency. In certain circumstances, such as where credit enhancement is provided by guarantees or a letter of credit, the security is subject to credit risk because of its exposure to an external credit enhancement provider.

Voluntary Advances. Generally, in the event of delinquencies in payments on the mortgage loans underlying the Mortgage Pass-Throughs, the servicer agrees to make advances of cash for the benefit of certificate-holders, but generally will do so only to the extent that it determines such voluntary advances will be recoverable from future payments and collections on the mortgage loans or otherwise.

B-18

Optional Termination. Generally, the servicer may, at its option with respect to any certificates, repurchase all of the underlying mortgage loans remaining outstanding at such time if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of such mortgage loans is less than a specified percentage (generally 5-10%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loans as of the cut-off date specified with respect to such series.

Multiple Class Mortgage-Backed Securities and Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. A Fund may invest in multiple class securities including collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and REMIC Certificates. These securities may be issued by U.S. Government agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac or by trusts formed by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, insurance companies, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. In general, CMOs are debt obligations of a legal entity that are collateralized by, and multiple class mortgage-backed securities represent direct ownership interests in, a pool of mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities the payments on which are used to make payments on the CMOs or multiple class mortgage-backed securities.

Fannie Mae REMIC Certificates are issued and guaranteed as to timely distribution of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. In addition, Fannie Mae will be obligated to distribute the principal balance of each class of REMIC Certificates in full, whether or not sufficient funds are otherwise available.

Freddie Mac guarantees the timely payment of interest on Freddie Mac REMIC Certificates and also guarantees the payment of principal as payments are required to be made on the underlying mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”). PCs represent undivided interests in specified level payment, residential mortgages or participations therein purchased by Freddie Mac and placed in a PC pool. With respect to principal payments on PCs, Freddie Mac generally guarantees ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans without offset or deduction but the receipt of the required payments may be delayed. Freddie Mac also guarantees timely payment of principal of certain PCs.

CMOs and guaranteed REMIC Certificates issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are types of multiple class mortgage-backed securities. The REMIC Certificates represent beneficial ownership interests in a REMIC trust, generally consisting of mortgage loans or Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae guaranteed mortgage-backed securities (the “Mortgage Assets”). The obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac under their respective guaranty of the REMIC Certificates are obligations solely of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, respectively.

CMOs and REMIC Certificates are issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs or REMIC Certificates, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific adjustable or fixed interest rate and must be fully retired no later than its final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Loans or the Mortgage Assets underlying the CMOs or REMIC Certificates may cause some or all of the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates to be retired substantially earlier than their final distribution dates. Generally, interest is paid or accrues on all classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates on a monthly basis.

B-19

final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.

Additional structures of CMOs and REMIC Certificates include, among others, “parallel pay” CMOs and REMIC Certificates. Parallel pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates are those which are structured to apply principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets to two or more classes concurrently on a proportionate or disproportionate basis. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class.

A wide variety of REMIC Certificates may be issued in parallel pay or sequential pay structures. These securities include accrual certificates (also known as “Z-Bonds”), which only accrue interest at a specified rate until all other certificates having an earlier final distribution date have been retired and are converted thereafter to an interest-paying security, and planned amortization class (“PAC”) certificates, which are parallel pay REMIC Certificates that generally require that specified amounts of principal be applied on each payment date to one or more classes or REMIC Certificates (the “PAC Certificates”), even though all other principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets are then required to be applied to one or more other classes of the PAC Certificates. The scheduled principal payments for the PAC Certificates generally have the highest priority on each payment date after interest due has been paid to all classes entitled to receive interest currently. Shortfalls, if any, are added to the amount payable on the next payment date. The PAC Certificate payment schedule is taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class of PAC. In order to create PAC tranches, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the underlying mortgage assets. These tranches tend to have market prices and yields that are much more volatile than other PAC classes.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. The Balanced Fund may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”), which are derivative multiclass mortgage securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or non-governmental originators. Certain SMBS may not be readily marketable and will be considered illiquid for purposes of the Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. The Investment Adviser may determine that SMBS which are U.S. Government Securities are liquid for purposes of the Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. The market value of the class consisting entirely of principal payments generally is unusually volatile in response to changes in interest rates. The yields on a class of SMBS that receives all or most of the interest from Mortgage Assets are generally higher than prevailing market yields on other mortgage-backed securities because their cash flow patterns are more volatile and there is a greater risk that the initial investment will not be fully recouped.

Inverse Floating Rate Securities

The Balanced Fund may invest in leveraged inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”). The interest rate on an inverse floater resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater is indexed. An inverse floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest. The higher degree of leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Accordingly, the duration of an inverse floater may exceed its stated final maturity. Certain inverse floaters may be deemed to be illiquid securities for purposes of a Fund’s 15% limitation on investments in such securities.

B-20

Asset-Backed Securities

Each Fund (except the Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Structured International Equity and Research Select Funds) may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities represent participations in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as motor vehicle installment sales, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements and other categories of receivables. Such assets are securitized through the use of trusts and special purpose corporations. Payments or distributions of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or a pool insurance policy issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the trust or corporation, or other credit enhancements may be present.

Such securities are often subject to more rapid repayment than their stated maturity date would indicate as a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying loans. During periods of declining interest rates, prepayment of loans underlying asset backed securities can be expected to accelerate. Accordingly, a Fund’s ability to maintain positions in such securities will be affected by reductions in the principal amount of such securities resulting from prepayments, and its ability to reinvest the returns of principal at comparable yields is subject to generally prevailing interest rates at that time. To the extent that a Fund invests in asset-backed securities, the values of such Fund’s portfolio securities will vary with changes in market interest rates generally and the differentials in yields among various kinds of asset-backed securities.

Asset-backed securities present certain additional risks because asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral that is comparable to mortgage assets. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors on such receivables are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set-off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Automobile receivables generally are secured, but by automobiles rather than residential real property. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the loan servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the asset-backed securities. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in the underlying automobiles. Therefore, if the issuer of an asset-backed security defaults on its payment obligations, there is the possibility that, in some cases, a Fund will be unable to possess and sell the underlying collateral and that the Fund’s recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to support payments on the securities.

Loan Participations

The Balanced Fund may invest in loan participations. Such loans must be to issuers in whose obligations Balanced Fund may invest. A loan participation is an interest in a loan to a U.S. or foreign company or other borrower which is administered and sold by a financial intermediary. In a typical corporate loan syndication, a number of lenders, usually banks (co-lenders), lend a corporate borrower a specified sum pursuant to the terms and conditions of a loan agreement. One of the co-lenders usually agrees to act as the agent bank with respect to the loan.

Participation interests acquired by the Balanced Fund may take the form of a direct or co-lending relationship with the corporate borrower, an assignment of an interest in the loan by a co-lender or another

B-21

participant, or a participation in the seller’s share of the loan. When the Balanced Fund acts as co-lender in connection with a participation interest or when the Balanced Fund acquires certain participation interests, the Balanced Fund will have direct recourse against the borrower if the borrower fails to pay scheduled principal and interest. In cases where the Balanced Fund lacks direct recourse, it will look to the agent bank to enforce appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. In these cases, the Balanced Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the Fund had purchased a direct obligation (such as commercial paper) of such borrower. For example, in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the corporate borrower, a loan participation may be subject to certain defenses by the borrower as a result of improper conduct by the agent bank. Moreover, under the terms of the loan participation, the Balanced Fund may be regarded as a creditor of the agent bank (rather than of the underlying corporate borrower), so that the Balanced Fund may also be subject to the risk that the agent bank may become insolvent. The secondary market, if any, for these loan participations is limited and loan participations purchased by the Balanced Fund will normally be regarded as illiquid.

For purposes of certain investment limitations pertaining to diversification of the Balanced Fund’s portfolio investments, the issuer of a loan participation will be the underlying borrower. However, in cases where the Balanced Fund does not have recourse directly against the borrower, both the borrower and each agent bank and co-lender interposed between the Balanced Fund and the borrower will be deemed issuers of a loan participation.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

Each Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts and may also purchase and write call and put options on futures contracts. The Structured Large Cap Value, Structured Large Cap Growth and Structured Small Cap Equity Funds may only enter into such transactions with respect to a representative index. The Structured U.S. Equity Fund may enter into futures transactions only with respect to the S&P 500 Index. The other Funds may purchase and sell futures contracts based on various securities, securities indices, foreign currencies and other financial instruments and indices. Each Fund may engage in futures and related options transactions in order to seek to increase total return or to hedge against changes in interest rates, securities prices or, if a Fund invests in foreign securities, currency exchange rates, or to otherwise manage its term structure, sector selection and duration in accordance with its investment objective and policies. Each Fund may also enter into closing purchase and sale transactions with respect to such contracts and options. The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under that Act with respect to the Funds.

Futures contracts entered into by a Fund have historically been traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) or with respect to certain funds, on foreign exchanges. More recently, certain futures may also be traded either over-the-counter or on trading facilities such as derivatives transaction execution facilities, exempt boards of trade or electronic trading facilities that are licensed and/or regulated to varying degrees by the CFTC. Also, certain single stock futures and narrow based security index futures may be traded either over-the-counter or on trading facilities such as contract markets, derivatives transaction execution facilities and electronic trading facilities that are licensed and/or regulated to varying degrees by both the CFTC and the SEC, or on foreign exchanges.

Neither the CFTC, National Futures Association, SEC nor any domestic exchange regulates activities of any foreign exchange or boards of trade, including the execution, delivery and clearing of

B-22

transactions, or has the power to compel enforcement of the rules of a foreign exchange or board of trade or any applicable foreign law. This is true even if the exchange is formally linked to a domestic market so that a position taken on the market may be liquidated by a transaction on another market. Moreover, such laws or regulations will vary depending on the foreign country in which the foreign futures or foreign options transaction occurs. For these reasons, a Fund’s investments in foreign futures or foreign options transactions may not be provided the same protections in respect of transactions on United States exchanges. In particular, persons who trade foreign futures or foreign options contracts may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTC’s regulations and the rules of the National Futures Association and any domestic exchange, including the right to use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings provided by the National Futures Association or any domestic futures exchange. Similarly, these persons may not have the protection of the U.S. securities laws.

Futures Contracts. A futures contract may generally be described as an agreement between two parties to buy and sell particular financial instruments for an agreed price during a designated month (or to deliver the final cash settlement price, in the case of a contract relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the end of trading in the contract).

When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, a Fund can seek through the sale of futures contracts to offset a decline in the value of its current portfolio securities. When interest rates are falling or securities prices are rising, a Fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, can attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when it effects anticipated purchases. Similarly, each Fund (other than the Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth and Structured Small Cap Equity Funds) can purchase and sell futures contracts on a specified currency in order to seek to increase total return or to protect against changes in currency exchange rates. For example, each Fund (other than the Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth and Structured Small Cap Equity Funds) can purchase futures contracts on foreign currency to establish the price in U.S. dollars of a security quoted or denominated in such currency that such Fund has acquired or expects to acquire. As another example, certain Funds may enter into futures transactions to seek a closer correlation between a Fund’s overall currency exposures and the currency exposures of a Fund’s performance benchmark. The Balanced Fund may also use futures contracts to manage the term structure and duration of its fixed-income securities holdings in accordance with that Fund’s investment objective and policies.

Positions taken in the futures market are not normally held to maturity, but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which may result in a profit or a loss. While a Fund will usually liquidate futures contracts on securities or currency in this manner, a Fund may instead make or take delivery of the underlying securities or currency whenever it appears economically advantageous for the Fund to do so. A clearing corporation associated with the exchange on which futures are traded guarantees that, if still open, the sale or purchase will be performed on the settlement date.

Hedging Strategies. Hedging, by use of futures contracts, seeks to establish with more certainty than would otherwise be possible the effective price, rate of return or currency exchange rate on portfolio securities or securities that a Fund owns or proposes to acquire. A Fund may, for example, take a “short” position in the futures market by selling futures contracts to seek to hedge against an anticipated rise in interest rates or a decline in market prices or (other than the Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth and Structured Small Cap Equity Funds) foreign currency rates that would adversely affect the dollar value of such Fund’s portfolio securities. Similarly, each Fund (other than the Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth and

B-23

Structured Small Cap Equity Funds) may sell futures contracts on a currency in which its portfolio securities are quoted or denominated, or sell futures contracts on one currency to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities quoted or denominated in a different currency if there is an established historical pattern of correlation between the two currencies. If, in the opinion of the applicable Investment Adviser, there is a sufficient degree of correlation between price trends for a Fund’s portfolio securities and futures contracts based on other financial instruments, securities indices or other indices, a Fund may also enter into such futures contracts as part of a hedging strategy. Although under some circumstances prices of securities in a Fund’s portfolio may be more or less volatile than prices of such futures contracts, the Investment Advisers will attempt to estimate the extent of this volatility difference based on historical patterns and compensate for any such differential by having a Fund enter into a greater or lesser number of futures contracts or by attempting to achieve only a partial hedge against price changes affecting a Fund’s portfolio securities. When hedging of this character is successful, any depreciation in the value of portfolio securities will be substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. On the other hand, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position.

On other occasions, a Fund may take a “long” position by purchasing such futures contracts. This may be done, for example, when a Fund anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices or currency exchange rates then available in the applicable market to be less favorable than prices or rates that are currently available.

Options on Futures Contracts. The acquisition of put and call options on futures contracts will give a Fund the right (but not the obligation), for a specified price, to sell or to purchase, respectively, the underlying futures contract at any time during the option period. As the purchaser of an option on a futures contract, a Fund obtains the benefit of the futures position if prices move in a favorable direction but limits its risk of loss in the event of an unfavorable price movement to the loss of the premium and transaction costs.

The writing of a call option on a futures contract generates a premium which may partially offset a decline in the value of a Fund’s assets. By writing a call option, a Fund becomes obligated, in exchange for the premium, to sell a futures contract if the option is exercised, which may have a value higher than the exercise price. The writing of a put option on a futures contract generates a premium, which may partially offset an increase in the price of securities that a Fund intends to purchase. However, a Fund becomes obligated (upon the exercise of the option) to purchase a futures contract if the option is exercised, which may have a value lower than the exercise price. Thus, the loss incurred by a Fund in writing options on futures is potentially unlimited and may exceed the amount of the premium received. A Fund will incur transaction costs in connection with the writing of options on futures.

The holder or writer of an option on a futures contract may terminate its position by selling or purchasing an offsetting option on the same financial instrument. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. A Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid market.

Other Considerations. A Fund will engage in transactions in futures contracts and related options transactions only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) for maintaining its qualification as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes. Transactions in futures contracts and options on futures involve brokerage costs, require margin deposits and, in certain cases, require the Fund to segregate cash or liquid assets in an amount equal to the underlying value of such contracts and options.

B-24

A Fund may cover its transactions in futures contracts and related options through the segregation of cash or liquid assets or by other means, in any manner permitted by applicable law.

While transactions in futures contracts and options on futures may reduce certain risks, such transactions themselves entail certain other risks. Thus, unanticipated changes in interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates may result in a poorer overall performance for a Fund than if it had not entered into any futures contracts or options transactions. When futures contracts and options are used for hedging purposes, perfect correlation between a Fund’s futures position and portfolio positions will be impossible to achieve. In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and a portfolio position which is intended to be protected, the desired protection may not be obtained and a Fund may be exposed to risk of loss.

Perfect correlation between a Fund’s futures positions and portfolio positions will be difficult to achieve, particularly where futures contracts based on individual equity or corporate fixed-income securities are currently not available. In addition, it is not possible for a Fund to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities quoted or denominated in foreign currencies because the value of such securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of independent factors unrelated to currency fluctuations. The profitability of a Fund’s trading in futures depends upon the ability of the Investment Advisers to analyze correctly the futures markets.

Options on Securities and Securities Indices

Writing Covered Options. Each Fund may write (sell) covered call and put options on any securities in which it may invest. A call option written by a Fund obligates such Fund to sell specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the option is exercised on or before the expiration date. All call options written by a Fund are covered, which means that such Fund will own the securities subject to the option as long as the option is outstanding or such Fund will use the other methods described below. A Fund’s purpose in writing covered call options is to realize greater income than would be realized on portfolio securities transactions alone. However, a Fund may forego the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security.

A put option written by a Fund would obligate such Fund to purchase specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if the option is exercised on or before the expiration date. All put options written by a Fund would be covered, which means that such Fund will segregate cash or liquid assets with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option (less any margin on deposit) or will use the other methods described below. The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for the Fund. However, in return for the option premium, each Fund accepts the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.

In the case of a call option, the option is “covered” if a Fund owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, liquid assets in such amount are segregated) upon conversion or exchange of other instruments held by it. A call option is also covered if a Fund holds a call on the same instrument as the option written where the exercise price of the option held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the option written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the option written provided the Fund segregates liquid assets in the amount of the difference. A Fund also may cover call options on securities by segregating cash or liquid assets, as permitted by applicable law, with a value, when added to any margin on deposit, that is equal to the market value of the securities in the case of a

B-25

call option. A put option is also covered if a Fund holds a put on the same instrument as the option written where the exercise price of the option held is (i) equal to or higher than the exercise price of the option written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the option written provided the Fund segregates liquid assets in the amount of the difference.

A Fund may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index, or by having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities without additional cash consideration (or for additional consideration which has been segregated by the Fund) upon conversion or exchange of other securities in its portfolio. A Fund also may cover call and put options on a securities index by segregating cash or liquid assets, as permitted by applicable law, with a value, when added to any margin on deposit, that is equal to the market value of the underlying securities in the case of a call option or the exercise price in the case of a put option, or by owning offsetting options as described above.

A Fund may terminate its obligations under an exchange traded call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Obligations under over-the-counter options may be terminated only by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to such option. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions.”

Purchasing Options. Each Fund may purchase put and call options on any securities in which it may invest or options on any securities index comprised of securities in which it may invest. A Fund may also, to the extent that it invests in foreign securities, purchase put and call options on foreign currencies. A Fund may also enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options it had purchased.

A Fund may purchase call options in anticipation of an increase in the market value of securities of the type in which it may invest. The purchase of a call option would entitle a Fund, in return for the premium paid, to purchase specified securities at a specified price during the option period. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain on the purchase of a call option if, during the option period, the value of such securities exceeded the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise such a Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

A Fund may purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in the market value of securities in its portfolio (“protective puts”) or in securities in which it may invest. The purchase of a put option would entitle a Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell specified securities at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is designed to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of a Fund’s securities. Put options may also be purchased by a Fund for the purpose of affirmatively benefiting from a decline in the price of securities which it does not own. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying securities decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to more than cover the premium and transaction costs; otherwise such a Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the put option. Gains and losses on the

B-26

purchase of protective put options would tend to be offset by countervailing changes in the value of the underlying portfolio securities.

A Fund would purchase put and call options on securities indices for the same purposes as it would purchase options on individual securities. For a description of options on securities indices, see “Writing Covered Options” above.

Yield Curve Options. The Balanced Fund may enter into options on the yield “spread” or differential between two securities. Such transactions are referred to as “yield curve” options. In contrast to other types of options, a yield curve option is based on the difference between the yields of designated securities, rather than the prices of the individual securities, and is settled through cash payments. Accordingly, a yield curve option is profitable to the holder if this differential widens (in the case of a call) or narrows (in the case of a put), regardless of whether the yields of the underlying securities increase or decrease.

The Balanced Fund may purchase or write yield curve options for the same purposes as other options on securities. For example, the Fund may purchase a call option on the yield spread between two securities if it owns one of the securities and anticipates purchasing the other security and wants to hedge against an adverse change in the yield spread between the two securities. The Balanced Fund may also purchase or write yield curve options in an effort to increase current income if, in the judgment of the Investment Adviser, the Fund will be able to profit from movements in the spread between the yields of the underlying securities. The trading of yield curve options is subject to all of the risks associated with the trading of other types of options. In addition, however, such options present risk of loss even if the yield of one of the underlying securities remains constant, if the spread moves in a direction or to an extent which was not anticipated.

Yield curve options written by the Balanced Fund will be “covered.” A call (or put) option is covered if the Fund holds another call (or put) option on the spread between the same two securities and segregates cash or liquid assets sufficient to cover the Fund’s net liability under the two options. Therefore, the Fund’s liability for such a covered option is generally limited to the difference between the amount of such Fund’s liability under the option written by the Fund less the value of the option held by the Fund. Yield curve options may also be covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the requirements of the counterparty with which the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations. Yield curve options are traded over-the-counter and established trading markets for these options may not exist.

Risks Associated with Options Transactions. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an options exchange will exist for any particular exchange-traded option or at any particular time. If a Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to covered options it has written, the Fund will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of segregated assets until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if a Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it will have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.

B-27

Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

A Fund may purchase and sell both options that are traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges and options traded over-the-counter with broker-dealers who make markets in these options. The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations.

Transactions by each Fund in options on securities and indices will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded governing the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facility or are held in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which a Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Investment Advisers. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

The writing and purchase of options is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The use of options to seek to increase total return involves the risk of loss if the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its expectation of fluctuations in securities prices or interest rates. The successful use of options for hedging purposes also depends in part on the ability of the Investment Adviser to manage future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities markets. If the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its expectation of changes in securities prices or determination of the correlation between the securities indices on which options are written and purchased and the securities in a Fund’s investment portfolio, the Fund may incur losses that it would not otherwise incur. The writing of options could increase a Fund’s portfolio turnover rate and, therefore, associated brokerage commissions or spreads.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Each Fund may invest in shares of REITs. REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in real estate or real estate related loans. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Like regulated investment companies such as the Funds, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with certain requirements under the Code. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by a Fund.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by such REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the

B-28

quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified (except to the extent the Code requires), and are subject to the risks of financing projects. REITs are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibilities of failing to qualify for the exemption from tax for distributed income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from the Act. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks.

Warrants and Stock Purchase Rights

Each Fund may invest in warrants or rights (in addition to those acquired in units or attached to other securities) which entitle the holder to buy equity securities at a specific price for a specific period of time. A Fund will invest in warrants and rights only if such equity securities are deemed appropriate by the Investment Adviser for investment by the Fund. The Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Structured International Equity and Research Select Funds have no present intention of acquiring warrants or rights. Warrants and rights have no voting rights, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer.

Foreign Securities

Each Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers. The Balanced, Growth and Income, Capital Growth, Strategic Growth, Small/Mid Cap Growth, Growth Opportunities and Concentrated Growth Funds may invest in the aggregate up to 20%, 25%, 20%, 10%, 10%, 10% and 10%, respectively, of their total assets (not including securities lending collateral and any investment of that collateral) in foreign securities. The Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value and Large Cap Value Funds may invest in the aggregate up to 25% of their respective net assets plus any borrowings (measured at the time of purchase) in foreign securities. The Research Select Fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets plus any borrowings (measured at the time of purchase) in securities of foreign issuers. The Structured International Equity, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity and Asia Equity Funds will invest primarily in foreign securities under normal circumstances. With respect to the Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Large Cap Value and Structured Small Cap Equity Funds, equity securities of foreign issuers must be traded in the United States.

Investments in foreign securities may offer potential benefits not available from investments solely in U.S. dollar-denominated or quoted securities of domestic issuers. Such benefits may include the opportunity to invest in foreign issuers that appear, in the opinion of the applicable Investment Adviser, to offer the potential for long-term growth of capital and income, the opportunity to invest in foreign countries with economic policies or business cycles different from those of the United States and the opportunity to reduce fluctuations in portfolio value by taking advantage of foreign stock markets that do not necessarily move in a manner parallel to U.S. markets.

Investing in foreign securities involves certain special risks, including those discussed in the Funds’ Prospectuses and those set forth below, which are not typically associated with investing in U.S. dollar-denominated or quoted securities of U.S. issuers. Investments in foreign securities usually involve currencies of foreign countries. Accordingly, a Fund that invests in foreign securities may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations and may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. The Balanced, Growth and Income, Structured International Equity, Capital Growth, Strategic Growth, Small/Mid Cap Growth, Growth Opportunities, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value, Large Cap Value, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Asia Equity and Emerging Markets Equity, Research

B-29

Select and Concentrated Growth Funds may be subject to currency exposure independent of their securities positions. To the extent that a Fund is fully invested in foreign securities while also maintaining currency positions, it may be exposed to greater combined risk.

Since foreign issuers generally are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies, there may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a U.S. company. Volume and liquidity in most foreign securities markets are less than in the United States and securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. The securities of foreign issuers may be listed on foreign securities exchanges or traded in foreign over-the-counter markets. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although each Fund endeavors to achieve the most favorable net results on its portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed and unlisted companies than in the United States, and the legal remedies for investors may be more limited than the remedies available in the United States.

Each Fund may invest in foreign securities which take the form of sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and (except for Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth and Structured Small Cap Equity Funds) may also invest in European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) or other similar instruments representing securities of foreign issuers (together, “Depositary Receipts”).

ADRs represent the right to receive securities of foreign issuers deposited in a domestic bank or a correspondent bank. ADRs are traded on domestic exchanges or in the U.S. over-the-counter market and, generally, are in registered form. EDRs and GDRs are receipts evidencing an arrangement with a non-U.S. bank similar to that for ADRs and are designed for use in the non-U.S. securities markets. EDRs and GDRs are not necessarily quoted in the same currency as the underlying security.

B-30

To the extent a Fund acquires Depositary Receipts through banks which do not have a contractual relationship with the foreign issuer of the security underlying the Depositary Receipts to issue and service such unsponsored Depositary Receipts, there may be an increased possibility that the Fund would not become aware of and be able to respond to corporate actions such as stock splits or rights offerings involving the foreign issuer in a timely manner. In addition, the lack of information may result in inefficiencies in the valuation of such instruments. Investment in Depositary Receipts does not eliminate all the risks inherent in investing in securities of non-U.S. issuers. The market value of Depositary Receipts is dependent upon the market value of the underlying securities and fluctuations in the relative value of the currencies in which the Depositary Receipts and the underlying securities are quoted. However, by investing in Depositary Receipts, such as ADRs, that are quoted in U.S. dollars, a Fund may avoid currency risks during the settlement period for purchases and sales.

As described more fully below, each Fund (except the Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth and Structured Small Cap Equity Funds) may invest in countries with emerging economies or securities markets. Political and economic structures in many of such countries may be undergoing significant evolution and rapid development, and such countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristic of more developed countries. Certain of such countries have in the past failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized or expropriated the assets of private companies. As a result, the risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, may be heightened. See “Investing in Emerging Markets, including Asia and Eastern Europe,” below.

Investing in Emerging Countries, including Asia and Eastern Europe. Structured International Equity, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity and Asia Equity Funds are intended for long-term investors who can accept the risks associated with investing primarily in equity and equity-related securities of foreign issuers, including emerging country issuers, as well as the risks associated with investments quoted or denominated in foreign currencies. The Balanced, Growth and Income, Capital Growth, Strategic Growth, Growth Opportunities, Small/Mid Cap Growth, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value, Research Select and Concentrated Growth Funds may invest, to a lesser extent, in equity and equity-related securities of foreign issuers, including emerging country issuers.

The securities markets of emerging countries are less liquid and subject to greater price volatility, and have a smaller market capitalization, than the U.S. securities markets. In certain countries, there may be fewer publicly traded securities and the market may be dominated by a few issues or sectors. Issuers and securities markets in such countries are not subject to as extensive and frequent accounting, financial and other reporting requirements or as comprehensive government regulations as are issuers and securities markets in the U.S. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of emerging country issuers may not reflect their financial position or results of operations in the same manner as financial statements for U.S. issuers. Substantially less information may be publicly available about emerging country issuers than is available about issuers in the United States.

B-31

undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging country securities may also affect a Fund’s ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

With respect to investments in certain emerging market countries, antiquated legal systems may have an adverse impact on the Funds. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders in U.S. corporations.

Transaction costs, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups, in emerging countries may be higher than in the United States and other developed securities markets. In addition, existing laws and regulations are often inconsistently applied. As legal systems in emerging countries develop, foreign investors may be adversely affected by new or amended laws and regulations. In circumstances where adequate laws exist, it may not be possible to obtain swift and equitable enforcement of the law.

Foreign investment in the securities markets of certain emerging countries is restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions may limit a Fund’s investment in certain emerging countries and may increase the expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investment by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer’s outstanding securities or a specific class of securities which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals. In addition, the repatriation of both investment income and capital from emerging countries may be subject to restrictions which require governmental consents or prohibit repatriation entirely for a period of time. Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operation of a Fund. A Fund may be required to establish special custodial or other arrangements before investing in certain emerging countries.

Emerging countries may be subject to a substantially greater degree of economic, political and social instability and disruption than is the case in the United States, Japan and most Western European countries. This instability may result from, among other things, the following: (i) authoritarian governments or military involvement in political and economic decision making, including changes or attempted changes in governments through extra-constitutional means; (ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic or social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection or conflict; and (vi) the absence of developed legal structures governing foreign private investments and private property. Such economic, political and social instability could disrupt the principal financial markets in which the Funds may invest and adversely affect the value of the Funds’ assets. A Fund’s investments can also be adversely affected by any increase in taxes or by political, economic or diplomatic developments.

Certain Funds may seek investment opportunities within former “east bloc” countries in Eastern Europe. Most Eastern European countries had a centrally planned, socialist economy for a substantial period of time. The governments of many Eastern European countries have more recently been

B-32

implementing reforms directed at political and economic liberalization, including efforts to decentralize the economic decision-making process and move towards a market economy. However, business entities in many Eastern European countries do not have an extended history of operating in a market-oriented economy, and the ultimate impact of Eastern European countries’ attempts to move toward more market-oriented economies is currently unclear. In addition, any change in the leadership or policies of Eastern European countries may halt the expansion of or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring and adversely affect existing investment opportunities.

The economies of emerging countries may differ unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resources, self-sufficiency and balance of payments. Many emerging countries have experienced in the past, and continue to experience, high rates of inflation. In certain countries inflation has at times accelerated rapidly to hyperinflationary levels, creating a negative interest rate environment and sharply eroding the value of outstanding financial assets in those countries. Other emerging countries, on the other hand, have recently experienced deflationary pressures and are in economic recessions. The economies of many emerging countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers and the economic conditions of their trading partners. In addition, the economies of some emerging countries are vulnerable to weakness in world prices for their commodity exports.

A Fund’s income and, in some cases, capital gains from foreign stocks and securities will be subject to applicable taxation in certain of the countries in which it invests, and treaties between the U.S. and such countries may not be available in some cases to reduce the otherwise applicable tax rates. See “Taxation.”

Investing in Japan. The Japanese Equity Fund invests primarily in Japanese companies. Japan’s economy grew substantially after World War II. The boom in Japan’s equity and property markets during the expansion of the late 1980’s supported high rates of investment and consumer spending on durable goods, but both of these components of demand subsequently retreated sharply following a decline in asset prices. More recently, Japan’s economic growth has been substantially below the levels of earlier decades. The banking sector has continued to suffer from non-performing loans and the economy generally has been subject to deflationary pressures. Many Japanese banks have required public funds to avert insolvency, and large amounts of bad debt have prevented banks from expanding their loan portfolios despite low discount rates. In 2003, Japan’s Financial Services Agency established the Industrial Revitalization Corporation Japan (“IRCJ”) to assist in cleaning up the non-performing loans of the Japanese banking sector. The IRCJ is modeled after the Resolution Trust Corporation which was created in the United States to address the savings and loans crisis. Recent economic performance has shown improvements with positive growth in gross domestic product and a reduction in non-performing loans since 2002.

B-33

Junichiro Koizumi, the current Prime Minister, shortly after taking office in April 2001, had announced the outlines of a reform agenda to revitalize the economy. However, in November 2001, April 2002 and again in November 2002, the credit rating of Japanese government debt was downgraded as a result of the perceived slow progress in implementing effective structural economic reform especially with regard to reforming Japan’s troubled banking sector and the Japanese government’s inability to slash its national debt.

Like many European countries, Japan is experiencing a deterioration of its competitiveness. Factors contributing to this include high wages, a generous pension and universal health care system, an aging populace and structural rigidities. Japan is reforming its political process and deregulating its economy to address this situation. Among other things, the Japanese labor market is moving from a system of lifetime company employment in response to the need for increased labor mobility, and corporate governance systems are being introduced to new accounting rules, decision-making mechanisms and managerial incentives.

While the Japanese governmental system itself seems stable, the dynamics of the country’s politics have been unpredictable in recent years. The economic crisis of 1990-92 brought the downfall of the conservative Liberal Democratic Party, which had ruled since 1955. After a short period, the Liberal Democratic Party came back to power through coalition with other small parties and has been the ruling party. More recently, Prime Minister Koizumi’s Liberal Democratic Party has governed in a formal coalition with the Komeito Party and the Conservative New Party. Elections for the Liberal Democratic Party will be held in September 2006, which may result in a change of leadership. Future political developments may lead to changes in policy that might adversely affect a Fund’s investments.

Japan’s heavy dependence on international trade has been adversely affected by trade tariffs and other protectionist measures as well as the economic condition of its trading partners. While Japan subsidizes its agricultural industry, only approximately 13% of its land is suitable for cultivation and the country must import 50% of its requirements for grains (other than rice) and fodder crops. In addition, its export industry, its most important economic sector, depends on imported raw materials and fuels, including iron ore, copper, oil and many forest products. Recent increases in the price of oil may adversely affect Japan’s economic performance. Japan’s high volume of exports, such as automobiles, machine tools and semiconductors, have caused trade tensions, particularly with the United States. Some trade agreements, however, have been implemented to reduce these tensions. The relaxing of official and de facto barriers to imports, or hardships created by any pressures brought by trading partners, could adversely affect Japan’s economy. A substantial rise in world oil or commodity prices could also have a negative effect. The Japanese yen has fluctuated widely during recent periods. A weak yen is disadvantageous to U.S. shareholders investing in yen-denominated securities. A strong yen, however, could be an impediment to strong continued exports and economic recovery, because it makes Japanese goods sold in other countries more expensive and reduces the value of foreign earnings repatriated to Japan. Because the Japanese economy is so dependent on exports, any fall-off in exports may be seen as a sign of economic weakness, which may adversely affect the market.

Reporting, accounting, and auditing practices for the Japanese market are similar to those in the United States, for the most part, with certain exceptions. In particular, the Japanese government does not require companies to provide the same depth and frequency of disclosure required by U.S. law.

Geologically, Japan is located in a volatile area of the world, and has historically been vulnerable to earthquakes, volcanoes and other natural disasters. As demonstrated by the Kobe

B-34

earthquake in January of 1995, in which 5,000 people were killed and billions of dollars of damage was sustained, these natural disasters can be significant enough to affect the country’s economy.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts. The Growth and Income, Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Capital Growth, Strategic Growth, Growth Opportunities, Small/Mid Cap Growth, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value, Large Cap Value, Research Select and Concentrated Growth Funds may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for hedging purposes and to seek to protect against anticipated changes in future foreign currency exchange rates. The Balanced, Structured International Equity, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity and Asia Equity Funds may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for hedging purposes, to seek to protect against anticipated changes in future foreign currency exchange rates and to seek to increase total return. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are generally charged at any stage for trades.

At the maturity of a forward contract a Fund may either accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract or, at or prior to maturity, enter into a closing transaction involving the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing transactions with respect to forward contracts are often, but not always, effected with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract.

A Fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts in several circumstances. First, when a Fund enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security denominated or quoted in a foreign currency, or when a Fund anticipates the receipt in a foreign currency of dividend or interest payments on such a security which it holds, the Fund may desire to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the security or the U.S. dollar equivalent of such dividend or interest payment, as the case may be. By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of dollars, of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying transactions, the Fund will attempt to protect itself against an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which the dividend or interest payment is declared, and the date on which such payments are made or received.

Additionally, when the Investment Adviser believes that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of such Fund’s portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date on which the contract is entered into and the date it matures. Using forward contracts to protect the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange, which a Fund can achieve at some future point in time. The precise projection of short-term currency market movements is not possible, and short-term hedging provides a means of fixing the U.S. dollar value of only a portion of a Fund’s foreign assets.

B-35

Each Fund may engage in cross-hedging by using forward contracts in one currency to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities quoted or denominated in a different currency. In addition, certain Funds may enter into foreign currency transactions to seek a closer correlation between a Fund’s overall currency exposures and the currency exposures of a Fund’s performance benchmark.

The Balanced, Small/Mid Cap Growth, Structured International Equity, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity and Asia Equity Funds may also enter into forward contracts to seek to increase total return. Unless otherwise covered in accordance with applicable regulations, cash or liquid assets of a Fund will be segregated in an amount equal to the value of the Fund’s total assets committed to the consummation of forward foreign currency exchange contracts. If the value of the segregated assets declines, additional cash or liquid assets will be segregated so that the value of the assets will equal the amount of a Fund’s commitments with respect to such contracts.

While a Fund may enter into forward contracts to reduce currency exchange rate risks, transactions in such contracts involve certain other risks. Thus, while the Fund may benefit from such transactions, unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in a poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. Moreover, there may be imperfect correlation between a Fund’s portfolio holdings of securities quoted or denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts entered into by such Fund. Such imperfect correlation may cause a Fund to sustain losses which will prevent the Fund from achieving a complete hedge or expose the Fund to risk of foreign exchange loss.

Markets for trading foreign forward currency contracts offer less protection against defaults than is available when trading in currency instruments on an exchange. Forward contracts are subject to the risk that the counterparty to such contract will default on its obligations. Since a forward foreign currency exchange contract is not guaranteed by an exchange or clearinghouse, a default on the contract would deprive a Fund of unrealized profits, transaction costs or the benefits of a currency hedge or force the Fund to cover its purchase or sale commitments, if any, at the current market price. In addition, the institutions that deal in forward currency contracts are not required to continue to make markets in the currencies they trade and these markets can experience periods of illiquidity. A Fund will not enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts, currency swaps or other privately negotiated currency instruments unless the credit quality of the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the counterparty is considered to be investment grade by the Investment Adviser. To the extent that a substantial portion of a Fund’s total assets, adjusted to reflect the Fund’s net position after giving effect to currency transactions, is denominated or quoted in the currencies of foreign countries, the Fund will be more susceptible to the risk of adverse economic and political developments within those countries.

Writing and Purchasing Currency Call and Put Options. A Fund may, to the extent that it invests in foreign securities, write and purchase put and call options on foreign currencies for the purpose of protecting against declines in the U.S. dollar value of foreign portfolio securities and against increases in the U.S. dollar cost of foreign securities to be acquired. As with other kinds of option transactions, however, the writing of an option on foreign currency will constitute only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received. If and when a Fund seeks to close out an option, the Fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign currency may constitute an effective hedge against exchange rate fluctuations; however, in the event of exchange rate movements adverse to a Fund’s position, the Fund may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs. Options on foreign currencies may be traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges or over-the-counter.

B-36

Options on currency may also be used for cross-hedging purposes, which involves writing or purchasing options on one currency to seek to hedge against changes in exchange rates for a different currency with a pattern of correlation, or to seek to increase total return when the Investment Adviser anticipates that the currency will appreciate or depreciate in value, but the securities quoted or denominated in that currency do not present attractive investment opportunities and are not included in the Fund’s portfolio.

A call option written by a Fund obligates a Fund to sell a specified currency to the holder of the option at a specified price if the option is exercised before the expiration date. A put option written by a Fund would obligate a Fund to purchase a specified currency from the option holder at a specified price if the option is exercised before the expiration date. The writing of currency options involves a risk that a Fund will, upon exercise of the option, be required to sell currency subject to a call at a price that is less than the currency’s market value or be required to purchase currency subject to a put at a price that exceeds the currency’s market value. Written put and call options on foreign currencies may be covered in a manner similar to written put and call options on securities and securities indices described under “Writing Covered Options” above.

A Fund may terminate its obligations under a call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions.” A Fund may enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options purchased by the Fund.

A Fund may purchase call options on foreign currency in anticipation of an increase in the U.S. dollar value of currency in which securities to be acquired by a Fund are quoted or denominated. The purchase of a call option would entitle the Fund, in return for the premium paid, to purchase specified currency at a specified price during the option period. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of such currency exceeded the sum of the exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise the Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the call option.

A Fund may purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in the U.S. dollar value of currency in which securities in its portfolio are quoted or denominated (“protective puts”). The purchase of a put option would entitle a Fund, in exchange for the premium paid, to sell specified currency at a specified price during the option period. The purchase of protective puts is usually designed to offset or hedge against a decline in the dollar value of a Fund’s portfolio securities due to currency exchange rate fluctuations. A Fund would ordinarily realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying currency decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to more than cover the premium and transaction costs; otherwise the Fund would realize either no gain or a loss on the purchase of the put option. Gains and losses on the purchase of protective put options would tend to be offset by countervailing changes in the value of underlying currency or portfolio securities.

As noted, in addition to using options for the hedging purposes described above, the Funds may use options on currency to seek to increase total return. The Funds may write (sell) covered put and call options on any currency in order to realize greater income than would be realized on portfolio securities transactions alone. However, in writing covered call options for additional income, the Funds may forego the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying currency. Also, when writing put options, the Funds accept, in return for the option premium, the risk that they may be required

B-37

to purchase the underlying currency at a price in excess of the currency’s market value at the time of purchase.

Special Risks Associated with Options on Currency. An exchange-traded options position may be closed out only on an options exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although a Fund will generally purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time. For some options no secondary market on an exchange may exist. In such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, with the result that a Fund would have to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and would incur transaction costs upon the sale of underlying securities pursuant to the exercise of put options. If a Fund as an option writer is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying currency (or security quoted or denominated in that currency), or dispose of the segregated assets, until the option expires or it delivers the underlying currency upon exercise.

There is no assurance that higher than anticipated trading activity or other unforeseen events might not, at times, render certain of the facilities of the Options Clearing Corporation inadequate, and thereby result in the institution by an exchange of special procedures which may interfere with the timely execution of customers’ orders.

A Fund may purchase and write over-the-counter options to the extent consistent with its limitation on investments in illiquid securities. Trading in over-the-counter options is subject to the risk that the other party will be unable or unwilling to close out options purchased or written by a Fund.

The amount of the premiums, which a Fund may pay or receive, may be adversely affected as new or existing institutions, including other investment companies, engage in or increase their option purchasing and writing activities.

Currency Swaps, Mortgage Swaps, Credit Swaps, Total Return Swaps, Options on Swaps, Index Swaps and Interest Rate Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars

The Balanced, Small/Mid Cap Growth, Structured International Equity, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity and Asia Equity Funds may enter into currency swaps for both hedging purposes and to seek to increase total return. In addition, the Balanced Fund may enter into mortgage, credit, total return, index and interest rate swaps and other interest rate swap arrangements such as rate caps, floors and collars, for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. The Balanced Fund may also purchase and write (sell) options contracts on swaps, commonly referred to as swaptions. Currency swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective rights to make or receive payments in specified currencies. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments. Mortgage swaps are similar to interest rate swaps in that they represent commitments to pay and receive interest. The notional principal amount, however, is tied to a reference pool or pools of mortgages. Index swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of the respective amounts payable with respect to a notional principal amount at interest rates equal to two specified indices. Credit swaps involve the receipt of floating or fixed rate payments in exchange for assuming potential credit losses of an underlying security. Credit swaps give one party to a transaction the right to dispose of or acquire an asset (or group of assets), or the right to receive from or make a payment to the other party, upon the occurrence of specified credit events. Total return swaps are contracts that obligate a party to pay or receive interest in exchange for the

B-38

payment by the other party of the total return generated by a security, a basket of securities, an index or an index component. A swaption is an option to enter into a swap agreement. Like other types of options, the buyer of a swaption pays a non-refundable premium for the option and obtains the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms. The seller of a swaption, in exchange for the premium, becomes obligated (if the option is exercised) to enter into an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payment of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor. An interest rate collar is the combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates.

A Fund will not enter into transactions involving swaps, caps, floors or collars unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt or claims paying ability of the other party thereto is considered to be investment grade by the Investment Adviser.

The use of swaps, swaptions and interest rate caps, floors and collars is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If an Investment Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, credit quality, interest rates and currency exchange rates, the investment performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if this investment technique were not used. The Investment Advisers, under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, are responsible for determining and monitoring the liquidity of the Funds’ transactions in swaps, swaptions, caps, floors and collars.

Convertible Securities

B-39

generally paid or accrued on debt or a dividend that is paid or accrued on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics, in that they generally (i) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities, (ii) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying common stock due to their fixed-income characteristics and (iii) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.

The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its “conversion value” (the security’s worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The investment value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value normally declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors may also have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed-income security.

In evaluating a convertible security, the Investment Adviser will give primary emphasis to the attractiveness of the underlying common stock. Convertible debt securities are equity investments for purposes of each Fund’s investment policies.

Preferred Securities

Each Fund may invest in preferred securities. Unlike debt securities, the obligations of an issuer of preferred stock, including dividend and other payment obligations, may not typically be accelerated by the holders of preferred stock on the occurrence of an event of default (such as a covenant default or filing of a bankruptcy petition) or other non-compliance by the issuer with the terms of the preferred stock. Often, however, on the occurrence of any such event of default or non-compliance by the issuer, preferred stockholders will be entitled to gain representation on the issuer’s board of directors or increase their existing board representation. In addition, preferred stockholders may be granted voting rights with respect to certain issues on the occurrence of any event of default.

Equity Swaps

B-40

used for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. The counterparty to an equity swap contract will typically be a bank, investment banking firm or broker/dealer. Equity swap contracts may be structured in different ways. For example, a counterparty may agree to pay the Fund the amount, if any, by which the notional amount of the equity swap contract would have increased in value had it been invested in particular stocks (or an index of stocks), plus the dividends that would have been received on those stocks. In these cases, the Fund may agree to pay to the counterparty a floating rate of interest on the notional amount of the equity swap contract plus the amount, if any, by which that notional amount would have decreased in value had it been invested in such stocks. Therefore, the return to the Fund on the equity swap contract should be the gain or loss on the notional amount plus dividends on the stocks less the interest paid by the Fund on the notional amount. In other cases, the counterparty and the Fund may each agree to pay the other the difference between the relative investment performances that would have been achieved if the notional amount of the equity swap contract had been invested in different stocks (or indices of stocks).

A Fund will generally enter into equity swaps on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Payments may be made at the conclusion of an equity swap contract or periodically during its term. Equity swaps normally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to equity swaps is normally limited to the net amount of payments that a Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to an equity swap defaults, a Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that such Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any. Inasmuch as these transactions are entered into for hedging purposes or are offset by segregated cash or liquid assets to cover the Funds’ potential exposure, the Funds and their Investment Advisers believe that transactions do not constitute senior securities under the Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to a Fund’s borrowing restrictions.

A Fund will not enter into swap transactions unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt or claims paying ability of the other party thereto is considered to be investment grade by the Investment Adviser. A Fund’s ability to enter into certain swap transactions may be limited by tax considerations.

Lending of Portfolio Securities

Each Fund may lend portfolio securities. Under present regulatory policies, such loans may be made to institutions, such as brokers or dealers (including Goldman Sachs), and are required to be secured continuously by collateral in cash, cash equivalents, letters of credit or U.S. Government Securities maintained on a current basis at an amount, marked to market daily, at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned. Cash received as collateral for securities lending transactions may be invested in short-term investments. Investing the collateral subjects it to market depreciation or appreciation, and a Fund is responsible for any loss that may result from its investment of the borrowed collateral. A Fund will have the right to terminate a loan at any time and recall the loaned securities within the normal and customary settlement time for securities transactions. For the duration of the loan, a Fund will continue to receive the equivalent of the interest or dividends paid by the issuer on the securities loaned and will also receive compensation from investment of the collateral. A Fund will not have the right to vote any securities having voting rights during the existence of the loan, but a Fund may call the loan in anticipation of an important vote to be taken by the holders of the securities or the giving or withholding of their consent on a material matter affecting the investment. As with other extensions of credit there are risks of delay in recovering, or even loss of rights in, the collateral and loaned securities should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, the loans will be made only to firms deemed to be of good standing, and when the consideration which can be earned currently from securities loans of this

B-41

type is deemed to justify the attendant risk. In determining whether to lend securities to a particular borrower, and during the period of the loan, the creditworthiness of the borrower will be considered and monitored. It is intended that the value of securities loaned by a Fund will not exceed one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the loan collateral). Loan collateral (including any investment of the collateral) is not subject to the percentage limitations stated elsewhere in this Additional Statement or the Prospectuses regarding investing in fixed-income securities and cash equivalents.

The Funds’ Board of Trustees has approved each Fund’s participation in a securities lending program and adopted policies and procedures relating thereto. Under the securities lending program, the Funds have retained an affiliate of the Investment Adviser to serve as the securities lending agent for the Funds. For these services, the lending agent may receive a fee from the Funds, including a fee based on the returns earned on the Funds’ investment of cash received as collateral for the loaned securities. In addition, the Fund may make brokerage and other payments to Goldman Sachs and its affiliates in connection with the Funds’ portfolio investment transactions. The lending agent may, on behalf of the Funds, invest cash collateral received by the Funds for securities loans in, among other things, other registered or unregistered funds. These funds include private investing funds or money market funds that are managed by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates for the purpose of investing cash collateral generated from securities lending activities, and which pay the Investment Adviser or its affiliates for their services. The Funds’ Board of Trustees will periodically review securities loan transactions for which the Goldman Sachs affiliate has acted as lending agent for compliance with a Fund’s securities lending procedures. Goldman Sachs also has been approved as a borrower under the Funds’ securities lending program, subject to certain conditions.

When-Issued Securities and Forward Commitments

Each Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis beyond the customary settlement time. These transactions involve a commitment by a Fund to purchase or sell securities at a future date. The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. When-issued purchases and forward commitment transactions are negotiated directly with the other party, and such commitments are not traded on exchanges. A Fund will generally purchase securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis only with the intention of completing the transaction and actually purchasing or selling the securities. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, a Fund may dispose of or negotiate a commitment after entering into it. A Fund may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with these transactions. For purposes of determining a Fund’s duration, the maturity of when-issued or forward commitment securities will be calculated from the commitment date. A Fund is generally required to segregate, until three days prior to the settlement date, cash and liquid assets in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price unless the Fund’s obligations are otherwise covered. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date or if the value of the security to be sold increases prior to the settlement date.

Investment in Unseasoned Companies

Each Fund may invest in companies (including predecessors) which have operated less than three years. The securities of such companies may have limited liquidity, which can result in their being priced higher or lower than might otherwise be the case. In addition, investments in unseasoned companies are

B-42

more speculative and entail greater risk than do investments in companies with an established operating record.

Private Investments in Public Equity

Certain Funds may purchase equity securities in a private placement that are issued by issuers who have outstanding, publicly-traded equity securities of the same class (“private investments in public equity” or “PIPES”). Shares in PIPES generally are not registered with the SEC until after a certain time period from the date the private sale is completed. This restricted period can last many months. Until the public registration process is completed, PIPES are restricted as to resale and the Fund cannot freely trade the securities. Generally such restrictions cause the PIPES to be illiquid during this time. PIPES may contain provisions that the issuer will pay specified financial penalties to the holder if the issuer does not publicly register the restricted equity securities within a specified period of time, but there is no assurance that the restricted equity securities will be publicly registered, or that the registration will remain in effect.

Other Investment Companies

A Fund reserves the right to invest up to 10% of its total assets, calculated at the time of purchase, in the securities of other investment companies (including exchange-traded funds such as Standard & Poor’s Depositary Receipts in (“SPDRs”) and iShares^sm, as defined below) but may neither invest more than 5% of its total assets in any one investment company nor acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment company. Pursuant to an exemptive order obtained from the SEC, the Funds may invest in money market funds for which an Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates serves as investment adviser, administrator and/or distributor. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by investment companies in which it invests in addition to the management fees (and other expenses) paid by the Fund. However, to the extent that the Fund invests in a money market fund for which an investment adviser or any of its affiliates acts as investment adviser, the management fees payable by the Fund to an investment adviser will, to the extent required by the SEC, be reduced by an amount equal to the Fund’s proportionate share of the management fees paid by such money market fund to its investment adviser. Although the Funds do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future, each Fund is authorized to invest substantially all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof that has substantially the same investment objective, policies and fundamental restrictions as the Fund.

Exchange-traded funds are shares of unaffiliated investment companies issuing shares which are traded like traditional equity securities on a national stock exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System (“NASDAQ”) National Market System. SPDRs are interests in a unit investment trust (“UIT”) that may be obtained from the UIT or purchased in the secondary market (SPDRs are listed on a stock exchange). The UIT was established to accumulate and hold a portfolio of common stocks that is intended to track the price performance and dividend yield of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index (the “S&P 500”). SPDRs may be used for several reasons, including, but not limited to, facilitating the handling of cash flows or trading or reducing transaction costs. The price movement of SPDRs may not perfectly parallel the price activity of the S&P 500. The UIT will issue SPDRs in aggregations known as “Creation Units” in exchange for a “Portfolio Deposit” consisting of (i) a portfolio of securities substantially similar to the component securities (“Index Securities”) of the S&P 500, (ii) a cash payment equal to a pro rata portion of the dividends accrued on the UIT’s portfolio securities since the last dividend payment by the UIT, net of expenses and liabilities, and

B-43

(iii) a cash payment or credit (“Balancing Amount”) designed to equalize the net asset value of the S&P 500 and the net asset value of a Portfolio Deposit.

SPDRs are not individually redeemable, except upon termination of the UIT. To redeem, an investor must accumulate enough SPDRs to reconstitute a Creation Unit. The liquidity of small holdings of SPDRs, therefore, will depend upon the existence of a secondary market. Upon redemption of a Creation Unit, an investor will receive Index Securities and cash identical to the Portfolio Deposit required of an investor wishing to purchase a Creation Unit that day.

The price of SPDRs is derived from and based upon the securities held by the UIT. Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or sale of a SPDR is similar to the risk involved in the purchase or sale of traditional common stock, with the exception that the pricing mechanism for SPDRs is based on a basket of stocks. Disruptions in the markets for the securities underlying SPDRs purchased or sold by the Funds could result in losses on SPDRs.

Each Fund (other than the Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth and Structured Small Cap Equity Funds) may also purchase shares of investment companies investing primarily in foreign securities, including “country funds.” Country funds have portfolios consisting primarily of securities of issuers located in specified foreign countries or regions. Each Fund may, subject to the limitations stated above, invest in iShares^sm and similar securities that invest in securities included in specified indices, including the MSCI indices for various countries and regions. iShares^sm are listed on a stock exchange and were initially offered to the public in 1996. The market prices of iShares^sm are expected to fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the asset values of their underlying indices and supply and demand of iShares^sm on a stock exchange. However, iShares^sm have a limited operating history and information is lacking regarding the actual performance and trading liquidity of iShares^sm for extended periods or over complete market cycles. In addition, there is no assurance that the requirements of a stock exchange necessary to maintain the listing of iShares^sm will continue to be met or will remain unchanged. In the event substantial market or other disruptions affecting iShares^sm should occur in the future, the liquidity and value of a Fund’s shares could also be substantially and adversely affected. If such disruptions were to occur, a Fund could be required to reconsider the use of iShares^sm as part of its investment strategy.

Repurchase Agreements

Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with banks, brokers and securities dealers which furnish collateral at least equal in value or market price to the amount of their repurchase obligation. The Structured International Equity, International Equity, Japanese Equity, European Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity, Asia Equity and Balanced Funds may also enter into repurchase agreements involving certain foreign government securities. A repurchase agreement is an arrangement under which a Fund purchases securities and the seller agrees to repurchase the securities within a particular time and at a specified price. Custody of the securities is maintained by a Fund’s custodian (or subcustodian). The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to a Fund, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be the same, with interest at a stated rate due to a Fund together with the repurchase price on repurchase. In either case, the income to a Fund is unrelated to the interest rate on the security subject to the repurchase agreement.

B-44

Fund or as being collateral for a loan by a Fund to the seller. In the event of commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the security before repurchase of the security under a repurchase agreement, a Fund may encounter delay and incur costs before being able to sell the security. Such a delay may involve loss of interest or a decline in price of the security. If the court characterizes the transaction as a loan and a Fund has not perfected a security interest in the security, a Fund may be required to return the security to the seller’s estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor of the seller. As an unsecured creditor, a Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and interest involved in the transaction.

Apart from the risk of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, there is also the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the security. However, if the market value of the security subject to the repurchase agreement becomes less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest), a Fund will direct the seller of the security to deliver additional securities so that the market value of all securities subject to the repurchase agreement equals or exceeds the repurchase price. Certain repurchase agreements which provide for settlement in more than seven days can be liquidated before the nominal fixed term on seven days or less notice. Such repurchase agreements will be regarded as liquid instruments.

The Funds, together with other registered investment companies having advisory agreements with the Investment Advisers or their affiliates, may transfer uninvested cash balances into a single joint account, the daily aggregate balance of which will be invested in one or more repurchase agreements.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

The Balanced Fund may borrow money by entering into transactions called reverse repurchase agreements. Under these arrangements, the Fund will sell portfolio securities to dealers in U.S. Government Securities or members of the Federal Reserve System, with an agreement to repurchase the security on an agreed date, price and interest payment. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the possible risk that the value of portfolio securities the Fund relinquishes may decline below the price the Fund must pay when the transaction closes. Borrowings may magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested resulting in an increase in the speculative character of the Fund’s outstanding shares.

When the Balanced Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it places in a separate custodial account either liquid assets or other high-grade debt securities that have a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price. The account is thereafter monitored to make sure that an appropriate value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings under the Act.

Short Sales

The Funds (other than the Structured Equity Funds) may engage in short sales against the box. In a short sale, the seller sells a borrowed security and has a corresponding obligation to the lender to return the identical security. The seller does not immediately deliver the securities sold and is said to have a short position in those securities until delivery occurs. While a short sale is made by selling a security the seller does not own, a short sale is “against the box” to the extent that the seller contemporaneously owns or has the right to obtain, at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short. It may be entered into by a Fund, for example, to lock in a sales price for a security the Fund does not wish to sell immediately. If a Fund sells securities short against the box, it may protect itself from loss if the price of the securities declines in the future, but will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises.

B-45

If a Fund effects a short sale of securities at a time when it has an unrealized gain on the securities, it may be required to recognize that gain as if it had actually sold the securities (as a “constructive sale”) on the date it effects the short sale. However, such constructive sale treatment may not apply if a Fund closes out the short sale with securities other than the appreciated securities held at the time of the short sale and if certain other conditions are satisfied. Uncertainty regarding the tax consequences of effecting short sales may limit the extent to which a Fund may effect short sales.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls

When the Balanced Fund enters into a mortgage dollar roll, it will segregate cash or liquid assets in an amount equal to the forward purchase price until the settlement date.

Non-Diversified Status

Since the Concentrated Growth Fund is “non-diversified” under the Act, it is subject only to certain federal tax diversification requirements. Under federal tax laws, the Fund may, with respect to 50% of its total assets, invest up to 25% of its total assets in the securities of any issuer. With respect to the remaining 50% of the Fund’s total assets, (i) the Fund may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one issuer, and (ii) the Fund may not acquire more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer. These tests apply at the end of each quarter of the taxable year and are subject to certain conditions and limitations under the Code. These tests do not apply to United States Government Securities and regulated investment companies.

Portfolio Turnover

Each Fund may engage in active short-term trading to benefit from price disparities among different issues of securities or among the markets for equity securities, or for other reasons. It is anticipated that the portfolio turnover may vary greatly from year to year as well as within a particular year, and may be affected by changes in the holdings of specific issuers, changes in country and currency weightings, cash requirements for redemption of shares and by requirements which enable the Funds to receive favorable tax treatment. The Funds are not restricted by policy with regard to portfolio turnover and will make changes in their investment portfolio from time to time as business and economic conditions as well as market prices may dictate.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

For purposes of the following limitations, any limitation which involves a maximum percentage shall not be considered violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after, and is caused by, an acquisition or encumbrance of securities or assets of, or borrowings by, a Fund. With

B-46

respect to the Funds’ fundamental investment restriction no. 3, asset coverage of at least 300% (as defined in the Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, must be maintained at all times.

A Fund may not:

(1) Make any investment inconsistent with the Fund’s classification as a diversified company under the 1940 Act. This restriction does not, however, apply to any Fund classified as a non-diversified company under the 1940 Act.

(2) Invest 25% or more of its total assets in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry (excluding the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities).

(3) Borrow money, except (a) each Fund (other than the Concentrated Growth Fund and the Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund) may borrow from banks (as defined in the Act) or through reverse repurchase agreements in amounts up to 33-1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed), (b) the Concentrated Growth Fund and the Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund, to the extent permitted by applicable law, may borrow from banks (as defined in the Act), other affiliated investment companies and other persons or through reverse repurchase agreements in amounts up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed), (c) each Fund may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes, (d) each Fund may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities, (e) each Fund may purchase securities on margin to the extent permitted by applicable law and (f) each Fund may engage in transactions in mortgage dollar rolls which are accounted for as financings.

(4) Make loans, except through (a) the purchase of debt obligations in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies, (b) repurchase agreements with banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions, (c) loans of securities as permitted by applicable law, and (d) (Concentrated Growth Fund and Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund only) loans to affiliates of the Concentrated Growth Fund and Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund to the extent permitted by law.

(5) Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting.

(6) Purchase, hold or deal in real estate, although a Fund may purchase and sell securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, securities of real estate investment trusts and mortgage-related securities and may hold and sell real estate acquired by a Fund as a result of the ownership of securities.

(7) Invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Fund may invest in currency and financial instruments and contracts that are commodities or commodity contracts.

(8) Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate applicable law.

B-47

Each Fund may, notwithstanding any other fundamental investment restriction or policy, invest some or all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof with substantially the same fundamental investment objective, restrictions and policies as the Fund.

In addition to the fundamental policies mentioned above, the Trustees have adopted the following non-fundamental policies which can be changed or amended by action of the Trustees without approval of shareholders. Again, for purposes of the following limitations, any limitation which involves a maximum percentage shall not be considered violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after, and is caused by, an acquisition of securities by the Fund.

A Fund may not:

	(a)		Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management.

	(b)		Invest more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets in illiquid investments including illiquid repurchase agreements with a notice or demand period of more than seven days, securities which are not readily marketable and restricted securities not eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”).

	(c)		Purchase additional securities if the Fund’s borrowings (excluding covered mortgage dollar rolls) exceed 5% of its net assets.

	(d)		Make short sales of securities, except short sales against the box.

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

The business and affairs of the Funds are managed under the direction of the Board of Trustees subject to the laws of the State of Delaware and the Trust’s Declaration of Trust. The Trustees are responsible for deciding matters of general policy and reviewing the actions of the Trust’s service providers. The officers of the Trust conduct and supervise each Fund’s daily business operations.

Trustees of the Trust

B-48

Independent Trustees

Number of

Term of

Portfolios in

Office and

Fund

Position(s)

Length of

Complex

Name,

Held with

Time

Principal Occupation(s)

Overseen by

Other Directorships

Address and Age¹

the Trust²

Served³

During Past 5 Years

Trustee⁴

Held by Trustee⁵

Ashok N. Bakhru
Age: 63

Chairman of the Board of Trustees

Since 1991

None

Chairman of the Board of Trustees – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

John P. Coblentz, Jr.
Age: 64

Trustee

Since 2003

Partner, Deloitte & Touche LLP (June 1975 – May 2003).

None

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Patrick T. Harker
Age: 47

Trustee

Since 2000

None

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

B-49

Independent Trustees

Number of

Term of

Portfolios in

Office and

Fund

Position(s)

Length of

Complex

Name,

Held with

Time

Principal Occupation(s)

Overseen by

Other Directorships

Address and Age¹

the Trust²

Served³

During Past 5 Years

Trustee⁴

Held by Trustee⁵

Mary P. McPherson
Age: 70

Trustee

Since 1997

Vice President, The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation (provider of grants for conservation, environmental and educational purposes) (October 1997-Present); Director, Smith College (1998-Present); Director, Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation (health educational programs) (1977-Present); Director, Philadelphia Contributionship (insurance) (1985-Present); Director Emeritus, Amherst College (1986–1998); Director, The Spencer Foundation (educational research) (1993-February 2003); member of PNC Advisory Board (banking) (1993-1998); Director, American School of Classical Studies in Athens (1997-Present); and, Trustee, Emeriti Retirement Health Solutions (post-retirement medical insurance program for not-for-profit institutions) (since 2005).

None

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Wilma J. Smelcer
Age: 57

Trustee

Since 2001

Chairman, Bank of America, Illinois (banking) (1998-January 2001); and Governor, Board of Governors, Chicago Stock Exchange (national securities exchange) (April 2001-April 2004).

Lawson Products Inc. (distributor of industrial products).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Richard P. Strubel
Age: 66

Trustee

Since 1987

Vice Chairman and Director, Cardean Learning Group (provider of educational services via the internet) (2003-Present); President, COO and Director, Cardean Learning Group (1999-2003); Director, Cantilever Technologies, Inc. (a private software company) (1999-2005); Trustee, The University of Chicago (1987-Present); and Managing Director, Tandem Partners, Inc. (management services firm) (1990–1999).

Gildan Activewear Inc. (a clothing marketing and manufacturing company); Cardean Learning Group (provider of educational services via the internet); Northern Mutual Fund Complex (53 Portfolios).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

B-50

Interested Trustees

Number of

Term of

Portfolios in

Office and

Fund

Position(s)

Length of

Complex

Name,

Held with the

Time

Principal Occupation(s)

Overseen by

Other Directorships

Address and Age¹

Trust²

Served³

During Past 5 Years

Trustee⁴

Held by Trustee⁵

*Alan A. Shuch Age: 56

Trustee

Since 1990

Advisory Director – GSAM (May 1999-Present); Consultant to GSAM (December 1994 – May 1999); and Limited Partner, Goldman Sachs (December 1994 - May 1999).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

None

*Kaysie P. Uniacke
Age: 45

Trustee

Since 2001

Managing Director, GSAM (1997-Present).

None

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

President

Since 2002

President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (2002-Present) (registered investment companies).

Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (1997 – 2002) ( registered investment companies).

Trustee – Gettysburg College.

¹ Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o Goldman Sachs, One New York Plaza, 37^th Floor, New York, New York, 10004, Attn: Peter V. Bonanno.

² The Trust is a successor to a Massachusetts business trust that was combined with the Trust on April 30, 1997.

⁴ The Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex consists of the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust. As of August 31, 2005, the Trust consisted of 59 portfolios, including the Funds described in this Additional Statement, and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust consisted of 6 portfolios.

B-51

Officers of the Trust

Information pertaining to the officers of the Trust is set forth below.


Officers of the Trust
		Term of Office and
Name, Age	Position(s) Held	Length of Time	Principal Occupation(s)
And Address	With the Trust	Served¹	During Past 5 Years
Kaysie P. Uniacke 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 45	President & Trustee	Since 2002 Since 2001	Managing Director, GSAM (1997-Present). Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies). President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies). Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (1997–2002) (registered investment companies). Trustee – Gettysburg College.

John M. Perlowski 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 41	Treasurer	Since 1997	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (November 2003 – Present) and Vice President, Goldman Sachs (July 1995- November 2003). Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Philip V. Giuca, Jr. 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 44	Assistant Treasurer	Since 1997	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (May 1992-Present). Assistant Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Peter Fortner 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 48	Assistant Treasurer	Since 2000	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (July 2000-Present); Associate, Prudential Insurance Company of America (November 1985–June 2000); and Assistant Treasurer, certain closed-end funds administered by Prudential (1999 and 2000). Assistant Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Kenneth G. Curran 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 42	Assistant Treasurer	Since 2001	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (November 1998-Present); and Senior Tax Manager, KPMG Peat Marwick (accountants) (August 1995–October 1998). Assistant Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Charles Rizzo 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 48	Assistant Treasurer	Since 2005	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (August 2005–Present); Managing Director and Treasurer of Scudder Funds, Deutsche Asset Management (April 2003–June 2005); Director, Tax and Financial Reporting, Deutsche Asset Management (August 2002–April 2003); Vice President and Treasurer, Deutsche Global Fund Services (August 1999–August 2002). Assistant Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

B-52


Officers of the Trust
		Term of Office and
Name, Age	Position(s) Held	Length of Time	Principal Occupation(s)
And Address	With the Trust	Served¹	During Past 5 Years
James A. Fitzpatrick 71 South Wacker Drive Suite 500 Chicago, IL 60606 Age: 46	Vice President	Since 1997	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (October 1999– Present); and Vice President of GSAM (April 1997– December 1999). Vice President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Jesse Cole 71 South Wacker Drive Suite 500 Chicago, IL 60606 Age: 42	Vice President	Since 1998	Vice President, GSAM (June 1998-Present); and Vice President, AIM Management Group, Inc. (investment adviser) (April 1996–June 1998). Vice President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Kerry K. Daniels 71 South Wacker Drive Suite 500 Chicago, IL 60606 Age: 43	Vice President	Since 2000	Manager, Financial Control – Shareholder Services, Goldman Sachs (1986-Present). Vice President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

James McNamara 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 43	Vice President	Since 2001	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (December 1998- Present); Director of Institutional Fund Sales, GSAM (April 1998–December 2000); and Senior Vice President and Manager, Dreyfus Institutional Service Corporation (January 1993 – April 1998). Vice President—Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies). Trustee –– Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (December 2002-May 2004).

Peter V. Bonanno 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 37	Secretary	Since 2003	Vice President and Associate General Counsel, Goldman Sachs (2002–Present); Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, Goldman Sachs (1999-2002). Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Dave Fishman 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 41	Assistant Secretary	Since 2001	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (December 2001– Present); and Vice President, Goldman Sachs (1997– December 2001). Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Danny Burke 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 43	Assistant Secretary	Since 2001	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (1987–Present). Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

B-53


Officers of the Trust
		Term of Office and
Name, Age	Position(s) Held	Length of Time	Principal Occupation(s)
And Address	With the Trust	Served¹	During Past 5 Years
Elizabeth D. Anderson 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 36	Assistant Secretary	Since 1997	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (December 2002 – Present); Vice President, Goldman Sachs (1997-December 2002) and Fund Manager, GSAM (April 1996–Present). Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).


¹ Officers hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees or until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Each officer holds comparable positions with certain other companies of which Goldman Sachs, GSAM or an affiliate thereof is the investment adviser, administrator and/or distributor.

Standing Board Committees

The Board of Trustees has established seven standing committees in connection with their governance of the Funds – Audit, Governance and Nominating, Compliance, Valuation, Dividend, Schedule E, and Contract Review.

The Audit Committee oversees the audit process and provides assistance to the full Board of Trustees with respect to fund accounting, tax compliance and financial statement matters. In performing its responsibilities, the Audit Committee selects and recommends annually to the entire Board of Trustees an independent registered public accounting firm to audit the books and records of the Trust for the ensuing year, and reviews with the firm the scope and results of each audit. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee held four meetings during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005.

The Governance and Nominating Committee has been established to: (i) assist the Board of Trustees in matters involving mutual fund governance and industry practices; (ii) select and nominate candidates for appointment or election to serve as Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust or its investment adviser or distributor (as defined by the Act); and (iii) advise the Board of Trustees on ways to improve its effectiveness. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Governance and Nominating Committee. The Governance and Nominating Committee held two meetings during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005. As stated above, each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until the occurrence of certain events. In filling Board vacancies, the Governance and Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Nominee recommendations should be submitted to the Trust at its mailing address stated in the Funds’ Prospectuses and should be directed to the attention of the Goldman Sachs Governance and Nominating Committee.

B-54

assistance to the full Board of Trustees with respect to compliance matters. The Compliance Committee was formed on May 6, 2004 and met three times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Compliance Committee.

The Valuation Committee is authorized to act for the Board of Trustees in connection with the valuation of portfolio securities held by the Funds in accordance with the Trust’s Valuation Procedures. Mr. Shuch and Ms. Uniacke serve on the Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee met nine times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005.

The Dividend Committee is authorized, subject to the ratification of Trustees who are not members of the committee, to declare dividends and capital gain distributions consistent with each Fund’s Prospectus. Currently, the sole member of the Trust’s Dividend Committee is Ms. Uniacke. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005, the Dividend Committee held four meetings with respect to the Funds included in this Additional Statement and thirty with respect to all of the Funds of the Trust (including the Funds included in this Additional Statement).

The Schedule E Committee is authorized to address potential conflicts of interest regulated by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”). Currently, the sole member of the Trust’s Schedule E Committee is Mr. Bakhru. The Schedule E Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005.

The Contract Review Committee has been established for the purpose of overseeing the processes of the Board of Trustees for approving and monitoring the Funds’ investment management, distribution, transfer agency and other agreements with the Fund’s Investment Advisers and their affiliates. The Contract Review Committee is also responsible for overseeing the Board of Trustees processes for approving and reviewing the operation of the Funds’ distribution, service, shareholder administration and other plans, and any agreements related to the plans, whether or not such plans and agreements are adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. The Contract Review Committee also provides appropriate assistance to the Board of Trustees in connection with the Board’s approval, oversight and review of the Funds’ other service providers including, without limitation, the Funds’ custodian/accounting agent, sub-transfer agents, professional (legal and accounting) firms and printing firms. The Contract Review Committee was formed on November 4, 2004 and met three times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Contract Review Committee.

Trustee Ownership of Fund Shares

The following table shows the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by each Trustee in the Funds and other portfolios of Goldman Sachs Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust.

B-55


		Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
		Securities in All Portfolios in
	Dollar Range of	Fund Complex Overseen By
Name of Trustee	Equity Securities in the Funds¹	Trustee²

Ashok N. Bakhru	Capital Growth: Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	Structured U.S. Equity: Over $100,000
	Mid Cap Value: Over $100,000

John P. Coblentz, Jr.	Growth Opportunities: $50,001 - $100,000	Over $100,000
	Mid Cap Value: Over $100,000
	Small Cap Value: $50,001 - $100,000
	Emerging Markets Equity: $10,001 - $50,000

Patrick T. Harker	Capital Growth: $50,001 - $100,000	Over $100,000
	Mid Cap Value: $10,001 - $50,000
	Small Cap Value: $10,001 - $50,000
	International Equity: $10,001 - $50,000

Mary P. McPherson	Capital Growth: $50,001 - $100,000	Over $100,000
	Mid Cap Value: $50,001 - $100,000
	Small Cap Value: Over $100,000
	Growth and Income: $1 - $10,000
	International Equity: $10,001 - $50,000

Alan A. Shuch	Capital Growth: Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	Mid Cap Value: Over $100,000

Richard P. Strubel	Small/Mid Cap Growth: Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	Mid Cap Value: Over $100,000

Wilma J. Smelcer	Capital Growth: Over $100,000	Over $100,000

Kaysie P. Uniacke	Strategic Growth: Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	Large Cap Value: Over $100,000
	Mid Cap Value: Over $100,000


¹		Includes the value of shares beneficially owned by each Trustee in each Fund described in this Additional Statement as of December 31, 2005.

²		Includes Goldman Sachs Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust. As of December 31, 2005, Goldman Sachs Trust consisted of 61 portfolios and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust consisted of 11 portfolios.

As of December 31, 2005 the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of each Fund.

Board Compensation

The Trust pays each Independent Trustee an annual fee for his or her services as a Trustee of the Trust, plus an additional fee for each regular and special telephonic Board meeting and Governance and Nominating Committee, Compliance Committee, Contract Review Committee and Audit Committee meeting attended by such Trustee. The Independent Trustees are also reimbursed for travel expenses incurred in connection with attending such meetings. The Trust may also pay the incidental costs of a Trustee to attend training or other types of conferences relating to the investment company industry.

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the compensation of each Trustee of the Trust for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005:

B-56

Trustee Compensation


	Fund
			Structured Large	Structured U.S.	Structured Large	Structured Small
Name of Trustee	Balanced	Growth and Income	Cap Value	Equity	Cap Growth	Cap Equity

Ashok N. Bakhru¹	$3,523.86	$3,523.86	$3,523.86	$3,523.86	$3,523.86	$3,523.86
John P. Coblentz, Jr.	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75
Patrick T. Harker	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75
Mary P. McPherson	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75
Alan A. Shuch	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wilma J. Smelcer	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75
Richard P. Strubel	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75
Kaysie P. Uniacke	—	—	—	—	—	—

Trustee Compensation


	Fund
	Structured
	International			Growth	Small/Mid Cap
Name of Trustee	Equity	Capital Growth	Strategic Growth	Opportunities	Growth	Mid Cap Value

Ashok N. Bakhru¹	$3,523.86	$3,523.86	$3,523.86	$3,523.86	$ —	$3,523.86
John P. Coblentz, Jr.	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	—	2,412.75
Patrick T. Harker	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	—	2,412.75
Mary P. McPherson	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	—	2,412.75
Alan A. Shuch	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wilma J. Smelcer	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	—	2,412.75
Richard P. Strubel	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	—	2,412.75
Kaysie P. Uniacke	—	—	—	—	—	—

Trustee Compensation


	Fund
						International Small
Name of Trustee	Small Cap Value	Large Cap Value	International Equity	European Equity	Japanese Equity	Cap

Ashok N. Bakhru¹	$3,523.86	$3,523.86	$3,523.86	$3,523.86	$3,523.86	$3,523.86
John P. Coblentz, Jr.	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75
Patrick T. Harker	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75
Mary P. McPherson	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75
Alan A. Shuch	—	—	—	—	—	—
Wilma J. Smelcer	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75
Richard P. Strubel	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.75
Kaysie P. Uniacke	—	—	—	—	—	—

B-57

Trustee Compensation


Fund
	Emerging Markets			Concentrated
Name of Trustee	Equity	Asia Equity	Research Select	Growth

Ashok N. Bakhru¹	$3,523.86	$3,523.86	$3,523.77	$3,523.77
John P. Coblentz, Jr.	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.69	2,412.69
Patrick T. Harker	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.69	2,412.69
Mary P. McPherson	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.69	2,412.69
Alan A. Shuch	—	—	—	—
Wilma J. Smelcer	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.69	2,412.69
Richard P. Strubel	2,412.75	2,412.75	2,412.69	2,412.69
Kaysie P. Uniacke	—	—	—	—

Trustee Compensation


		Pension or
		Retirement
	Aggregate	Benefits Accrued as	Total Compensation
	Compensation	Part of the Trust’s	From Fund Complex
Name of Trustee	from the Funds	Expenses	(including the Funds)²

Ashok N. Bakhru¹	$74,000.88	—	$222,000.00
John P. Coblentz, Jr.	50,667.63	—	152,000.00
Patrick T. Harker	50,667.63	—	152,000.00
Mary P. McPherson	50,667.63	—	152,000.00
Alan A. Shuch	—	—	—
Wilma J. Smelcer	50,667.63	—	152,000.00
Richard P. Strubel	50,667.63	—	152,000.00
Kaysie P. Uniacke	—	—	—


¹		Includes compensation as Board Chairman.

²		The Fund Complex consists of Goldman Sachs Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust. Goldman Sachs Trust consisted of 59 portfolios and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust consisted of 6 portfolios as of August 31, 2005.

Miscellaneous

Class A Shares of the Funds may be sold at net asset value without payment of any sales charge to Goldman Sachs, its affiliates and their respective officers, partners, directors or employees (including retired employees and former partners), any partnership of which Goldman Sachs is a general partner, any Trustee or officer of the Trust and designated family members of any of the above individuals. These and the Funds’ other sales load waivers are due to the nature of the investors and/or the reduced sales effort and expense that are needed to obtain such investments.

B-58

MANAGEMENT SERVICES

As stated in the Funds’ Prospectuses, GSAM (formerly, Goldman Sachs Funds Management, L.P.), 32 Old Slip, New York, New York, 10005 serves as Investment Adviser to the Balanced, Growth and Income, Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Structured International Equity, Capital Growth, Strategic Growth, Growth Opportunities, Small/Mid Cap Growth, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value, Large Cap Value, Research Select and Concentrated Growth Funds. GSAM is a subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and an affiliate of Goldman Sachs. Prior to the end of April 2003, Goldman Sachs Asset Management, a business unit of the Investment Management Division of Goldman Sachs served as the investment adviser to the Balanced, Growth and Income, Structured Large Cap Value, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Structured International Equity, Strategic Growth, Growth Opportunities, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value, Large Cap Value, Research Select and Concentrated Growth Funds. In April 2003, GSAM assumed investment advisory responsibilities for those Funds. GSAMI, Christchurch Court, 10-15 Newgate Street, London, England EC1A7HD, serves as Investment Adviser to the International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity and Asia Equity Funds. GSAMI is also an affiliate of Goldman Sachs. See “Service Providers” in the Funds’ Prospectuses for a description of the applicable Investment Adviser’s duties to the Funds.

Founded in 1869, Goldman Sachs is among the oldest and largest investment banking firms in the United States. Goldman Sachs is a leader in developing portfolio strategies and in many fields of investing and financing, participating in financial markets worldwide and serving individuals, institutions, corporations and governments. Goldman Sachs is also among the principal market sources for current and thorough information on companies, industrial sectors, markets, economies and currencies, and trades and makes markets in a wide range of equity and debt securities 24-hours a day. The firm is headquartered in New York with 44 offices in 26 countries. It has trading professionals throughout the United States, as well as in London, Tokyo, Hong Kong and Singapore. The active participation of Goldman Sachs in the world’s financial markets enhances its ability to identify attractive investments. Goldman Sachs has agreed to permit the Funds to use the name “Goldman Sachs” or a derivative thereof as part of each Fund’s name for as long as a Fund’s Management Agreement is in effect.

The Investment Advisers are able to draw on the substantial research and market expertise of Goldman Sachs, whose investment research effort is one of the largest in the industry. The Goldman Sachs Global Investment Research Department covers approximately 2,400 companies, over 50 economies and over 25 markets. The in-depth information and analyses generated by Goldman Sachs’ research analysts are available to the Investment Advisers.

In managing the Funds, the Investment Advisers have access to Goldman Sachs’ economics research. The Economics Research Department based in London, conducts economic, financial and currency markets research which analyzes economic trends and interest and exchange rate movements worldwide. The Economics Research Department tracks factors such as inflation and money supply figures, balance of trade figures, economic growth, commodity prices, monetary and fiscal policies,

B-59

and political events that can influence interest rates and currency trends. The success of Goldman Sachs’ international research team has brought wide recognition to its members. The team has earned top rankings in various external surveys such as Pensions and Investments, Forbes and Dalbar. These rankings acknowledge the achievements of the firm’s economists, strategists and equity analysts.

The Management Agreements provide that GSAM and GSAMI, in their capacity as Investment Advisers, may render similar services to others as long as the services under the Management Agreements are not impaired thereby. A discussion regarding the Trustees’ basis for approving the Management Agreements in 2005 is available in the Trust’s annual reports dated August 31, 2005.

These arrangements were most recently approved by the shareholders of each Fund (other than Concentrated Growth, Research Select, Large Cap Value, Strategic Growth, Growth Opportunities, Small/Mid Cap Growth, Structured Large Cap Value, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Structured International Equity, Emerging Markets Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap and European Equity Funds) on April 21, 1997. The sole shareholder of the Small/Mid Cap Growth, Concentrated Growth, Research Select, Large Cap Value, Strategic Growth, Growth Opportunities, Structured Large Cap Value, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Structured International Equity, Emerging Markets Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap and European Equity Funds approved these arrangements on June 30, 2005, August 23, 2002, June 14, 2000, October 26, 1999, April 28, 1999, April 28, 1999, November 3, 1998, April 30, 1997, July 21, 1997, July 21, 1997, January 28, 1997, April 23, 1998, April 23, 1998 and July 22, 1998, respectively.

Each Management Agreement will remain in effect until June 30, 2006 and will continue in effect with respect to the applicable Fund from year to year thereafter provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the vote of a majority of such Fund’s outstanding voting securities or a majority of the Trustees of the Trust, and (ii) the vote of a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

Each Management Agreement will terminate automatically if assigned (as defined in the Act). Each Management Agreement is also terminable at any time without penalty by the Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the applicable Fund on 60 days’ written notice to the applicable Investment Adviser and by the Investment Adviser on 60 days’ written notice to the Trust.

Pursuant to the Management Agreements the Investment Advisers are entitled to receive the fees set forth below, payable monthly based on such Fund’s average daily net assets.

B-60


		Actual Rate for the Fiscal
		Year Ended
Fund	Contractual Rate	August 31, 2005
GSAM
Balanced Fund	0.65% on the first $1 billion	0.65%
	0.59% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.56% over $2 billion
Growth and Income Fund	0.70% on the first $1 billion	0.70%
	0.63% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.60% over $2 billion
Structured Large Cap Value Fund	0.60% on the first $1 billion	0.60%
	0.54% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.51% over $2 billion
Structured U.S. Equity Fund	0.65% on the first $1 billion	0.68%
	0.59% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.56% over $2 billion
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund	0.65% on the first $1 billion	0.68%
	0.59% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.56% over $2 billion
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund	0.85% on the first $2 billion	0.85%
	0.77% over $2 billion
Structured International Equity Fund	0.85% on the first $1 billion	0.85%
	0.77% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.73% over $2 billion
Strategic Growth Fund	1.00% on the first $1 billion	1.00%
	0.90% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.86% over $2 billion
Growth Opportunities Fund	1.00% on the first $2 billion	1.00%
	0.90% over $2 billion
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund	1.00% on the first $2 billion	1.00%
	0.90% over $2 billion
Mid Cap Value Fund	0.75% on the first $2 billion	0.75%
	0.68% over $2 billion
Small Cap Value Fund	1.00% on the first $2 billion	1.00%
	0.90% over $2 billion
Large Cap Value Fund	0.75% on the first $1 billion	0.75%
	0.68% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.65% over $2 billion
Research Select Fund	1.00% on the first $1 billion	1.00%
	0.90% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.86% over $2 billion
Concentrated Growth Fund	1.00% on the first $1 billion	1.00%
	0.90% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.86% over $2 billion
Capital Growth Fund	1.00% on the first $1 billion	0.95%
	0.90% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.80% over $2 billion

B-61


		Actual Rate for the Fiscal
		Year Ended
Fund	Contractual Rate	August 31, 2005
GSAMI
International Equity Fund	1.00% on the first $1 billion	1.00%
	0.90% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.86% over $2 billion

European Equity Fund	1.00% on the first $1 billion	1.00%
	0.90% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.86% over $2 billion


Japanese Equity Fund	1.00% on the first $1 billion	1.00%
	0.90% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.86% over $2 billion

International Small Cap Fund	1.10% on the first $2 billion	1.10%
	0.99% over $2 billion


Emerging Markets Equity Fund	1.20% on the first $2 billion	1.20%
	1.08% over $2 billion

Asia Equity Fund	1.00% on the first $1 billion	1.00%
	0.90% over $1 billion up to $2 billion
	0.86% over $2 billion

Additionally, as of the date of this Additional Statement, the Investment Adviser was voluntarily waiving a portion of its management fee equal to 0.09%, 0.14%, 0.14%, 0.04%, 0.04% and 0.05% based on the average daily net assets of the Structured Large Cap Value Fund, Structured U.S. Equity Fund, Structured Large Cap Growth Fund, Structured Small Cap Growth Fund, Structured International Equity Fund and Research Select Fund, respectively. Effective May 1, 2006, the Investment Adviser will voluntarily waive a portion of its management fee for the Balanced Fund equal to 0.10% of average daily net assets.

Prior to the date of this Additional Statement, the contractual management fees for the Funds, except the Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund and Capital Growth Fund, were as follows:


Fund	Management Fee
GSAM
Balanced Fund		0.65	%

Growth and Income Fund		0.70	%

Structured Large Cap Value Fund		0.60	%

Structured U.S. Equity Fund		0.65	%

Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		0.65	%

Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		0.85	%

Structured International Equity Fund		0.85	%

Strategic Growth Fund		1.00	%

Growth Opportunities Fund		1.00	%

B-62

For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2005, August 31, 2004 and August 31, 2003 the amounts of the fees incurred by each Fund then in existence under the Management Agreements were as follows (with and without the fee limitations that were then in effect):


	Fiscal year ended				Fiscal year ended				Fiscal year ended
	August 31,				August 31,				August 31,
	2005				2004				2003
	With Fee		Without Fee		With Fee		Without Fee		With Fee		Without Fee
	Limitations		Limitations		Limitations		Limitations		Limitations		Limitations
Balanced Fund	$	1,479,382	$	1,479,382	$	1,273,313	$	1,273,313	$	921,737	$	921,737
Growth and Income Fund		6,436,508		6,436,508		4,518,567		4,518,567		2,865,328		2,865,328
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		2,540,099		2,540,099		1,879,530		1,879,530		1,202,179		1,202,179
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		5,299,857		5,545,073		4,834,401		5,275,594		4,328,669		4,637,859
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		2,462,152		2,569,318		2,576,107		2,808,330		2,535,593		2,716,707
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		3,903,906		3,913,268		2,558,067		2,558,067		1,807,072		1,807,072
Structured International Equity Fund		6,214,072		6,278,704		2,944,173		2,944,173		1,899,042		1,899,042
Capital Growth Fund		18,298,648		18,620,852		19,584,749		20,615,525		19,004,786		20,005,039
Strategic Growth Fund		3,517,819		3,517,819		3,135,807		3,135,807		2,162,009		2,162,009
Growth Opportunities Fund		15,208,391		15,208,391		9,551,981		9,551,981		6,302,365		6,302,365
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund¹		9,540		9,540		—		—		—		—
Mid Cap Value Fund		22,533,520		22,825,207		10,033,176		10,033,176		6,185,373		6,185,373
Small Cap Value Fund		18,413,239		18,413,239		12,772,759		12,772,759		6,562,287		6,562,287
Large Cap Value Fund		5,303,521		5,303,521		3,061,786		3,061,786		2,348,231		2,348,231
International Equity Fund		4,185,303		4,185,303		4,847,216		4,847,216		6,585,560		6,585,560
European Equity Fund		304,334		304,334		313,839		313,839		350,669		350,669
Japanese Equity Fund		496,090		496,090		510,380		510,380		242,407		242,407
International Small Cap Fund		1,163,201		1,188,961		861,735		940,075		800,713		873,506
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		1,362,747		1,362,747		1,052,689		1,052,689		1,077,206		1,077,206
Asia Equity Fund		819,057		819,057		601,008		601,008		343,992		343,992
Research Select Fund		2,194,529		2,194,529		2,819,156		2,819,156		3,126,562		3,126,562
Concentrated Growth Fund²		1,259,093		1,259,093		976,341		976,341		353,852		353,852


¹		The Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2005.

²		The Concentrated Growth Fund commenced operations on September 3, 2002.

B-64

Portfolio Managers – Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

The following tables disclose other accounts within each type of category listed below for which the portfolio managers are jointly and primarily responsible for day to day portfolio management.

Number of Other Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Account Type*

Number of Accounts and Total Assets for Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based*

Registered

Name of

Investment

Other Pooled

Other

Investment

Other Pooled

Other

Portfolio Manager

Companies

Investment Vehicles

Accounts

Companies

Investment Vehicles

Accounts

Number

Assets

Number of

Assets

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Balanced Fund

Don Mulvihill

$186 mm

None

269

$2,172 mm

None

Robert C. Jones

$14,702 mm

$11,615 mm

537

$64,888 mm

None

$9,489 mm

Jonathan A. Bienner

$17,970 mm

$24,243 mm

1248

$100,166 mm

None

$6,199 mm

$11,315 mm

James B. Clark

$3,785 mm

$9,371 mm

192

$43,788 mm

None

$4,531 mm

$2,429 mm

Growth and Income Fund

Dolores Bamford

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Andrew Braun

$9,674 mm

None

278

$5,347 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Scott Carroll

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Sally Pope Davis

$9,674 mm

None

278

$5,347 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Sean Gallagher

$9,674 mm

None

278

$5,347 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Lisa Parisi

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Eileen Rominger

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Structured Large Cap Value Fund

Melissa Brown

$11,193 mm

$7,013 mm

195

$31,860 mm

None

$105 mm

$4,740 mm

Robert C. Jones

$13,014 mm

$9,184 mm

544

$58,050 mm

None

$105 mm

$9,267 mm

Structured U.S. Equity Fund

Melissa Brown

$11,193 mm

$7,013 mm

195

$31,860 mm

None

$105 mm

$4,740 mm

Robert C. Jones

$13,014 mm

$9,184 mm

544

$58,050 mm

None

$105 mm

$9,267 mm

B-66

Number of Other Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Account Type*

Number of Accounts and Total Assets for Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based*

Registered

Name of

Investment

Other Pooled

Other

Investment

Other Pooled

Other

Portfolio Manager

Companies

Investment Vehicles

Accounts

Companies

Investment Vehicles

Accounts

Number

Assets

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Structured Large Cap Growth Fund

Melissa Brown

$11,193 mm

$7,013 mm

195

$31,860 mm

None

$105 mm

$4,740 mm

Robert C. Jones

$13,014 mm

$9,184 mm

544

$58,050 mm

None

$105 mm

$9,267 mm

Structured Small Cap Equity Fund

Melissa Brown

$11,193 mm

$7,013 mm

195

$31,860 mm

None

$105 mm

$4,740 mm

Robert C. Jones

$13,014 mm

$9,184 mm

544

$58,050 mm

None

$105 mm

$9,267 mm

Structured International Equity Fund

Len Ioffe

$1,700 mm

$2,151 mm

$27,998 mm

None

$4,527 mm

Robert C. Jones

$13,014 mm

$9,184 mm

544

$58,050 mm

None

$105 mm

$9,267 mm

Capital Growth Fund

Steven M. Barry

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

Gregory H. Ekizian

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

David G. Shell

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

Strategic Growth Fund

Steven M. Barry

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

Gregory H. Ekizian

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

David G. Shell

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

B-67

Number of Other Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Account Type*

Number of Accounts and Total Assets for Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based*

Registered

Name of

Investment

Other Pooled

Other

Investment

Other Pooled

Other

Portfolio Manager

Companies

Investment Vehicles

Accounts

Companies

Investment Vehicles

Accounts

Number

Assets

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Growth Opportunities Fund

Steven M. Barry

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

Gregory H. Ekizian

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

David G. Shell

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

Small/Mid Cap Growth

Steven M. Barry

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

Gregory H. Ekizian

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

David G. Shell

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

Mid Cap Value Fund

Dolores Bamford

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

David L. Berdon

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Andrew Braun

$9,674 mm

None

278

$5,347 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Scott Carroll

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Sally Pope Davis

$9,674 mm

None

278

$5,347 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Sean Gallagher

$9,674 mm

None

278

$5,347 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Lisa Parisi

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Edward Perkin

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Eileen Rominger

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

B-68

Number of Other Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Account Type*

Number of Accounts and Total Assets for Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based*

Registered

Name of

Investment

Other Pooled

Other

Investment

Other Pooled

Other

Portfolio Manager

Companies

Investment Vehicles

Accounts

Companies

Investment Vehicles

Accounts

Number

Assets

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Small Cap Value Fund

Dolores Bamford

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

David L. Berdon

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Scott Carroll

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

J. Kelly Flynn

$2,967 mm

None

$703 mm

None

$104 mm

None

James Otness

$2,967 mm

None

$703 mm

None

$104 mm

None

Lisa Parisi

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Edward Perkin

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Large Cap Value Fund

Dolores Bamford

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

David L. Berdon

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Andrew Braun

$9,674 mm

None

278

$5,347 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Scott Carroll

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Sally Pope Davis

$9,674 mm

None

278

$5,347 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Sean Gallagher

$9,674 mm

None

278

$5,347 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Lisa Parisi

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Eileen Rominger

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

International Equity Fund

Mark Beveridge

$679 mm

$1,262 mm

$12,252 mm

None

William Howard

$505 mm

$211 mm

$1,236 mm

None

Michael Stanes

$505 mm

$211 mm

$1,236 mm

None

European Equity Fund

Julian Abel

$31 mm

$514 mm

$3,365 mm

None

Mark Beveridge

$679 mm

$1,262 mm

$12,252 mm

None

Stuart McPherson

$175 mm

$1,050 mm

$11,016 mm

None

B-69

Number of Other Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Account Type*

Number of Accounts and Total Assets for Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based*

Registered

Name of

Investment

Other Pooled

Other

Investment

Other Pooled

Other

Portfolio Manager

Companies

Investment Vehicles

Accounts

Companies

Investment Vehicles

Accounts

Number

Assets

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Japanese Equity Fund

David Townshend

$49 mm

$1,142 mm

$2,674 mm

None

Hiroyuki Ito

$64 mm

$722 mm

$2,529 mm

None

International Small Cap Fund

Prashant Bhayani

$144 mm

$245 mm

$197 mm

None

Chris Dyer

$144 mm

$245 mm

$197 mm

None

David Lowish

$144 mm

$245 mm

$197 mm

None

Takeya Suzuki

$144 mm

$525 mm

$160 mm

None

Noriko Takahashi

$144 mm

$525 mm

$160 mm

None

Emerging Markets Equity Fund

Maria Gordon

$187 mm

$255 mm

$41 mm

None

Kenny Tjan

$287 mm

$597 mm

$120 mm

None

Asia Equity Fund

Siew-Hua Thio

$100 mm

$342 mm

$79 mm

None

Kenny Tjan

$287 mm

$597 mm

$120 mm

None

B-70

Number of Other Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Account Type*

Number of Accounts and Total Assets for Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based*

Registered

Name of

Investment

Other Pooled

Other

Investment

Other Pooled

Other

Portfolio Manager

Companies

Investment Vehicles

Accounts

Companies

Investment Vehicles

Accounts

Number

Assets

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Accounts

Managed

Research Select Fund

Sally Pope Davis

$9,674 mm

None

278

$5,347 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Eileen Rominger

$12,642 mm

None

305

$6,050 mm

None

$104 mm

$119 mm

Steven M. Barry

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

Gregory H. Ekizian

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

David G. Shell

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

Concentrated Growth Fund

Steven M. Barry

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

Gregory H. Ekizian

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm

David G. Shell

$9,115 mm

$98 mm

525

$19,700 mm

None

$2,652 mm


*		The information is as of August 31, 2005, except that information for Hiroyuki Ito is as of November 30, 2005 and information for Don Mulvihill and Robert C. Jones as portfolio managers of the Balanced Fund is as of December 31, 2005.

B-71

Conflicts of Interest. The Investment Advisers’ portfolio managers are often responsible for managing one or more of the Funds as well as other accounts, including proprietary accounts, separate accounts and other pooled investment vehicles, such as unregistered hedge funds. A portfolio manager may manage a separate account or other pooled investment vehicle which may have materially higher fee arrangements than the Fund and may also have a performance-based fee. The side-by-side management of these funds may raise potential conflicts of interest relating to cross trading, the allocation of investment opportunities and the aggregation and allocation of trades.

The Investment Advisers have a fiduciary responsibility to manage all client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. They seek to provide best execution of all securities transactions and aggregate and then allocate securities to client accounts in a fair and timely manner. To this end, the Investment Advisers have developed policies and procedures designed to mitigate and manage the potential conflicts of interest that may arise from side-by-side management. In addition, the Investment Advisers and the Funds have adopted policies limiting the circumstances under which cross-trades may be effected between a Fund and another client account. The Investment Advisers conduct periodic reviews of trades for consistency with these policies. For more information about conflicts of interests that may arise in connection with the portfolio manager’s management of the Funds’ investments and the investments of other accounts, see “Potential Conflicts of Interest – Potential Conflicts Relating to the Allocation of Investment Opportunities Among the Funds and Other Goldman Sachs Accounts and Potential Conflicts Relating to Goldman Sachs’ and the Investment Adviser’s Proprietary Activities and Activities on Behalf of Other Accounts.”

Portfolio Managers — Compensation

Value Team Base Salary and Performance Bonus. The Investment Adviser’s Value Team (“Value Team”) compensation package for its portfolio managers is comprised of a base salary and a performance bonus. The performance bonus is a function of each portfolio manager’s individual performance and his or her contribution to overall team performance. Portfolio managers are rewarded for their ability to outperform a benchmark while managing risk appropriately. Compensation is also influenced by the Value Team’s total revenues for the past year which in part is derived from advisory fees, and for certain accounts performance based fees. Anticipated compensation levels among competitor firms may also be considered, but are not a principal factor.

The performance bonus is significantly influenced by 3 year period of investment performance. The following criteria are considered:

- Individual performance (relative, absolute)

- Team performance (relative, absolute)

- Consistent performance that aligns with clients’ objectives

- Achievement of top rankings (relative and competitive)

B -72

The benchmarks for these Funds are:

Research Select Fund: S&P 500 Index
Growth and Income Fund: Russell 1000 Value Index
Large Cap Value Fund: Russell 1000 Value Index
Mid Cap Value Fund: Russell Mid Cap Value Index
Small Cap Value Fund: Russell 2000 Value Index

Quantitative Domestic and Quantitative International Equity Portfolio Management Teams Base Salary and Performance Bonus.

The Investment Adviser provides compensation packages for its investment professionals, which are comprised of a base salary and a performance bonus. The year-end performance bonus is a function of each professional’s individual performance; his or her contribution to the overall performance of the group; the performance of GSAM; the profitability of Goldman Sachs; and anticipated compensation levels among competitor firms.

Portfolio management teams are rewarded for their ability to outperform a benchmark while managing risk exposure. An individual’s compensation depends on his/her contribution to the team as well as his/her ability to work as a member of the team.

The portfolio management team’s performance measures are aligned with GSAM’s goals to: (1) exceed benchmark over one-year and three-year periods; (2) manage portfolios within a defined range around a targeted tracking error; (3) perform consistently with objectives and client commitments; (4) achieve top tier rankings and ratings; and (5) manage all similarly mandated accounts in a consistent manner.

Performance-related remuneration for portfolio managers is significantly influenced by the following criteria: (1) overall portfolio performance and consistency of performance over time; (2) consistency of performance across accounts with similar profiles; (3) compliance with risk budgets; and (4) communication with other portfolio managers within the research process.

In addition, detailed portfolio attribution is critical to the measurement process.

The benchmarks for these Funds are:

Structured U.S. Equity Fund: S&P 500 Index
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund: Russell 2000 Index
Structured Large Cap Value Fund: Russell 1000 Value Index
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund: Russell 1000 Growth Index
Structured International Equity Fund: MSCI Europe, Australasia, Far East (“EAFE”) Index (unhedged).

Quantitative Equity Team Base Salary and Performance Bonus. The Investment Adviser and its Quantitative Equity Team’s (the “QE Team”) compensation packages for its portfolio managers are comprised of a base salary and performance bonus. The performance bonus is a function of each portfolio manager’s individual performance; his or her contribution to the overall performance of QE Team strategies; and annual revenues in the investment strategy which in part is derived from advisory fees and, for certain accounts, performance based fees.

B -73

The performance bonus for portfolio managers is significantly influenced by the following criteria: (1) whether the Team’s pre-tax performance exceeded performance benchmarks over a one, three and five year period; (2) whether the portfolio manager managed portfolios within a defined range around a targeted tracking error and risk budget; (3) consistency of performance across accounts with similar profiles; and (4) communication with other portfolio managers within the research process. In addition, the other factors that are also considered when the amount of performance bonus is determined: (1) whether the Team performed consistently with objectives and client commitments; (2) whether the Team achieved top tier rankings and ratings; and (3) whether the Team managed all similarly mandated accounts in a consistent manner. Benchmarks for measuring performance can either be broad based or narrow based indices which will vary based on client expectations.

The QE Team’s decision may also be influenced by the following: the performance of the Investment Adviser and anticipated compensation levels among competitive firms.

The benchmark for the equity portion of the Balanced Fund is the S&P 500 Index.

Growth Investment Team Base Salary and Performance Bonus. The Investment Adviser’s Growth Team’s (the “Growth Team”) compensation packages for its portfolio managers are comprised of a base salary and performance bonus. The performance bonus is first and foremost tied to the Growth Team’s pre-tax performance for its clients and the Growth Team’s total revenues for the past year which in part is derived from advisory fees and for certain accounts, performance based fees. The Growth Team measures its performance on a market cycle basis which is typically measured over a three to seven year period, rather than being focused on short term gains in its strategies or short term contributions from a portfolio manager in any given year.

The performance bonus for portfolio managers is significantly influenced by the following criteria: (1) whether the team performed consistently with objectives and client commitments; (2) whether the team’s performance exceeded performance benchmarks over a market cycle; (3) consistency of performance across accounts with similar profiles; and (4) communication with other portfolio managers within the research process. Benchmarks for measuring performance can either be broad based or narrow based indices which will vary based on client expectations.

The benchmarks for these Funds are:

Capital Growth Fund: Russell 1000 Growth Index
Growth Opportunities Fund: Russell Midcap Growth Index
Strategic Growth Fund: Russell 1000 Growth Index
Research Select Fund: S&P 500 Index
Concentrated Growth Fund: Russell 1000 Growth Index
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund: Russell 2500 Growth Index

The Growth Team also considers each portfolio manager’s individual performance, his or her contribution to the overall performance of the strategy long-term and his/her ability to work as a member of the team. The Growth Team’s decision may also be influenced by the following: the performance of GSAM, the profitability of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and anticipated compensation levels among competitor firms.

B -74

Active International Portfolio Management Team Base Salary and Performance Bonus. The Investment Adviser’s Active International Portfolio Management Team’s (the “International Team”) compensation packages for portfolio managers are comprised of a base salary and performance bonus. The performance bonus is a function of: each portfolio manager’s individual performance; the International Team’s total revenues for the past year which in part is derived from advisory fees and for certain accounts; performance based fees; his or her contribution to the overall performance of the International Team; the performance of the Investment Adviser; the profitability of Goldman, Sachs & Co.; and anticipated compensation levels among competitor firms. Portfolio managers are rewarded for their ability to outperform a benchmark over a three year period while managing risk exposure.

The performance bonus for portfolio managers is significantly influenced by the following criteria: (1) overall portfolio performance; (2) consistency of performance across accounts with similar profiles; and (3) communication with other portfolio managers within the research process. In addition, the following factors involving the overall performance of the International Team are also considered when the amount of performance bonus is determined: (1) whether the team’s performance exceeded performance benchmarks over three-year periods; (2) whether the team performed consistently with objectives and client commitments; and (3) whether the team managed all similarly mandated accounts in a consistent manner.

The benchmarks for these Funds are:

International Equity Fund: MSCI EAFE Index (unhedged)
European Equity Fund: MSCI Europe Index (unhedged)
International Small Cap Fund: MSCI EAFE Small Cap Index (unhedged)
Emerging Markets Equity Fund: MSCI Emerging Markets Free Index
Japanese Equity Fund: Tokyo Price Index (“TOPIX”) (unhedged)
Asia Equity Fund: MSCI All Country Asia Free ex-Japan Index (unhedged)

Fixed Income Team Base Salary and Performance Bonus. The Investment Adviser and its Fixed Income Team’s (the “Fixed Income Team”) compensation package for its portfolio managers is comprised of a base salary and performance bonus. The base salary is fixed. However, the performance bonus is a function of each portfolio manager’s individual performance; the Fixed Income Team’s total revenues for the past year which in part is derived from advisory fees and for certain accounts, performance based fees; his or her contribution to the overall performance of the Fixed Income Team; the performance of GSAM; the profitability of Goldman, Sachs & Co.; and anticipated compensation levels among competitor firms. Portfolio managers are rewarded for their ability to outperform a benchmark while managing risk exposure.

The performance bonus for portfolio managers is significantly influenced by the following criteria: (1) overall pre-tax portfolio performance; (2) consistency of performance across accounts with similar profiles; (3) compliance with risk budgets; and (4) communication with other portfolio managers within the research process. In addition, the following factors involving the overall performance of the investment style team are also considered when the amount of performance bonus is determined: (1) whether the team’s performance exceeded performance benchmarks over one-year and three-year periods (for Fund specific benchmarks please see below); (2) whether the team managed portfolios within a defined range around a targeted tracking error; (3) whether the team performed consistently with objectives and client commitments; (4) whether the team achieved top tier rankings and ratings (a consideration secondary to the above); and (5) whether the team managed all similarly mandated accounts in a consistent manner.

B -75

The benchmark for measuring performance of the fixed income portion of the Balanced Fund is:

Balanced Fund: Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index

Other Compensation – All Teams. In addition to base salary and performance bonus, the Investment Adviser has a number of additional benefits/deferred compensation programs for all portfolio managers in place including (i) a 401k program that enables employees to direct a percentage of their pretax salary and bonus income into a tax-qualified retirement plan; (ii) a profit sharing program to which Goldman, Sachs & Co. makes a pretax contribution; and (iii) investment opportunity programs in which certain professionals are eligible to participate subject to certain net worth requirements. Portfolio managers may also receive grants of restricted stock units and/or stock options as part of their compensation.

Certain GSAM portfolio managers may also participate in the firm’s Partner Compensation Plan, which covers many of the firm’s senior executives. In general, under the Partner Compensation Plan, participants receive a base salary and a bonus (which may be paid in cash or in the form of an equity-based award) that is linked to Goldman Sachs’ overall financial performance.

Portfolio Managers – Portfolio Managers’ Ownership of Securities in the Funds They Manage

The following table shows the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds they manage:


		Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned by
Name of Portfolio Manager		Portfolio Manager*

Balanced Fund*
Don Mulvihill		Balanced Fund: $0
Robert C. Jones		Balanced Fund: $0
Jonathan A. Beinner		Balanced Fund: $0
James B. Clark		Balanced Fund: $0

Growth and Income Fund*
Dolores Bamford		Growth and Income Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Andrew Braun		Growth and Income Fund: $1 – $10,000
Scott Carroll		Growth and Income Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
Sally Pope Davis		Growth and Income Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
Sean Gallagher		Growth and Income Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
Lisa Parisi		Growth and Income Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
Eileen Rominger		Growth and Income Fund: $100,000 – $500,000

B-76


		Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned by
Name of Portfolio Manager		Portfolio Manager*

Structured Large Cap Value Fund*
Melissa Brown		Structured Large Cap Value Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
Robert C. Jones		Structured Large Cap Value Fund: $50,000 – $100,000

Structured U.S. Equity Fund*
Melissa Brown		Structured U.S. Equity Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Robert C. Jones		Structured U.S. Equity Fund: $100,000 – $500,000

Structured Large Cap Growth Fund*
Melissa Brown		Structured Large Cap Growth Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
Robert C. Jones		Structured Large Cap Growth Fund: $50,000 – $100,000

Structured Small Cap Equity Fund*
Melissa Brown		Structured Small Cap Equity Fund: $50,000 – $100,000
Robert C. Jones		Structured Small Cap Growth Fund: $50,000 – $100,000

Structured International Equity Fund*
Len Ioffe		Structured International Equity Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
Robert C. Jones		Structured International Equity Fund: $50,000 – $100,000

Capital Growth Fund*
Steven M. Barry		Capital Growth Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Gregory H. Ekizian		Capital Growth Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
David G. Shell		Capital Growth Fund: $100,000 – $500,000

Strategic Growth Fund*
Steven M. Barry		Strategic Growth Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Gregory H. Ekizian		Strategic Growth Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
David G. Shell		Strategic Growth Fund: $100,000 – $500,000

Growth Opportunities Fund*
Steven M. Barry		Growth Opportunities Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Gregory H. Ekizian		Growth Opportunities Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
David G. Shell		Growth Opportunities Fund: $100,000 – $500,000

Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund*
Steven M. Barry		Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
Gregory H. Ekizian		Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund: $10,000 – $50,000

B-77


		Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned by
Name of Portfolio Manager		Portfolio Manager*

David G. Shell		Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund: $50,000 – $100,000

Mid Cap Value Fund*
Dolores Bamford		Mid Cap Value Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
David L. Berdon		Mid Cap Value Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
Andrew Braun		Mid Cap Value Fund: $50,000 – $100,000
Scott Carroll		Mid Cap Value Fund: $50,000 – $100,000
Sally Pope Davis		Mid Cap Value Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Sean Gallagher		Mid Cap Value Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Lisa Parisi		Mid Cap Value Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Edward Perkin		Mid Cap Value Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
Eileen Rominger		Mid Cap Value Fund: $100,000 – $500,000

Small Cap Value Fund*
Dolores Bamford		Small Cap Value Fund: $50,000 – $100,000
David L. Berdon		Small Cap Value Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
Scott Carroll		Small Cap Value Fund: $1 – $10,000
J. Kelly Flynn		Small Cap Value Fund: $50,000 – $100,000
James Otness		Small Cap Value Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Lisa Parisi		Small Cap Value Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Edward Perkin		Small Cap Value Fund: $1 – $10,000

Large Cap Value Fund*
Dolores Bamford		Large Cap Value Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
David L. Berdon		Large Cap Value Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
Andrew Braun		Large Cap Value Fund: $50,000 – $100,000
Scott Carroll		Large Cap Value Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Sally Pope Davis		Large Cap Value Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Sean Gallagher		Large Cap Value Fund: $50,000 – $100,000
Lisa Parisi		Large Cap Value Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Eileen Rominger		Large Cap Value Fund: $100,000 – $500,000

International Equity Fund*
Mark Beveridge		International Equity Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
William Howard		International Equity Fund: $1 – $10,000
Michael Stanes		International Equity Fund: $0

European Equity Fund*
Julian Abel		European Equity Fund: $0
Stuart McPherson		European Equity Fund: $0

B-78


		Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned by
Name of Portfolio Manager		Portfolio Manager*

Mark Beveridge		European Equity Fund: $0

Japanese Equity Fund*
David Townshend		Japanese Equity Fund: $0
Hiroyuki Ito		Japanese Equity Fund: $0

International Small Cap Fund*
Prashant Bhayani		International Small Cap Fund: $50,000 – $100,000
Chris Dyer		International Small Cap Fund: $0
David Lowish		International Small Cap Fund: $0
Takeya Suzuki		International Small Cap Fund: $0
Noriko Takahashi		International Small Cap Fund: $0

Emerging Markets Equity Fund*
Maria Gordon		Emerging Markets Equity Fund: $0
Kenny Tjan		Emerging Markets Equity Fund: $0

Asia Equity Fund*
Siew-Hua Thio		Asia Equity Fund: $0
Kenny Tjan		Asia Equity Fund: $0

Research Select Fund*
Sally Pope Davis		Research Select Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
Eileen Rominger		Research Select Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Steven M. Barry		Research Select Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
Gregory H. Ekizian		Research Select Fund: $10,000 – $50,000
David G. Shell		Research Select Fund: $10,000 – $50,000

Concentrated Growth Fund*
Steven M. Barry		Concentrated Growth Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
Gregory H. Ekizian		Concentrated Growth Fund: $100,000 – $500,000
David G. Shell		Concentrated Growth Fund: over $1,000,000


*		This information is as of August 31, 2005 except that information for Don Mulvihill and Robert C. Jones as portfolio managers of the Balanced Fund is as of December 31, 2005.

B-79

Distributor and Transfer Agent

Goldman Sachs, 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, serves as the exclusive distributor of shares of the Funds pursuant to a “best efforts” arrangement as provided by a distribution agreement with the Trust on behalf of each Fund. Shares of the Funds are offered and sold on a continuous basis by Goldman Sachs, acting as agent. Pursuant to the distribution agreement, after the Prospectuses and periodic reports have been prepared, set in type and mailed to shareholders, Goldman Sachs will pay for the printing and distribution of copies thereof used in connection with the offering to prospective investors. Goldman Sachs will also pay for other supplementary sales literature and advertising costs. Goldman Sachs may enter into sales agreements with certain investment dealers and other financial service firms (the “Authorized Dealers”) to solicit subscriptions for Class A, Class B and Class C Shares of the Funds. Goldman Sachs receives a portion of the sales charge imposed on the sale, in the case of Class A Shares, or redemption in the case of Class B and Class C Shares (and in certain cases, Class A Shares), of such Fund shares.

Goldman Sachs retained approximately the following combined commissions on sales of Class A, Class B and Class C Shares during the following periods:


	Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended
	August 31,		August 31,		August 31,
	2005		2004		2003

Balanced Fund	$	169,200	$	184,800	$	173,400
Growth and Income Fund		1,344,600		878,400		578,000
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		59,600		21,200		20,800
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		113,200		95,700		182,800
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		24,600		19,200		17,100
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		57,800		30,900		29,800
Structured International Equity Fund		137,900		26,200		187,100
Capital Growth Fund		335,700		355,300		370,800
Strategic Growth Fund		14,000		21,000		330,300
Growth Opportunities Fund		402,400		256,800		387,700
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund¹		1,500		0		0
Mid Cap Value Fund		1,707,000		655,200		564,800
Small Cap Value Fund		54,000		364,700		792,900
Large Cap Value Fund		233,000		66,000		550,000
International Equity Fund		42,500		50,900		286,000
European Equity Fund		2,400		9,100		43,000
Japanese Equity Fund		3,300		5,400		46,000
International Small Cap Fund		30,900		31,600		5,000
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		18,400		10,500		21,000
Asia Equity Fund		8,400		11,000		42,000
Research Select Fund		6,300		6,300		12,300
Concentrated Growth Fund²		600		3,000		225,400


¹		The Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2005.

²		The Concentrated Growth Fund commenced operations on September 3, 2002.

B-80

Goldman Sachs, 71 South Wacker Drive, Suite 500, Chicago, IL 60606 serves as the Trust’s transfer agent. Under its transfer agency agreement with the Trust, Goldman Sachs has undertaken with the Trust to (i) record the issuance, transfer and redemption of shares, (ii) provide purchase and redemption confirmations and quarterly statements, as well as certain other statements, (iii) provide certain information to the Trust’s custodian and the relevant sub-custodian in connection with redemptions, (iv) provide dividend crediting and certain disbursing agent services, (v) maintain shareholder accounts, (vi) provide certain state Blue Sky and other information, (vii) provide shareholders and certain regulatory authorities with tax-related information, (viii) respond to shareholder inquiries, and (ix) render certain other miscellaneous services. For its transfer agency services, Goldman Sachs is entitled to receive a transfer agency fee equal, on an annualized basis, to 0.04% of average daily net assets with respect to each Fund’s Institutional and Service Shares and 0.19% of average daily net assets with respect to each Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C Shares.

As compensation for the services rendered to the Trust by Goldman Sachs as transfer agent and the assumption by Goldman Sachs of the expenses related thereto, Goldman Sachs received fees for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2005, August 31, 2004 and August 31, 2003 from each Fund then in existence as follows under the fee schedules then in effect:


	Class A, B and C		Class A, B and C		Class A, B and C
	Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended
	August 31,		August 31,		August 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Balanced Fund	$	424,996	$	368,033	$	265,355
Growth and Income Fund		1,724,006		1,216,080		763,412
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		331,289		245,201		186,116
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		1,141,885		1,051,678		908,887
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		446,702		480,501		474,916
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		346,508		268,148		189,789
Structured International Equity Fund		424,229		229,086		162,097
Capital Growth Fund		3,108,339		3,322,756		3,232,878
Strategic Growth Fund		362,353		373,075		272,036
Growth Opportunities Fund		1,822,290		1,343,978		919,202
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund¹		92		0		0
Mid Cap Value Fund		4,087,442		1,713,500		986,036
Small Cap Value Fund		2,441,974		1,972,802		1,067,722
Large Cap Value Fund		848,582		547,951		438,116
International Equity Fund		665,058		708,012		791,486
European Equity Fund		43,969		51,689		59,717
Japanese Equity Fund		79,251		75,799		36,648
International Small Cap Fund		100,607		81,429		70,235
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		97,865		69,305		41,898
Asia Equity Fund		104,233		88,087		54,887
Research Select Fund		412,606		530,240		586,985
Concentrated Growth Fund²		121,214		112,481		48,585


¹		The Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2005.

²		The Concentrated Growth Fund commenced operations on September 3, 2002.

B-81


	Institutional Shares						Service Shares
	Fiscal year		Fiscal year		Fiscal year		Fiscal period		Fiscal year		Fiscal year
	Ended		Ended		Ended		ended		Ended		Ended
	August 31,		August 31,		August 31,		August 31,		August 31,		August 31,
	2005		2004		2003		2005		2004		2003
Balanced Fund	$	1,565	$	874	$	853	$	1	$	3	$	5
Growth and Income Fund		4,668		1,629		1,652		477		557		1,363
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		99,325		73,520		40,851		270		161		112
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		81,788		56,439		53,362		3,960		3,520		2,646
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		57,365		48,456		44,761		109		164		147
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		94,881		43,726		33,490		16,324		20,202		11,593
Structured International Equity Fund		202,720		90,290		55,231		3,437		31		10
Capital Growth Fund		111,807		122,669		117,315		2,756		2,424		2,281
Strategic Growth Fund		64,305		46,825		29,209		123		65		0
Growth Opportunities Fund		223,243		98,732		58,388		1,453		405		190
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund¹		361		0		0		1		0		0
Mid Cap Value Fund		342,477		171,222		121,515		14,353		3,144		785
Small Cap Value Fund		212,285		91,708		36,442		10,260		3,876		1,266
Large Cap Value Fund		103,766		47,905		33,003		440		32		1
International Equity Fund		27,211		44,455		95,221		189		379		1,573
European Equity Fund		2,812		1,662		1,454		105		9		0
Japanese Equity Fund		3,158		4,457		1,980		1		0		0
International Small Cap Fund		21,036		14,152		14,318		82		41		13
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		24,431		20,305		27,050		391		195		36
Asia Equity Fund²		10,819		5,496		2,205		0		0		0
Research Select Fund		911		1,131		1,482		7		6		4
Concentrated Growth Fund³		24,844		15,372		3,925		0		1		0


¹		The Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2005.

²		Asia Equity Fund had not sold Service Shares as of August 31, 2005.

³		The Concentrated Growth Fund commenced operations on September 3, 2002.

B-82

The Trust’s distribution and transfer agency agreements each provide that Goldman Sachs may render similar services to others so long as the services Goldman Sachs provides thereunder are not impaired thereby. Such agreements also provide that the Trust will indemnify Goldman Sachs against certain liabilities.

Expenses

The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, is responsible for the payment of each Fund’s respective expenses. The expenses include, without limitation, the fees payable to the Investment Advisers, service fees and shareholder administration fees paid to Service Organizations, the fees and expenses of the Trust’s custodian and subcustodians, transfer agent fees and expenses, pricing service fees and expenses, brokerage fees and commissions, filing fees for the registration or qualification of the Trust’s shares under federal or state securities laws, expenses of the organization of the Funds, fees and expenses incurred by the Trust in connection with membership in investment company organizations including, but not limited to, the Investment Company Institute, taxes, interest, costs of liability insurance, fidelity bonds or indemnification, any costs, expenses or losses arising out of any liability of, or claim for damages or other relief asserted against, the Trust for violation of any law, legal, tax and auditing fees and expenses (including the cost of legal and certain accounting services rendered by employees of Goldman Sachs and its affiliates with respect to the Trust), expenses of preparing and setting in type Prospectuses, Additional Statements, proxy material, reports and notices and the printing and distributing of the same to the Trust’s shareholders and regulatory authorities, any expenses assumed by a Fund pursuant to its Distribution and Service Plans, compensation and expenses of its “non-interested” Trustees, the fees and expenses of pricing services and extraordinary expenses, if any, incurred by the Trust. Except for fees and expenses under any service plan, shareholder administration plan or distribution and service plans applicable to a particular class and transfer agency fees and expenses, all Fund expenses are borne on a non-class specific basis.

The imposition of the Investment Adviser’s fees, as well as other operating expenses, will have the effect of reducing the total return to investors. From time to time, the Investment Adviser may waive receipt of its fees and/or voluntarily assume certain expenses of a Fund, which would have the effect of lowering that Fund’s overall expense ratio and increasing total return to investors at the time such amounts are waived or assumed, as the case may be.

As of the date of this Additional Statement, the Investment Advisers voluntarily have agreed to reduce or limit certain “Other Expenses” (excluding management fees, distribution and service fees, transfer agency fees, service fees, shareholder administration fees, taxes, interest, brokerage, and litigation, indemnification, shareholder meeting and other extraordinary expenses exclusive of any expense offset arrangements) for the following Funds to the extent such expenses exceed the following percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:


	Other
	Expenses
Balanced Fund	0.064	%
Growth and Income Fund	0.054	%
Structured Large Cap Value Fund	0.064	%
Structured U.S. Equity Fund	0.004	%
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund	0.024	%
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund	0.044	%
Structured International Equity Fund	0.124	%
Capital Growth Fund	0.004	%
Strategic Growth Fund	0.004	%
Growth Opportunities Fund	0.114	%
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund	0.064	%

B-83


	Other
	Expenses
Mid Cap Value Fund	0.104	%
Small Cap Value Fund	0.064	%
Large Cap Value Fund	0.064	%
International Equity Fund	0.104	%
European Equity Fund	0.104	%
Japanese Equity Fund	0.114	%
International Small Cap Fund	0.104	%
Emerging Markets Equity Fund	0.354	%
Asia Equity Fund	0.164	%
Research Select Fund	0.064	%
Concentrated Growth Fund	0.044	%

Such reductions or limits, if any, are calculated monthly on a cumulative basis and may be discontinued or modified by the applicable Investment Adviser in its discretion at any time.

Fees and expenses borne by the Funds relating to legal counsel, registering shares of a Fund, holding meetings and communicating with shareholders may include an allocable portion of the cost of maintaining an internal legal and compliance department. Each Fund may also bear an allocable portion of the Investment Adviser’s costs of performing certain accounting services not being provided by a Fund’s custodian.

Reimbursement

For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2005, August 31, 2004 and August 31, 2003 the amounts of certain “Other Expenses” of each Fund then in existence that were reduced or otherwise limited were as follows under the expense limitations that were then in effect:


	Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended
	August 31,		August 31,		August 31,
	2005³		2004		2003
Balanced Fund	$	365,813	$	287,367	$	306,576
Growth and Income Fund		135,128		142,997		160,638
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		181,473		156,524		221,513
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		492,297		403,502		391,793
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		374,111		288,235		291,506
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		341,423		301,381		372,347
Structured International Equity Fund		0		310,261		376,924
Capital Growth Fund		787,640		553,830		563,137
Strategic Growth Fund		437,126		339,519		356,953
Growth Opportunities Fund		1,819		0		0
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund¹		145,245		0		0
Mid Cap Value Fund		0		0		0
Small Cap Value Fund		0		0		39,218
Large Cap Value Fund		47,451		133,359		137,967
International Equity Fund		214,385		345,331		481,257
European Equity Fund		279,925		289,672		374,526
Japanese Equity Fund		279,144		311,948		317,852
International Small Cap Fund		298,125		373,233		470,108
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		76,663		133,073		151,451
Asia Equity Fund		318,204		363,918		498,002
Research Select Fund		287,111		173,277		192,736
Concentrated Growth Fund²		284,259		300,522		414,255


¹		The Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2005.

²		The Concentrated Growth Fund commenced operations on September 3, 2002.

³		The above figures do not reflect a one time voluntary payment made by the transfer agent to the Funds relating to certain credits that reduced transfer agent fees.

B-84

Custodian and Sub-Custodians

State Street, 225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110, is the custodian of the Trust’s portfolio securities and cash. State Street also maintains the Trust’s accounting records. State Street may appoint domestic and foreign sub-custodians and use depositories from time to time to hold certain securities and other instruments purchased by the Trust in foreign countries and to hold cash and currencies for the Trust.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 125 High Street, Boston, MA 02110, is the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. In addition to audit services, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP prepares the Funds’ federal and state tax returns, and provides assistance on certain non-audit matters.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Summary

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. is a worldwide, full-service investment banking, broker-dealer, asset management and financial services organization, and a major participant in global financial markets. As such, it acts as an investor, investment banker, research provider, investment manager, investment adviser, financer, advisor, market maker, proprietary trader, prime broker, lender and agent, and has other direct and indirect interests in the global fixed income, currency, commodity, equity and other markets in which the Funds invest. As a result, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., the asset management division of Goldman Sachs, the Investment Advisers, and their affiliates, directors, partners, trustees, managers, members, officers and employees (collectively for purposes of this “Potential Conflicts of Interest” section, “Goldman Sachs”), including those who may be involved in the management, sales, investment activities, business operations or distribution of the Funds, are engaged in businesses and have interests other than that of managing the Funds. The Funds will not be entitled to compensation related to such businesses. These activities and interests include potential multiple advisory, transactional, financial and other interests in securities, instruments and companies that may be directly or indirectly purchased or sold by the Funds and their service providers. Such additional businesses and interests may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. The following is a brief summary description of certain of these potential conflicts of interest:

•

While the Investment Advisers will make decisions for the Funds in accordance with their obligations to manage the Funds appropriately, the fees, allocations, compensation and other benefits to Goldman Sachs (including benefits relating to business relationships of Goldman Sachs) arising from those decisions may be greater as a result of certain portfolio, investment, service provider or other decisions made by the Investment Advisers than they would have been had other decisions been made which also might have been appropriate for the Funds.

•

Goldman Sachs, its sales personnel and other financial service providers may have conflicts associated with their promotion of the Funds or other dealings with the Funds that would create incentives for them to promote the Funds.

B-85

•

While the allocation of investment opportunities among Goldman Sachs, the Funds and other funds and accounts managed by Goldman Sachs may raise potential conflicts because of financial or other interests of Goldman Sachs or its personnel, the Investment Advisers will not make allocation decisions solely based on such factors.

•

The Investment Advisers will give advice to and make investment decisions for the Funds as they believe is in the fiduciary interests of the Funds. Advice given to the Funds or investment decisions made for the Funds may differ from, and may conflict with, advice given or investment decisions made for Goldman Sachs or other funds or accounts. Actions taken with respect to Goldman Sachs or other funds or accounts may adversely impact the Funds, and actions taken by the Funds may benefit Goldman Sachs or other funds or accounts.

•

Goldman Sachs’ personnel may have varying levels of economic and other interests in accounts or products promoted or managed by such personnel as compared to other accounts or products promoted or managed by them.

•

Goldman Sachs will be under no obligation to provide to the Funds, or effect transactions on behalf of the Funds in accordance with, any market or other information, analysis, technical models or research in its possession.

•

To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Funds may enter into transactions in which Goldman Sachs acts as principal, or in which Goldman Sachs acts on behalf of the Funds and the other parties to such transactions. Goldman Sachs will have potentially conflicting interests in connection with such transactions.

•

Goldman Sachs may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or otherwise for the Funds and will retain all commissions, fees and other compensation in connection therewith.

•

Securities traded for the Funds may, but are not required to, be aggregated with trades for other funds or accounts managed by Goldman Sachs. When transactions are aggregated but it is not possible to receive the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold, the various prices may be averaged, and the Funds will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Funds.

•

Products and services received by the Investment Advisers or their affiliates from brokers in connection with brokerage services provided to the Funds and other funds or accounts managed by Goldman Sachs may disproportionately benefit other of such funds and accounts based on the relative amounts of brokerage services provided to the Funds and such other funds and accounts.

•

While the Investment Advisers will make proxy voting decisions as they believe appropriate and in accordance with the Investment Advisers’ policies designed to help avoid conflicts of interest, proxy voting decisions made by the Investment Advisers with respect to a Fund’s portfolio securities may favor the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of Goldman Sachs.

•

Regulatory restrictions (including relating to the aggregation of positions among different funds and accounts) and internal Goldman Sachs policies may restrict investment activities of the Funds.

B-86

Information held by Goldman Sachs could have the effect of restricting investment activities of the Funds.

As a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act, the Investment Advisers are required to file a Form ADV with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Form ADV contains information about assets under management, types of fee arrangements, types of investments, potential conflicts of interest, and other relevant information regarding the Investment Advisers. A copy of Part 1 of the Investment Advisers’ Form ADV is available on the SEC’s website (www.adviserinfo.sec.gov).

Potential Conflicts Relating to Portfolio Decisions, the Sale of Fund Shares and the Allocation of Investment Opportunities

Goldman Sachs’ Other Activities May Have an Impact on the Funds

The Investment Advisers make decisions for the Funds in accordance with their obligations as the Investment Advisers of the Funds. However, Goldman Sachs’ other activities may have a negative effect on the Funds. As a result of the various activities and interests of Goldman Sachs as described in the first paragraph under “Summary” above, it is likely that the Funds will have multiple business relationships with and will invest in, engage in transactions with, make voting decisions with respect to, or obtain services from entities for which Goldman Sachs performs or seeks to perform investment banking or other services. It is also likely that the Funds will undertake transactions in securities in which Goldman Sachs makes a market or otherwise has other direct or indirect interests. In addition, while the Investment Advisers will make decisions for the Funds in accordance with their obligations to manage the Funds appropriately, the fees, allocations, compensation and other benefits (including benefits relating to business relationships of Goldman Sachs) arising from those decisions may be greater as a result of certain portfolio, investment, service provider or other decisions made by the Investment Advisers for the Funds than they would have been had other decisions been made which also might have been appropriate for the Funds.

Goldman Sachs’ Financial and Other Interests and Relationships May Incentivize Goldman Sachs to Promote the Sale of Fund Shares

B-87

Conflicts may arise in relation to sales-related incentives. Goldman Sachs and its personnel may receive greater compensation or greater profit in connection with the Funds than with an account advised by an unaffiliated investment adviser. Differentials in compensation may be related to the fact that Goldman Sachs may pay a portion of its advisory fee to the unaffiliated investment adviser, or to other compensation arrangements, including for portfolio management, brokerage transactions or account servicing. Any differential in compensation may create a financial incentive on the part of Goldman Sachs and its personnel to recommend the Funds over other accounts or products managed by unaffiliated investment advisers or to effect transactions differently in the Funds as compared to other accounts or products.

Goldman Sachs may also have relationships with, and purchase, or distribute or sell, services or products from or to, distributors, consultants and others who recommend the Funds, or who engage in transactions with or for the Funds. For example, Goldman Sachs regularly participates in industry and consultant sponsored conferences and may purchase educational, data related or other services from consultants or other third parties that it deems to be of value to its personnel and its business. The products and services purchased from consultants may include, but are not limited to, those that help Goldman Sachs understand the consultant’s points of view on the investment management process. Consultants and other parties that provide consulting or other services to potential investors in the Funds may receive fees from Goldman Sachs or the Funds in connection with the distribution of shares in the Funds or other Goldman Sachs products. For example, Goldman Sachs may enter into revenue or fee sharing arrangements with consultants, service providers, and other intermediaries relating to investments in mutual funds, collective trusts, or other products or services offered or managed by the Investment Advisers. Goldman Sachs may also pay a fee for membership in industry-wide or state and municipal organizations or otherwise help sponsor conferences and educational forums for investment industry participants including, but not limited to, trustees, fiduciaries, consultants, administrators, state and municipal personnel and other clients. Goldman Sachs’ membership in such organizations allows Goldman Sachs to participate in these conferences and educational forums and helps Goldman Sachs interact with conference participants and to develop an understanding of the points of view and challenges of the conference participants. In addition, Goldman Sachs’ personnel, including employees of Goldman Sachs, may have board, advisory, brokerage or other relationships with issuers, distributors, consultants and others that may have investments in the Funds or that may recommend investments in the Funds. In addition, Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Advisers, may make charitable contributions to institutions, including those that have relationships with clients or personnel of clients. Goldman Sachs’ personnel may also make political contributions. As a result of the relationships and arrangements described in this paragraph, consultants, distributors and other parties may have conflicts associated with their promotion of the Funds or other dealings with the Funds that create incentives for them to promote the Funds or certain portfolio transactions. Goldman Sachs may also pay a fee for membership in industry-wide or state and municipal organizations or otherwise help sponsor conferences and educational forums for investment industry participants including, but not limited to, trustees, fiduciaries, consultants, administrators, state and municipal personnel and other clients. Goldman Sachs’ membership in such organizations allows Goldman Sachs to participate in these conferences and educational forums and helps Goldman Sachs interact with conference participants and develop an understanding of the points of view and challenges of the conference participants. In addition, Goldman Sachs personnel, including employees of the Investment Advisers, may have board, advisory, brokerage or other relationships with issuers, distributors, consultants and others that may have investments in the Funds or that may recommend investments in the Funds or distribute the Funds. In addition, Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Advisers, may make charitable contributions to institutions, including those that have relationships with clients or personnel

B-88

of clients. Personnel of Goldman Sachs may also make political contributions. As a result of the relationships and arrangements described in this paragraph, consultants, distributors and other parties may have conflicts associated with their promotion of the Funds or other dealings with the Funds that would create incentives for them to promote the Funds or certain portfolio transactions.

Potential Conflicts Relating to the Allocation of Investment Opportunities Among the Funds and Other Goldman Sachs Accounts

Goldman Sachs has potential conflicts in connection with the allocation of investments or transaction decisions for the Funds, including in situations in which Goldman Sachs or its personnel (including personnel of the Investment Advisers) have interests. For example, the Funds may be competing for investment opportunities with current or future accounts or funds managed or advised by Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Advisers). These accounts or funds may provide greater fees or other compensation (including performance based fees) to Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Advisers) or in which Goldman Sachs (including the Investment Advisers) or its personnel have an interest (collectively, the “Client/GS Accounts”).

Goldman Sachs may manage or advise Client/GS Accounts that have investment objectives that are similar to those of the Funds and/or may seek to make investments in securities or other instruments in which the Funds may invest. This will create potential conflicts and potential differences among the Funds and other Client/GS Accounts, particularly where there is limited availability or limited liquidity for those investments. Such limited availability situations may exist, without limitation, in local and emerging markets, regulated industries, research and development trades, relative value or paired trades, IPO/new issues and limited issues. The Investment Advisers have developed policies and procedures that provide that they will allocate investment opportunities and make purchase and sale decisions among the Funds and other Client/GS Accounts in a manner that

B-89

they consider, in their sole discretion and consistent with their fiduciary obligation to each Client/GS Account, to be reasonable.

The Investment Advisers will make allocations for the Funds and other Client/GS Accounts with reference to numerous factors that may include, without limitation, (i) account investment horizons, investment objectives and guidelines; (ii) different levels of investment for different strategies; (iii) client-specific investment guidelines and restrictions; (iv) fully directed brokerage accounts; (v) tax sensitivity of accounts; (vi) suitability requirements; (vii) account turnover guidelines; (viii) availability of cash for investment; (ix) relative sizes and expected future sizes of applicable accounts; and/or (x) availability of other investment opportunities. Suitability considerations can include without limitation (i) relative attractiveness of a security to different accounts; (ii) concentration of positions in an account; (iii) appropriateness of a security for the benchmark of an account; (iv) an account’s risk tolerance, risk parameters and strategy allocations; (v) use of the opportunity as a replacement for a security the Investment Advisers believe to be attractive for an account but that for some reason cannot be held in the account; (vi) the need to hedge a short position in a pair trade; and/or (vii) the need to give a subset of accounts exposure to an industry. In addition to allocations of limited availability investments, the Investment Advisers may, from time to time, develop and implement new investment opportunities and/or trading strategies, and these strategies may not be allocated among all accounts (including the Fund) or pro rata, even if the strategy is consistent with objectives of all accounts. The Investment Advisers may make decisions based on such factors as strategic fit and other portfolio management considerations, including, without limitation, an account’s capacity for such strategy, the liquidity of the strategy and its underlying instruments, the account’s liquidity, the business risk of the strategy relative to the account’s overall portfolio make-up, and the lack of efficacy of, or return expectations from, the strategy for the account, and such other factors as the Investment Advisers deem relevant in their sole discretion. For example, such a determination may, but will not necessarily, include consideration of the fact that a particular strategy will not have a meaningful impact on an account given the overall size of the account, the limited availability of opportunities in the strategy and the availability of other strategies for the account. As a result, such a strategy may be allocated to some accounts managed by the Investment Advisers and not to others.

Although allocating orders among the Funds and other Client/GS Accounts may create potential conflicts of interest because of the interests of Goldman Sachs or its personnel or because Goldman Sachs may receive greater fees or compensation from one of the Client/GS Account’s allocations, the Investment Advisers will not make allocation decisions based on such interests or greater fees or compensation.

Allocation decisions among accounts may be more or less advantageous to any one account or group of accounts. As a result of the above, the Investment Advisers may determine that investment opportunities, strategies or particular purchases or sales are appropriate for one or more Client/GS Accounts or for themselves or an affiliate, but not for the Funds, or are appropriate for, or available to, the Funds but in different sizes, terms or timing than is appropriate for other Client/GS Accounts, or may determine not to allocate to or purchase or sell for Client/GS Accounts all investment transactions for which Client/GS Accounts may be eligible. Therefore, the amount, timing, structuring or terms of an investment by the Funds may differ from, and performance may be lower than, investments and performance of other Client/GS Accounts.

The Investment Advisers and/or their affiliates manage accounts of clients of Goldman Sachs’ Private Wealth Management (“PWM”) business. Such PWM clients receive advice from Goldman

B-90

Sachs by means of separate accounts (“PWM Separate Accounts”). With respect to the Funds, the Investment Advisers may follow a strategy that is expected to be similar over time to that delivered by the PWM Separate Accounts. Each of the Funds and the PWM Separate Account Clients are subject to independent management and, given the independence in the implementation of advice to these accounts, there can be no warranty that such investment advice will be implemented simultaneously. Neither the Investment Advisers (in the case of the Funds) nor their affiliates (in the case of PWM Separate Accounts), will know when advice issued has been executed (if at all) and, if so, to what extent. While each will use reasonable endeavors to procure timely execution, it is possible that prior execution for or on behalf of the PWM Separate Accounts could adversely affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies and instruments in which the Funds invest.

Other Potential Conflicts Relating to the Management of the Funds by the Investment Advisers

Potential Restrictions and Issues Relating to Information Held by Goldman Sachs

From time to time and subject to the Investment Advisers’ policies and procedures regarding information barriers, the Investment Advisers may consult with personnel in other areas of Goldman Sachs, or with persons unaffiliated with Goldman Sachs, or may form investment policy committees comprised of such personnel. The performance by such persons of obligations related to their consultation with personnel of the Investment Advisers could conflict with their areas of primary responsibility within Goldman Sachs or elsewhere. In connection with their activities with the Investment Advisers, such persons may receive information regarding the Investment Advisers’ proposed investment activities of the Funds that is not generally available to the public. There will be no obligation on the part of such persons to make available for use by the Funds any information or strategies known to them or developed in connection with their own client, proprietary or other activities. In addition, Goldman Sachs will be under no obligation to make available any research or analysis prior to its public dissemination.

The Investment Advisers make decisions for the Funds based on the Funds’ investment programs. The Investment Advisers from time to time may have access to certain fundamental analysis and proprietary technical models developed by Goldman Sachs and its personnel. Goldman Sachs will not be under any obligation, however, to effect transactions on behalf of the Funds in accordance with such analysis and models.

In addition, Goldman Sachs has no obligation to seek information or to make available to or share with the Funds any information, investment strategies, opportunities or ideas known to Goldman Sachs personnel or developed or used in connection with other clients or activities. Goldman Sachs and certain of its personnel, including the Investment Advisers’ personnel or other Goldman Sachs personnel advising or otherwise providing services to the Funds, may be in possession of information not available to all Goldman Sachs personnel, and such personnel may act on the basis of such information in ways that have adverse effects on the Funds.

From time to time, Goldman Sachs may come into possession of material, non-public information or other information that could limit the ability of the Funds to buy and sell investments. The investment flexibility of the Funds may be constrained as a consequence. The Investment Advisers generally are not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information in effecting purchases and sales in public securities transactions for the Funds.

B-91

Potential Conflicts Relating to Goldman Sachs’ and the Investment Advisers’ Proprietary Activities and Activities On Behalf of Other Accounts

The results of the investment activities of the Funds may differ significantly from the results achieved by Goldman Sachs for its proprietary accounts and from the results achieved by Goldman Sachs for other Client/GS Accounts. The Investment Advisers will manage the Funds and the other Client/GS Accounts they manage in accordance with their respective investment objectives and guidelines. However, Goldman Sachs may give advice, and take action, with respect to any current or future Client/GS Accounts that may compete or conflict with the advice the Investment Advisers may give to the Funds, or may involve a different timing or nature of action than with respect to the Funds.

B-92

trading described above, each of the Funds and Goldman Sachs, as each Fund’s Investment Adviser and distributor, has established policies and procedures that restrict securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund’s portfolio transactions. Each of the Funds and Goldman Sachs, as each Fund’s Investment Adviser and distributor, has adopted a code of ethics (collectively, the “Codes of Ethics”) in compliance with Section 17(j) of the Act and monitoring procedures relating to certain personal securities transactions by personnel of the Investment Advisers which the Investment Advisers deem to involve potential conflicts involving such personnel, Client/GS Accounts managed by the Investment Advisers and the Funds. The Codes of Ethics require that personnel of the Investment Advisers comply with all applicable federal securities laws and with the fiduciary duties and anti-fraud rules to which the Investment Advisers are subject. The Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-942-8090. The Codes of Ethics are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies may also be obtained after paying a duplicating fee by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC 20549-0102, or by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov.

Clients of Goldman Sachs (including Client/GS Accounts) may have, as a result of receiving client reports or otherwise, access to information regarding the Investment Advisers’ transactions or views which may affect such clients’ transactions outside of accounts controlled by personnel of the Investment Advisers, and such transactions may negatively impact the performance of the Funds. The Funds may also be adversely affected by cash flows and market movements arising from purchase and sales transactions, as well as increases of capital in, and withdrawals of capital from, other Client/GS Accounts. These effects can be more pronounced in thinly traded and less liquid markets.

The Investment Advisers’ management of the Funds may benefit Goldman Sachs. For example, the Funds may, subject to applicable law, invest directly or indirectly in the securities of companies affiliated with Goldman Sachs or which Goldman Sachs has an equity, debt or other interest. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Funds may engage in investment transactions which may result in other Client/GS Accounts being relieved of obligations or otherwise divesting of investments or cause the Funds to have to divest certain investments. The purchase, holding and sale of investments by the Funds may enhance the profitability of Goldman Sachs’ or other Client/GS Accounts’ own investments in and its activities with respect to such companies.

B-93

Potential Conflicts in Connection with Investments in Goldman Sachs Money Market Funds

Goldman Sachs May In-Source or Outsource

Subject to applicable law, Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Advisers, may from time to time and without notice to investors in-source or outsource certain processes or functions in connection with a variety of services that it provides to the Funds in its administrative or other capacities. Such in-sourcing or outsourcing may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Potential Conflicts That May Arise When Goldman Sachs Acts in a Capacity Other Than Investment Adviser to the Funds

B-94

Goldman Sachs may be entitled to compensation when it acts in capacities other than as the Investment Advisers, and the Funds will not be entitled to any such compensation. For example, Goldman Sachs (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that it receives in connection with its service to the Funds as broker, dealer, agent, lender, advisor or in other commercial capacities and no accounting to the Funds or their shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Funds or their shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by Goldman Sachs of any such fees or other amounts.

The Funds will be required to establish business relationships with their counterparties based on their own credit standing. Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Advisers, will not have any obligation to allow its credit to be used in connection with the Funds’ establishment of their business relationships, nor is it expected that the Funds’ counterparties will rely on the credit of Goldman Sachs in evaluating the Funds’ creditworthiness.

Potential Conflicts in Connection with Brokerage Transactions and Proxy Voting

Purchases and sales of securities for a Fund may be bunched or aggregated with orders for other Client/GS Accounts. The Investment Advisers and their affiliates, however, are not required to bunch or aggregate orders if portfolio management decisions for different accounts are made separately, or if they determine that bunching or aggregating is not practicable, required or with cases involving client direction.

The Investment Advisers may select brokers (including, without limitation, affiliates of the Investment Advisers) that furnish the Investment Advisers, the Funds, other Client/GS Accounts or their affiliates or personnel, directly or through correspondent relationships, with research or other appropriate services which provide, in the Investment Advisers’ views, appropriate assistance to the Investment Advisers in the investment decision-making process (including with respect to futures, fixed-price offerings and over-the-counter transactions). Such research or other services may include, to the extent permitted by law, research reports on companies, industries and securities; economic and financial data; financial publications; proxy analysis; trade industry seminars; computer data bases; quotation equipment and services; and research-oriented computer hardware, software and other services and products. Research or other services obtained in this manner may be used in servicing any or all of the Funds and other Client/GS Accounts, including in connection with Client/GS Accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker relating to the research or other service arrangements. Such products and services may disproportionately benefit other Client/GS Accounts relative to the Funds based on the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Funds and such other

B-95

Client/GS Accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid for through one client’s commissions may not be used in managing that client’s account. In addition, other Client/GS Accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Funds and to such other Client/GS Accounts. To the extent that the Investment Advisers use soft dollars, they will not have to pay for those products and services themselves. The Investment Advisers may receive research that is bundled with the trade execution, clearing, and/or settlement services provided by a particular broker-dealer. To the extent that the Investment Advisers receive research on this basis, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist. For example, the research effectively will be paid by client commissions that also will be used to pay for the execution, clearing, and settlement services provided by the broker-dealer and will not be paid by the Investment Advisers.

The Investment Advisers may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services the Investment Advisers believe are useful in their investment decision-making process. The Investment Advisers may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees.

The Investment Advisers have adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that they make on behalf of advisory clients, including the Funds, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with the Investment Advisers’ fiduciary obligations to their clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of the Investment Advisers may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of Goldman Sachs and/or its affiliates provided that the Investment Advisers believe such voting decisions to be in accordance with their fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see the section of this Additional Statement entitled “Proxy Voting.”

Potential Regulatory Restrictions on Investment Adviser Activity

From time to time, the activities of a Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to Goldman Sachs and/or its internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by Goldman Sachs would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when the Investment Advisers may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit their advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which Goldman Sachs is performing investment banking, market making or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when Goldman Sachs is engaged in an underwriting or other distribution of securities of, or advisory services for, a company, the Funds may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company. Similar situations could arise if Goldman Sachs personnel serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Funds wish to purchase or sell. The larger the Investment Advisers’ investment advisory business and Goldman Sachs’ businesses, the larger the potential that these restricted list policies will impact investment transactions. However, if permitted by applicable law, the Funds may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies or are the subject of an underwriting, distribution, or advisory assignment by Goldman Sachs, or in cases in which Goldman Sachs personnel are directors or officers of the issuer.

The investment activities of Goldman Sachs for its proprietary accounts and for Client/GS Accounts may also limit the investment strategies and rights of the Funds. For example, in regulated

B-96

industries, in certain emerging or international markets, in corporate and regulatory ownership definitions, and in certain futures and derivative transactions, there may be limits on the aggregate amount of investment by affiliated investors that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent or, if exceeded, may cause Goldman Sachs, the Funds or other Client/GS Accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions. If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached or certain transactions undertaken, the ability of the Investment Advisers on behalf of clients (including the Funds) to purchase or dispose of investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, the Investment Advisers on behalf of clients (including the Funds) may limit purchases, sell existing investments, or otherwise restrict or limit the exercise of rights (including voting rights) when the Investment Advisers, in their sole discretion, deem it appropriate.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

The Investment Advisers are responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Funds, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any. Purchases and sales of securities on a securities exchange are effected through brokers who charge a negotiated commission for their services. Increasingly, securities traded over-the-counter also involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. Orders may be directed to any broker including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, Goldman Sachs.

In the over-the-counter market, most securities have historically traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of a security usually includes a profit to the dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price which includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Fund, the Investment Advisers are generally required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable execution and net price available. This means that an Investment Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, which provides the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Section 28(e)”), the Fund may pay a broker which provides brokerage and research services to the Fund an amount of disclosed commission in excess of the commission which another broker would have charged for effecting that transaction. Such practice is subject to a good faith determination that such commission is reasonable in light of the services provided and to such policies as the Trustees may adopt from time to time. While the Investment Advisers generally seek reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, a Fund will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available. Within the framework of this policy, the Investment Advisers will consider research and investment services provided by brokers or dealers who effect or are parties to portfolio transactions of a Fund, the Investment Advisers and their affiliates, or their other clients. Such research and investment services are those which brokerage houses customarily provide to institutional investors and include research reports on particular industries and companies; economic surveys and analyses; recommendations as to specific securities; research products including quotation equipment and computer related programs; advice concerning the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities and the availability of securities or the purchasers or sellers of securities; analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and performance of accounts; services relating to effecting securities transactions and

B-97

functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement); and other lawful and appropriate assistance to the Investment Advisers in the performance of their decision-making responsibilities.

Such services are used by the Investment Advisers in connection with all of their investment activities, and some of such services obtained in connection with the execution of transactions for a Fund may be used in managing other investment accounts. Conversely, brokers furnishing such services may be selected for the execution of transactions of such other accounts, whose aggregate assets may be larger than those of a Fund’s, and the services furnished by such brokers may be used by the Investment Advisers in providing management services for the Trust. On occasion, a broker-dealer might furnish an Investment Adviser with a service which has a mixed use (i.e., the service is used both for investment and brokerage activities and for other activities). Where this occurs, an Investment Adviser will reasonably allocate the cost of the service, so that the portion or specific component which assists in investment and brokerage activities is obtained using portfolio commissions from the Funds or other managed accounts, and the portion or specific component which provides other assistance (for example, administrative or non-research assistance) is paid for by an Investment Adviser from its own funds.

On occasions when an Investment Adviser deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interest of a Fund as well as its other customers (including any other fund or other investment company or advisory account for which such Investment Adviser acts as investment adviser or sub-investment adviser), the Investment Adviser, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased for the Fund with those to be sold or purchased for such other customers in order to obtain the best net price and most favorable execution under the circumstances. In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Investment Adviser in the manner it considers to be equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to such Fund and such other customers. In some instances, this procedure may adversely affect the price and size of the position obtainable for a Fund.

Beginning January 1, 2005, certain Funds may participate in a commission recapture program. Under the program, participating broker-dealers will rebate a percentage of commissions earned as Fund portfolio transactions to the particular Fund from which they were generated. The rebated commissions are expected to be treated as realized capital gains of the Funds.

Commission rates in the U.S. are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker based on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker in the light of generally prevailing rates. For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2005, August 31, 2004 and August 31, 2003, each Fund in existence paid brokerage commissions as follows. The amount of brokerage commissions paid by

B-98


									Amount of
									Transactions
									Effected through		Total Brokerage
			Total Brokerage			Total Amount of			Brokers Providing		Commissions Paid
	Total Brokerage		Commissions Paid to			Transactions on which			Proprietary		for Proprietary
	Commissions Paid		Goldman Sachs¹			Commissions Paid ¹			Research²		Research²
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2005

Balanced Fund	$	184,291	$	1,906 (1	%)³	$	205,232,801 (1	%)⁴	$	95,709,134	$	114,096
Growth and Income Fund		1,051,866		26,644 (3	%)³		981,652,146 (3	%)⁴		675,715,921		807,700
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		47,841		11,896 (25	%)³		162,483,723 (20	%)⁴		0		0
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		36,988		0 (0	%)³		116,860,314 (0	%)⁴		0		0
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		75,235		15,577 (21	%)³		274,801,821 (13	%)⁴		0		0
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		109,276		9,168 (8	%)³		211,811,356 (14	%)⁴		0		0
Structured International Equity Fund		161,361		0 (0	%)³		208,975,560 (0	%)⁴		0		0
Capital Growth Fund		1,616,446		6,966 (0	%)³		1,481,838,314 (1	%)⁴		1,060,549,814		1,299,182
Strategic Growth Fund		279,329		7,670 (3	%)³		295,693,279 (4	%)⁴		147,629,410		180,120
Growth Opportunities Fund		2,534,149		76,239 (3	%)³		2,363,381,317 (5	%)⁴		1,298,255,913		1,750,129
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund		2,920		0 (0	%)³		5,863,032 (0	%)⁴		323,654		660
Mid Cap Value Fund		5,340,494		286,469 (5	%)³		5,416,698,213 (8	%)⁴		2,418,128,390		3,342,477
Small Cap Value Fund		3,251,167		18,976 (1	%)³		1,592,414,930 (0	%)⁴		930,806,684		2,321,298
Large Cap Value Fund		1,174,286		47,638 (4	%)³		1,217,830,095 (7	%)⁴		1,685,276,101		782,992
International Equity Fund		684,288		35,833 (5	%)³		511,438,988 (5	%)⁴		181,781,986		334,382
European Equity Fund		54,893		0 (0	%)³		42,315,028 (0	%)⁴		20,930,575		41,720
Japanese Equity Fund		132,796		2,346 (2	%)³		73,176,568 (1	%)⁴		71,884,226		129,081
International Small Cap Fund		333,240		36,072 (11	%)³		157,626,926 (6	%)⁴		122,243,024		279,133
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		510,243		0 (0	%)³		244,249,147 (0	%)⁴		169,500,536		473,535
Asia Equity Fund		374,054		11,989 (3	%)³		119,479,066 (3	%)⁴		109,106,673		359,965
Research Select Fund		327,107		7,562 (2	%)³		305,683,798 (2	%)⁴		220,454,882		261,090
Concentrated Growth Fund		143,557		20,570 (14	%)³		139,576,081 (20	%)⁴		99,245,783		119,629


¹		The figures in the table report brokerage commissions only from securities transactions. For the year ended August 31, 2005, Goldman Sachs earned approximately $19,100, $26,644, $25,700, $6,400, $26,700, $24,000, $68,800, $7,000, $7,700, $76,239, $0, $286,500, $19,000, $47,638, $40,600, $1,300, $2,700, $38,800, $1,300, $12,000, $7,600 and $20,600 in brokerage commissions from portfolio transactions, including futures transactions, executed on behalf of the Balanced, Growth and Income, Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Structured International Equity, Capital Growth, Strategic Growth, Growth Opportunities, Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value, Large Cap Value, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity, Asia Equity, Research Select and Concentrated Growth Funds, respectively.

²		Beginning March 31, 2004, the Investment Advisers no longer participate in third party soft dollar arrangements whereby the Investment Advisers are provided third party research and/or investment services by brokerage houses executing transactions on behalf of the Funds. The information above reflects the full commission amounts paid to brokers that provide their own proprietary research to the Investment Advisers. Only a portion of such commission pays for research and the remainder of such commission is to compensate the broker for execution services, commitment of capital and other services related to the execution of brokerage transactions.

³		Percentage of total commissions paid to Goldman Sachs.

⁴		Percentage of total amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions effected through Goldman Sachs.

B-100


			Total Brokerage			Total Amount of
	Total Brokerage		Commissions Paid to			Transactions on which
	Commissions Paid		Goldman Sachs¹			Commissions Paid ¹
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2004

Balanced Fund	$	155,324	$	8,651 (6	%)²	$	132,306,039 (3	%)³
Growth and Income Fund		1,034,426		82,904 (8	%)²		822,891,462 (5	%)³
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		34,264		5,798 (17	%)²		102,908,831 (25	%)³
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		32,549		89 (0	%)²		82,190,074 (0	%)³
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		53,956		3,634 (7	%)²		136,230,491 (14	%)³
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		80,983		2,829 (3	%)²		142,225,115 (6	%)³
Structured International Equity Fund		35,554		— (0	%)²		55,940,072 (0	%)³
Capital Growth Fund		2,262,421		— (0	%)²		2,068,192,305 (0	%)³
Strategic Growth Fund		252,199		— (0	%)²		174,317,936 (0	%)³
Growth Opportunities Fund		1,774,851		8,166 (0	%)²		1,123,306,282 (0	%)³
Mid Cap Value Fund		3,312,046		98,319 (3	%)²		2,244,983,127 (3	%)³
Small Cap Value Fund		3,129,487		94,109 (3	%)²		1,711,677,310 (2	%)³
Large Cap Value Fund		896,603		92,085 (10	%)²		610,054,482 (6	%)³
International Equity Fund		1,259,293		17,358 (1	%)²		861,046,247 (1	%)³
European Equity Fund		49,574		— (0	%)²		44,424,376 (0	%)³
Japanese Equity Fund		148,955		1,395 (1	%)²		82,147,467 (1	%)³
International Small Cap Fund		279,842		18,602 (7	%)²		140,655,258 (3	%)³
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		552,286		4,157 (1	%)²		281,492,515 (0	%)³
Asia Equity Fund		334,438		9,531 (3	%)²		140,180,931 (2	%)³
Research Select Fund		462,285		23,870 (5	%)²		313,037,190 (2	%)³
Concentrated Growth Fund		130,387		7,170 (5	%)²		82,126,595 (5	%)³


¹		The figures in the table report brokerage commissions only from securities transactions. For the year ended August 31, 2004, Goldman Sachs earned approximately $23,000, $83,000, $11,000, $5,000, $7,000, $10,000, $29,000, $0, $0, $8,000, $98,000, $94,000, $92,000, $67,000, $2,000, $6,000, $20,000, $8,000, $10,000, $24,000 and $7,000 in brokerage commissions from portfolio transactions, including futures transactions, executed on behalf of the Balanced, Growth and Income, Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Structured International Equity, Capital Growth, Strategic Growth, Growth Opportunities, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value, Large Cap Value, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity, Asia Equity, Research Select and Concentrated Growth Funds, respectively.

²		Percentage of total commissions paid to Goldman Sachs.

³		Percentage of total amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions effected through Goldman Sachs.

B-101


			Total Brokerage		Total Amount of
	Total Brokerage		Commissions Paid to		Transactions on which
	Commissions Paid		Goldman Sachs¹		Commissions Paid ¹
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2003

Balanced Fund	$	151,614	$	1,392	$	96,283,123
Growth and Income Fund		829,406		3,723		511,293,053
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		60,717		31,986		95,432,873
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		23,204		—		63,305,128
Structured Growth Fund		96,165		—		145,350,971
Structured Equity Fund		82,269		8,772		72,823,996
Structured International Equity Fund		47,618		—		79,413,411
Capital Growth Fund		1,371,339		13,535		830,235,312
Strategic Growth Fund		158,358		—		100,091,154
Growth Opportunities Fund		1,712,135		22,100		822,480,438
Mid Cap Value Fund		2,461,470		28,245		1,429,263,240
Small Cap Value Fund		2,478,488		66,449		836,267,483
Large Cap Value Fund		751,071		5,675		475,727,982
International Equity Fund		1,053,735		3,332		824,284,490
European Equity Fund		83,233		—		94,234,549
Japanese Equity Fund		65,699		555		38,273,389
International Small Cap Fund		306,873		6,083		155,599,357
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		400,365		15,267		143,327,492
Asia Equity Fund		217,830		16,270		152,591,401
Research Select Fund		1,335,336		851,409		833,602,229
Concentrated Growth Fund²		155,720		5,353		83,006,291


¹		The figures in the table report brokerage commissions only from securities transactions. For the year ended August 31, 2003, Goldman Sachs earned approximately $21,000, $4,000, $38,000, $7,000, $5,000, $14,000, $86,000, $14,000, $0, $22,000, $28,000, $66,000, $6,000, $211,000, $13,000, $4,000, $25,000, $22,000, $16,000, $852,000 and $5,000 in brokerage commissions from portfolio transactions, including futures transactions, executed on behalf of the Balanced, Growth and Income, Structured Large Cap Value, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth, Structured Small Cap Equity, Structured International Equity, Capital Growth, Strategic Growth, Growth Opportunities, Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Value, Large Cap Value, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity, Asia Equity, Research Select and Concentrated Growth Funds, respectively.

²		The Concentrated Growth Fund commenced operations on September 3, 2002.

B-102

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005, the Funds’ regular broker-dealers, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Act, were Merrill Lynch & Co., Goldman Sachs & Co., SoundView, Spear, Leeds Kellogg, UBS Warburg Dillon Reed AG, Credit Suisse First Boston, Citigroup Salomon Smith Barney, Lehman Brothers Inc., Morgan Stanley, J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., and Bear Stearns & Co.

As of August 31, 2005, the Funds held the following amounts of securities of their regular broker-dealers, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Act, or their parents ($ in thousands).


Fund	Broker/Dealer	Amount

Balanced Fund	Bank of America Securities	$	2,943
	Citigroup		3,160
	J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.		2,570
	Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.		464
	Morgan Stanley		1,224
	Citigroup		280
	Credit Suisse First Boston		2,108
	Lehman Brothers		545
	The Bear Stearns Co., Inc.		143

Growth and Income Fund	Citigroup		46,020
	Bank of America Securities		46,746
	Morgan Stanley		12,377
	Lehman Brothers		8,527
	J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.		31,453

Structured Large Cap Value Fund	Bank of America Securities		25,056
	Citigroup		12,159
	Merrill Lynch		13,936
	J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.		19,965
	The Bear Stearns Co., Inc.		603

Structured U.S. Equity Fund	Bank of America Corp		27,823
	Citigroup		3,846
	J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.		23,699
	Merrill Lynch		16,508

Structured Large Cap Growth Fund	Bank of America Corp		8,008

Structured Small Cap Equity Fund	n/a		—

Structured International Equity Fund	n/a		—

Capital Growth Fund	Citigroup		7,029
	J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.		17,739
	Morgan Stanley		14,172
	Merrill Lynch		14,599

Strategic Growth Fund	n/a		—

Growth Opportunities Fund	n/a		—

Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund	n/a		—

Mid Cap Value Fund	The Bear Stearns Co., Inc.		65,632

Small Cap Value Fund	n/a		—

B-103


Fund	Broker/Dealer	Amount

Large Cap Value Fund	Citigroup	$	42,848
	Bank of America Securities		36,651
	Lehman Brothers		14,188
	Morgan Stanley		10,896
	J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.		28,319

International Equity Fund	n/a		—

European Equity Fund	n/a		—

Japanese Equity Fund	n/a		—

International Small Cap Fund	n/a		—

Emerging Markets Equity Fund	n/a		—

Asia Equity Fund	n/a		—

Research Select Fund	Bank of America Corp		5,002
	Citigroup		6,920
	J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.		4,387

Concentrated Growth	n/a		—

NET ASSET VALUE

In accordance with procedures adopted by the Trustees, the net asset value per share of each class of each Fund is calculated by determining the value of the net assets attributed to each class of that Fund and dividing by the number of outstanding shares of that class. All securities are valued on each Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (normally, but not always, 4:00 p.m. New York time) or such later time as the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ market may officially close. The term “Business Day” means any day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, which is Monday through Friday except for holidays. The New York Stock Exchange is closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day (observed), Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday (observed), Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas.

The time at which transactions and shares are priced and the time by which orders must be received may be changed in case of an emergency or if regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange is stopped at a time other than 4:00 p.m. New York Time. The Trust reserves the right to reprocess purchase, redemption and exchange transactions that were initially processed at a net asset value other than the Fund’s official closing net asset value that is subsequently adjusted, and to recover amounts from (or distribute amounts to) shareholders based on the official closing net asset value. The Trust reserves the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption orders must be received for same business day credit as otherwise permitted by the SEC. In addition, each Fund may compute its net asset value as of any time permitted pursuant to any exemption, order or statement of the SEC or its staff.

B-104

closing bid price is not available, at either the exchange or system-defined close price on the exchange or system in which such securities are principally traded. If the relevant exchange or system has not closed by the above-mentioned time for determining a Fund’s net asset value, the securities will be valued at the last sale price or official closing price, or if not available at the bid price at the time the net asset value is determined; (ii) over-the-counter securities not quoted on NASDAQ will be valued at the last sale price on the valuation day or, if no sale occurs, at the last bid price at the time net asset value is determined; (iii) equity securities for which no prices are obtained under sections (i) or (ii) including those for which a pricing service supplies no exchange quotation or a quotation that is believed by the portfolio manager/trader to be inaccurate, will be valued at their fair value in accordance with procedures approved by the Board of Trustees; (iv) fixed-income securities with a remaining maturity of 60 days or more for which accurate market quotations are readily available will normally be valued according to dealer-supplied bid quotations or bid quotations from a recognized pricing service (e.g., Interactive Data Corp., Merrill Lynch, J.J. Kenny, Muller Data Corp., Bloomberg, EJV, Reuters or Standard & Poor’s); (v) fixed-income securities for which accurate market quotations are not readily available are valued by the Investment Advisers based on valuation models that take into account spread and daily yield changes on government securities in the appropriate market (i.e., matrix pricing); (vi) debt securities with a remaining maturity of 60 days or less are valued by the Investment Adviser at amortized cost, which the Trustees have determined to approximate fair value; and (vii) all other instruments, including those for which a pricing service supplies no exchange quotation or a quotation that is believed by the portfolio manager/trader to be inaccurate, will be valued in accordance with the valuation procedures approved by the Board of Trustees.

The value of all assets and liabilities expressed in foreign currencies will be converted into U.S. dollar values at current exchange rates of such currencies against U.S. dollars last quoted by any major bank. If such quotations are not available, the rate of exchange will be determined in good faith by or under procedures established by the Board of Trustees.

B-105

books of account, and will be charged with the liabilities in respect of such Fund and with a share of the general liabilities of the Trust. Expenses of the Trust with respect to the Funds and the other series of the Trust are generally allocated in proportion to the net asset values of the respective Funds or series except where allocations of expenses can otherwise be fairly made.

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Each Fund may from time to time quote or otherwise use yield and total return information in advertisements, shareholder reports or sales literature. Average annual total return and yield are computed pursuant to formulas specified by the SEC.

Thirty-day yield is derived by dividing net investment income earned during the period by the product of the average daily number of shares outstanding and entitled to receive dividends during the period and the maximum public offering price per share on the last day of such period. The results are compounded on a bond equivalent (semi-annual) basis and then annualized by assuming that yield is realized each month for twelve months and is reinvested every six months. Net investment income per share is equal to the dividends and interest earned during the period, reduced by accrued expenses for the period. The calculation of net investment income for these purposes may differ from the net investment income determined for accounting purposes.

Distribution rate for a specified period is calculated by annualizing distributions of net investment income for such period and dividing this amount by the net asset value per share or maximum public offering price on the last day of the period.

Year-by-year total return and cumulative total return for a specified period are each derived by calculating the percentage rate required to make a $1,000 investment (made at the maximum public offering price with all distributions reinvested) at the beginning of such period equal to the actual total value of such investment at the end of such period.

Average annual total return (Before Taxes) for a specified period is derived by calculating the actual dollar amount of the investment return on a $1,000 investment made at the maximum public offering price applicable to the relevant class at the beginning of the period, and then calculating the annual compounded rate of return which would produce that amount, assuming a redemption at the end of the period. This calculation assumes a complete redemption of the investment. It also assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period.

B-106

distributions, less the federal income taxes due on such distributions, are reinvested at net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period. In calculating the impact of federal income taxes due on distributions, the federal income tax rates used correspond to the tax character of each component of the distributions (e.g., ordinary income rate for ordinary income distributions, short-term capital gain rate for short-term capital gain distributions and long-term capital gain rate for long-term capital gain distributions). The highest individual marginal federal income tax rate in effect on the reinvestment date is applied to each component of the distributions on the reinvestment date. These tax rates may vary over the measurement period. The effect of applicable tax credits, such as the foreign tax credit, is also taken into account in accordance with federal tax law. The calculation disregards (i) the effect of phase-outs of certain exemptions, deductions and credits at various income levels, (ii) the impact of the federal alternative minimum tax and (iii) the potential tax liabilities other than federal tax liabilities (e.g., state and local taxes).

Average annual total return (After Taxes on Distributions and Redemptions) for a specified period is derived by calculating the actual dollar amount of the investment return on a $1,000 investment made at the maximum public offering price applicable to the relevant class at the beginning of the period, and then calculating the annual compounded rate of return (after federal income taxes on distributions and redemptions) which would produce that amount, assuming a redemption at the end of the period. This calculation assumes a complete redemption of the investment. This calculation also assumes that all dividends and distributions, less the federal income taxes due on such distributions, are reinvested at net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period. In calculating the federal income taxes due on distributions, the federal income tax rates used correspond to the tax character of each component of the distributions (e.g., ordinary income rate for ordinary income distributions, short-term capital gain rate for short-term capital gain distributions and long-term capital gain rate for long-term capital gain distributions). The highest individual marginal federal income tax rate in effect on the reinvestment date is applied to each component of the distributions on the reinvestment date. These tax rates may vary over the measurement period. The effect of applicable tax credits, such as the foreign tax credit, is taken into account in accordance with federal tax law. The calculation disregards the (i) effect of phase-outs of certain exemptions, deductions and credits at various income levels, (ii) the impact of the federal alternative minimum tax and (iii) the potential tax liabilities other than federal tax liabilities (e.g., state and local taxes). In calculating the federal income taxes due on redemptions, capital gains taxes resulting from a redemption are subtracted from the redemption proceeds and the tax benefits from capital losses resulting from the redemption are added to the redemption proceeds. The highest federal individual capital gains tax rate in effect on the redemption date is used in such calculation. The federal income tax rates used correspond to the tax character of any gains or losses (e.g., short-term or long-term). When the return after taxes on distributions and redemption of shares is higher than returns after taxes on distributions, it is because of realized losses. If realized losses occur upon the sale of shares, capital loss is recorded as a tax benefit which increases returns.

B-107

Fund’s total return attributable to capital gain and ordinary income distributions. This after-tax total return may be compared to that of other mutual funds with similar investment objectives as reported by independent sources. Any performance information which is based on a Fund’s net asset value per Share would be reduced if any applicable sales charge were taken into account. In addition to the above, each Fund may from time to time advertise its performance relative to certain averages, performance rankings, indices, other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services and investments for which reliable performance information is available. The Funds’ performance quotations do not reflect any fees charged by an Authorized Dealer, Service Organization or other financial intermediary to its customer accounts in connection with investments in the Funds.

Each Fund’s performance will fluctuate, unlike bank deposits or other investments which pay a fixed yield for a stated period of time. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future return. Actual performance will depend on such variables as portfolio quality, the type of portfolio instruments acquired, portfolio expenses and other factors. Performance is one basis investors may use to analyze a Fund as compared to other funds and other investment vehicles. However, the performance of other funds and other investment vehicles may not be comparable because of the foregoing variables, and differences in the methods used in valuing their portfolio instruments, computing net asset value and determining performance.

Occasionally, statistics may be used to specify Fund volatility or risk. Measures of volatility or risk are generally used to compare a Fund’s net asset value or performance relative to a market index. One measure of volatility is beta. Beta is the volatility of a Fund relative to the total market. A beta of more than 1.00 indicates volatility greater than the market, and a beta of less than 1.00 indicates volatility less than the market. Another measure of volatility or risk is standard deviation. Standard deviation is used to measure variability of net asset value or total return around an average, over a specified period of time. The premise is that greater volatility connotes greater risk undertaken in achieving performance.

The Structured Large Cap Growth Fund commenced operations on May 1, 1997. The performance information for periods before that date is for a predecessor separate account managed by the Investment Adviser which converted into Class A Shares as of the commencement date. The performance record of the separate account quoted by the Fund has been adjusted downward based on the expenses applicable to Class A Shares (the class into which the separate account transferred) to reflect the expenses that were expected to be incurred by the Fund during its initial year of operation. These expenses include any sales charges and asset-based charges (i.e., fees under Distribution and Service Plans) imposed and other operating expenses. Total return quotations are calculated pursuant to the methodology prescribed by the SEC for standardized performance calculations. Prior to May 1, 1997, the separate account was a separate investment advisory account under discretionary management by the Investment Adviser and had substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the Fund. Unlike the Fund, the separate account was not registered as an investment company under the Act and therefore was not subject to certain investment restrictions and operational requirements that are imposed on investment companies by the Act. If the separate account had been registered as an investment company under the Act, the separate account’s performance may have been adversely affected by such restrictions and requirements. On May 1, 1997, the separate account transferred a portion of its assets to the Fund in exchange for Fund shares. The performance record of each other class has been linked to the performance of the separate account (based on Class A expenses) and the Class A performance for any periods prior to commencement of operations of a class of shares.

The Service Shares of the Balanced, Capital Growth, Small Cap Value, Growth and Income, Structured U.S. Equity, Structured Large Cap Growth and International Equity Funds commenced

B-108

operations on August 15, 1997, August 15, 1997, August 15, 1997, March 6, 1996, June 7, 1996, May 1, 1997 and March 6, 1996, respectively. The Service Shares of these Funds had no operating or performance history prior thereto. However, in accordance with interpretive positions expressed by the staff of the SEC, each of these Funds has adopted the performance records of its respective Class A Shares from that class’s inception date (October 12, 1994, April 20, 1990, October 22, 1992, February 5, 1993, May 24, 1991, November 11, 1991 and December 1, 1992 respectively) to the inception dates of Service Shares stated above. Quotations of performance data of these Funds relating to this period include the performance record of the applicable Class A Shares (excluding the impact of any applicable front-end sales charge). The performance records of the applicable Class A Shares reflect the expenses incurred by the particular Fund’s Class A Shares. These expenses include asset-based charges (i.e., fees under Distribution and Service Plans) and other operating expenses. Total return quotations are calculated pursuant to SEC-approved methodology.

A Fund’s performance data will be based on historical results and will not be intended to indicate future performance. A Fund’s total return, yield and distribution rate will vary based on market conditions, portfolio expenses, portfolio investments and other factors. In addition to the Investment Adviser’s decisions regarding issuer/industry/country investment selection and allocation, other factors may affect Fund performance. These factors include, but are not limited to, Fund operating fees and expenses, portfolio turnover, and subscription and redemption cash flows affecting a Fund. The value of a Fund’s shares will fluctuate and an investor’s shares may be worth more or less than their original cost upon redemption. Performance may reflect expense limitations in effect. In their absence, performance would be reduced.

Total return will be calculated separately for each class of shares in existence. Because each class of shares is subject to different expenses, total return with respect to each class of shares of a Fund will differ.

SHARES OF THE TRUST

B-109

that it is appropriate to allocate other expenses differently among classes of shares and may do so to the extent consistent with the rules of the SEC and positions of the Internal Revenue Service. Each class of shares may have different minimum investment requirements and be entitled to different shareholder services. With limited exceptions, shares of a class may only be exchanged for shares of the same or an equivalent class of another fund. See “Shareholder Guide” in the Prospectus and “Other Information Regarding Maximum Sales Charge, Purchases, Redemptions, Exchanges and Dividends” below. In addition, the fees and expenses set forth below for each class may be subject to voluntary fee waivers or reimbursements, as discussed more fully in the Funds’ Prospectuses.

Institutional Shares may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge for accounts in the name of an investor or institution that is not compensated by a Fund under a Plan for services provided to the institution’s customers.

Service Shares may be purchased at net asset value without a sales charge for accounts held in the name of an institution that, directly or indirectly, provides certain shareholder administration services and shareholder liaison services to its customers, including maintenance of account records and processing orders to purchase, redeem and exchange Service Shares. Service Shares bear the cost of service fees and shareholder administration fees at the annual rate of up to 0.25% and 0.25%, respectively, of the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to Service Shares.

Class A Shares are sold, with an initial sales charge of up to 5.5%, through brokers and dealers who are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “NASD”) and certain other financial service firms that have sales agreements with Goldman Sachs. Class A Shares bear the cost of distribution and service fees at the aggregate rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of such Class A Shares. With respect to Class A Shares, the Distributor at its discretion may use compensation for distribution services paid under the Distribution and Services Plan for personal and account maintenance services and expenses so long as such total compensation under the Plan does not exceed the maximum cap on “service fees” imposed by the NASD.

Class B Shares of the Funds are sold subject to a CDSC of up to 5.0% through brokers and dealers who are members of the NASD and certain other financial services firms that have sales arrangements with Goldman Sachs. Class B Shares bear the cost of distribution (Rule 12b-1) fees at the aggregate rate of up to 0.75% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class B Shares. Class B Shares also bear the cost of service fees at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class B Shares.

Class C Shares of the Funds are sold subject to a CDSC of up to 1.0% through brokers and dealers who are members of the NASD and certain other financial services firms that have sales arrangements with Goldman Sachs. Class C Shares bear the cost of distribution (Rule 12b-1) fees at the aggregate rate of up to 0.75% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class C Shares. Class C Shares also bear the cost of service fees at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class C Shares.

It is possible that an institution or its affiliate may offer different classes of shares (i.e., Institutional, Service, Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares) to its customers and thus receive different compensation with respect to different classes of shares of each Fund. Dividends paid by each Fund, if any, with respect to each class of shares will be calculated in the same manner, at the same time on the same day and will be the same amount, except for differences caused by the fact that the

B-110

respective transfer agency and Plan fees relating to a particular class will be borne exclusively by that class. Similarly, the net asset value per share may differ depending upon the class of shares purchased.

Certain aspects of the shares may be altered after advance notice to shareholders if it is deemed necessary in order to satisfy certain tax regulatory requirements.

When issued for the consideration described in the Funds’ Prospectuses, shares are fully paid and non-assessable. The Trustees may, however, cause shareholders, or shareholders of a particular series or class, to pay certain custodian, transfer agency, servicing or similar charges by setting off the same against declared but unpaid dividends or by reducing share ownership (or by both means). In the event of liquidation, shareholders are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of the applicable class of the relevant Fund available for distribution to such shareholders. All shares are freely transferable and have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights. The Trustees may require shareholders to redeem Shares for any reason under terms set by the Trustees.

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Balanced Fund: Class A Shares, Edward Jones & Co., 201 Progress Parkway, Maryland Heights, MO 63043-3009 (62%); Class B Shares, Edward Jones & Co., 201 Progress Parkway, Maryland Heights, MO 63043-3009 (6%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entity owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Growth and Income Fund: Class A Shares, Edward Jones & Co., 201 Progress Parkway, Maryland Heights, MO 63043-3009 (73%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Structured Large Cap Value Fund: Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank & Trust Co., for the benefit of Goldman Sachs Aggressive Growth, Omnibus a/c CORE Large Cap Value Fund, P.O. Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (8%); Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank & Trust Co., for the benefit of Goldman Sachs Growth Strategy, Omnibus a/c Structured Large Cap Value Fund, P.O. Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (22%); Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank & Trust Co., for the benefit of Goldman Sachs Growth & Income Strategy, Omnibus a/c Structured Large Cap Value Fund, P.O. Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (26%); Class A Shares, IMS & Co., for the exclusive benefit of various IMS customers, P.O. Box 173877, Denver, CO 80217-3877 (10%); Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank & Trust Co., for the benefit of Goldman Sachs Balanced Strategy, Omnibus a/c Structured Large Cap Value Fund, P.O. Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (8%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Structured U.S. Equity Fund: Institutional Class Shares, CENCO, c/o Compass Bank, attn: AMG 7^th Fl., P.O. Box 10566, Birmingham, AL 35296-0566 (7%); Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank & Trust, Goldman Sachs Profit Sharing Master Trust, P.O. Box 1992, Boston, MA 02105-1992 (12%); Class A Shares, Edward Jones & Co., 201 Progress Parkway, Maryland Heights, MO 63043-3009 (18%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Structured Large Cap Growth Fund: Class A Shares, IMS & Co., for the exclusive benefit of customers, P.O. Box 173877, Denver, CO 80217-3877 (9%); Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank & Trust Co., for the benefit of Goldman Sachs Aggressive Growth, Omnibus a/c Structured Large Cap Growth Fund, P.O. Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (7%);

B-111

Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank & Trust Co., for the benefit of Goldman Sachs Growth Strategy, Omnibus a/c Structured Large Cap Growth Fund, P.O. Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (19%); Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank & Trust Co., for the benefit of Goldman Sachs Growth & Income Strategy, Omnibus a/c Structured Large Cap Growth Fund, P.O. Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (21%); Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank & Trust Co., for the benefit of Goldman Sachs Balanced Strategy, Omnibus a/c Structured Large Cap Growth Fund, P.O. Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (6%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Structured Small Cap Equity Fund: Institutional Class Shares, Mercer Trust Company, for the benefit of Thomson 401k Savings Plan, One Investors Way N-7-E, Norwood, MA 02062-1599 (6%); Institutional Class Shares, Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Co., Inc., as agents for certain employee benefits plans, 100 Magellan Way, Covington, KY 41015-1999 (20%); Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank & Trust, Goldman Sachs Profit Sharing Master Trust, Josiah Quincy Building 5N, 200 Newport Avenue, North Quincy, MA 02171-2102 (7%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Structured International Equity Fund: Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank and Trust Co., for the benefit of Goldman Sachs Aggressive Growth, Omnibus a/c CORE International Equity Fund, P.O. Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (7%); Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank and Trust Co., for the benefit of Goldman Sachs Growth Strategy, Omnibus a/c Structured International Equity Fund, P.O. Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (14%); Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank and Trust Co., for the benefit of Goldman Sachs Growth & Income Strategy, Omnibus a/c Structured International Equity Fund, P.O. Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (15%); Class A Shares, IMS & Co., for the exclusive benefit of various IMS customers, P.O. Box 173877, Denver, CO 80217-3877 (7%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entity owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Capital Growth Fund: Class A Shares, Edward Jones & Co., 201 Progress Parkway, Maryland Heights, MO 63043-3009 (18%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Strategic Growth Fund: Institutional Class Shares, SEI Trust Company, c/o CBWM, One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, PA 19456 (7%); Institutional Class Shares, Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company, Goldman Sachs Funds, P.O. Box 2600, Valley Forge, PA 19482-2600 (8%); Institutional Class Shares, The Northern Trust Company, for the benefit of certain retirement savings plan, P.O. Box 92956, Chicago, IL 60675-2977 (6%); Institutional Class Shares, Charles Schwab & Co. Inc., special custody account for the benefit of customers, 9601 E. Panorama Circle, Mailstop DEN2-02-52, Englewood, CO 80112-3441 (6%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Growth Opportunities Fund: Nationwide Trust Co., for the benefit of Institutional Class Shares, Deseret Mutual Savings Plans, 98 San Jacinto Blvd., Ste. 1100, Austin, TX 78701-4255 (5%); Class A Shares, Edward Jones & Co., 201 Progress Parkway, Maryland Heights, MO 63043-3009 (6%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund: Class A Shares, Edward Jones & Co.,

B-112

201 Progress Parkway, Maryland Heights, MO 63043-3009 (14%); Institutional Class Shares, Goldman Sachs Seed Account, 701 Mount Lucas Road, Princeton, NJ 08540-1911 (61%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Mid Cap Value Fund: Institutional Class Shares, Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Co., Inc., as agent for certain employee benefits plans, 100 Magellan Way, Covington, KY 41015-1999 (6%); Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank & Trust, Goldman Sachs Profit Sharing Master Trust, P.O. Box 1992, Boston, MA 02105-1992 (6%); Class A Shares, Edward Jones & Co., 201 Progress Parkway, Maryland Heights, MO 63043-3009 (9%); Class A Shares, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., special custody account for the benefit of its customer, 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA 94104-4122 (8%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Small Cap Value Fund: Class A Shares, Edward Jones & Co., 201 Progress Parkway, Maryland Heights, MO 63043-3009 (8%); Institutional Class Shares, Fidelity Investments Institutional Operations Co., Inc., 100 Magellan Way # KW1C, Covington, KY 41015-1999 (5%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Large Cap Value Fund: Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank & Trust, Goldman Sachs Profit Sharing Master Trust, Josiah Quincy Building 5N, 200 Newport Avenue, North Quincy, MA 02171-2102 (6%); Class A Shares, Edward Jones & Co., 201 Progress Parkway, Maryland Heights, MO 63043-3009 (7%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entity owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the International Equity Fund: Class A Shares, Edward Jones & Co., 201 Progress Parkway, Maryland Heights, MO 63043-3009 (23%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the European Equity Fund: Class A Shares, Goldman Sachs & Co., for the benefit of its customer, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (5%); Class A Shares, Goldman Sachs & Co., for the benefit of its customer, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (9%); Institutional Class Shares, Goldman Sachs & Co., for the benefit of its customer, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (14%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Japanese Equity Fund: Class A Shares, Goldman Sachs & Co., for the benefit of its customer, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (5%); Class A Shares, Anbee and Co., c/o Greatbanc Trust Co., 2430 W. Indian Trl. Ste. 201 Aurora, IL 60506-1587 (5%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the International Small Cap Fund: Institutional Class Shares, SEI Private Trust Co., c/o Suntrust SAS Accounting, One Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, PA 19456 (6%); Institutional Class Shares, Dane & Co., State Street Bank, for the benefit of its customer, P.O. Box 5496, Boston, MA 02206-5496 (5%); Institutional Class Shares, Goldman Sachs & Co., for the benefit of its customer, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (8%); Institutional Class Shares, Goldman Sachs & Co., for the benefit of its customer, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (14%).

B-113

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Emerging Markets Equity Fund: Goldman Sachs & Co., for the benefit of its customer, 85 Broad Street, New York, NY 10004-2434 (6%); Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank & Trust Co., for the benefit of Goldman Sachs Growth Strategy, Omnibus a/c Emerging Markets Equity Fund, P.O. Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (7%); Institutional Class Shares, State Street Bank & Trust Co., for the benefit of Goldman Sachs Growth & Income Strategy, Omnibus a/c Emerging Markets Equity Fund, P.O. Box 1713, Boston, MA 02105-1713 (10%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entity owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Asia Equity Fund: Class A Shares, Edward Jones & Co., 201 Progress Parkway, Maryland Heights, MO 63043-3009 (10%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entity owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Research Select Fund: Class B Shares, First Clearing, LLC, special custody account for the exclusive benefit of customers, 10750 Wheat First Drive, Glen Allen, VA 23060-9245 (8%).

As of November 30, 2005, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Concentrated Growth Fund: Service Class Shares, Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company, Goldman Sachs Funds, P.O. Box 2600, Valley Forge, PA 19482-2600 (13%); Service Class Shares, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., for the benefit of Alaska Railroad Corporation, P.O. Box 1533, Minneapolis, MN 55480-1533 (8%); Service Class Shares, Charles Schwab & Co. Inc., special custody account for the benefit of customers, 9601 E. Panorama Circle, Mailstop DEN2-02-052, Englewood, CO 80112-3441 (13%).

The Act requires that where more than one series of shares exists, each series must be preferred over all other series in respect of assets specifically allocated to such series. In addition, Rule 18f-2 under the Act provides that any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of the Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Trust shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each series affected by such matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that a series shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless the interests of each series in the matter are substantially identical or the matter does not affect any interest of such series. However, Rule 18f-2 exempts the selection of independent public accountants, the approval of principal distribution contracts and the election of trustees from the separate voting requirements of Rule 18f-2.

The Trust is not required to hold annual meetings of shareholders and does not intend to hold such meetings. In the event that a meeting of shareholders is held, each share of the Trust will be entitled, as determined by the Trustees without the vote or consent of the shareholders, either to one vote for each share or to one vote for each dollar of net asset value represented by such share on all matters presented to shareholders including the election of Trustees (this method of voting being referred to as “dollar based voting”). However, to the extent required by the Act or otherwise determined by the Trustees, series and classes of the Trust will vote separately from each other. Shareholders of the Trust do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of Trustees. Meetings of shareholders of the Trust, or any series or class thereof, may be called by the Trustees, certain officers or upon the written request of holders of 10% or more of the shares entitled to vote at such meetings. The Trustees will call a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees, if, at any time, less than a majority of Trustees holding office at the time were elected by shareholders. The shareholders of the Trust will have voting rights only

B-114

with respect to the limited number of matters specified in the Declaration of Trust and such other matters as the Trustees may determine or may be required by law.

The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification of Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust unless the recipient is adjudicated (i) to be liable by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office or (ii) not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such person’s actions were in the best interest of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides that, if any shareholder or former shareholder of any series is held personally liable solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder and not because of the shareholder’s acts or omissions or for some other reason, the shareholder or former shareholder (or the shareholder’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives or general successors) shall be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability. The Trust, acting on behalf of any affected series, must, upon request by such shareholder, assume the defense of any claim made against such shareholder for any act or obligation of the series and satisfy any judgment thereon from the assets of the series.

The Declaration of Trust permits the termination of the Trust or of any series or class of the Trust (i) by a majority of the affected shareholders at a meeting of shareholders of the Trust, series or class; or (ii) by a majority of the Trustees without shareholder approval if the Trustees determine, in their sole discretion, that such action is in the best interest of the Trust, such series, such class or their respective shareholders. The Trustees may consider such factors as they, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate in making such determination, including (i) the inability of the Trust or any series or class to maintain its assets at an appropriate size; (ii) changes in laws or regulations governing the Trust, series, or class or affecting assets of the type in which it invests; or (iii) economic developments or trends having a significant adverse impact on the business or operations of the Trust or series.

The Declaration of Trust authorizes the Trustees, without shareholder approval, to cause the Trust, or any series thereof, to merge or consolidate with any corporation, association, trust or other organization or sell or exchange all or substantially all of the property belonging to the Trust or any series thereof. In addition, the Trustees, without shareholder approval, may adopt a master-feeder structure by investing all or a portion of the assets of a series of the Trust in the securities of another open-end investment company with substantially the same investment objective, restrictions and policies.

The Trustees may appoint separate Trustees with respect to one or more series or classes of the Trust’s shares (the “Series Trustees”). Series Trustees may, but are not required to, serve as Trustees of the Trust or any other series or class of the Trust. To the extent provided by the Trustees in the appointment of Series Trustees, the Series Trustees may have, to the exclusion of any other Trustees of the Trust, all the powers and authorities of Trustees under the Declaration of Trust with respect to such Series or Class, but may have no power or authority with respect to any other series or class.

B-115

Shareholder and Trustee Liability

Under Delaware Law, the shareholders of the Funds are not generally subject to liability for the debts or obligations of the Trust. Similarly, Delaware law provides that a series of the Trust will not be liable for the debts or obligations of any other series of the Trust. However, no similar statutory or other authority limiting statutory trust shareholder liability exists in other states. As a result, to the extent that a Delaware statutory trust or a shareholder is subject to the jurisdiction of courts of such other states, the courts may not apply Delaware law and may thereby subject the Delaware statutory trust shareholders to liability. To guard against this risk, the Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of a series. Notice of such disclaimer will normally be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by a series of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification by the relevant series for all loss suffered by a shareholder as a result of an obligation of the series. The Declaration of Trust also provides that a series shall, upon request, assume the defense of any claim made against any shareholder for any act or obligation of the series and satisfy any judgment thereon. In view of the above, the risk of personal liability of shareholders of a Delaware statutory trust is remote.

In addition to the requirements under Delaware law, the Declaration of Trust provides that shareholders of a series may bring a derivative action on behalf of the series only if the following conditions are met: (a) shareholders eligible to bring such derivative action under Delaware law who hold at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the series, or 10% of the outstanding shares of the class to which such action relates, shall join in the request for the Trustees to commence such action; and (b) the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider such shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim. The Trustees will be entitled to retain counsel or other advisers in considering the merits of the request and may require an undertaking by the shareholders making such request to reimburse the series for the expense of any such advisers in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring such action.

TAXATION

The following is a summary of the principal U.S. federal income, and certain state and local, tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares in each Fund of the Trust. This summary does not address special tax rules applicable to certain classes of investors, such as tax-exempt entities, insurance companies and financial institutions. Each prospective shareholder is urged to consult his own tax adviser with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in each Fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this Additional Statement, which are subject to change.

Fund Taxation

B-116

There are certain tax requirements that each Fund must follow if it is to avoid federal taxation. In their efforts to adhere to these requirements, the Funds may have to limit their investment activities in some types of instruments. Qualification as a regulated investment company under the Code requires, among other things, that (1) the Fund derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stocks or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures, and forward contracts) derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stocks, securities or currencies (the “90% gross income test”); and (2) the Fund diversify its holdings so that in general, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the fair market value of the Fund’s total (gross) assets is comprised of cash, cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of such Fund’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total (gross) assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), two or more issuers controlled by the Fund and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or certain publicly traded partnerships.

For purposes of the 90% gross income test, income that a Fund earns from equity interests in certain entities that are not treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes (e.g., partnerships or trusts) will generally have the same character for the Fund as in the hands of such an entity; consequently, a Fund may be required to limit its equity investments in any such entities that earn fee income, rental income, or other nonqualifying income. In addition, future Treasury regulations could provide that qualifying income under the 90% gross income test will not include gains from foreign currency transactions that are not directly related to a Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities or options and futures with respect to stock or securities. Using foreign currency positions or entering into foreign currency options, futures and forward or swap contracts for purposes other than hedging currency risk with respect to securities in a Fund’s portfolio or anticipated to be acquired may not qualify as “directly-related” under these tests.

If a Fund complies with the foregoing provisions, then in any taxable year in which the Fund distributes, in compliance with the Code’s timing and other requirements, at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (which includes dividends, taxable interest, taxable accrued original issue discount and market discount income, income from securities lending, any net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, certain net realized foreign exchange gains and any other taxable income other than “net capital gain,” as defined below, and is reduced by deductible expenses), and at least 90% of the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest income (if any) over certain disallowed deductions, the Fund (but not its shareholders) will be relieved of federal income tax on any income of the Fund, including long-term capital gains, distributed to shareholders. If, instead, a Fund retains any investment company taxable income or “net capital gain” (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), it will be subject to a tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. Because there are some uncertainties regarding the computation of the amounts deemed distributed to Fund shareholders for these purposes – including, in particular, uncertainties regarding the portion, if any, of amounts paid in redemption of Fund shares that should be treated as such distributions – there can be no assurance that each Fund will avoid corporate-level tax in each year.

If a Fund retains any net capital gain, the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (1) if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, will be required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of that undistributed amount, and (2) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares

B-117

of the tax paid by the Fund against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds those liabilities. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by the amount of any such undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and decreased by the federal income tax paid by the Fund on that amount of net capital gain. Each Fund intends to distribute for each taxable year to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income, net capital gain and any net tax-exempt interest. Exchange control or other foreign laws, regulations or practices may restrict repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of securities sales by foreign investors such as the Structured International Equity, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity or Asia Equity Funds and may therefore make it more difficult for such a Fund to satisfy the distribution requirements described above, as well as the excise tax distribution requirements described below. Each Fund generally expects, however, to be able to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy those requirements, from new investors, the sale of securities or other sources. If for any taxable year a Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company, it will be taxed on all of its taxable income and net capital gain at corporate rates, and its distributions to shareholders will be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of its current and accumulated earnings and profits.

To avoid a 4% federal excise tax, each Fund must distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year at least 98% of its taxable ordinary income for the calendar year, at least 98% of the excess of its capital gains over its capital losses (generally computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on October 31 of the year), and all taxable ordinary income and the excess of capital gains over capital losses for all previous years that were not distributed for those years and on which the Fund paid no federal income tax. For federal tax purposes, dividends declared by a Fund in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month and paid during January of the following year are taxable to such shareholders, and deductible by the Fund, as if paid on December 31 of the year declared. Each Fund anticipates that it will generally make timely distributions of income and capital gains in compliance with these requirements so that it will generally not be required to pay the excise tax.

For federal tax purposes, each Fund is generally permitted to carry forward a net capital loss in any year to offset its own capital gains, if any, during the eight years following the year of the loss. As of August 31, 2005, the following Funds had capital loss carryforwards approximating the amounts indicated, expiring in the years indicated:


	Capital Loss
Fund	Carryforward		Expiration
Balanced	$	1,237,356	2011

Growth and Income		2,087,904	2010
		22,494,322	2011

Structured U.S. Equity		4,428,298	2009
		22,415,823	2010
		24,495,433	2011

Structured Large Cap Growth		133,308,431	2010
		145,633,770	2011

B-118

Gains and losses on the sale, lapse, or other termination of options and futures contracts, options thereon and certain forward contracts (except certain foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts) will generally be treated as capital gains and losses. Certain of the futures contracts, forward contracts and options held by a Fund will be required to be “marked-to-market” for federal tax purposes — that is, treated as having been sold at their fair market value on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year (or, for excise tax purposes, on the last day of the relevant period). These provisions may require a Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash. Any gain or loss recognized on actual or deemed sales of these futures contracts, forward contracts, or options will (except for certain foreign currency options, forward contracts, and futures contracts) be treated as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. As a result of certain hedging transactions entered into by a Fund, it may be required to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, forward contracts, and options or underlying securities or foreign currencies to the extent of any unrecognized gains on related positions held by the Fund, and the characterization of gains or losses as long-term or short-term may be changed. The tax provisions described in this paragraph may affect the amount, timing and character of a Fund’s distributions to shareholders. Application of certain requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company and/or these tax rules to certain investment practices, such as dollar rolls, or certain derivatives such as interest rate swaps, floors, caps and collars and currency, total return, mortgage or index swaps may be unclear in some respects, and a Fund may therefore be required to limit its participation in those kinds of transactions. Certain tax elections may be available to a Fund to mitigate some of the unfavorable consequences described in this paragraph.

Section 988 of the Code contains special tax rules applicable to certain foreign currency transactions and instruments, which may affect the amount, timing and character of income, gain or loss recognized by a Fund. Under these rules, foreign exchange gain or loss realized with respect to foreign currencies and certain futures and options thereon, foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, foreign currency forward contracts, and foreign currency-denominated payables and receivables will generally be treated as ordinary income or loss, although in some cases elections may be available that would alter this treatment. If a net foreign exchange loss treated as ordinary loss under Section 988 of the Code were to exceed a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to that loss) for a taxable year, the resulting loss would not be deductible by the Fund or its shareholders in future years. Net loss, if any, from certain foreign currency transactions or instruments could exceed net investment income otherwise calculated for accounting purposes, with the result being either no dividends being paid or a portion of a Fund’s dividends being treated as a return of capital for tax purposes, nontaxable to the extent of a shareholder’s tax basis in his shares and, once such basis is exhausted, generally giving rise to capital gains.

A Fund’s investment in zero coupon securities, deferred interest securities, certain structured securities or other securities bearing original issue discount or, if a Fund elects to include market discount in income currently, market discount, as well as any “marked-to-market” gain from certain options, futures or forward contracts, as described above, will in many cases cause it to realize income or gain before the receipt of cash payments with respect to these securities or contracts. For a Fund to obtain cash to enable the Fund to distribute any such income or gain, to maintain its qualification as a regulated

B-120

investment company and to avoid federal income and excise taxes, the Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio investments sooner that it might otherwise have done.

Investments in lower-rated securities may present special tax issues for a Fund to the extent actual or anticipated defaults may be more likely with respect to such securities. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when a Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount, or market discount; when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities; how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income; and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a workout context are taxable. These and other issues will generally need to be addressed by a Fund, in the event it invests in such securities, so as to seek to eliminate or to minimize any adverse tax consequences.

Each Fund anticipates that it may be subject to foreign taxes on income (possibly including, in some cases, capital gains) from foreign securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate those foreign taxes in some cases.

If a Fund acquires stock (including, under proposed regulations, an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond) in certain foreign corporations (“passive foreign investment companies”), that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, rents, royalties or capital gain) or hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income, the Fund could be subject to federal income tax and additional interest charges on “excess distributions” received from those companies or gain from the sale of stock in those companies, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. The Fund would not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such a tax. In some cases, elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but those elections would require the Fund to include each year certain amounts as income or gain (subject to the distribution requirements described above) without a concurrent receipt of cash. Each Fund may attempt to limit and/or to manage its holdings in passive foreign investment companies to minimize its tax liability or maximize its return from these investments.

U.S. Shareholders — Distributions

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions by a Fund, whether reinvested in additional shares or paid in cash, generally will be taxable to shareholders who are subject to tax. Shareholders receiving a distribution in the form of newly issued shares will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of cash they would have received had they elected to receive cash and will have a cost basis in each share received equal to such amount divided by the number of shares received.

In general, distributions from investment company taxable income will be taxable as ordinary income. However, distributions to noncorporate shareholders attributable to dividends received by the Funds from U.S. and certain foreign corporations will generally be taxed at the long-term capital gain rates (described below), as long as certain other requirements are met. For these lower rates to apply, the noncorporate shareholders must have owned their Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date, and the Fund must also have owned the underlying stock for this same period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date for the stock. The amount of a Fund’s distributions that qualify for these lower rates may be reduced as a result of a Fund’s securities lending activities.

B-121

Distributions designated as derived from a Fund’s dividend income, if any, may also generally be eligible for the dividends received deduction for corporate shareholders. The dividends-received deduction, if available, is reduced to the extent the shares with respect to which the dividends are received are treated as debt-financed under federal income tax law and is eliminated if the shares are deemed to have been held for less than a minimum period, generally 46 days. The dividends-received deduction may also be reduced as a result of a Fund’s securities lending activities. Because eligible dividends are limited to those a Fund receives from U.S. domestic corporations, it is unlikely that a substantial portion of the distributions made by the Structured International Equity, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Asia Equity and Emerging Markets Equity Funds will qualify for the dividends-received deduction. The entire dividend, including the deducted amount, is considered in determining the excess, if any, of a corporate shareholder’s adjusted current earnings over its alternative minimum taxable income, which may increase its liability for the federal alternative minimum tax, and the dividend may, if it is treated as an “extraordinary dividend” under the Code, reduce a corporate shareholder’s tax basis in its shares of a Fund.

Capital gain dividends (i.e., dividends from net capital gain of a Fund) if designated as such in a written notice to shareholders mailed not later than 60 days after the end of the Fund’s taxable year, will be taxed to shareholders as long-term capital gain regardless of how long Fund shares have been held by shareholders. For individuals, any such long-term capital gain and long-term capital gain attributable to Fund sales and exchanges will be generally be taxed at a maximum rate of 15% (5% for those shareholders in the 10% or 15% tax brackets), to the extent not offset by losses. Distributions, if any, that are in excess of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will first reduce a shareholder’s tax basis in his shares and, after the basis is reduced to zero, will generally constitute capital gains to a shareholder who holds Fund shares as capital assets.

Different tax treatment, including penalties on certain excess contributions and deferrals, certain pre-retirement and post-retirement distributions, and certain prohibited transactions, is accorded to accounts maintained as qualified retirement plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers for more information.

If, as may occur for the Structured International Equity, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity and Asia Equity Funds, more than 50% of a Fund’s total assets at the close of a taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may file an election with the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to which the shareholders of the Fund will be required (1) to report as dividend income (in addition to taxable dividends actually received) their pro rata shares of foreign income taxes paid by the Fund that are treated as income taxes under U.S. tax regulations (which excludes, for example, stamp taxes, securities transaction taxes, and similar taxes) even though not actually received by those shareholders, and (2) to treat those respective pro rata shares as foreign income taxes paid by them, which they can claim either as a foreign tax credit, subject to applicable limitations, against their U.S. federal income tax liability or as an itemized deduction. (Shareholders who do not itemize deductions for federal income tax purposes will not, however, be able to deduct their pro rata portion of foreign taxes paid by a Fund, although those shareholders will be required to include their share of such taxes in gross income if the foregoing election is made by the Fund.)

If a shareholder chooses to take credit for the foreign taxes deemed paid by such shareholder as a result of any such election by the Structured International Equity, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity or Asia Equity Funds, the amount of the credit that may be claimed in any year may not exceed the same proportion of the U.S. tax against

B-122

which such credit is taken which the shareholder’s taxable income from foreign sources (but not in excess of the shareholder’s entire taxable income) bears to his entire taxable income. For this purpose, distributions from long-term and short-term capital gains or foreign currency gains by a Fund will generally not be treated as income from foreign sources. This foreign tax credit limitation may also be applied separately to certain specific categories of foreign-source income and the related foreign taxes. As a result of these rules, which have different effects depending upon each shareholder’s particular tax situation, certain shareholders of the Structured International Equity, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity and Asia Equity Funds may not be able to claim a credit for the full amount of their proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid by such Fund even if the election is made by that Fund.

Shareholders who are not liable for U.S. federal income taxes, including retirement plans, other tax-exempt shareholders and non-U.S. shareholders, will ordinarily not benefit from the foregoing Fund election with respect to foreign taxes. Each year, if any, that the Structured International Equity, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity or Asia Equity Funds file the election described above, shareholders will be notified of the amount of (1) each shareholder’s pro rata share of qualified foreign taxes paid by the Fund and (2) the portion of Fund dividends that represents income from foreign sources. The other Funds will not be entitled to elect to pass foreign taxes and associated credits or deductions through to their shareholders because they will not satisfy the 50% requirement described above. If a Fund cannot or does not make this election, it may deduct its foreign taxes in computing the amount it is required to distribute.

U.S. Shareholders — Sale of Shares

When a shareholder’s shares are sold, redeemed or otherwise disposed of in a transaction that is treated as a sale for federal income tax purposes, the shareholder will generally recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares and the cash, or fair market value of any property, received. (To aid in computing that tax basis, a shareholder should generally retain its account statements for the period that it holds shares). If the shareholder holds the shares as a capital asset at the time of sale, the character of the gain or loss should be capital, and treated as long-term if the shareholder’s holding period is more than twelve months, and short-term otherwise. In general, the maximum long-term capital gain rate for individuals is 15% for capital gains on assets held more than one year (5% for those shareholders in the 10% or 15% tax brackets). Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers with reference to their particular circumstances to determine whether a redemption (including an exchange) or other disposition of Fund shares is properly treated as a sale for tax purposes, as is assumed in this discussion.

Certain special tax rules may apply to a Fund shareholder’s capital gains or losses on Fund shares. If a shareholder receives a capital gain dividend with respect to shares and the shares have a tax holding period of six months or less at the time of a sale or redemption of the shares, then any loss the shareholder realizes on the sale or redemption will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain dividend. All or a portion of any sales load paid upon the purchase of shares of a Fund will not be taken into account in determining gain or loss on the redemption or exchange of those shares within 90 days after their purchase to the extent the redemption proceeds are reinvested, or the exchange is effected, without payment of an additional sales load pursuant to the reinvestment or exchange privilege. The load not taken into account will be added to the tax basis of the newly-acquired shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a sale or redemption of shares of a Fund may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the same Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a

B-123

dividend reinvestment in shares of the Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

Each Fund may be required to withhold, as “backup withholding,” federal income tax at a 28% rate from dividends (including capital gain dividends) and share redemption and exchange proceeds to individuals and other non-exempt shareholders who fail to furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) certified under penalties of perjury, or if the Internal Revenue Service or a broker notifies the Fund that the payee is subject to backup withholding as a result of failing properly to report interest or dividend income to the Internal Revenue Service or that the TIN furnished by the payee to the Fund is incorrect, or if (when required to do so) the payee fails to certify under penalties of perjury that it is not subject to backup withholding. A Fund may refuse to accept an application that does not contain any required TIN or certification that the TIN provided is correct. If the backup withholding provisions are applicable, any such dividends and proceeds, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares, will be reduced by the amounts required to be withheld. Any amounts withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. If a shareholder does not have a TIN, it should apply for one immediately by contacting the local office of the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service. Backup withholding could apply to payments relating to a shareholder’s account while the shareholder is awaiting receipt of a TIN. Special rules apply for certain entities. For example, for an account established under a Uniform Gifts or Transfer to Minors Act, the TIN of the minor should be furnished. In addition, non-US shareholders will be required to provide the Fund with the proper IRS Form W-8 or appropriate substitute (as discussed below) in order to avail themselves of this withholding tax exemption.

Sunset of Tax Provisions

Some of the tax provisions described above are subject to sunset provisions. Specifically, a sunset provision provides that the 15% long-term capital gain rate and the taxation of dividends at the long-term capital gain rate will revert back to a prior version of these provisions in the Code for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

Non-U.S. Shareholders

The discussion above relates solely to U.S. federal income tax law as it applies to “U.S. persons” subject to tax under such law.

For distributions attributable to a Fund’s taxable year beginning before January 1, 2005 or after December 31, 2007, shareholders who, as to the United States, are not “U.S. persons,” (i.e., are nonresident aliens, foreign corporations, fiduciaries of foreign trusts or estates, foreign partnerships or other non-U.S. investors) generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% on distributions treated as ordinary income unless the tax is reduced or eliminated pursuant to a tax treaty or the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the shareholder; but distributions of net capital gain, including amounts retained by a Fund which are designated as undistributed capital gains, to such a non-U.S. shareholder will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless the distributions are effectively connected with the shareholder’s trade or business in the United States or, in the case of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, the shareholder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Non-U.S. shareholders may also be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax on deemed income resulting from any election by the Structured International Equity, International Equity, European Equity, Japanese Equity, International Small Cap, Emerging Markets Equity or Asia Equity Funds to treat

B-124

qualified foreign taxes it pays as passed through to shareholders (as described above), but they may not be able to claim a U.S. tax credit or deduction with respect to such taxes.

Under recent changes to the Code, for distributions attributable to a Fund’s taxable year beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2008, non-U.S. shareholders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions attributable to “portfolio interest” or short-term capital gains unless (1) the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the shareholder, or (2) with respect to short-term capital gains, the shareholder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met. If the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of a shareholder, then distributions will be subject to tax on a net income basis at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. individuals or domestic corporations. Distributions by each Fund that are attributable to short-term capital gains during the above periods will also generally be free of U.S. withholding tax; by contrast, there will be tax withheld with respect to distributions attributable to interest income of the Fund, so that non-U.S. shareholders who are exempt from U.S. federal income tax with respect to all or a portion of those interest-related dividends will need to file U.S. federal income tax returns to claim refunds of those withholding taxes.

Any capital gain realized by a non-U.S. shareholder upon a sale or redemption of shares of a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless the gain is effectively connected with the shareholder’s trade or business in the U.S., or in the case of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met.

Non-U.S. persons who fail to furnish a Fund with the proper IRS Form W-8 (i.e., W-8BEN, W-8ECI, W-8IMY or W-8EXP), or an acceptable substitute, may be subject to backup withholding at a 28% rate on dividends (including capital gain dividends) and on the proceeds of redemptions and exchanges.

Also, non-U.S. shareholders of a Fund may be subject to U.S. estate tax with respect to their Fund shares.

Each shareholder who is not a U.S. person should consult his or her tax adviser regarding the U.S. and non-U.S. tax consequences of ownership of shares of, and receipt of distributions from, the Funds.

State and Local Taxes

Each Fund may be subject to state or local taxes in jurisdictions in which the Fund is deemed to be doing business. In addition, in those states or localities that impose income taxes, the treatment of such a Fund and its shareholders under those jurisdictions’ tax laws may differ from the treatment under federal income tax laws, and an investment in such a Fund may have tax consequences for shareholders different from those of a direct investment in such Fund’s portfolio securities. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers concerning state and local tax matters.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements and related reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, contained in each Fund’s 2005 Annual Report are hereby incorporated by reference. The financial statements in each Fund’s Annual Report have been incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and

B-125

auditing. No other parts of any Annual Report are incorporated by reference herein. A copy of the Annual Reports may be obtained upon request and without charge by writing Goldman, Sachs & Co., 71 South Wacker Drive, Suite 500, Chicago, Illinois 60606 or by calling Goldman, Sachs & Co., at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus.

PROXY VOTING

The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has delegated the voting of portfolio securities to the Investment Adviser. The Investment Adviser has adopted policies and procedures (the “Policy”) for the voting of proxies on behalf of client accounts for which the Investment Adviser has voting discretion, including the Funds. Under the Policy, the Investment Adviser’s guiding principles in performing proxy voting are to make decisions that: (i) favor proposals that tend to maximize a company’s shareholder value; and (ii) are not influenced by conflicts of interest. These principles reflect the Investment Adviser’s belief that sound corporate governance will create a framework within which a company can be managed in the interests of its shareholders.

The Investment Adviser is responsible for reviewing its relationship with ISS and for evaluating the quality and effectiveness of the various services provided by ISS. The Investment

B-126

Adviser may hire other service providers to replace or supplement ISS with respect to any of the services the Investment Adviser currently receives from ISS.

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available on or through the Funds’ website at http://www.gs.com/funds and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PAYMENTS TO INTERMEDIARIES

The Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may make payments to Authorized Dealers, Service Organizations and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) from time to time to promote the sale, distribution and/or servicing of shares of the Funds. These payments (“Additional Payments”) are made out of the Investment Adviser’s, Distributor’s and/or their affiliates own assets, and are not an additional charge to the Funds or their shareholders. The Additional Payments are in addition to the distribution and service fees paid by the Funds described in the Funds’ Prospectuses and this Additional Statement, and are also in addition to the sales commissions payable to Intermediaries as set forth in the Prospectuses.

These Additional Payments are intended to compensate Intermediaries for, among other things: marketing shares of the Funds, which may consist of payments relating to Funds included on preferred or recommended fund lists or in certain sales programs from time to time sponsored by the Intermediaries; access to the Intermediaries’ registered representatives or salespersons, including at conferences and other meetings; assistance in training and education of personnel; “finders” or “referral fees” for directing investors to the Funds; marketing support fees for providing assistance in promoting the sale of Fund shares (which may include promotions in communications with the Intermediaries’ customers, registered representatives and salespersons); and/or other specified services intended to assist in the distribution and marketing of the Funds. In addition, the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may make Additional Payments (including through sub-transfer agency and networking agreements) for subaccounting, administrative and/or shareholder processing services that are in addition to the transfer agent, shareholder administration, servicing and processing fees paid by the Funds. The Additional Payments made by the Investment Adviser, Distributor and their affiliates may be a fixed dollar amount; may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by an Intermediary; may be based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the Intermediary involved; or may be calculated on another basis. Furthermore, the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may, to the extent permitted by applicable regulations, contribute to various non-cash and cash incentive arrangements to promote the sale of shares, as well as sponsor various educational programs, sales contests and/or promotions. The Investment Adviser, Distributor and their affiliates may also pay for the travel expenses, meals, lodging and entertainment of Intermediaries and their salespersons and guests in connection with

B-127

educational, sales and promotional programs subject to applicable NASD regulations. The amount of these Additional Payments (excluding payments made through sub-transfer agency and networking agreements) is normally not expected to exceed 0.50% (annualized) of the amount sold or invested through the Intermediaries. The Additional Payments are negotiated based on a range of factors, including but not limited to, ability to attract and retain assets (including particular classes of Funds’ shares), target markets, customer relationships, quality of service and industry reputation.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005, the Investment Adviser, Distributor and their affiliates made Additional Payments out of their own assets to approximately 114 Intermediaries. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005, the Investment Adviser, Distributor and their affiliates paid to Intermediaries approximately $28.2 million in Additional Payments (including payments made through sub-transfer agency and networking agreements) with respect to all of the funds of the Trust (including the Funds included in this Additional Statement).

The Additional Payments made by the Investment Adviser, Distributor and/or their affiliates may be different for different Intermediaries and may vary with respect to the type of fund (e.g., equity, fund, fixed income fund, specialty fund, asset allocation portfolio or money market fund) sold by the Intermediary. In addition, the Additional Payment arrangements may include breakpoints in compensation which provide that the percentage rate of compensation varies as the dollar value of the amount sold or invested through an Intermediary increases. The presence of these Additional Payments, the varying fee structure and the basis on which an Intermediary compensates its registered representatives or salespersons may create an incentive for a particular Intermediary, registered representative or salesperson to highlight, feature or recommend Funds based, at least in part, on the level of compensation paid. Shareholders should contact their Authorized Dealer or other Intermediary for more information about the payments they receive and any potential conflicts of interest.

OTHER INFORMATION

Selective Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

The Board of Trustees of the Trust and the Investment Adviser have adopted a policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings in accordance with regulations that seek to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio securities is in the best interest of Fund shareholders and to address the conflicts between the interests of Fund shareholders and its service providers. The policy provides that neither a Fund nor its Investment Adviser, Distributor or any agent, or any employee thereof (“Fund Representative”) will disclose a Fund’s portfolio holdings information to any person other than in accordance with the policy. For purposes of the policy, “portfolio holdings information” means the Fund’s actual portfolio holdings, as well as nonpublic information about its trading strategies or pending transactions. Under the policy, neither a Fund nor any Fund Representative may solicit or accept any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information. A Fund Representative may provide portfolio holdings information to third parties if such information has been included in the Fund’s public filings with the SEC or is disclosed on the Funds’ publicly accessible website. Information posted on the Fund’s website may be separately provided to any person commencing the day after it is first published on the Funds’ website.

B-128

Portfolio holdings information that is not filed with the SEC or posted on the publicly available website may be provided to third parties only if the third party recipients are required to keep all portfolio holdings information confidential and are prohibited from trading on the information they receive. Disclosure to such third parties must be approved in advance by the Investment Advisor’s legal or compliance department. Disclosure to providers of auditing, custody, proxy voting and other similar services for the Funds, as well as rating and ranking organizations, will generally be permitted; however, information may be disclosed to other third parties (including, without limitation, individuals, institutional investors, and intermediaries that sell shares of the Fund,) only upon approval by the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, who must first determine that the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for doing so and check with the Fund Transfer Agent to ascertain whether the third party has been identified as an excessive trader. In general, each recipient of non-public portfolio holdings information must sign a confidentiality and non-trading agreement, although this requirement will not apply when the recipient is otherwise subject to a duty of confidentiality. In accordance with the policy, the identity of those recipients who receive non-public portfolio holdings information on an ongoing basis is as follows: the Investment Advisers and their affiliates, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, the Funds’ custodian, the Funds’ legal counsel- Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, the Funds’ financial printer- Bowne, and the Funds’ proxy voting service- ISS. These entities are obligated to keep such information confidential. Third party providers of custodial or accounting services to the Funds may release non-public portfolio holdings information of the Funds only with the permission of Fund Representatives. From time to time portfolio holdings information may be provided to broker-dealers solely in connection with a Fund seeking portfolio securities trading suggestions. In providing this information reasonable precautions, including limitations on the scope of the portfolio holdings information disclosed, are taken to avoid any potential misuse of the disclosed information. All marketing materials prepared by the Trust’s principal underwriter is reviewed by Goldman Sachs’ Compliance department for consistency with the Trust’s portfolio holdings disclosure policy.

The Equity Funds currently intend to publish on their website (http://www.gs.com/funds) complete portfolio holdings for each Equity Fund as of the end of each calendar quarter subject to a fifteen calendar day lag between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. In addition, the Equity Funds intend to publish on their website month-end top ten holdings subject to a ten calendar day lag between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The non-money market fixed income Funds currently intend to publish complete portfolio holdings on their website as of the end of each fiscal quarter, subject to a thirty calendar day lag, and to post selected holdings information monthly on a ten calendar day lag. The Financial Square Prime Obligations Fund, Financial Square Money Market Fund, Institutional Liquid Assets Prime Obligations Portfolio and Institutional Liquid Assets Money Market Portfolio publish their holdings as of the end of each month subject to a thirty calendar day lag between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The other Financial Square Funds and Institutional Liquid Assets Money Market Portfolios publish their holdings as of the end of each calendar quarter subject to a thirty calendar day lag between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. A Fund may publish on the website complete portfolio holdings information more frequently if it has a legitimate business purpose for doing so.

B-129

addition, the Board of Trustees is to approve at its meetings a list of Fund Representatives who are authorized to disclose portfolio holdings information under the policy. As of the date of this Additional Statement, only certain officers of the Trust as well as certain senior members of the compliance and legal groups of the Investment Adviser have been approved by the Board of Trustees to authorize disclosure of portfolio holdings information.

Miscellaneous

Each Fund will redeem shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. Each Fund, however, reserves the right to pay redemptions exceeding $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund at the time of redemption by a distribution in kind of securities (instead of cash) from such Fund. The securities distributed in kind would be readily marketable and would be valued for this purpose using the same method employed in calculating the Fund’s net asset value per share. See “Net Asset Value.” If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in kind, the shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received in the redemption.

The right of a shareholder to redeem shares and the date of payment by each Fund may be suspended for more than seven days for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange is closed, other than the customary weekends or holidays, or when trading on such Exchange is restricted as determined by the SEC; or during any emergency, as determined by the SEC, as a result of which it is not reasonably practicable for such Fund to dispose of securities owned by it or fairly to determine the value of its net assets; or for such other period as the SEC may by order permit for the protection of shareholders of such Fund. (The Trust may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions.)

As stated in the Prospectuses, the Trust may authorize Service Organizations, Authorized Dealers and other institutions that provide recordkeeping, reporting and processing services to their customers to accept on the Trust’s behalf purchase, redemption and exchange orders placed by or on behalf of their customers and, if approved by the Trust, to designate other intermediaries to accept such orders. These institutions may receive payments from the Trust or Goldman Sachs for their services. Certain Service Organizations, Authorized Dealers or institutions may enter into sub-transfer agency agreements with the Trust or Goldman Sachs with respect to their services.

In the interest of economy and convenience, the Trust does not issue certificates representing the Funds’ shares. Instead, the Transfer Agent maintains a record of each shareholder’s ownership. Each shareholder receives confirmation of purchase and redemption orders from the Transfer Agent. Fund shares and any dividends and distributions paid by the Funds are reflected in account statements from the Transfer Agent.

B-130

which the Prospectuses and this Additional Statement form a part, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE PLANS
(Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares Only)

Distribution and Service Plans. As described in the Prospectuses, the Trust has adopted, on behalf of Class A, Class B and Class C Shares of each Fund, distribution and service plans (each a “Plan”). See “Shareholder Guide — Distribution and Service Fees” in the Prospectus. The distribution fees payable under the Plans are subject to Rule 12b-1 under the Act, and finance distribution and other services that are provided to investors in the Funds, and enable the Funds to offer investors the choice of investing in either Class A, Class B or Class C Shares when investing in the Funds. In addition, distribution fees payable under the Plans may be used to assist the Funds in reaching and maintaining asset levels that are efficient for the Funds’ operations and investments.

The Plans for each Fund were most recently approved by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plans, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of approving the Plans on June 16, 2005.

The compensation for distribution services payable under a Plan to Goldman Sachs may not exceed 0.25%, 0.75% and 0.75%, per annum of a Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class A, Class B and Class C Shares, respectively, of such Fund. Under the Plans for Class B and Class C Shares, Goldman Sachs is also entitled to receive a separate fee for personal and account maintenance services equal on an annual basis to 0.25% of each Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class B or Class C Shares. With respect to Class A Shares, the Distributor at its discretion may use compensation for distribution services paid under the Plan for personal and account maintenance services and expenses so long as such total compensation under the Plan does not exceed the maximum cap on “service fees” imposed by the NASD.

Each Plan is a compensation plan which provides for the payment of a specified fee without regard to the expenses actually incurred by Goldman Sachs. If such fee exceeds Goldman Sachs’ expenses, Goldman Sachs may realize a profit from these arrangements. The distribution fees received by Goldman Sachs under the Plans and CDSC on Class A, Class B and Class C Shares may be sold by Goldman Sachs as distributor to entities which provide financing for payments to Authorized Dealers in respect of sales of Class A, Class B and Class C Shares. To the extent such fees are not paid to such dealers, Goldman Sachs may retain such fees as compensation for its services and expenses of distributing the Funds’ Class A, Class B and Class C Shares.

Under each Plan, Goldman Sachs, as distributor of each Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C Shares, will provide to the Trustees of the Trust for their review, and the Trustees of the Trust will review at least quarterly, a written report of the services provided and amounts expended by Goldman Sachs under the Plans and the purposes for which such services were performed and expenditures were made.

B-131

and affected share class, but may be amended without shareholder approval to increase materially the amount of non-distribution compensation. All material amendments of a Plan must also be approved by the Trustees of the Trust in the manner described above. A Plan may be terminated at any time as to any Fund without payment of any penalty by a vote of a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the Class A, Class B or Class C Shares, respectively, of the affected Fund and affected share class. If a Plan was terminated by the Trustees of the Trust and no successor plan was adopted, the Fund would cease to make payments to Goldman Sachs under the Plan and Goldman Sachs would be unable to recover the amount of any of its unreimbursed expenditures. So long as a Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of non-interested Trustees of the Trust will be committed to the discretion of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust. The Trustees of the Trust have determined that in their judgment there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit the Funds and their Class A, Class B and Class C Shareholders.

B-132

The following chart shows the distribution and service fees paid to Goldman Sachs for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2005, August 31, 2004 and August 31, 2003 by each Fund then in existence pursuant to the Class A Plan:


	Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended
	August 31,		August 31,		August 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Balanced Fund	$	466,557	$	392,563	$	274,964
Growth and Income Fund		1,987,617		1,345,021		794,740
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		334,913		234,638		172,010
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		1,116,751		976,536		821,357
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		324,563		319,044		310,676
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		349,991		248,630		179,960
Structured International Equity Fund		528,922		471,015		380,968
Capital Growth Fund		3,422,358		3,575,375		3,462,450
Strategic Growth Fund		420,863		430,747		318,862
Growth Opportunities Fund		1,940,626		1,365,833		907,973
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund¹		97		—		—
Mid Cap Value Fund		4,351,797		1,740,117		945,970
Small Cap Value Fund		2,591,593		2,037,564		1,077,753
Large Cap Value Fund		999,206		650,190		531,232
International Equity Fund		780,199		1,452,991		1,885,790
European Equity Fund		49,237		108,349		145,307
Japanese Equity Fund		95,209		154,488		79,713
International Small Cap Fund		103,640		170,148		172,388
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		112,860		144,111		100,600
Asia Equity Fund		120,220		179,422		126,651
Research Select Fund		182,807		241,644		270,625
Concentrated Growth Fund²		158,432		147,191		63,758


¹		The Class A Share class of the Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2005.

²		The Class A Share class of the Concentrated Growth Fund commenced operations on September 3, 2002.

B-133


	Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended
	August 31,		August 31,		August 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Balanced Fund	$	309,690	$	307,402	$	243,470
Growth and Income Fund		976,163		907,535		750,181
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		207,952		194,296		171,821
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		1,145,578		1,233,382		1,153,400
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		736,171		896,993		891,678
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		196,949		211,060		158,624
Structured International Equity Fund		73,209		64,791		55,226
Capital Growth Fund		1,819,941		2,199,289		2,212,418
Strategic Growth Fund		109,329		122,165		95,957
Growth Opportunities Fund		914,006		914,415		698,500
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund¹		75		—		—
Mid Cap Value Fund		1,964,249		1,329,226		957,272
Small Cap Value Fund		1,147,869		1,117,451		766,905
Large Cap Value Fund		216,778		157,572		119,329
International Equity Fund		206,762		273,284		267,241
European Equity Fund		25,125		21,366		15,966
Japanese Equity Fund		19,615		19,852		14,045
International Small Cap Fund		42,179		25,946		11,311
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		45,206		26,205		12,335
Asia Equity Fund		49,044		40,251		26,090
Research Select Fund		1,046,563		1,292,248		1,362,744
Concentrated Growth Fund²		1,025		889		578


¹		The Class B Share class of the Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2005.

²		The Class B Share class of the Concentrated Growth Fund commenced operations on September 3, 2002.

B-134


	Fiscal year		Fiscal year		Fiscal year
	ended		ended		ended
	August 31,		August 31,		August 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Balanced Fund	$	60,905	$	59,363	$	53,285
Growth and Income Fund		147,084		112,796		88,818
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		196,023		157,681		119,700
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		397,338		395,621		344,787
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		316,640		355,785		365,173
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		226,815		205,727		120,424
Structured International Equity Fund		43,885		40,209		35,978
Capital Growth Fund		850,310		987,401		952,934
Strategic Growth Fund		114,343		118,400		60,364
Growth Opportunities Fund		914,486		695,828		507,514
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund¹		24		—		—
Mid Cap Value Fund		2,141,418		728,726		448,507
Small Cap Value Fund		1,338,256		1,115,463		541,674
Large Cap Value Fund		252,621		125,622		61,618
International Equity Fund		172,748		159,519		126,897
European Equity Fund		9,344		10,309		7,718
Japanese Equity Fund		16,661		20,400		19,414
International Small Cap Fund		72,767		30,546		13,574
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		18,432		11,134		6,981
Asia Equity Fund		18,672		15,542		9,490
Research Select Fund		393,820		531,911		644,149
Concentrated Growth Fund²		3,216		2,352		96


¹		The Class C Share class of the Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2005.

²		The Class C Share class of the Concentrated Growth Fund commenced operations on September 3, 2002.

B-135

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005, Goldman Sachs incurred the following expenses in connection with distribution under the Class A Plan of each applicable Fund with Class A Shares then in existence:


							Printing and
			Compensation and		Allocable		Mailing of		Preparation and
			Expenses of the		Overhead,		Prospectuses to		Distribution of
	Compensation to		Distributor and Its Sales		Telephone and		Other Than Current		Sales Literature and
	Dealers¹		Personnel		Travel Expenses		Shareholders		Advertising		Totals
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2005:

Goldman Sachs Balanced Fund	$	539,872	$	303,675	$	126,522	$	7,234	$	15,357	$	992,659
Goldman Sachs Growth and Income Fund		1,665,702		1,369,676		583,913		33,388		70,873		3,723,553
Goldman Sachs Structured Large Cap Value Fund		341,514		238,576		92,805		5,307		11,264		689,466
Goldman Sachs Structured US Equity Fund		980,697		1,034,954		393,731		22,513		47,790		2,479,685
Goldman Sachs Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		288,391		305,265		123,897		7,084		15,038		739,675
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		329,132		318,430		116,228		6,646		14,107		784,543
Goldman Sachs Structured International Equity Fund		260,827		542,472		161,990		9,263		19,662		994,213
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth Fund		2,854,590		2,875,381		1,029,143		58,846		124,914		6,942,874
Goldman Sachs Strategic Growth Fund		229,878		537,442		139,182		7,958		16,893		931,354
Goldman Sachs Growth Opportunities Fund		1,623,398		1,953,088		647,895		37,046		78,639		4,340,065
Goldman Sachs Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund		24		5		—		—		—		29
Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Fund		3,935,094		2,491,245		892,663		51,042		108,348		7,478,392
Goldman Sachs Small Capital Value Fund		2,230,350		2,593,364		827,910		47,340		100,489		5,799,452
Goldman Sachs Large Cap Value Fund		425,886		894,548		110,035		6,292		13,356		1,450,116
Goldman Sachs International Equity Fund		513,214		1,133,879		347,783		19,886		42,213		2,056,975
Goldman Sachs European Equity Fund		30,311		47,450		8,310		475		1,009		87,554
Goldman Sachs Japanese Equity Fund		26,430		141,899		29,072		1,662		3,529		202,592
Goldman Sachs Intl Small Cap Fund		23,346		97,706		1,350		77		164		122,643
Goldman Sachs Emerging Markets Equity Fund		57,786		135,781		36,262		2,073		4,401		236,304
Goldman Sachs Asia Equity Fund		47,810		133,407		29,951		1,713		3,635		216,516
Goldman Sachs Concentrated Growth Fund		44,306		192,060		24,893		1,423		3,021		265,704
Goldman Sachs Research Select Fund		182,618		196,239		83,796		4,791		10,171		477,616


¹		Advance commissions paid to dealers of 1% on Class A Shares are considered deferred assets which are amortized over a period of 18 months; amounts presented above reflect amortization expense recorded during the period presented.

B-136

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005 Goldman Sachs incurred the following expenses in connection with distribution under the Class B Plan of each applicable Fund with Class B Shares then in existence:


			Compensation and									Preparation and
			Expenses of the						Printing and Mailing of			Distribution of
			Distributor and Its			Allocable Overhead,			Prospectuses to Other			Sales
	Compensation to		Sales			Telephone and Travel			Than			Literature and
	Dealers¹		Personnel			Expenses			Current Shareholders			Advertising			Totals
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2005:

Balanced Fund	$	93,394	$	44,983		$	20,694		$	1,183		$	2,512		$	162,765
Growth and Income Fund		327,561		321,822			136,103			7,782			16,520			809,788
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		104,921		74,048			31,788			1,818			3,858			216,433
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		383,791		411,515			174,230			9,962			21,147			1,000,645
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		229,762		165,910			74,667			4,269			9,063			483,671
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		180,578		71,407			30,572			1,748			3,711			288,016
Structured International Equity Fund		9,631		9,833			4,496			257			546			24,762
Capital Growth Fund		619,352		439,351			191,123			10,928			23,198			1,283,952
Strategic Growth Fund		177,016		18,101			8,335			477			1,012			204,940
Growth Opportunities Fund		1,052,984		197,525			86,486			4,945			10,497			1,352,439
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund		14		—			—			—			—			14
Mid Cap Value Fund		1,607,885		399,450			171,600			9,812			20,828			2,209,574
Small Cap Value Fund		1,065,247		367,178			156,600			8,954			19,008			1,616,986
Large Cap Value Fund		158,288		46,252			19,938			1,140			2,420			228,037
International Equity Fund		58,595		178,446			73,732			4,216			8,949			323,939
European Equity Fund		18,374		474			785			45			95			19,773
Japanese Equity Fund		31,124		(1,179	)		(80	)		(5	)		(10	)		29,852
International Small Cap Fund		41,705		14,064			6,111			349			742			62,971
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		30,289		17,316			7,492			428			909			56,434
Asia Equity Fund		15,185		25,061			10,419			596			1,265			52,526
Research Select Fund		775,066		114,879			57,620			3,295			6,994			957,854
Concentrated Growth Fund		1,339		272			113			6			14			1,744


¹		Advance commissions paid to dealers of 4% on Class B Shares are considered deferred assets which are amortized over a period of 6 years; amounts presented above reflect amortization expense recorded during the period presented.

B-137

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005 Goldman Sachs incurred the following expenses in connection with distribution under the Class C Plan of each applicable Fund with Class C Shares then in existence:


										Preparation and
			Compensation and					Printing and Mailing of		Distribution of
			Expenses of the			Allocable Overhead,		Prospectuses to Other		Sales
	Compensation to		Distributor and Its			Telephone and Travel		Than		Literature and
	Dealers¹		Sales Personnel			Expenses		Current Shareholders		Advertising		Totals
Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2005:

Balanced Fund	$	21,588	$	12,321		$	5,498	$	314	$	667	$	40,389
Growth and Income Fund		208,339		27,068			11,814		676		1,434		249,331
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		195,202		406			—		—		—		195,608
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		442,357		112,468			47,888		2,738		5,812		611,263
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		343,555		82,055			35,909		2,053		4,359		467,931
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		219,344		79,275			33,433		1,912		4,058		338,022
Structured International Equity Fund		16,792		24,615			10,228		585		1,241		53,461
Capital Growth Fund		942,167		194,056			83,850		4,795		10,177		1,235,046
Strategic Growth Fund		115,302		12,394			5,979		342		726		134,743
Growth Opportunities Fund		878,814		182,480			78,626		7,496		9,543		1,153,959
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund		—		—					—		—		—
Mid Cap Value Fund		1,994,478		286,666			122,849		7,024		14,911		2,426,199
Small Cap Value Fund		1,380,201		406,083			173,147		9,900		21,016		1,990,348
Large Cap Value Fund		249,241		31,057			13,693		783		1,662		296,436
International Equity Fund		170,123		71,834			30,104		1,721		3,654		277,437
European Equity Fund		9,792		(60	)		239		14		29		10,014
Japanese Equity Fund		20,374		636			569		33		69		21,680
International Small Cap Fund		34,275		14,605			6,438		368		781		56,467
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		18,658		4,313			1,922		110		233		25,235
Asia Equity Fund		22,103		3,622			1,675		96		203		27,698
Research Select Fund		426,348		91,699			40,881		2,338		4,962		566,227
Concentrated Growth Fund		3,262		177			96		5		12		3,551


¹		Advance commissions paid to dealers of 1% on Class C Shares are considered deferred assets which are amortized over a period of 1 year; amounts presented above reflect amortization expense recorded during the period presented.

B-138

OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING MAXIMUM SALES CHARGE, PURCHASES,
REDEMPTIONS, EXCHANGES AND DIVIDENDS
(Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares Only)

The following information supplements the information in the Prospectus under the captions “Shareholder Guide” and “Dividends.” Please see the Prospectus for more complete information.

Maximum Sales Charges

Class A Shares of each Fund are sold with a maximum sales charge of 5.5%. Using the net asset value per share as of August 31, 2005, the maximum offering price of each Fund’s Class A Shares would be as follows:


			Maximum			Offering
	Net Asset		Sales			Price to
	Value		Charge			Public
Balanced Fund	$	19.88		5.5	%	$	21.04
Growth and Income Fund		25.55		5.5	%		27.04
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		12.69		5.5	%		13.43
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		29.13		5.5	%		30.83
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		12.55		5.5	%		13.28
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		14.55		5.5	%		15.40
Structured International Equity Fund		11.70		5.5	%		12.38
Capital Growth Fund		20.06		5.5	%		21.23
Strategic Growth Fund		8.75		5.5	%		9.26
Growth Opportunities Fund		22.21		5.5	%		23.50
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund		10.40		5.5	%		11.01
Mid Cap Value Fund		36.88		5.5	%		39.03
Small Cap Value Fund		43.07		5.5	%		45.58
Large Cap Value Fund		13.40		5.5	%		14.18
International Equity Fund		17.78		5.5	%		18.81
European Equity Fund		12.29		5.5	%		13.01
Japanese Equity Fund		9.58		5.5	%		10.14
International Small Cap Fund		15.83		5.5	%		16.75
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		15.76		5.5	%		16.68
Asia Equity Fund		13.38		5.5	%		14.16
Research Select Fund		7.02		5.5	%		7.43
Concentrated Growth Fund		12.74		5.5	%		13.48

The actual sales charge that is paid by an investor on the purchase of Class A Shares may differ slightly from the sales charge listed above or in a Fund’s Prospectus due to rounding in the calculations. For example, the sales load disclosed above and in the Funds’ Prospectuses is only shown to one decimal place (i.e., 5.5%). The actual sales charge that is paid by an investor will be rounded to two decimal places. As a result of such rounding in the calculations, the actual sales load paid by an investor may be somewhat greater (e.g., 5.53%) or somewhat lesser (e.g., 5.48%) than that listed above or in the Prospectuses. Contact your financial advisor for further information.

Other Purchase Information/Sales Charge Waivers

Class A Shares of the Funds may be sold at NAV without payment of any sales charge to state-sponsored 529 college savings plans. The sales charge waivers on the Funds’ shares are due to the nature of the investors involved and/or the reduced sales effort that is needed to obtain such investments.

B-139

If shares of a Fund are held in a “street name” account with an Authorized Dealer, all recordkeeping, transaction processing and payments of distributions relating to the beneficial owner’s account will be performed by the Authorized Dealer, and not by the Fund and its Transfer Agent. Since the Funds will have no record of the beneficial owner’s transactions, a beneficial owner should contact the Authorized Dealer to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, to make changes in or give instructions concerning the account or to obtain information about the account. The transfer of shares in a “street name” account to an account with another dealer or to an account directly with the Fund involves special procedures and will require the beneficial owner to obtain historical purchase information about the shares in the account from the Authorized Dealer.

Right of Accumulation (Class A)

A Class A shareholder qualifies for cumulative quantity discounts if the current purchase price of the new investment plus the shareholder’s current holdings of existing Class A, Class B or Class C Shares (acquired by purchase or exchange) of a Fund and Class A Shares of any other Goldman Sachs Fund total the requisite amount for receiving a discount. For example, if a shareholder owns shares with a current market value of $65,000 and purchases additional Class A Shares of any Goldman Sachs Fund with a purchase price of $45,000, the sales charge for the $45,000 purchase would be 3.75% (the rate applicable to a single purchase of $100,000 but less than $250,000). Class A, Class B and/or Class C Shares of the Funds and any other Goldman Sachs Fund purchased (i) by an individual, his spouse and his children, and (ii) by a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account, will be combined for the purpose of determining whether a purchase will qualify for such right of accumulation and, if qualifying, the applicable sales charge level. For purposes of applying the right of accumulation, shares of the Funds and any other Goldman Sachs Fund purchased by an existing client of Goldman Sachs Wealth Management or GS Ayco Holding LLC will be combined with Class A, Class B and/or Class C Shares and other assets held by all other Goldman Sachs Wealth Management accounts or accounts of GS Ayco Holding LLC, respectively. In addition, Class A, Class B and/or Class C Shares of the Funds and Class A, Class B and/or Class C Shares of any other Goldman Sachs Fund purchased by partners, directors, officers or employees of the same business organization, groups of individuals represented by and investing on the recommendation of the same accounting firm, certain affinity groups or other similar organizations (collectively, “eligible persons”) may be combined for the purpose of determining whether a purchase will qualify for the right of accumulation and, if qualifying, the applicable sales charge level. This right of accumulation is subject to the following conditions: (i) the business organization’s, group’s or firm’s agreement to cooperate in the offering of the Fund’s shares to eligible persons; and (ii) notification to the relevant Fund at the time of purchase that the investor is eligible for this right of accumulation. In addition, in connection with SIMPLE IRA accounts, cumulative quantity discounts are available on a per plan basis if (i) your employee has been assigned a cumulative discount number by Goldman Sachs; and (ii) your account, alone or in combination with the accounts of other plan participants also invested in Class A, Class B and/or Class C Shares of Goldman Sachs Funds, totals the requisite aggregate amount as described in the Prospectus.

Statement of Intention (Class A)

If a shareholder anticipates purchasing at least $50,000 of Class A Shares of a Fund alone or in combination with Class A Shares of any other Goldman Sachs Fund within a 13-month period, the shareholder may purchase shares of the Fund at a reduced sales charge by submitting a Statement of Intention (the “Statement”). Shares purchased pursuant to a Statement will be eligible for the same sales charge discount that would have been available if all of the purchases had been made at the same time.

B-140

The shareholder or his Authorized Dealer must inform Goldman Sachs that the Statement is in effect each time shares are purchased. There is no obligation to purchase the full amount of shares indicated in the Statement. A shareholder may include the value of all Class A Shares on which a sales charge has previously been paid as an “accumulation credit” toward the completion of the Statement, but a price readjustment will be made only on Class A Shares purchased within ninety (90) days before submitting the Statement. The Statement authorizes the Transfer Agent to hold in escrow a sufficient number of shares which can be redeemed to make up any difference in the sales charge on the amount actually invested. For purposes of satisfying the amount specified on the Statement, the gross amount of each investment, exclusive of any appreciation on shares previously purchased, will be taken into account.

The provisions applicable to the Statement, and the terms of the related escrow agreement, are set forth in Appendix D to this Additional Statement.

Cross-Reinvestment of Dividends and Distributions

Shareholders may receive dividends and distributions in additional shares of the same class of a Fund or they may elect to receive them in cash or shares of the same class of other Goldman Sachs Funds or ILA Service Shares of the Prime Obligations Fund or the Tax-Exempt Diversified Fund, if they hold Class A Shares of a Fund, or ILA Class B or Class C Shares of the Prime Obligations Fund, if they hold Class B or Class C Shares of a Fund (the “ILA Funds”).

A Fund shareholder should obtain and read the prospectus relating to any other Goldman Sachs Fund or ILA Fund and its shares and consider its investment objective, policies and applicable fees before electing cross-reinvestment into that Fund. The election to cross-reinvest dividends and capital gain distributions will not affect the tax treatment of such dividends and distributions, which will be treated as received by the shareholder and then used to purchase shares of the acquired fund. Such reinvestment of dividends and distributions in shares of other Goldman Sachs Funds or ILA Funds is available only in states where such reinvestment may legally be made.

Automatic Exchange Program

A Fund shareholder may elect to exchange automatically a specified dollar amount of shares of a Fund for shares of the same class or an equivalent class of another Goldman Sachs Fund provided the minimum initial investment requirement has been satisfied. A Fund shareholder should obtain and read the prospectus relating to any other Goldman Sachs Fund and its shares and consider its investment objective, policies and applicable fees and expenses before electing an automatic exchange into that Goldman Sachs Fund.

Class C Exchanges

As stated in the Prospectuses, Goldman Sachs normally begins paying the annual 0.75% distribution fee on Class C Shares to Authorized Dealers after the shares have been held for one year. When an Authorized Dealer enters into an appropriate agreement with Goldman Sachs and stops receiving this payment on Class C Shares that have been beneficially owned by the Authorized Dealer’s customers for at least ten years, those Class C Shares may be exchanged for Class A Shares (which bear a lower distribution fee) of the same Fund at their relative net asset value without a sales charge in recognition of the reduced payment to the Authorized Dealer.

B-141

Systematic Withdrawal Plan

A systematic withdrawal plan (the “Systematic Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders of a Fund whose shares are worth at least $5,000. The Systematic Withdrawal Plan provides for monthly payments to the participating shareholder of any amount not less than $50.

Dividends and capital gain distributions on shares held under the Systematic Withdrawal Plan are reinvested in additional full and fractional shares of the applicable Fund at net asset value. The Transfer Agent acts as agent for the shareholder in redeeming sufficient full and fractional shares to provide the amount of the systematic withdrawal payment. The Systematic Withdrawal Plan may be terminated at any time. Goldman Sachs reserves the right to initiate a fee of up to $5 per withdrawal, upon thirty (30) days written notice to the shareholder. Withdrawal payments should not be considered to be dividends, yield or income. If periodic withdrawals continuously exceed new purchases and reinvested dividends and capital gains distributions, the shareholder’s original investment will be correspondingly reduced and ultimately exhausted. The maintenance of a withdrawal plan concurrently with purchases of additional Class A, Class B or Class C Shares would be disadvantageous because of the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A Shares or the imposition of a CDSC on redemptions of Class A, Class B or Class C Shares. The CDSC applicable to Class A, Class B or Class C Shares redeemed under a systematic withdrawal plan may be waived. See “Shareholder Guide” in the Prospectuses. In addition, each withdrawal constitutes a redemption of shares, and any gain or loss realized must be reported for federal and state income tax purposes. A shareholder should consult his or her own tax adviser with regard to the tax consequences of participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan. For further information or to request a Systematic Withdrawal Plan, please write or call the Transfer Agent.

B-142

Class B Contingent Deferred Sales Charge- Shares Received in Connection with the Expedition Funds’ Reorganization

Former Class B shareholders of the Expedition Equity Fund or Expedition Equity Income Fund who received Class B Shares of the Goldman Sachs Structured U.S. Equity Fund or Goldman Sachs Growth and Income Fund in connection with the reorganization of the Expedition Funds into the Trust will be charged a contingent deferred sales charge (a “CDSC”) on those Goldman Sachs Fund Class B Shares based on the CDSC schedule set forth below. Goldman Sachs Fund Class B Shares purchased by former Expedition Fund shareholders after the effective time of the Expedition Fund reorganization will be charged CDSCs according to the Goldman Sachs Fund CDSC schedule set forth in the Equity Funds’ prospectuses.


		CDSC as a Percentage of Dollar Amount
Year since Purchase		Subject to CDSC
First		4.00%
Second		3.00%
Third		3.00%
Fourth		2.00%
Fifth		1.00%
Sixth		0.00%
Seventh		0.00%
Eighth		0.00%

Class B Shares will automatically convert to Class A Shares after eight years.

SERVICE PLAN AND SHAREHOLDER ADMINISTRATION PLAN
(Service Shares Only)

The Funds have adopted a service plan and a separate shareholder administration plan (the “Plans”) with respect to the Service Shares which authorize the Funds to compensate Service Organizations for providing certain personal and account maintenance services and shareholder administration services to their customers who are or may become beneficial owners of such Shares. Pursuant to the Plans, each Fund enters into agreements with Service Organizations which purchase Service Shares of the Fund on behalf of their customers (“Service Agreements”). Under such Service Agreements the Service Organizations may perform some or all of the following services:

(a) Personal and account maintenance services, including: (i) providing facilities to answer inquiries and respond to correspondence with customers and other investors about the status of their accounts or about other aspects of the Trust or the applicable Fund; (ii) acting as liaison between the Service Organization’s customers and the Trust, including obtaining information from the Trust and assisting the Trust in correcting errors and resolving problems; (iii) providing such statistical and other information as may be reasonably requested by the Trust or necessary for the Trust to comply with applicable federal or state law; (iv) responding to investor requests for prospectuses; (v) displaying and making prospectuses available on the Service Organization’s premises; and (vi) assisting customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and other account options and opening custody accounts with the Service Organization.

B-143

(b) Shareholder administration services, including: (i) acting or arranging for another party to act, as recordholder and nominee of the Service Shares beneficially owned by the Service Organization’s customers; (ii) establishing and maintaining, or assist in establishing and maintaining, individual accounts and records with respect to the Service Shares owned by each customer; (iii) processing, or assist in processing, confirmations concerning customer orders to purchase, redeem and exchange Service Shares; (iv) receiving and transmitting, or assist in receiving and transmitting funds representing the purchase price or redemption proceeds of such Service Shares; (v) facilitating the inclusion of Service Shares in accounts, products or services offered to the Service Organization’s customers by or through the Service Organization; (vi) processing dividend payments on behalf of customers; and (vii) performing other related services which do not constitute “any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares” within the meaning of Rule 12b-1 under the Act or “personal and account maintenance services” within the meaning of the NASD’s Conduct Rules.

As compensation for such services, each Fund will pay each Service Organization a personal and account maintenance service fee and a shareholder administration service fee in an amount up to 0.25% and 0.25%, respectively, (on an annualized basis) of the average daily net assets of the Service Shares of such Fund attributable to or held in the name of such Service Organization.

The amount of the service and shareholder administration fees paid by each Fund then in existence to Service Organizations pursuant to the Plans was as follows for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2005, August 31, 2004 and August 31, 2003.


	Fiscal year		Fiscal year		Fiscal year
	Ended		Ended		Ended
	August 31,		August 31,		August 31,
	2005		2004		2003
Balanced Fund	$	16	$	36	$	58
Growth and Income Fund		5,960		6,980		17,041
Structured Large Cap Value Fund		3,379		2,019		1,405
Structured U.S. Equity Fund		49,503		44,001		33,081
Structured Large Cap Growth Fund		1,361		2,047		1,838
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund		204,045		252,519		144,907
Structured International Equity Fund		42,962		388		121
Capital Growth Fund		34,447		30,296		28,509
Strategic Growth Fund		1,539		809		5
Growth Opportunities Fund		18,158		5,056		2,375
Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund¹		9		—		—
Mid Cap Value Fund		179,411		39,302		9,809
Small Cap Value Fund		128,252		48,450		15,821
Large Cap Value Fund		5,495		401		7
International Equity Fund		2,364		4,737		19,659
European Equity Fund		1,306		123		7
Japanese Equity Fund		7		3		5
International Small Cap Fund		1,029		514		154
Emerging Markets Equity Fund		4,885		2,432		456
Asia Equity Fund		—		—		—
Research Select Fund		76		70		57
Concentrated Growth Fund²		10		9		7


¹		The Small/Mid Cap Growth Fund commenced operations on June 30, 2005.

²		Prior to September 3, 2002, the Concentrated Growth Fund had not offered Service Shares.

B-144

The Funds have adopted the Service Plan but not the Shareholder Administration Plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act in order to avoid any possibility that service fees paid to the Service Organizations pursuant to the Service Agreements might violate the Act. Rule 12b-1, which was adopted by the SEC under the Act, regulates the circumstances under which an investment company or series thereof may bear expenses associated with the distribution of its shares. In particular, such an investment company or series thereof cannot engage directly or indirectly in financing any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares issued by the company unless it has adopted a plan pursuant to, and complies with the other requirements of, such Rule. The Trust believes that fees paid for the services provided in the Service Plan and described above are not expenses incurred primarily for effecting the distribution of Service Shares. However, should such payments be deemed by a court or the SEC to be distribution expenses, such payments would be duly authorized by the Plan. The Shareholder Administration Plan has not been adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act.

Conflict of interest restrictions (including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) may apply to a Service Organization’s receipt of compensation paid by a Fund in connection with the investment of fiduciary assets in Service Shares of a Fund. Service Organizations, including banks regulated by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and investment advisers and other money managers subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC, the Department of Labor or state securities commissions, are urged to consult their legal advisers before investing fiduciary assets in Service Shares of a Fund. In addition, under some state securities laws, banks and other financial institutions purchasing Service Shares on behalf of their customers may be required to register as dealers.

The Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or the related Service Agreements, most recently voted to approve the Plans and related Service Agreements at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Plans and Service Agreements on June 16, 2005. The Plans and related Service Agreements will remain in effect until June 30, 2006 and will continue in effect thereafter only if such continuance is specifically approved annually by a vote of the Trustees in the manner described above. The Service Plan may not be amended (but the Shareholder Administration Plan may be amended) to increase materially the amount to be spent for the services described therein without approval of the Service Shareholders of the affected Fund and all material amendments of each Plan must also be approved by the Trustees in the manner described above. The Plans may be terminated at any time by a majority of the Trustees as described above or by a vote of a majority of the affected Fund’s outstanding Service Shares. The Service Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Trustees as described above or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding Service Shares of the affected Fund on not more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to any other party to the Service Agreements. The Service Agreements will terminate automatically if assigned. So long as the Plans are in effect, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons will be committed to the discretion of the non-interested Trustees. The Trustees have determined that, in their judgment, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit the Funds and the holders of Service Shares of the Funds.

B-145

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

“A-1” — Obligations are rated in the highest category and indicate that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

“A-2” — The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory. Obligations are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in the highest rating category.

“A-3” — Obligor has adequate capacity to meet its financial obligations. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“B” — An obligation is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “B”. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“C” — Obligations are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “C” rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar actions taken but payments on this obligation are being continued.

“R” — An obligor rated “R” is under regulatory supervision owing to its financial condition. During the pendency of the regulatory supervision the regulators may have the power to favor one class of obligations over others or pay some obligations and not others.

“D” — Obligor has failed to pay one or more of its financial obligations (rated or unrated) when it came due. The “D” rating category is used when the default will be a general default and the obligor will fail to pay all or substantially all of its obligations as they come due. An “SD” rating is assigned when the obligor has selectively defaulted on a specific issue class of obligations but it will continue to meet its payment obligations on other issues or classes of obligations in a timely manner.

“N.R.” — An issuer designated N.R. is not rated.

1-A

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks — Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign Currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Moody’s employs the following:

“P-1” — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“P-2” — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“P-3” — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“NP” — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

“F1” — Securities possess the highest credit quality. This designation indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

“F2” — Securities possess good credit quality. This designation indicates a satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

“F3” — Securities possess fair credit quality. This designation indicates that the capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non investment grade.

2-A

“B” — Securities possess speculative credit quality. This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“C” — Securities possess high default risk. Default is a real possibility. This designation indicates a capacity for meeting financial commitments which is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

“RD” — Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other obligations.

“D” — Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

“NR” — This designation indicates that Fitch does not publicly rate the issuer or issue in question.

“Withdrawn” — A rating is withdrawn when Fitch deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch deems sufficient.

The following summarizes the ratings used by Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited (“DBRS”) for commercial paper and short-term debt:

“R-1 (middle)” — Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality and, in most cases, ratings in this category differ from “R-1 (high)” credits by only a small degree. Given the extremely tough definition DBRS has established for the “R-1 (high)” category, entities rated “R-1 (middle)” are also considered strong credits, and typically exemplify above average strength in key areas of consideration for the timely repayment of short-term liabilities.

“R-1 (low)” — Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of satisfactory credit quality. The overall strength and outlook for key liquidity, debt and profitability ratios are not normally as favorable as with higher rating categories, but these considerations are still respectable. Any qualifying negative factors that exist are considered manageable, and the entity is normally of sufficient size to have some influence in its industry.

3-A

the overall strength and outlook for key liquidity, debt, and profitability ratios is not as strong as credits rated in the “R-1 (low)” category. Relative to the latter category, other shortcomings often include areas such as stability, financial flexibility, and the relative size and market position of the entity within its industry.

“R-2 (middle)” — Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality. Relative to the “R-2 (high)” category, entities rated “R-2 (middle)” typically have some combination of higher volatility, weaker debt or liquidity positions, lower future cash flow capabilities, or hold a weaker industry position. Ratings in this category would also be more vulnerable to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“R-2 (low)” — Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be of only adequate credit quality, one step up from being speculative. While not yet defined as speculative, the “R-2 (low)” category signifies that although repayment is still expected, the certainty of repayment could be impacted by a variety of possible adverse developments, many of which would be outside of the issuer’s control. Entities in this area often have limited access to capital markets and may also have limitations in securing alternative sources of liquidity, particularly during periods of weak economic conditions.

“R-3 (high),” “R-3 (middle),” “R-3 (low)” — Short-term debt rated “R-3” is speculative, and within the three sub-set grades, the capacity for timely repayment ranges from mildly speculative to doubtful. “R-3” credits tend to have weak liquidity and debt ratios, and the future trend of these ratios is also unclear. Due to its speculative nature, companies with “R-3” ratings would normally have very limited access to alternative sources of liquidity. Earnings and cash flow would typically be very unstable, and the level of overall profitability of the entity is also likely to be low. The industry environment may be weak, and strong negative qualifying factors are also likely to be present.

“D” — A security rated “D” implies the issuer has either not met a scheduled payment or the issuer has made it clear that it will be missing such a payment in the near future. In some cases, DBRS may not assign a “D” rating under a bankruptcy announcement scenario, as allowances for grace periods may exist in the underlying legal documentation. Once assigned, the “D” rating will continue as long as the missed payment continues to be in arrears, and until such time as the rating is suspended, discontinued, or reinstated by DBRS.

Long-Term Credit Ratings

The following summarizes the ratings used by Standard & Poor’s for long-term issues:

“AAA” — An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

“AA” — An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only in small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

“A” — An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

4-A

“BBB” — An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“BB” — An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“B” — An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB,” but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“CCC” — An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

“CC” — An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

“C” — The “C” rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.

“D” — An obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or minus (-) — The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

“N.R.” — Not rated.

5-A

distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

“Aaa” — Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

“Aa” — Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

“A” — Obligations rated “A” are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

“Baa” — Obligations rated “Baa” are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

“Ba” — Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

“B” — Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

“Caa” — Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

“Ca” — Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

“C” — Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

“AAA” — Securities considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

“AA” — Securities considered to be of very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

6-A

“A” — Securities considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

“BBB” — Securities considered to be investment grade and of good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there are currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment grade category.

“BB” — Securities considered to be speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

“B” — Securities considered to be highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

“CCC,” “CC” and “C” — Securities have high default risk. Default is a real possibility, and capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A “CC” rating indicates that default of some kind appears probable. “C” ratings signal imminent default.

“RD” — Indicates an entity has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

“D” — Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” category or to categories below “CCC”.

“NR” indicates that Fitch does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS for long-term debt:

7-A

small degree. Given the extremely restrictive definition DBRS has for the “AAA” category, entities rated “AA” are also considered to be strong credits, typically exemplifying above-average strength in key areas of consideration and unlikely to be significantly affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

“A” — Long-term debt rated “A” is of satisfactory credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is still substantial, but the degree of strength is less than that of “AA” rated entities. While “A” is a respectable rating, entities in this category are considered to be more susceptible to adverse economic conditions and have greater cyclical tendencies than higher-rated securities.

“BBB” — Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is considered acceptable, but the entity is fairly susceptible to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions, or there may be other adverse conditions present which reduce the strength of the entity and its rated securities.

“BB” — Long-term debt rated “BB” is defined to be speculative and non investment-grade, where the degree of protection afforded interest and principal is uncertain, particularly during periods of economic recession. Entities in the “BB” range typically have limited access to capital markets and additional liquidity support. In many cases, deficiencies in critical mass, diversification, and competitive strength are additional negative considerations.

“B” — Long-term debt rated “B” is highly speculative and there is a reasonably high level of uncertainty as to the ability of the entity to pay interest and principal on a continuing basis in the future, especially in periods of economic recession or industry adversity.

“CCC”, CC” and “C” — Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is very highly speculative and is in danger of default of interest and principal. The degree of adverse elements present is more severe than long-term debt rated “B.” Long-term debt rated below “B” often has characteristics which, if not remedied, may lead to default. In practice, there is little difference between these categories, with “CC” and “C” normally used for lower ranking debt of companies for which the senior debt is rated in the “CCC” to “B” range.

“D” — A security rated “D” implies the issuer has either not met a scheduled payment of interest or principal or that the issuer has made it clear that it will miss such a payment in the near future. In some cases, DBRS may not assign a “D” rating under a bankruptcy announcement scenario, as allowances for grace periods may exist in the underlying legal documentation. Once assigned, the “D” rating will continue as long as the missed payment continues to be in arrears, and until such time as the rating is suspended, discontinued or reinstated by DBRS.

(“high”, “low”) — Each rating category is denoted by the subcategories “high” and “low”. The absence of either a “high” or “low” designation indicates the rating is in the “middle” of the category. The “AAA” and “D” categories do not utilize “high”, “middle”, and “low” as differential grades.

Municipal Note Ratings

8-A

	•		Amortization schedule-the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

	•		Source of payment-the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

“SP-1” — The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service are given a plus (+) designation.

“SP-2” — The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

“SP-3” — The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Moody’s uses three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels — “MIG-1” through “MIG-3”. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG”, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation. The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for these short-term obligations:

“MIG-1” — This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

“MIG-2” — This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

“MIG-3” — This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

“SG” — This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

9-A

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated “NR”, e.g., “Aaa/NR” or “NR/VMIG-1”.

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

“VMIG-1” — This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-2” — This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“VMIG-3” — This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

“SG” — This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Fitch uses the same ratings for municipal securities as described above for other short-term credit ratings.

About Credit Ratings

Moody’s credit ratings must be construed solely as statements of opinion and not as statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, sell or hold any securities.

10-A

APPENDIX B

2005 ISS PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES SUMMARY

The following is a concise summary of the ISS proxy voting policy guidelines for 2005.

Auditors

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals on auditor rotation, taking into account these factors:

•		Tenure of the audit firm

•		Establishment and disclosure of a renewal process whereby the auditor is regularly evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price

•		Length of the rotation period advocated in the proposal

•		Significant audit-related issues

•		Number of audit committee meetings held each year

•		Number of financial experts serving on the committee

Board of Directors

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

Generally, vote CASE-BY-CASE. But WITHHOLD votes from:

•

Insiders and affiliated outsiders on boards that are not at least majority independent

•

Directors who sit on more than six boards, or on more than two public boards in addition to their own if they are CEOs of public companies

•

Directors who serve on the compensation committee when there is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance (fiscal year end basis)

•

Directors who have failed to address the issue(s) that resulted in any of the directors receiving more than 50% withhold votes out of those cast at the previous board election

Classification/Declassification of the Board

Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board.

Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

Independent Chairman (Separate Chairman/CEO)

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that the chairman and CEO positions be separated (independent chairman), unless the company has a strong countervailing governance structure, including a lead director, two-thirds independent board, all independent key committees, and established governance guidelines. Additionally, the company should not have underperformed its peers.

Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Committees

Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the ISS definition of independence.

1-B

Open Access (shareholder resolution)

Vote CASE-BY-CASE basis, taking into account the ownership threshold proposed in the resolution and the proponent’s rationale.

Shareholder Rights

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

Vote FOR proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

Vote AGAINST proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.

Vote FOR proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholders to act independently of management.

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

Vote FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

Cumulative Voting

Vote AGAINST proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.

Vote proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting on a CASE-BY-CASE basis relative to the company’s other governance provisions.

Confidential Voting

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators and use independent inspectors of election. In proxy contests, support confidential voting proposals only if dissidents agree to the same policy that applies to management.

Proxy Contests

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the factors that include the long-term financial performance, management’s track record, qualifications of director nominees (both slates), and an evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders.

Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

Vote CASE-BY-CASE. Where ISS recommends in favor of the dissidents, we also recommend voting for reimbursing proxy solicitation expenses.

Poison Pills

2-B

Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and corporate restructurings based on such features as the fairness opinion, pricing, strategic rationale, and the negotiating process.

Reincorporation Proposals

Capital Structure

Common Stock Authorization

Votes on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance are determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis using a model developed by ISS.

Vote AGAINST proposals at companies with dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has superior voting rights.

Dual-class Stock

Vote AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior voting rights.

Vote FOR proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or subvoting common stock if:

•

It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders

•

It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder

Executive and Director Compensation

ISS applies a quantitative methodology, but for Russell 3000 companies will also apply a pay-for-performance overlay in assessing equity-based compensation plans.

Vote AGAINST a plan if the cost exceeds the allowable cap.

Vote FOR a plan if the cost is reasonable (below the cap) unless any of the following conditions apply:

•

The plan expressly permits repricing of underwater options without shareholder approval; or

•

The company’s most recent three-year burn rate is excessive and is an outlier within its peer group

3-B

compensation and prepare a tally sheet with dollar amounts under various payout scenarios. The committee should also have the sole authority to hire and fire outside compensation consultants.

Director Compensation

Before recommending a vote FOR a director equity plan, ISS will review the company’s proxy statement for the following qualitative features:

•

Stock ownership guidelines (a minimum of three times the annual cash retainer)

•

Vesting schedule or mandatory holding/deferral period (minimum vesting of three years for stock options or restricted stock)

•

Balanced mix between cash and equity

•

Non-employee directors should not receive retirement benefits/perquisites

•

Detailed disclosure of cash and equity compensation for each director

Management Proposals Seeking Approval to Reprice Options

Votes on management proposals seeking approval to reprice options are evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis giving consideration to the following:

•

Historic trading patterns

•

Rationale for the repricing

•

Value-for-value exchange

•

Option vesting

•

Term of the option

•

Exercise price

•

Participation

•

Treatment of surrendered options

Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plans

Vote on qualified employee stock purchase plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR qualified employee stock purchase plans where all of the following apply:

•

Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value

•

Offering period is 27 months or less, and

•

Potential voting power dilution (VPD) is 10 percent or less.

Vote AGAINST qualified employee stock purchase plans where any of the opposite conditions occur.

Nonqualified Employee Stock Purchase Plans

Vote on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

Vote FOR nonqualified plans with all the following features:

•

Broad-based participation

•

Limits on employee contribution (a fixed dollar amount or a percentage of base salary)

•

Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value

•

No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a company matching contribution

Vote AGAINST nonqualified employee stock purchase plans if they do not meet the above criteria.

4-B

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

Generally vote CASE-BY-CASE, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook. But generally vote FOR shareholder proposals that:

	•		Advocate the use of performance-based awards like indexed, premium-priced, and performance-vested options or performance-based shares, unless the proposal is overly restrictive or the company already substantially uses such awards.

	•		Call for a shareholder vote on extraordinary benefits contained in Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs).

10. Social and Environmental Issues

Vote:

•

FOR proposals for the company to amend its Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Statement to include reference to sexual orientation, unless the change would result in excessive costs for the company.

•

AGAINST resolutions asking for the adopting of voluntary labeling of ingredients or asking for companies to label until a phase out of such ingredients has been completed.

•

5-B

APPENDIX C

BUSINESS PRINCIPLES OF GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

Goldman Sachs is noted for its Business Principles, which guide all of the firm’s activities and serve as the basis for its distinguished reputation among investors worldwide.

Our client’s interests always come first. Our experience shows that if we serve our clients well, our own success will follow.

1-C

We constantly strive to anticipate the rapidly changing needs of our clients and to develop new services to meet those needs. We know that the world of finance will not stand still and that complacency can lead to extinction.

We regularly receive confidential information as part of our normal client relationships. To breach a confidence or to use confidential information improperly or carelessly would be unthinkable.

Our business is highly competitive, and we aggressively seek to expand our client relationships. However, we must always be fair to competitors and must never denigrate other firms.

Integrity and honesty are the heart of our business. We expect our people to maintain high ethical standards in everything they do, both in their work for the firm and in their personal lives.

2-C

Goldman, Sachs & Co.’s History of Excellence

1869

Is founded by Marcus Goldman

1882

Becomes a private partnership when Samuel Sachs joins the firm

1896

Joins New York Stock Exchange

1906

Takes Sears public

1925

Finances Warner Brothers to develop sound in movies

1933-69

Senior Partner Sidney J. Weinberg serves as adviser to five presidents: Roosevelt, Truman, Eisenhower, Kennedy, and Johnson

1956

Co-manages Ford’s initial public offering, the largest IPO to date

1985

Senior Partner John C. Whitehead named Deputy Secretary of State

1986

Takes Microsoft public

1988

Goldman Sachs Asset Management (GSAM) is established, formalizing the asset management capability that Goldman Sachs initiated in 1981 by managing money market funds for institutional clients; 50 employees

1990s

Investment Banking Division is #1 in M&A for seven years in the 1990s

1995

Senior Partner Robert E. Rubin named Treasury Secretary

1996

GSAM acquires CIN Management ($23 B)

3-C

APPENDIX D

STATEMENT OF INTENTION
(applicable only to Class A Shares)

If a shareholder anticipates purchasing $50,000 or more of Class A Shares of a Fund alone or in combination with Class A Shares of another Goldman Sachs Fund within a 13-month period, the shareholder may obtain shares of the Fund at the same reduced sales charge as though the total quantity were invested in one lump sum by checking and filing the Statement of Intention in the Account Application. Income dividends and capital gain distributions taken in additional shares, as well as any appreciation on shares previously purchased, will not apply toward the completion of the Statement of Intention.

To ensure that the reduced price will be received on future purchases, the investor must inform Goldman Sachs that the Statement of Intention is in effect each time shares are purchased. Subject to the conditions mentioned below, each purchase will be made at the public offering price applicable to a single transaction of the dollar amount specified on the Account Application. The investor makes no commitment to purchase additional shares, but if the investor’s purchases within 13 months plus the value of shares credited toward completion do not total the sum specified, the investor will pay the increased amount of the sales charge prescribed in the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Agreement

Out of the initial purchase (or subsequent purchases if necessary), 5% of the dollar amount specified on the Account Application will be held in escrow by the Transfer Agent in the form of shares registered in the investor’s name. All income dividends and capital gains distributions on escrowed shares will be paid to the investor or to his or her order. When the minimum investment so specified is completed (either prior to or by the end of the 13th month), the investor will be notified and the escrowed shares will be released.

If the intended investment is not completed, the investor will be asked to remit to Goldman Sachs any difference between the sales charge on the amount specified and on the amount actually attained. If the investor does not within 20 days after written request by Goldman Sachs pay such difference in the sales charge, the Transfer Agent will redeem, pursuant to the authority given by the investor in the Account Application, an appropriate number of the escrowed shares in order to realize such difference. Shares remaining after any such redemption will be released by the Transfer Agent.

1-D

PART B

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
DATED APRIL 28, 2006, AS AMENDED JUNE 16, 2006

CLASS A SHARES
CLASS B SHARES
CLASS C SHARES
SERVICE SHARES
INSTITUTIONAL SHARES

GOLDMAN SACHS U.S. EQUITY DIVIDEND AND PREMIUM FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS TOLLKEEPER FUND^SM
GOLDMAN SACHS STRUCTUREDTAX-MANAGED EQUITY FUND
GOLDMAN SACHS REAL ESTATE SECURITIES FUND
(Specialty Funds of Goldman Sachs Trust)

71 South Wacker Drive
Suite 500
Chicago, Illinois 60606

This Statement of Additional Information (the “Additional Statement”) is not a Prospectus. This Additional Statement should be read in conjunction with the Prospectuses for the Class A Shares, Class C Shares and Institutional Shares of the Goldman Sachs U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund, dated April 28, 2006, and for the Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares, Service Shares and Institutional Shares of: Goldman Sachs Tollkeeper Fund, Goldman Sachs Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund and Goldman Sachs Real Estate Securities Fund dated April 28, 2006, as they may be further amended and/or supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectuses”), which may be obtained without charge from Goldman, Sachs & Co. by calling the telephone number, or writing to one of the addresses, listed below or from institutions (“Service Organizations”) acting on behalf of their customers.

The audited financial statements and related report of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for Goldman Sachs Tollkeeper Fund, Goldman Sachs Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund and Goldman Sachs Real Estate Securities Fund, contained in such Fund’s 2005 annual report are incorporated herein by reference in the section “Financial Statements.” The audited financial statements and related report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm of the Goldman Sachs U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund contained in such Fund’s 2005 annual report are incorporated herein by reference in the section “Financial Statements.” No other portions of each Fund’s annual report are incorporated by reference. A Fund’s annual report may be obtained upon request and without charge by calling Goldman, Sachs & Co. toll-free at 800-621-2550.

Goldman Sachs Tollkeeper Fund^SMis a service mark of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

GSAM® is a registered service mark of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

INTRODUCTION

The following series of the Trust are described in this Additional Statement: Goldman Sachs U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund (“U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund”), Goldman Sachs Tollkeeper Fund (“Tollkeeper Fund”), Goldman Sachs Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund (formerly, CORE Tax-Managed Equity Fund) (“Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund”) and Goldman Sachs Real Estate Securities Fund (“Real Estate Securities Fund”) (collectively referred to herein as the “Funds”).

The Trustees of the Trust have authority under the Declaration of Trust to create and classify shares into separate series and to classify and reclassify any series or portfolio of shares into one or more classes without further action by shareholders. Pursuant thereto, the Trustees have created the Funds and other series. Additional series may be added in the future from time to time. Each Fund other than the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund, currently offers five classes of shares: Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares, Institutional Shares and Service Shares. The U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund currently offers three classes of shares: Class A Shares, Class C Chares and Institutional Shares. See “Shares of the Trust.”

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM” or the “Investment Adviser”) (formerly Goldman Sachs Funds Management, L.P.), an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“Goldman Sachs”), serves as the Investment Adviser to the Funds. In addition, Goldman Sachs serves as each Fund’s distributor and transfer agent. Each Fund’s custodian is State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”).

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

Each Fund has a distinct investment objective and policies. There can be no assurance that a Fund’s objective will be achieved. Each Fund is a diversified, open-end management company as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”). The investment objective and policies of each Fund, and the associated risks of each Fund, are discussed in the Funds’ Prospectuses, which should be read carefully before an investment is made. All investment objectives and investment policies not specifically designated as fundamental may be changed without shareholder approval. However, to the extent required by Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations, shareholders will be provided with

B-1

sixty days notice in the manner prescribed by the SEC before any change in the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund’s, Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund’s and Real Estate Securities Fund’s policy to invest at least 80% of its net assets plus any borrowings for investment purposes (measured at the time of purchase) in the particular type of investment suggested by its name. Additional information about the Funds, their policies, and the investment instruments they may hold, is provided below.

The following discussion supplements the information in the Funds’ Prospectuses.

General Information Regarding The Funds.

The Investment Adviser may purchase for the Funds common stocks, preferred stocks, interests in real estate investment trusts, convertible debt obligations, convertible preferred stocks, equity interests in trusts, partnerships, joint ventures, limited liability companies and similar enterprises, warrants and stock purchase rights and synthetic and derivative instruments that have economic characteristics similar to equity securities (“equity investments”). The Investment Adviser utilizes first-hand fundamental research, including visiting company facilities to assess operations and to meet decision-makers, in choosing a Fund’s securities. The Investment Adviser may also use macro analysis of numerous economic and valuation variables to anticipate changes in company earnings and the overall investment climate. The Investment Adviser is able to draw on the research and market expertise of the Goldman Sachs Global Investment Research Department and other affiliates of the Investment Adviser, as well as information provided by other securities dealers. Equity investments in a Fund’s portfolio will generally be sold when the Investment Adviser believes that the market price fully reflects or exceeds the investments’ fundamental valuation or when other more attractive investments are identified. For the Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund, the Investment Adviser utilizes advanced quantitative tools for both stock selection and portfolio construction. For rebalancings, the computer optimizer calculates numerous security combinations and numerous weightings to identify an efficient risk/return given the Fund’s benchmark.

U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund

Stock Selection and Portfolio Construction. The U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund seeks to maintain an equity portfolio that will produce a gross return similar to that of its equity benchmark, the S&P 500 Index. However, because of the impact of call options written by the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund, the return of the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund is not expected to closely track the S&P 500 Index even if the return of the portfolio securities held by the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund resembles the return of the benchmark. In addition, the return of the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund may trail the return of the S&P 500 Index for short or extended periods of time.

B-2

Generally, the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund will seek to hold certain of the higher dividend paying stocks within each industry and sector while still maintaining industry and sector weights that are similar to those of the S&P 500 Index. The Investment Adviser will consider annualized dividend yields, scheduled dividend record dates and any extraordinary dividends when evaluating securities. The Investment Adviser will generally not seek to outperform the S&P 500 Index through active security selection.

The Investment Adviser will use proprietary quantitative techniques, including optimization tools, a risk model, and a transactions cost model, in identifying a portfolio of stocks that it believes may enhance expected dividend yield while limiting deviations when compared to the S&P 500 Index. Deviations are constrained with regards to position sizes, industry weights, sector weights, volatility as compared to the market (i.e., Beta) and estimated tracking error.

Call Writing. The Fund will regularly write call options in order to generate additional cash flow. It is anticipated that the calls will typically be written against the S&P 500 Index or against exchange-traded funds linked to the S&P 500 (“ETFs”). The goal of the call writing is to generate an amount of premium that, when annualized and added to the Fund’s expected dividend yield, provides an attractive level of cash flow.

The Investment Adviser anticipates generally using index call options, or call options on ETFs, with expirations of three months or less. Outstanding call options will be rolled forward upon expiration, so that there will generally be some options outstanding.

Tollkeeper Fund

Growth Style. The Tollkeeper Fund is managed using a growth equity oriented approach. Equity investments for this Fund are selected based on their prospects for above average growth. The Investment Adviser will select securities of growth companies trading, in the Investment Adviser’s opinion, at a reasonable price relative to other industries, competitors and historical price/earnings multiples. The Fund will generally invest in companies whose earnings are believed to be in a relatively strong growth trend, or, to a lesser extent, in companies in which significant further growth is not anticipated but whose market value per share is thought to be below the intrinsic value of the business. In order to determine whether a security has favorable growth prospects, the Investment Adviser ordinarily looks for one or more of the following characteristics in relation to the security’s prevailing price: prospects for above average sales and earnings growth per share; high return on invested capital; free cash flow generation; sound balance sheet, financial and accounting policies, and overall financial strength; established brand name; long product life cycle; enduring competitive advantages; effective research, product development, and marketing; pricing power; strength of management; and general operating characteristics that will enable the company to compete successfully in its marketplace.

The Fund intends to invest a substantial portion of its assets in companies the Investment Adviser describes as Tollkeepers. In general, the Investment Adviser defines a Tollkeeper

B-3

company as a high-quality technology, media or service company that adopts or uses technology to improve its cost structure, revenue opportunities or competitive advantage. The Investment Adviser seeks to identify Tollkeeper companies that exhibit many of the following characteristics:

•		Strong brand name

•		Dominant market share

•		Recurring revenue streams

•		Free cash flow generation

•		Long product life cycle

•		Enduring competitive advantage

•		Excellent management

To the Investment Adviser, tollkeeper connotes a promising growth business. Like a toll collector for a highway or bridge, tollkeeper companies may grow revenue by increasing “traffic,” or customers and sales, and raising “tolls” or prices, and margins. The Investment Adviser believes that the characteristics of many tollkeeper companies, including dominant market share, strong brand name and recurring revenue or the ability to generate free cash flow, should enable them to consistently grow their business. The Investment Adviser does not define companies that are capital intensive, low margin businesses as Tollkeepers (although the Investment Adviser may invest in such companies as part of the Fund’s 20% basket of securities which are not or may not be Tollkeepers).

The Internet is an example of a technology that the Investment Adviser believes will drive growth for many Tollkeeper businesses. The Internet has had, and is expected to continue to have, a significant impact on the global economy, as it changes the way many companies operate. Benefits of the Internet for businesses may include global scalability, acquisition of new clients, new revenue sources and increased efficiencies. Tollkeeper companies adopting Internet technologies to improve their business model include companies in the technology, media and service companies.

Because of its focus on the technology media and service companies, the Fund’s investment performance will be closely tied to many factors that affect technology, media and service companies. These factors include intense competition, consumer preferences, problems with product compatibility and government regulation. Tollkeeper securities may experience significant price movements caused by disproportionate investor optimism or pessimism with little or no basis in fundamental economic conditions. As a result, the Fund’s NAV is more likely to have greater fluctuations than that of a Fund which is more diversified or invests in other industries.

Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund

Quantitative Style. The Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund is managed using both quantitative and fundamental techniques. Its investment process and the proprietary multifactor model used to implement it are discussed below.

B-4

Investment Process. The Investment Adviser begins with a broad universe of U.S. equity investments. As described more fully below, the Investment Adviser uses a proprietary multifactor model (the “Multifactor Model”) to forecast the returns of individual securities.

In building a diversified portfolio for the Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund, the Investment Adviser utilizes optimization techniques to seek to construct the most efficient risk/return portfolio given the Fund’s benchmark. The portfolio is primarily composed of securities rated highest by the foregoing investment process or those that the Investment Adviser believes maximizes the portfolio’s risk/return tradeoff and has risk characteristics and industry weightings similar to the Russell 3000 Index.

Multifactor Model. The Multifactor Model is a rigorous computerized rating system for forecasting the returns of different equity markets, currencies and individual equity investments according to fundamental investment characteristics. The Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund uses one Multifactor Model to forecast the returns of securities held in its portfolio. The Multifactor Model incorporates common variables including measures of value, momentum, analyst sentiment, profitability, earnings quality and management impact. All of the factors used in the Multifactor Model have been shown to significantly impact the performance of the securities, currencies and markets they were designed to forecast.

The weightings assigned to the factors in the Multifactor Model used by the Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund are derived using a statistical formulation that considers each factor’s historical performance in different market environments. As such, the Multifactor Model is designed to evaluate each security using the factors that are statistically related to returns over the long run. Because they include many disparate factors, the Investment Adviser believes that the Multifactor Model is broader in scope and provides a more thorough evaluation than traditional investment processes. Securities and markets ranked highest by the Multifactor Model do not have one dominant investment characteristic; rather, they possess an attractive combination of investment characteristics. By using a variety of relevant factors to select securities or markets, the Investment Adviser believes that the Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund will be better balanced and have more consistent performance than an investment portfolio that uses only one or two factors to select such investments.

The Investment Adviser will monitor, and may occasionally suggest and make changes to, the method by which securities are selected for or weighted in the Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund. Such changes (which may be the result of changes in the Multifactor Model or the method of applying the Multifactor Model) may include: (i) evolutionary changes to the structure of the Multifactor Model (e.g., the addition of new factors or a new means of weighting the factors); (ii) changes in trading procedures (e.g., trading frequency or the manner in which the Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund uses futures); or (iii) changes in the method by which securities or markets are weighted in the Fund. Any such changes will preserve the Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund’s basic investment philosophy of combining qualitative and quantitative methods of selecting securities using a disciplined investment process.

Other Information. Since normal settlement for equity securities is three trading days (for certain international markets settlement may be longer), the Funds will need to hold cash

B-5

balances to satisfy shareholder redemption requests. Such cash balances will normally range from 2% to 5% of a Fund’s net assets. Additionally, the Funds may purchase futures contracts to manage their cash position. For example, if cash balances are equal to 5% of the net assets, the Fund may enter into long futures contracts covering an amount equal to 5% of the Fund’s net assets. As cash balances fluctuate based on new contributions or withdrawals, a Fund may enter into additional contracts or close out existing positions.

Real Estate Securities Fund

The investment strategy of the Real Estate Securities Fund is based on the premise that property market fundamentals are the primary determinant of growth which underlies the success of companies in the real estate industry. The Fund’s research and investment process focuses on companies that can achieve sustainable growth in cash flow and dividend paying capability. This process is comprised of real estate market research and securities analysis. The Fund’s Investment Adviser will take into account fundamental trends in underlying property markets as determined by proprietary models, research of local real estate market, earnings, cash flow growth and stability, the relationship between asset values and market prices of the securities and dividend payment history. The Investment Adviser will attempt to purchase securities so that its underlying portfolio will be diversified geographically and by property type.

Risk Considerations Regarding the Internet Industry

The value of the Tollkeeper Fund’s shares will fluctuate based upon risk factors affecting the Internet industry and related industries. Stocks of many Internet companies for which initial public offerings occurred between 1999 and 2001 recently have been trading below their initial offering prices. Further, many Internet and Internet-related companies have incurred losses since their inception, may continue to incur losses for an extended period of time and may never achieve profitability. In addition, technology company stocks have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. Products developed by these companies may be commercially unsuccessful and subject to rapid obsolescence as the market in which many Internet companies compete is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, intense worldwide competitive pressures, frequent new service and product announcements, introductions and enhancements and changing customer demands. The failure of an Internet company to adapt to such changes could have a material adverse effect on the company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the widespread adoption of new Internet, networking or telecommunications technologies or other technological changes could require substantial expenditures by an Internet company to modify or adapt its services or infrastructure, which could have a material adverse effect on an Internet company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

The success of many Internet companies will also depend in large part upon the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the World Wide Web for providing reliable Web access and services, such as a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity and security, or timely development of complementary products such as high speed modems. There can be no assurance that the infrastructure or complementary products or

B-6

services necessary to make the Web a viable commercial marketplace for the long term will continue to be developed or that if they are developed, that the Web will continue to be a viable commercial marketplace for services such as those offered by Internet companies.

The market for the purchase of products and services over the Internet is a new and emerging market and is subject to consumer and business acceptance and continued use as new technologies evolve. If continued acceptance and growth of Internet use does not occur, an Internet company’s business and financial performance will suffer. Although there has been substantial interest in the commercial possibilities for the Internet, many businesses and consumers have been slow to purchase Internet access services, or purchase enhanced services or technology, for a number of reasons, including inconsistent quality of service, lack of availability of cost-effective, high-speed service, a limited number of local access points for corporate users, inability to integrate business applications on the Internet, the need to deal with multiple and frequently incompatible vendors, inadequate protection of the confidentiality of stored data and information moving across the Internet and a lack of tools to simplify Internet access and use. It is possible that a sufficiently broad base of consumers may not adopt, or continue to use, the Internet as a medium of commerce.

Despite the implementation of security measures, an Internet company’s networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and other disruptive problems. Internet companies have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, interruptions in service as a result of the accidental or intentional actions of Internet users, current and former employees or others. Unauthorized access could also potentially jeopardize the security of confidential information stored in the computer systems of a company and its subscribers. These events may result in liability of the company to its subscribers and also may deter potential subscribers.

The law relating to the liability of online services companies for information carried on or disseminated through their services is currently unsettled. Claims have been brought, and in some cases successfully argued, against online services companies under both United States and foreign law for defamation, libel, invasion of privacy, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement, or other theories based on the nature and content of the materials disseminated through their services. Certain federal laws have had the effect of protecting online services companies from certain of such claims concerning materials disseminated through their services, either by providing immunity or through failure of those bringing action against online services to show violation of such laws; nevertheless, online services companies sometimes have been held liable for materials disseminated through their services, particularly for claims of trademark infringement. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by internet companies to protect their proprietary rights will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of their technology or that competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to such companies’ technology. In addition, legislation has been proposed that imposes liability for or prohibits the transmission over the Internet of certain types of information. The increased attention focused upon liability issues as a result of these lawsuits, the effect of existing federal legislation and legislative proposals could also favorably or disfavorably impact the growth of Internet use.

B-7

It is possible that a number of laws and regulations may be adopted with respect to the Internet or other online services covering issues such as user privacy, freedom of expression, pricing, content and quality of products and services, taxation, advertising, intellectual property rights and information security. The nature of such governmental action and the manner in which it may be interpreted and enforced cannot be fully determined. Such action could subject an Internet company and/or its customers to potential liability, which in turn could have an adverse effect on the Internet company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. The adoption of any such laws or regulations might also decrease the rate of growth of Internet use, which in turn could decrease the demand for the services of Internet companies or increase the cost of doing business or in some other manner have a material adverse effect on an Internet company’s business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, applicability to the Internet of existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, copyrights and other intellectual property issues, taxation, libel, obscenity and personal privacy is developing. While the vast majority of such laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and related technologies and, as a result, do not directly contemplate or address the unique issues of the Internet and related technologies, amendments to these laws, new laws or court decisions could have the effect of favorably or disfavorably impacting the growth of Internet use.

The U.S. Congress has adopted legislation, and is considering certain proposed legislation, to protect the privacy of personal information collected on the Internet. This legislation could require an online service to adopt safeguards to protect the confidentiality, security and integrity of personal information and provide a process for individuals to consent or limit the disclosure of such information. Certain states have also proposed legislation that would limit the uses of personal user information gathered online or require online services to establish privacy policies. While one federal court has ruled in favor of online services companies regarding certain processes employed to obtain personal information from users, other court decisions, changes to existing laws or the passage of new laws intended to address privacy issues could create uncertainty in the marketplace that could reduce demand for the services of an internet company or increase the cost of doing business as a result of litigation costs or increased service delivery costs, or could in some other manner have a material adverse effect on an internet company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

Internet companies do not collect sales or other similar taxes. However, one or more states may seek to impose sales tax collection obligations on Internet companies which engage in or facilitate online commerce, and proposals have been made at the state and local level that would impose additional taxes on the sale of goods and services through the Internet. Such proposals, if adopted, could substantially impair the growth of electronic commerce, and could adversely affect an Internet company’s opportunity to derive financial benefit from such activities. Moreover, a successful assertion by one or more states or any foreign country that an Internet company should collect sales or other taxes on the exchange of merchandise on its system could have a material adverse effect on an Internet company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

Legislation prohibiting states from imposing taxes on internet access or imposing multiple or discriminatory taxes on electronic commerce has been adopted by the U.S. Congress, with a tax moratorium ending on November 1, 2007. While legislation has been proposed before

B-8

the U.S. Congress to permanently prohibit the imposition of such taxes, that legislation has not been enacted. Accordingly, failure to extend the current moratorium could allow various states to impose taxes on internet-based commerce and the imposition of such taxes could have a material adverse effect on an internet company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

Corporate Debt Obligations

Each Fund may, under normal market conditions, invest in corporate debt obligations, including obligations of industrial, utility and financial issuers. Corporate debt obligations include bonds, notes, debentures and other obligations of corporations to pay interest and repay principal. The U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund and Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund may only invest in debt securities that are cash equivalents. Corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.

The secondary market for junk bonds, which is concentrated in relatively few market makers, may not be as liquid as the secondary market for more highly rated securities. This reduced liquidity may have an adverse effect on the ability of the Funds to dispose of a particular security when necessary to meet their redemption requests or other liquidity needs. Under adverse market or economic conditions, the secondary market for junk bonds could contract further, independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. As a result, the Investment Adviser could find it difficult to sell these securities or may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if such securities were widely traded. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower rated or unrated securities, under such circumstances, may be less than the prices used in calculating a Fund’s net asset value.

Since investors generally perceive that there are greater risks associated with the medium to lower rated securities of the type in which the Funds may invest, the yields and prices of such securities may tend to fluctuate more than those for higher rated securities. In the lower quality segments of the fixed-income securities market, changes in perceptions of issuers’ creditworthiness tend to occur more frequently and in a more pronounced manner than do changes in higher quality segments of the fixed-income securities market, resulting in greater yield and price volatility.

B-9

portfolio securities subsequent to their acquisition will not affect cash income from such securities but will be reflected in a Fund’s net asset value.

Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Corporate Obligations

U.S. Government Securities

B-10

interest by the U.S. government or its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. The secondary market for certain of these participations is extremely limited. In the absence of a suitable secondary market, such participations are regarded as illiquid.

Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities. The Funds may invest in U.S. Government securities, called “Treasury inflation-protected securities” or “TIPS,” which are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The interest rate on TIPS is fixed at issuance, but over the life of the bond this interest may be paid on an increasing or decreasing principal value that has been adjusted for inflation. Although repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity is guaranteed, the market value of TIPS is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate.

B-11

Bank Obligations

Each Fund may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. or foreign banks. Bank obligations, including without limitation, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and certificates of deposit, may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be limited to the issuing branch by the terms of the specific obligations or by government regulation. Banks are subject to extensive but different governmental regulations which may limit both the amount and types of loans which may be made and interest rates which may be charged. In addition, the profitability of the banking industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. General economic conditions as well as exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers play an important part in the operation of this industry.

Zero Coupon Bonds

The U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund and Real Estate Securities Fund’s investments in fixed-income securities may include zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds are debt obligations issued or purchased at a discount from face value. The discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds would have accrued and compounded over the period until maturity. Zero coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for cash to meet debt service but also require a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. Such investments may experience greater volatility in market value than debt obligations which provide for regular payments of interest. In addition, if an issuer of zero coupon bonds held by a Fund defaults, the Fund may obtain no return at all on its investment. A Fund will accrue income on such investments for each taxable year which (net of deductible expenses, if any) is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is generally received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy the Fund’s distribution obligations.

Variable and Floating Rate Securities

B-12

Custodial Receipts and Trust Certificates

Each Fund may invest in custodial receipts and trust certificates, which may be underwritten by securities dealers or banks, representing interests in securities held by a custodian or trustee. The securities so held may include U.S. Government securities, municipal securities or other types of securities in which the Fund may invest. The custodial receipts or trust certificates are underwritten by securities dealers or banks and may evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on the underlying securities, or, in some cases, the payment obligation of a third party that has entered into an interest rate swap or other arrangement with the custodian or trustee. For certain securities laws purposes, custodial receipts and trust certificates may not be considered obligations of the U.S. Government or other issuer of the securities held by the custodian or trustee. As a holder of custodial receipts and trust certificates, a Fund will bear its proportionate share of the fees and expenses charged to the custodial account or trust. Each Fund may also invest in separately issued interests in custodial receipts and trust certificates.

Although under the terms of a custodial receipt or trust certificate a Fund would be typically authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, a Fund could be required to assert through the custodian bank or trustee those rights as may exist against the underlying issuers. Thus, in the event an underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, a Fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if a Fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custodial account in which the underlying securities have been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying securities would be reduced in recognition of any taxes paid.

B-13

Mortgage-Backed Securities

General Characteristics. The Tollkeeper Fund and Real Estate Securities Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities. Each mortgage pool underlying mortgage-backed securities consists of mortgage loans evidenced by promissory notes secured by first mortgages or first deeds of trust or other similar security instruments creating a first lien on owner occupied and non-owner occupied one-unit to four-unit residential properties, multifamily (i.e., five or more) properties, agricultural properties, commercial properties and mixed use properties (the “Mortgaged Properties”). The Mortgaged Properties may consist of detached individual dwelling units, multifamily dwelling units, individual condominiums, townhouses, duplexes, triplexes, fourplexes, row houses, individual units in planned unit developments and other attached dwelling units. The Mortgaged Properties may also include residential investment properties and second homes.

B-14

the ability to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, and as a result, they are generally viewed by the market as high quality securities with low credit risks. From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating federal sponsorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac that issue guaranteed mortgage-backed securities. The Trust cannot predict what legislation, if any, may be proposed in the future in Congress as regards such sponsorship or which proposals, if any, might be enacted. Such proposals, if enacted, might materially and adversely affect the availability of government guaranteed mortgage-backed securities and the Funds’ liquidity and value.

Ginnie Mae Certificates. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the United States. Ginnie Mae is authorized to guarantee the timely payment of the principal of and interest on certificates that are based on and backed by a pool of mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA Loans”), or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration (“VA Loans”) , or by pools of other eligible mortgage loans. In order to meet its obligations under any guaranty, Ginnie Mae is authorized to borrow from the United States Treasury in an unlimited amount. The National Housing Act provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the timely payment of principal and interest by Ginnie Mae of amounts due of Ginnie Mae certificates.

Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae is a stockholder-owned corporation chartered under an act of the United States Congress. Generally, Fannie Mae certificates are issued and guaranteed by Fannie Mae and represent an undivided interest in a pool of mortgage loans (a “Pool”) formed by Fannie Mae. Each Pool consists of residential mortgage loans (“Mortgage Loans”) either previously owned by Fannie Mae or purchased by it in connection with the formation of the Pool. The Mortgage Loans may be either conventional Mortgage Loans (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any U.S. Government agency) or Mortgage Loans that are either insured by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration (“VA”). However, the Mortgage Loans in Fannie Mae Pools are primarily conventional Mortgage Loans. The lenders originating and servicing the Mortgage Loans are subject to certain eligibility requirements established by Fannie Mae.

B-15

Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate the timely payment of interest at the rate provided for by such Freddie Mac Certificate (whether or not received on the underlying loans). Freddie Mac also guarantees to each registered Certificate holder ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guaranty of Freddie Mac Certificates are obligations solely of Freddie Mac.

The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae Certificates consist of adjustable rate or fixed rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of up to forty years. Substantially all of these mortgage loans are secured by first liens on one-to-four-family residential properties or multi-family projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the law creating Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans, undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. To the extent consistent with their investment policies, the Tollkeeper Fund and Real Estate Securities Fund may invest in both government guaranteed and privately issued mortgage pass-through securities (“Mortgage Pass-Throughs”); that is, fixed or adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities which provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees or other amounts paid to any guarantor, administrator and/or servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. The seller or servicer of the underlying mortgage obligations will generally make representations and warranties to certificate holders as to certain characteristics of the mortgage loans and as to the accuracy of certain information furnished to the trustee in respect of each such mortgage loan. Upon a breach of any representation or warranty that materially and adversely affects the interests of the related certificate holders in a mortgage loan, the seller or servicer may be obligated either to cure the breach in all material respects, to repurchase the

B-16

mortgage loan or, if the related agreement so provides, to substitute in its place a mortgage loan pursuant to the conditions set forth therein. Such a repurchase or substitution obligation may constitute the sole remedy available to the related certificate holders or the trustee for the material breach of any such representation or warranty by the seller or servicer.

The following discussion describes only a few of the wide variety of structures of Mortgage Pass-Throughs that are available or may be issued.

Description of Certificates. Mortgage Pass-Throughs may be issued in one or more classes of senior certificates and one or more classes of subordinate certificates. Each such class may bear a different pass-through rate. Generally, each certificate will evidence the specified interest of the holder thereof in the payments of principal or interest or both in respect of the mortgage pool comprising part of the trust fund for such certificates.

Ratings. The ratings assigned by a rating organization to Mortgage Pass-Throughs address the likelihood of the receipt of all distributions on the underlying mortgage loans by the related certificate-holders under the agreements pursuant to which such certificates are issued. A rating organization’s ratings normally take into consideration the credit quality of the related mortgage pool, including any credit support providers, structural and legal aspects associated with such certificates, and the extent to which the payment stream on such mortgage pool is adequate to make payments required by such certificates. A rating organization’s ratings on such certificates do not, however, constitute a statement regarding frequency of prepayments on the related mortgage loans. In addition, the rating assigned by a rating organization to a certificate may not address the remote possibility that, in the event of the insolvency of the issuer

B-17

of certificates where a subordinated interest was retained, the issuance and sale of the senior certificates may be recharacterized as a financing and, as a result of such recharacterization, payments on such certificates may be affected.

Credit Enhancement. Mortgage pools created by non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher yield than government and government-related pools because of the absence of direct or indirect government or agency payment guarantees. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors on underlying assets to make payments, mortgage pass-throughs may contain elements of credit support. Credit support falls generally into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pools of mortgages, the provision of a reserve fund, or a combination thereof, to ensure, subject to certain limitations, that scheduled payments on the underlying pool are made in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from default ensures ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such credit support can be provided by, among other things, payment guarantees, letters of credit, pool insurance, subordination, or any combination thereof.

Subordination; Shifting of Interest; Reserve Fund. In order to achieve ratings on one or more classes of Mortgage Pass-Throughs, one or more classes of certificates may be subordinate certificates which provide that the rights of the subordinate certificate-holders to receive any or a specified portion of distributions with respect to the underlying mortgage loans may be subordinated to the rights of the senior certificate-holders. If so structured, the subordination feature may be enhanced by distributing to the senior certificate-holders on certain distribution dates, as payment of principal, a specified percentage (which generally declines over time) of all principal payments received during the preceding prepayment period (“shifting interest credit enhancement”). This will have the effect of accelerating the amortization of the senior certificates while increasing the interest in the trust fund evidenced by the subordinate certificates. Increasing the interest of the subordinate certificates relative to that of the senior certificates is intended to preserve the availability of the subordination provided by the subordinate certificates. In addition, because the senior certificate-holders in a shifting interest credit enhancement structure are entitled to receive a percentage of principal prepayments which is greater than their proportionate interest in the trust fund, the rate of principal prepayments on the mortgage loans may have an even greater effect on the rate of principal payments and the amount of interest payments on, and the yield to maturity of, the senior certificates.

B-18

certain losses; however, in certain circumstances the Reserve Fund could be depleted and temporary shortfalls could result. In the event the Reserve Fund is depleted before the subordinated amount is reduced to zero, senior certificate-holders will nevertheless have a preferential right to receive current distributions from the mortgage pool to the extent of the then outstanding subordinated amount. Unless otherwise specified, until the subordinated amount is reduced to zero, on any distribution date any amount otherwise distributable to the subordinate certificates or, to the extent specified, in the Reserve Fund will generally be used to offset the amount of any losses realized with respect to the mortgage loans (“Realized Losses”). Realized Losses remaining after application of such amounts will generally be applied to reduce the ownership interest of the subordinate certificates in the mortgage pool. If the subordinated amount has been reduced to zero, Realized Losses generally will be allocated pro rata among all certificate-holders in proportion to their respective outstanding interests in the mortgage pool.

Alternative Credit Enhancement. As an alternative, or in addition to the credit enhancement afforded by subordination, credit enhancement for Mortgage Pass-Throughs may be provided by mortgage insurance, hazard insurance, by the deposit of cash, certificates of deposit, letters of credit, a limited guaranty or by such other methods as are acceptable to a rating agency. In certain circumstances, such as where credit enhancement is provided by guarantees or a letter of credit, the security is subject to credit risk because of its exposure to an external credit enhancement provider.

Voluntary Advances. Generally, in the event of delinquencies in payments on the mortgage loans underlying the Mortgage Pass-Throughs, the servicer agrees to make advances of cash for the benefit of certificate-holders, but generally will do so only to the extent that it determines such voluntary advances will be recoverable from future payments and collections on the mortgage loans or otherwise.

Optional Termination. Generally, the servicer may, at its option with respect to any certificates, repurchase all of the underlying mortgage loans remaining outstanding at such time if the aggregate outstanding principal balance of such mortgage loans is less than a specified percentage (generally 5-10%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loans as of the cut-off date specified with respect to such series.

B-19

The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates in various ways. In certain structures (known as “sequential pay” CMOs or REMIC Certificates), payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets generally are applied to the classes of CMOs or REMIC Certificates in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs or REMIC Certificates until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.

B-20

date have been retired and are converted thereafter to an interest-paying security, and planned amortization class (“PAC”) certificates, which are parallel pay REMIC Certificates that generally require that specified amounts of principal be applied on each payment date to one or more classes or REMIC Certificates (the “PAC Certificates”), even though all other principal payments and prepayments of the Mortgage Assets are then required to be applied to one or more other classes of the PAC Certificates. The scheduled principal payments for the PAC Certificates generally have the highest priority on each payment date after interest due has been paid to all classes entitled to receive interest currently. Shortfalls, if any, are added to the amount payable on the next payment date. The PAC Certificate payment schedule is taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class of PAC. In order to create PAC tranches, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the underlying mortgage assets. These tranches tend to have market prices and yields that are much more volatile than other PAC classes.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. The Real Estate Securities Fund may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”), which are derivative multiclass mortgage securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities or non-governmental originators. Certain SMBS may not be readily marketable and will be considered illiquid for purposes of the Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. The Investment Adviser may determine that SMBS which are U.S. Government Securities are liquid for purposes of the Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. The market value of the class consisting entirely of principal payments generally is unusually volatile in response to changes in interest rates. The yields on a class of SMBS that receives all or most of the interest from Mortgage Assets are generally higher than prevailing market yields on other mortgage-backed securities because their cash flow patterns are more volatile and there is a greater risk that the initial investment will not be fully recouped.

Inverse Floating Rate Securities

The Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund and the Real Estate Securities Fund may invest in leveraged inverse floating rate debt instruments (“inverse floaters”). The interest rate on an inverse floater resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater is indexed. An inverse floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest. The higher degree of leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Accordingly, the duration of an inverse floater may exceed its stated final maturity. Certain inverse floaters may be deemed to be illiquid securities for purposes of a Fund’s 15% limitation on investments in such securities.

Asset-Backed Securities

The Tollkeeper Fund and the Real Estate Securities Fund may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities represent participations in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as motor vehicle installment sales, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements and other categories of receivables. Such assets are securitized through the use of trusts and

B-21

special purpose corporations. Payments or distributions of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or a pool insurance policy issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the trust or corporation, or other credit enhancements may be present.

Asset-backed securities present certain additional risks because asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral that is comparable to mortgage assets. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors on such receivables are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set-off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Automobile receivables generally are secured, but by automobiles rather than residential real property. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the loan servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the asset-backed securities. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in the underlying automobiles. Therefore, if the issuer of an asset-backed security defaults on its payment obligations there is the possibility that, in some cases, a Fund will be unable to possess and sell the underlying collateral and that the Funds’ recoveries on repossessed collateral may not be available to support payments on the securities.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts

Each Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts and may also purchase and write call and put options on futures contracts. The Tollkeeper and Real Estate Securities Funds may purchase and sell futures contracts based on various securities, securities indices, foreign currencies and other financial instruments and indices. The U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund and Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund may engage in transactions only with respect to U.S. equity indices. Each Fund will engage in futures and related options transactions in order to seek to increase total return or to hedge against changes in interest rates, securities prices or, to the extent a Fund invests in foreign securities, currency exchange rates, or to otherwise manage its term structure, sector selection and duration in accordance with its investment objective and policies. Each Fund may also enter into closing purchase and sale transactions with respect to such contracts and options. The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, has claimed an exclusion from

B-22

the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under that Act with respect to the Funds.

Futures contracts entered into by a Fund have historically been traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) or with respect to certain funds on foreign exchanges. More recently, certain futures may also be traded either over-the-counter or on trading facilities such as derivatives transaction execution facilities, exempt boards of trade or electronic trading facilities that are licensed and/or regulated to varying degrees by the CFTC. Also, certain single stock futures and narrow based security index futures may be traded either over-the-counter or on trading facilities such as contract markets, derivatives transaction execution facilities and electronic trading facilities that are licensed and/or regulated to varying degrees by both the CFTC and the SEC or on foreign exchanges.

Neither the CFTC, National Futures Association, SEC nor any domestic exchange regulates activities of any foreign exchange or boards of trade, including the execution, delivery and clearing of transactions, or has the power to compel enforcement of the rules of a foreign exchange or board of trade or any applicable foreign law. This is true even if the exchange is formally linked to a domestic market so that a position taken on the market may be liquidated by a transaction on another market. Moreover, such laws or regulations will vary depending on the foreign country in which the foreign futures or foreign options transaction occurs. For these reasons, a Fund’s investments in foreign futures or foreign options transactions may not be provided the same protections in respect of transactions on United States exchanges. In particular, persons who trade foreign futures or foreign options contracts may not be afforded certain of the protective measures provided by the Commodity Exchange Act, the CFTC’s regulations and the rules of the National Futures Association and any domestic exchange, including the right to use reparations proceedings before the CFTC and arbitration proceedings provided by the National Futures Association or any domestic futures exchange. Similarly, those persons may not have the protection of the United States securities laws.

Futures Contracts. A futures contract may generally be described as an agreement between two parties to buy and sell particular financial instruments for an agreed price during a designated month (or to deliver the final cash settlement price, in the case of a contract relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the end of trading in the contract).

B-23

into futures transactions to seek a closer correlation between a Fund’s overall currency exposures and the currency exposures of a Fund’s performance benchmark.

Positions taken in the futures market are not normally held to maturity, but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which may result in a profit or a loss. While each Fund will usually liquidate futures contracts on securities or currency in this manner, a Fund may instead make or take delivery of the underlying securities or currency whenever it appears economically advantageous for the Fund to do so. A clearing corporation associated with the exchange on which futures are traded guarantees that, if still open, the sale or purchase will be performed on the settlement date.

Hedging Strategies. Hedging, by use of futures contracts, seeks to establish with more certainty than would otherwise be possible the effective price, rate of return or currency exchange rate on portfolio securities or securities that a Fund owns or proposes to acquire. A Fund may, for example, take a “short” position in the futures market by selling futures contracts to seek to hedge against an anticipated rise in interest rates or a decline in market prices or, except in the case of the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund and Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund, foreign currency rates that would adversely affect the dollar value of such Fund’s portfolio securities. Similarly, each Fund, other than the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund and Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund, may sell futures contracts on a currency in which its portfolio securities are quoted or denominated, or sell futures contracts on one currency to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities quoted or denominated in a different currency if there is an established historical pattern of correlation between the two currencies. If, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, there is a sufficient degree of correlation between price trends for a Fund’s portfolio securities and futures contracts based on other financial instruments, securities indices or other indices, a Fund may also enter into such futures contracts as part of its hedging strategy. Although under some circumstances prices of securities in a Fund’s portfolio may be more or less volatile than prices of such futures contracts, the Investment Adviser will attempt to estimate the extent of this volatility difference based on historical patterns and compensate for any such differential by having a Fund enter into a greater or lesser number of futures contracts or by attempting to achieve only a partial hedge against price changes affecting a Fund’s portfolio securities. When hedging of this character is successful, any depreciation in the value of portfolio securities will be substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. On the other hand, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position.

On other occasions, a Fund may take a “long” position by purchasing such futures contracts. This may be done, for example, when a Fund anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices or currency exchange rates (except in the case of the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund and Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund) then available in the applicable market to be less favorable than prices or rates that are currently available.

Options on Futures Contracts. The acquisition of put and call options on futures contracts will give a Fund the right (but not the obligation), for a specified price, to sell or to

B-24

purchase, respectively, the underlying futures contract at any time during the option period. As the purchaser of an option on a futures contract, a Fund obtains the benefit of the futures position if prices move in a favorable direction but limits its risk of loss in the event of an unfavorable price movement to the loss of the premium and transaction costs.

Other Considerations. A Fund will engage in transactions in futures contracts and related options transactions only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) for maintaining its qualification as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes. Transactions in futures contracts and options on futures involve brokerage costs, require margin deposits and, in certain cases, require the Fund to segregate cash or liquid assets in an amount equal to the underlying value of such contracts and options. A Fund may cover its transactions in futures contracts and related options through the segregation of cash or liquid assets or by other means, in any manner permitted by applicable law.

While transactions in futures contracts and options on futures may reduce certain risks, such transactions themselves entail certain other risks. Thus, unanticipated changes in interest rates, securities prices or currency exchange rates (except in the case of the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund) may result in a poorer overall performance for a Fund than if it had not entered into any futures contracts or options transactions. When futures contracts and options are used for hedging purposes, perfect correlation between a Fund’s futures positions and portfolio positions will be impossible to achieve. In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and a portfolio position which is intended to be protected, the desired protection may not be obtained and a Fund may be exposed to risk of loss.

B-25

denominated in foreign currencies because the value of such securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of independent factors unrelated to currency fluctuations. The profitability of a Fund’s trading in futures depends upon the ability of the Investment Adviser to analyze correctly the futures markets.

Options on Securities and Securities Indices

Writing Covered Options. Each Fund may write (sell) covered call and put options on any securities in which it may invest. A Fund may also, to the extent it invests in foreign securities, write (sell) put and call options on foreign currencies. A call option written by a Fund obligates such Fund to sell specified securities to the holder of the option at a specified price if the option is exercised on or before the expiration date. Depending upon the type of call option, the purchaser of call option either (i) has the right to any appreciation in the value of the security over a fixed price (the “exercise price”) on a certain date in the future (the “expiration date”) or (ii) has the right to any appreciation in the value of the security over the exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option. If the purchaser does not exercise the option, a Fund pays the purchaser the difference between the price of the security and the exercise price of the option. The premium, the exercise price and the market value of the security determine the gain or loss realized by a Fund as the seller of the call option. A Fund can also repurchase the call option prior to the expiration date, ending its obligation. In this case, the cost of entering into closing purchase transactions will determine the gain or loss realized by a Fund. All call options written by a Fund are covered, which means that such Fund will own the securities subject to the option as long as the option is outstanding or such Fund will use the other methods described below. A Fund’s purpose in writing covered call options is to realize greater income than would be realized on portfolio securities transactions alone. However, a Fund may forego the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security.

A put option written by a Fund would obligate such Fund to purchase specified securities from the option holder at a specified price if, depending upon the type of put option, either (i) the option is exercised at any time on or before the expiration date or (ii) the option is exercised on the expiration date. All put options written by a Fund would be covered, which means that such Fund will segregate cash or liquid assets with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option (less any margin on deposit) or will use the other methods described below. The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for the Fund. However, in return for the option premium, each Fund accepts the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.

In the case of a call option, the option is “covered” if a Fund owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, liquid assets in such amount are segregated) upon conversion or exchange of other instruments held by it. A call option is also covered if a Fund holds a call on the same instrument as the option written where the exercise price of the option held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the option written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the option written provided the Fund segregates liquid assets in the amount of the difference. A Fund may also cover call options on securities by segregating cash or liquid assets, as permitted by applicable law, with a value, when added to

B-26

any margin on deposit, that is equal to the market value of the securities in the case of a call option. A put option is also covered if a Fund holds a put on the same instrument as the option written where the exercise price of the option held is (i) equal to or higher than the exercise price of the option written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the option written provided the Fund segregates liquid assets in the amount of the difference.

A Fund may also write (sell) covered call and put options on any securities index comprised of securities in which it may invest. Options on securities indices are similar to options on securities, except that the exercise of securities index options requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities. In addition, securities index options are designed to reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segment of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security. The U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund expects that, under normal circumstances, it will sell call options on the S&P 500 Index or related exchange traded funds in an amount that is between 25% and 75% of the value of the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund’s portfolio.

A Fund may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index, or by having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities without additional cash consideration (or for additional consideration which has been segregated by the Fund) upon conversion or exchange of other securities in its portfolio. A Fund may also cover call and put options on a securities index by segregating cash or liquid assets, as permitted by applicable law, with a value, when added to any margin on deposit, that is equal to the market value of the underlying securities in the case of a call option or the exercise price in the case of a put option, or by owning offsetting options as described above.

B-27

Yield Curve Options. The Real Estate Securities Fund may enter into options on the yield “spread” or differential between two securities. Such transactions are referred to as “yield curve” options. In contrast to other types of options, a yield curve option is based on the difference between the yields of designated securities, rather than the prices of the individual securities, and is settled through cash payments. Accordingly, a yield curve option is profitable to the holder if this differential widens (in the case of a call) or narrows (in the case of a put), regardless of whether the yields of the underlying securities increase or decrease.

The Real Estate Securities Fund may purchase or write yield curve options for the same purposes as other options on securities. For example, the Fund may purchase a call option on the yield spread between two securities if it owns one of the securities and anticipates purchasing the other security and wants to hedge against an adverse change in the yield spread between the two securities. The Real Estate Securities Fund may also purchase or write yield curve options in an effort to increase current income if, in the judgment of the Investment Adviser, the Fund will be able to profit from movements in the spread between the yields of the underlying securities. The trading of yield curve options is subject to all of the risks associated with the trading of other types of options. In addition, however, such options present risk of loss even if the yield of one of the underlying securities remains constant, or if the spread moves in a direction or to an extent which was not anticipated.

Yield curve options written by the Real Estate Securities Fund will be “covered.” A call (or put) option is covered if the Fund holds another call (or put) option on the spread between the same two securities and segregates cash or liquid assets sufficient to cover the Fund’s net liability under the two options. Therefore, the Fund’s liability for such a covered option is generally limited to the difference between the amount of such Fund’s liability under the option written by the Fund less the value of the option held by the Fund. Yield curve options may also be covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the requirements of the counterparty with which the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations. Yield curve

B-28

options are traded over-the-counter and established trading markets for these options may not exist.

Risks Associated with Options Transactions. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an options exchange will exist for any particular exchange-traded option or at any particular time. If a Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to covered options it has written, the Fund will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of segregated assets until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if a Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it will have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.

Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

There can be no assurance that higher trading activity, order flow or other unforeseen events might not, at times, render certain of the facilities of the Options Clearing Corporation or various exchanges inadequate. Such events have, in the past, resulted in the institution by an exchange of special procedures, such as trading rotations, restrictions on certain types of order or trading halts or suspensions with respect to one or more options. These special procedures may limit liquidity.

Each Fund may purchase and sell both options that are traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges and options traded over-the-counter with broker-dealers who make markets in these options. The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations.

B-29

An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

The writing and purchase of options is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The use of options to seek to increase total return involves the risk of loss if the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its expectation of fluctuations in securities prices or interest rates. The successful use of options for hedging purposes also depends in part on the ability of the Investment Adviser to manage future price fluctuations and the degree of correlation between the options and securities (or currency) markets. If the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its expectation of changes in securities prices or determination of the correlation between the securities or securities indices on which options are written and purchased and the securities in a Fund’s investment portfolio, the Fund may incur losses that it would not otherwise incur. The writing of options could increase a Fund’s portfolio turnover rate and, therefore, associated brokerage commissions or spreads.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Each Fund may invest in shares of REITs. The Real Estate Securities Fund expects that a substantial portion of its assets will be invested in REITs and real estate industry companies. REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in real estate or real estate related loans. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Like regulated investment companies such as the Funds, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with certain requirements under the Code. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by a Fund.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by such REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified (except to the extent the Code requires), and are subject to the risks of financing projects. REITs are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibilities of failing to qualify for the exemption from tax for distributed income under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from the Act. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks.

Warrants and Stock Purchase Rights

B-30

Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund has no present intention of acquiring warrants or rights. Warrants and rights have no voting rights, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer.

Foreign Securities

The Tollkeeper Fund and Real Estate Securities Fund may invest in the aggregate up to 25% and 15%, respectively, of their total assets in foreign securities, including securities of issuers in emerging countries. The Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund may invest in equity securities of foreign issuers which are traded in the United States. The U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund may invest only in equity securities of foreign issuers which are traded in the United States. Investments in foreign securities may offer potential benefits not available from investments solely in U.S. dollar-denominated or quoted securities of domestic issuers. Such benefits may include the opportunity to invest in foreign issuers that appear, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser, to offer the potential for long-term growth of capital and income, the opportunity to invest in foreign countries with economic policies or business cycles different from those of the United States and the opportunity to reduce fluctuations in portfolio value by taking advantage of foreign stock markets that do not necessarily move in a manner parallel to U.S. markets.

Investing in foreign securities involves certain special risks, including those discussed in the Funds’ Prospectuses and those set forth below, which are not typically associated with investing in U.S. dollar-denominated or quoted securities of U.S. issuers. Investments in foreign securities usually involve currencies of foreign countries. Accordingly, a Fund that invests in foreign securities may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations and may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. The Funds may be subject to currency exposure independent of their securities positions. To the extent that a Fund is fully invested in foreign securities while also maintaining currency positions, it may be exposed to greater combined risk.

B-31

exchanges, although each Fund endeavors to achieve the most favorable net results on its portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed and unlisted companies than in the United States, and the legal remedies for investors may be more limited than the remedies available in the United States.

Each Fund may invest in foreign securities which take the form of sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and the Tollkeeper Fund and Real Estate Securities Fund may also invest in European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) or other similar instruments representing securities of foreign issuers (together, “Depositary Receipts”).

B-32

Depositary Receipts, such as ADRs, that are quoted in U.S. dollars, a Fund may avoid currency risks during the settlement period for purchases and sales.

As described more fully below, each Fund, other than the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund, may invest in countries with emerging economies or securities markets. Political and economic structures in many of such countries may be undergoing significant evolution and rapid development, and such countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristic of more developed countries. Certain of such countries have in the past failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized or expropriated the assets of private companies. As a result, the risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, may be heightened. See “Investing in Emerging Markets, including Asia and Eastern Europe,” below.

Investing in Emerging Countries, including Asia and Eastern Europe. The securities markets of emerging countries are less liquid and subject to greater price volatility, and have a smaller market capitalization, than the U.S. securities markets. In certain countries, there may be fewer publicly traded securities and the market may be dominated by a few issues or sectors. Issuers and securities markets in such countries are not subject to as extensive and frequent accounting, financial and other reporting requirements or as comprehensive government regulations as are issuers and securities markets in the U.S. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of emerging country issuers may not reflect their financial position or results of operations in the same manner as financial statements for U.S. issuers. Substantially less information may be publicly available about emerging country issuers than is available about issuers in the United States.

Emerging country securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. The markets for securities in certain emerging countries are in the earliest stages of their development. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging country securities may also affect a Fund’s ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

B-33

emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders of U.S. corporations.

A Fund may seek investment opportunities within former “east bloc” countries in Eastern Europe. Most Eastern European countries had a centrally planned, socialist economy for a substantial period of time. The governments of many Eastern European countries have more recently been implementing reforms directed at political and economic liberalization, including efforts to decentralize the economic decision-making process and move towards a market economy. However, business entities in many Eastern European countries do not have an extended history of operating in a market-oriented economy, and the ultimate impact of Eastern European countries’ attempts to move toward more market-oriented economies is currently unclear. In addition, any change in the leadership or policies of Eastern European countries may

B-34

halt the expansion of or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring and adversely affect existing investment opportunities.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts. The Tollkeeper and Real Estate Securities Funds may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for hedging purposes and to seek to protect against anticipated changes in future foreign currency exchange rates. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are generally charged at any stage for trades.

B-35

Additionally, when the Investment Adviser believes that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of such Fund’s portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date on which the contract is entered into and the date it matures. Using forward contracts to protect the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange which a Fund can achieve at some future point in time. The precise projection of short-term currency market movements is not possible, and short-term hedging provides a means of fixing the U.S. dollar value of only a portion of a Fund’s foreign assets.

The Funds may engage in cross-hedging by using forward contracts in one currency to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities quoted or denominated in a different currency.

In addition, the Tollkeeper Fund and Real Estate Securities Fund may enter into foreign currency transactions to seek a closer correlation between a Fund’s overall currency exposure and the currency exposure of a Fund’s performance benchmark.

Unless otherwise covered in accordance with applicable regulations, cash or liquid assets of a Fund will be segregated in an amount equal to the value of the Fund’s total assets committed to the consummation of forward foreign currency exchange contracts. If the value of the segregated assets declines, additional cash or liquid assets will be segregated so that the value of the assets will equal the amount of a Fund’s commitments with respect to such contracts.

B-36

denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts entered into by such Fund. Such imperfect correlation may cause a Fund to sustain losses which will prevent the Fund from achieving a complete hedge or expose the Fund to risk of foreign exchange loss.

Writing and Purchasing Currency Call and Put Options. The Tollkeeper Fund and Real Estate Securities Fund may, to the extent that they invest in foreign securities, write and purchase put and call options on foreign currencies for the purpose of protecting against declines in the U.S. dollar value of foreign portfolio securities and against increases in the U.S. dollar cost of foreign securities to be acquired. As with other kinds of option transactions, however, the writing of an option on foreign currency will constitute only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received. If and when a Fund seeks to close out an option, the Fund could be required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on foreign currency may constitute an effective hedge against exchange rate fluctuations; however, in the event of exchange rate movements adverse to a Fund’s position, the Fund may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs. Options on foreign currencies may be traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges or over-the-counter.

B-37

currency options involves a risk that a Fund will, upon exercise of the option, be required to sell currency subject to a call at a price that is less than the currency’s market value or be required to purchase currency subject to a put at a price that exceeds the currency’s market value. Written put and call options on foreign currencies may be covered in a manner similar to written put and call options on securities and securities indices described under “Writing Covered Options” above.

In addition to using options for the hedging purposes described above, the Funds may use options on currency to seek to increase total return. The Funds may write (sell) covered put and call options on any currency in order to realize greater income than would be realized on portfolio securities transactions alone. However, in writing covered call options for additional income, the Funds may forego the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying currency. Also, when writing put options, the Funds accept, in return for the option premium, the risk that they may be required to purchase the underlying currency at a price in excess of the currency’s market value at the time of purchase.

Special Risks Associated With Options on Currency. An exchange traded options position may be closed out only on an options exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although a Fund will generally purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time.

B-38

For some options no secondary market on an exchange may exist. In such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, with the result that a Fund would have to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and would incur transaction costs upon the sale of underlying securities pursuant to the exercise of put options. If a Fund as a covered call option writer is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying currency (or security quoted or denominated in that currency) or dispose of the segregated assets, until the option expires or it delivers the underlying currency upon exercise.

The amount of the premiums which a Fund may pay or receive may be adversely affected as new or existing institutions, including other investment companies, engage in or increase their option purchasing and writing activities.

Currency Swaps, Mortgage Swaps, Credit Swaps, Index Swaps, Total Return Swaps, Options on Swaps and Interest Rate Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars

The Real Estate Securities Fund may enter into currency, mortgage, credit, total return, index and interest rate swaps for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. The Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund and Real Estate Securities Fund may enter into other interest rate swap arrangements such as rate caps, floors and collars, for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. The Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund and Real Estate Securities Fund may also purchase and write (sell) options on swaps, commonly referred to as swaptions. Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency or security, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. Currency swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective rights to make or receive payments in specified currencies. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments. Mortgage swaps are similar to interest rate swaps in that they represent commitments to pay and receive interest. The notional principal amount, however, is tied to a reference pool or pools of mortgages. Index swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of the respective amounts payable with

B-39

respect to a notional principal amount at interest rates equal to two specified indices. Credit swaps involve the receipt of floating or fixed rate payments in exchange for assuming potential credit losses of an underlying security. Credit swaps give one party to a transaction the right to dispose of or acquire an asset (or group of assets), or the right to receive from or make a payment to the other party, upon the occurrence of specified credit events. Total return swaps are contracts that obligate a party to pay or receive interest in exchange for the payment by the other party of the total return generated by a security, a basket of securities, an index or an index component. A swaption is an option to enter into a swap agreement. Like other types of options, the buyer of a swaption pays a non-refundable premium for the option and obtains the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms. The seller of a swaption, in exchange for the premium, becomes obligated (if the option is exercised) to enter into an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payment of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor. An interest rate collar is the combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates.

A great deal of flexibility is possible in the way swap transactions are structured. However, generally a Fund will enter into interest rate, total return, credit, mortgage and index swaps only on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Interest rate, total return, credit, index and mortgage swaps do not normally involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate, total return, credit, index and mortgage swaps is normally limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to an interest rate, total return, credit, index or mortgage swap defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of interest payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. In contrast, currency swaps usually involve the delivery of a gross payment stream in one designated currency in exchange for the gross payment stream in another designated currency. Therefore, the entire payment stream under a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations. A credit swap may have as reference obligations one or more securities that may, or may not, be currently held by a Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit swap is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the swap provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. A Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, a Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, a Fund would effectively

B-40

add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, a Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. If a credit event occurs, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the Fund as seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Fund. To the extent that the Fund’s potential exposure in a transaction involving a swap, a swaption, or an interest rate floor, cap or collar is covered by the segregation of cash or liquid assets or is covered by other means in accordance with SEC guidance or otherwise, the Funds and the Investment Adviser believe that swaps do not constitute senior securities under the Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to a Fund’s borrowing restrictions.

The use of swaps, swaptions and interest rate caps, floors and collars, is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate, or index but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. If the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, credit quality, interest rates and currency exchange rates, the investment performance of a Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if this investment technique were not used. In addition, these transactions can involve greater risks than if a Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, credit risk and pricing risk. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap transactions may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap counterparty. Many swaps are complex and often valued subjectively. Swaps may be subject to pricing or “basis” risk, which exists when a particular swap becomes extraordinarily expensive relative to historical prices or the price of corresponding cash market instruments. Under certain market conditions it may not be economically feasible to imitate a transaction or liquidate a position in time to avoid a loss or take advantage of an opportunity. If a swap transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses.

The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid in comparison with the markets for other similar instruments which are traded in the interbank market. The Investment Adviser, under the supervision of the Board of Trustees, is responsible for determining and monitoring the liquidity of the Funds’ transactions in swaps, swaptions, caps, floors and collars.

B-41

Convertible Securities

Each Fund may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of common stock of the same or different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest that is generally paid or accrued on debt or a dividend that is paid or accrued on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics, in that they generally (i) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities, (ii) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying common stock due to their fixed-income characteristics and (iii) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.

Preferred Securities

B-42

a covenant default or filing of a bankruptcy petition) or other non-compliance by the issuer with the terms of the preferred stock. Often, however, on the occurrence of any such event of default or non-compliance by the issuer, preferred stockholders will be entitled to gain representation on the issuer’s board of directors or increase their existing board representation. In addition, preferred stockholders may be granted voting rights with respect to certain issues on the occurrence of any event of default.

Equity Swaps

Each Fund may enter into equity swap contracts to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in various circumstances, including circumstances where direct investment in the securities is restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impracticable. Equity swaps may also be used for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. The counterparty to an equity swap contract will typically be a bank, investment banking firm or broker/dealer. Equity swap contracts may be structured in different ways. For example, a counterparty may agree to pay the Fund the amount, if any, by which the notional amount of the equity swap contract would have increased in value had it been invested in the particular stocks (or an index of stocks), plus the dividends that would have been received on those stocks. In these cases, the Fund may agree to pay to the counterparty a floating rate of interest on the notional amount of the equity swap contract plus the amount, if any, by which that notional amount would have decreased in value had it been invested in such stocks. Therefore, the return to the Fund on the equity swap contract should be the gain or loss on the notional amount plus dividends on the stocks less the interest paid by the Fund on the notional amount. In other cases, the counterparty and the Fund may each agree to pay the other the difference between the relative investment performances that would have been achieved if the notional amount of the equity swap contract had been invested in different stocks (or indices of stocks).

A Fund will generally enter into equity swaps on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Payments may be made at the conclusion of an equity swap contract or periodically during its term. Equity swaps normally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to equity swaps is normally limited to the net amount of payments that a Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to an equity swap defaults, a Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that such Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any. Inasmuch as these transactions are entered into for hedging purposes or are offset by segregated cash or liquid assets to cover the Funds’ exposure, the Funds and their Investment Adviser believe that transactions do not constitute senior securities under the Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to a Fund’s borrowing restrictions.

B-43

Lending of Portfolio Securities

Each Fund may lend portfolio securities. Under present regulatory policies, such loans may be made to institutions, such as brokers or dealers (including, Goldman Sachs) and are required to be secured continuously by collateral in cash, cash equivalents, letters of credit or U.S. Government securities maintained on a current basis at an amount, marked to market daily, at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned. Cash received as collateral for securities lending transactions may be invested in short-term investments. Investing the collateral subjects it to market depreciation or appreciation, and a Fund is responsible for any loss that may result from its investment of the borrowed collateral. A Fund will have the right to terminate a loan at any time and recall the loaned securities within the normal and customary settlement time for securities transactions. For the duration of the loan, a Fund will continue to receive the equivalent of the interest or dividends paid by the issuer on the securities loaned and will also receive compensation from investment of the collateral. A Fund will not have the right to vote any securities having voting rights during the existence of the loan, but a Fund may call the loan in anticipation of an important vote to be taken by the holders of the securities or the giving or withholding of their consent on a material matter affecting the investment. As with other extensions of credit there are risks of delay in recovering, or even loss of rights in, the collateral and loaned securities should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, the loans will be made only to firms deemed to be of good standing, and when the consideration which can be earned currently from securities loans of this type is deemed to justify the attendant risk. In determining whether to lend securities to a particular borrower and during the period of the loan, the creditworthiness of the borrower will be considered and monitored. It is intended that the value of the securities loaned by a Fund will not exceed one-third of the value of the total assets of a Fund (including the loan collateral). Loan collateral (including any investment of the collateral) is not subject to the percentage limitations stated elsewhere in this Additional Statement of the Prospectus regarding investing in fixed-income securities and cash equivalents.

The Funds’ Board of Trustees has approved each Fund’s participation in a securities lending program and adopted policies and procedures relating thereto. Under the securities lending program, the Funds have retained an affiliate of the Investment Adviser to serve as the securities lending agent for the Funds. For these services the lending agent may receive a fee from the Funds, including a fee based on the returns earned on the Funds’ investment of cash received as collateral for the loaned securities. In addition, the Funds may make brokerage and other payments to Goldman Sachs and its affiliates in connection with the Funds’ portfolio investment transactions. The lending agent may, on behalf of the Funds, invest cash collateral received by the Funds for securities loans in, among other things, other registered or unregistered funds. These funds include private investing funds or money market funds that are managed by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates for the purpose of investing cash collateral generated from securities lending activities and which pay the Investment Adviser or its affiliates for these services. The Funds’ Board of Trustees will periodically review securities loan transactions for which the Goldman Sachs affiliate has acted as lending agent for compliance with the Fund’s securities lending procedures. Goldman Sachs also has been approved as a borrower under the Funds’ securities lending program, subject to certain conditions.

B-44

When-Issued Securities and Forward Commitments

Each Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis beyond the customary settlement time. These transactions involve a commitment by a Fund to purchase or sell securities at a future date. The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. When-issued purchases and forward commitment transactions are negotiated directly with the other party, and such commitments are not traded on exchanges. A Fund will generally purchase securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis only with the intention of completing the transaction and actually purchasing or selling the securities. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, a Fund may dispose of or negotiate a commitment after entering into it. A Fund may also sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Fund on the settlement date. A Fund may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with these transactions. For purposes of determining a Fund’s duration, the maturity of when-issued or forward commitment securities will be calculated from the commitment date. A Fund is generally required to segregate until three days prior to the settlement date, cash and liquid assets in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price unless the Fund’s obligations are otherwise covered. Alternatively, each Fund may enter into offsetting contracts for the forward sale of other securities that it owns. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date or if the value of the security to be sold increases prior to the settlement date.

Investment in Unseasoned Companies

Other Investment Companies

B-45

Investment Adviser will, to the extent required by the SEC, be reduced by an amount equal to the Fund’s proportionate share of the management fees paid by such money market fund to its investment adviser. Although the Funds do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future, each Fund is authorized to invest substantially all of its assets in a single open-end investment company or series thereof that has substantially the same investment objective, policies and fundamental restrictions as the Fund.

The Funds (other than the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund) may also purchase shares of investment companies investing primarily in foreign securities, including “country funds.” Country funds have portfolios consisting primarily of securities of issuers located in specified foreign countries or regions. Each Fund may, subject to the limitations stated above, invest in iShares^sm and similar securities that invest in securities included in specified indices including the MSCI indices for various countries and regions. iShares^sm are listed on a stock exchange and were initially offered to the public in 1996. The market prices of iShares^sm are expected to fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the asset values of their underlying indices and supply and demand of iShares^sm on the exchange on which the iShares^sm are listed. However, iShares^sm have a limited operating history and information is lacking regarding the

B-46

actual performance and trading liquidity of iShares^sm for extended periods or over complete market cycles. In addition, there is no assurance that the requirements of the exchange necessary to maintain the listing of iShares^sm will continue to be met or will remain unchanged. In the event substantial market or other disruptions affecting iShares^sm should occur in the future, the liquidity and value of a Fund’s shares could also be substantially and adversely affected. If such disruptions were to occur, a Fund could be required to reconsider the use of iShares^sm as part of its investment strategy.

Repurchase Agreements

Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with banks, brokers and securities dealers which furnish collateral at least equal in value or market price to the amount of their repurchase obligations. A repurchase agreement is an arrangement under which a Fund purchases securities and the seller agrees to repurchase the securities within a particular time and at a specified price. Custody of the securities is maintained by a Fund’s custodian (or subcustodian). The repurchase price may be higher than the purchase price, the difference being income to a Fund, or the purchase and repurchase prices may be the same, with interest at a stated rate due to a Fund together with the repurchase price on repurchase. In either case, the income to a Fund is unrelated to the interest rate on the security subject to the repurchase agreement.

For purposes of the Act and generally for tax purposes, a repurchase agreement is deemed to be a loan from a Fund to the seller of the security. For other purposes, it is not always clear whether a court would consider the security purchased by a Fund subject to a repurchase agreement as being owned by a Fund or as being collateral for a loan by a Fund to the seller. In the event of commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the security before repurchase of the security under a repurchase agreement, a Fund may encounter delay and incur costs before being able to sell the security. Such a delay may involve loss of interest or a decline in price of the security. If the court characterizes the transaction as a loan and a Fund has not perfected a security interest in the security, a Fund may be required to return the security to the seller’s estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor of the seller. As an unsecured creditor, a Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and interest involved in the transaction.

The Funds, together with other registered investment companies having advisory agreements with the Investment Adviser or its affiliates, may transfer uninvested cash balances

B-47

into a single joint account, the daily aggregate balance of which will be invested in one or more repurchase agreements.

Short Sales

The Tollkeeper and Real Estate Securities Funds may engage in short sales against the box. In a short sale, the seller sells a borrowed security and has a corresponding obligation to the lender to return the identical security. The seller does not immediately deliver the securities sold and is said to have a short position in those securities until delivery occurs. While a short sale is made by selling a security the seller does not own, a short sale is “against the box” to the extent that the seller contemporaneously owns or has the right to obtain, at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short. It may be entered into by a Fund, for example, to lock in a sales price for a security the Fund does not wish to sell immediately. If a Fund sells securities short against the box, it may protect itself from loss if the price of the securities declines in the future, but will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises.

If a Fund effects a short sale of securities at a time when it has an unrealized gain on the securities, it may be required to recognize that gain as if it had actually sold the securities (as a “constructive sale”) on the date it effects the short sale. However, such constructive sale treatment may not apply if the Fund closes out the short sale with securities other than the appreciated securities held at the time of the short sale and if certain other conditions are satisfied. Uncertainty regarding the tax consequences of effecting short sales may limit the extent to which the Fund may effect short sales.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls

The Real Estate Securities Fund may enter into mortgage “dollar rolls” in which the Fund sells securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with the same counterparty to repurchase similar, but not identical securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, the Fund loses the right to receive principal and interest paid on the securities sold. However, the Fund would benefit to the extent of any difference between the price received for the securities sold and the lower forward price for the future purchase or fee income plus the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the securities sold until the settlement date of the forward purchase. All cash proceeds will be invested in instruments that are permissible investments for the Fund. The Fund will hold and maintain in a segregated account until the settlement date cash or liquid assets, as permitted by applicable law, in an amount equal to its forward purchase price.

For financial reporting and tax purposes, the Fund treats mortgage dollar rolls as two separate transactions; one involving the purchase of a security and a separate transaction involving a sale. The Fund does not currently intend to enter into mortgage dollar rolls for financing and does not treat them as borrowings.

Mortgage dollar rolls involve certain risks including the following: if the broker-dealer to whom the Fund sells the security becomes insolvent, the Fund’s right to purchase or repurchase the mortgage-related securities subject to the mortgage dollar roll may be restricted.

B-48

Also, the instrument which the Fund is required to repurchase may be worth less than an instrument which the Fund originally held. Successful use of mortgage dollar rolls will depend upon the Investment Adviser’s ability to manage the Fund’s interest rate and mortgage prepayments exposure. For these reasons, there is no assurance that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed. The use of this technique may diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what such performance would have been without the use of mortgage dollar rolls.

Portfolio Turnover

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The investment restrictions set forth below have been adopted by the Trust as fundamental policies that cannot be changed with respect to a Fund without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the Act) of the affected Fund. The investment objective of each Fund and all other investment policies or practices of each Fund are considered by the Trust not to be fundamental and accordingly may be changed without shareholder approval. For purposes of the Act, “majority” of the outstanding voting securities means the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the shares of the Trust or a Fund present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Trust or a Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the shares of the Trust or a Fund. For purposes of the following limitations, any limitation which involves a maximum percentage shall not be considered violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after, and is caused by, an acquisition or encumbrance of securities or assets of, or borrowings by, a Fund. With respect to the Funds’ fundamental investment restriction no. 3, asset coverage of at least 300% (as defined in the Act), inclusive of any amounts borrowed, must be maintained at all times.

As a matter of fundamental policy, a Fund may not:

(1)

Make any investment inconsistent with the Fund’s classification as a diversified company under the Act.

B-49

	(2)		Invest 25% or more of its total assets in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry (excluding the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities) (other than the Goldman Sachs Real Estate Securities Fund, which will invest at least 25% or more of its total assets in the real estate industry and the Goldman Sachs Tollkeeper Fund which will invest at least 25% of its total assets in companies in one or more of the media, telecommunications, technology and/or internet industries).

	(3)		Borrow money, except (a) the Tollkeeper, Structured Tax-Managed Equity and Real Estate Securities Funds may borrow from banks (as defined in the Act), or through reverse repurchase agreements in amounts up to 33-1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed), (b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund may borrow from banks (as identified in the Act), other affiliated investment companies and other persons or through reverse repurchase agreements in amounts up to 33-1/3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed); (c) a Fund may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes, (d) a Fund may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities, (e) a Fund may purchase securities on margin to the extent permitted by applicable law and (f) the Tollkeeper Fund and Real Estate Securities Fund may engage in transactions in mortgage dollar rolls which are accounted for as financings.

	(4)		Make loans, except through (a) the purchase of debt obligations in accordance with a Fund’s investment objective and policies, (b) repurchase agreements with banks, brokers, dealers and other financial institutions, (c) loans of securities as permitted by applicable law and (d) for the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund only, loans to affiliates of the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund to the extent permitted by law.

	(5)		Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting.

	(6)		Purchase, hold or deal in real estate, although a Fund may purchase and sell securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, securities of real estate investment trusts and mortgage-related securities and may hold and sell real estate acquired by a Fund as a result of the ownership of securities.

	(7)		Invest in commodities or commodity contracts, except that the Fund may invest in currency and financial instruments and contracts that are commodities or commodity contracts.

B-50

(8)

Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate applicable law.

In addition to the fundamental policies mentioned above, the Trustees have adopted the following non-fundamental policies which can be changed or amended by action of the Trustees without approval of shareholders. Again, for purposes of the following limitations, any limitation which involves a maximum percentage shall not be considered violated unless and excess of the percentage occurs immediately after, and is caused by, an acquisition of securities by a Fund.

A Fund may not:

	(a)		Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management.

	(b)		Invest more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets in illiquid investments including illiquid repurchase agreements with a notice or demand period of more than seven days, securities which are not readily marketable and restricted securities not eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act.

	(c)		Purchase additional securities if the Fund’s borrowings (excluding, with respect to the Tollkeeper and Real Estate Securities Funds, covered mortgage dollar rolls) exceed 5% of its net assets.

	(d)		Make short sales of securities except that the Tollkeeper and Real Estate Securities Funds may make short sales against the box.

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

B-51

Trustees of the Trust

Independent Trustees

Number of

Term of

Portfolios in

Office and

Fund

Position(s)

Length of

Complex

Name,

Held with

Time

Principal Occupation(s)

Overseen by

Other Directorships

Address and Age¹

the Trust²

Served³

During Past 5 Years

Trustee⁴

Held by Trustee⁵

Ashok N. Bakhru
Age: 64

Chairman of the
Board of Trustees

Since 1991

None

John P. Coblentz, Jr.
Age: 65

Trustee

Since 2003

Partner, Deloitte & Touche LLP (June 1975 – May 2003).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

None

B-52

Independent Trustees

Number of

Term of

Portfolios in

Office and

Fund

Position(s)

Length of

Complex

Name,

Held with

Time

Principal Occupation(s)

Overseen by

Other Directorships

Address and Age¹

the Trust²

Served³

During Past 5 Years

Trustee⁴

Held by Trustee⁵

Patrick T. Harker
Age: 47

Trustee

Since 2000

None

Mary P. McPherson
Age: 70

Trustee

Since 1997

Vice President, The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation (provider of grants for conservation, environmental and educational purposes) (October 1997-Present); Director, Smith College (1998-Present); Director, Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation (health educational programs) (1977-Present); Director, Philadelphia Contributionship (insurance) (1985-Present); Director Emeritus, Amherst College (1986–1998); Director, The Spencer Foundation (educational research) (1993-February 2003); member of PNC Advisory Board (banking) (1993-1998); Director, American School of Classical Studies in Athens (1997-Present); and Trustee, Emeriti Retirement Health Solutions (post-retirement medical insurance program for not-for-profit institutions) (since 2005).

Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

None

Wilma J. Smelcer
Age: 57

Trustee

Since 2001

Lawson Products Inc.
(distributor of
industrial products).

B-53

Independent Trustees

Number of

Term of

Portfolios in

Office and

Fund

Position(s)

Length of

Complex

Name,

Held with

Time

Principal Occupation(s)

Overseen by

Other Directorships

Address and Age¹

the Trust²

Served³

During Past 5 Years

Trustee⁴

Held by Trustee⁵

Richard P. Strubel
Age: 66

Trustee

Since 1987

Gildan Activewear Inc. (a clothing marketing and manufacturing company); Cardean Learning Group (provider of educational services via the internet); Northern Mutual Fund Complex (53 Portfolios).

B-54

Interested Trustees

Number of

Term of

Portfolios in

Office and

Fund

Position(s)

Length of

Complex

Name,

Held with

Time

Principal Occupation(s)

Overseen by

Other Directorships

Address and Age¹

the Trust²

Served³

During Past 5 Years

Trustee⁴

Held by Trustee⁵

*Alan A. Shuch
Age: 56

Trustee

Since 1990

None

*Kaysie P. Uniacke
Age: 45

Trustee
&
President

Since 2001

Since 2002

None


* These persons are considered to be “Interested Trustees” because they hold positions with Goldman Sachs and own securities issued by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. Each Interested Trustee holds comparable positions with certain other companies of which Goldman Sachs, GSAM or an affiliate thereof is the investment adviser, administrator and/or distributor.

¹ Each Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee, c/o Goldman Sachs, One New York Plaza, 37^th Floor, New York, New York, 10004, Attn: Peter V. Bonanno.

² The Trust is a successor to a Massachusetts business trust that was combined with the Trust on April 30, 1997.

³ Each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until the earliest of: (a) the election of his or her successor; (b) the date the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Board of Trustees or shareholders, in accordance with the Trust’s Declaration of Trust; (c) the date the Trustee attains the age of 72 years (in accordance with the current resolutions of the Board of Trustees, which may be changed by the Trustees without shareholder vote); or (d) the termination of the Trust.

⁴ The Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex consists of the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust. As of December 31, 2005, Goldman Sachs Trust consisted of 61 portfolios, including the Funds described in this Additional Statement, and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust consisted of 11 portfolios.

⁵ This column includes only directorships of companies required to report to the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (i.e., “public companies”) or other investment companies registered under the Act.

B-55

Officers of the Trust

Information pertaining to the officers of the Trust is set forth below.

Officers of the Trust


	Position(s)
	Held	Term of Office
Name, Age	With the	and Length of	Principal Occupation(s)
And Address	Trust	Time Served¹	During Past 5 Years

Kaysie P. Uniacke 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 45	President & Trustee	Since 2002 Since 2001	Managing Director, GSAM (1997-Present). Trustee – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies). President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies). Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (1997–2002) (registered investment companies). Trustee – Gettysburg College.

John M. Perlowski 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 41	Treasurer	Since 1997	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (November 2003 – Present) and Vice President, Goldman Sachs (July 1995-November 2003). Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Philip V. Giuca, Jr. 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 44	Assistant Treasurer	Since 1997	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (May 1992-Present). Assistant Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Peter Fortner 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 48	Assistant Treasurer	Since 2000	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (July 2000-Present); Associate, Prudential Insurance Company of America (November 1985–June 2000); and Assistant Treasurer, certain closed-end funds administered by Prudential (1999 and 2000). Assistant Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Kenneth G. Curran 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 42	Assistant Treasurer	Since 2001	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (November 1998-Present); and Senior Tax Manager, KPMG Peat Marwick (accountants) (August 1995–October 1998). Assistant Treasurer – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

B-56

Officers of the Trust


	Position(s)
	Held	Term of Office
Name, Age	With the	and Length of	Principal Occupation(s)
And Address	Trust	Time Served¹	During Past 5 Years

Charles Rizzo 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 48	Assistant Treasurer	Since 2005	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (August 2005-Present); Managing Director and Treasurer of Scudder Funds, Deutsche Asset Management (April 2003-June 2005); Director, Tax and Financial Reporting, Deutsche Asset Management (August 2002-April 2003); Vice President and Treasurer, Deutsche Global Fund Services (August 1999-August 2002). Assistant Treasurer- Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

James A. Fitzpatrick 71 South Wacker Drive Suite 500 Chicago, IL 60606 Age: 46	Vice President	Since 1997	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (October 1999– Present); and Vice President of GSAM (April 1997–December 1999). Vice President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Jesse Cole 71 South Wacker Drive Suite 500 Chicago, IL 60606 Age: 42	Vice President	Since 1998	Vice President, GSAM (June 1998-Present); and Vice President, AIM Management Group, Inc. (investment adviser) (April 1996–June 1998). Vice President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Kerry K. Daniels 71 South Wacker Drive Suite 500 Chicago, IL 60606 Age: 43	Vice President	Since 2000	Manager, Financial Control – Shareholder Services, Goldman Sachs (1986-Present). Vice President – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

James McNamara 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 43	Vice President	Since 2001	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (December 1998-Present); Director of Institutional Fund Sales, GSAM (April 1998–December 2000); and Senior Vice President and Manager, Dreyfus Institutional Service Corporation (January 1993 – April 1998). Vice President—Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies). Trustee –– Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (December 2002-May 2004).

B-57

Officers of the Trust


	Position(s)
	Held	Term of Office
Name, Age	With the	and Length of	Principal Occupation(s)
And Address	Trust	Time Served¹	During Past 5 Years

Peter V. Bonanno 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 37	Secretary	Since 2003	Vice President and Associate General Counsel, Goldman Sachs (2002–Present); Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, Goldman Sachs (1999-2002). Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Dave Fishman 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 41	Assistant Secretary	Since 2001	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (December 2001–Present); and Vice President, Goldman Sachs (1997–December 2001). Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Danny Burke 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 43	Assistant Secretary	Since 2001	Vice President, Goldman Sachs (1987–Present). Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).

Elizabeth D. Anderson 32 Old Slip New York, NY 10005 Age: 36	Assistant Secretary	Since 1997	Managing Director, Goldman Sachs (December 2002 – Present); Vice President, Goldman Sachs (1997-December 2002) and Fund Manager, GSAM (April 1996–Present). Assistant Secretary – Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies).


¹ Officers hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees or until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Each officer holds comparable positions with certain other companies of which Goldman Sachs, GSAM or an affiliate thereof is the investment adviser, administrator and/or distributor.

Standing Board Committees

B-58

audit. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee held five meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

The Governance and Nominating Committee has been established to: (i) assist the Board of Trustees in matters involving mutual fund governance and industry practices; (ii) select and nominate candidates for appointment or election to serve as Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust or its investment adviser or distributor (as defined by the Act); and (iii) advise the Board of Trustees on ways to improve its effectiveness. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Governance and Nominating Committee. The Governance and Nominating Committee held three meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. As stated above, each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until the occurrence of certain events. In filling Board vacancies, the Governance and Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Nominee recommendations should be submitted to the Trust at its mailing address stated in the Funds’ Prospectuses and should be directed to the attention of Goldman Sachs Trust Governance and Nominating Committee.

The Valuation Committee is authorized to act for the Board of Trustees in connection with the valuation of portfolio securities held by the Funds in accordance with the Trust’s Valuation Procedures. Mr. Shuch and Ms. Uniacke serve on the Valuation Committee. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, the Valuation Committee held eight meetings.

The Dividend Committee is authorized, subject to the ratification of Trustees who are not members of the committee, to declare dividends and capital gain distributions consistent with each Fund’s Prospectus. Currently, the sole member of the Trust’s Dividend Committee is Ms. Uniacke. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, the Dividend Committee held four meetings with respect to the Funds included in this Additional Statement and 85 meetings with respect to all of the Funds of the Trust (including the Funds included in this Additional Statement).

The Schedule E Committee is authorized to address potential conflicts of interest regulated by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”). The sole member of the Trust’s Schedule E Committee is Mr. Bakhru. The Schedule E Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

B-59

Adviser and its affiliates. The Contract Review Committee is also responsible for overseeing the Board of Trustees processes for approving and reviewing the operation of the Funds’ distribution, service, shareholder administration and other plans, and any agreements related to the plans, whether or not such plans and agreements are adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. The Contract Review Committee also provides appropriate assistance to the Board of Trustees in connection with the Board’s approval, oversight and review of the Funds’ other service providers including, without limitation, the Funds’ custodian/accounting agent, sub-transfer agents, professional (legal and accounting) firms and printing firms. The Contract Review Committee held four meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. All of the Independent Trustees serve on the Contract Review Committee.

Trustee Ownership of Fund Shares

The following table shows the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by each Trustee in the Funds and other portfolios of the Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust.


		Aggregate Dollar Range of
		Equity Securities in All
	Dollar Range of	Portfolios in Fund Complex
Name of Trustee	Equity Securities in the Funds¹	Overseen By Trustee²

Ashok N. Bakhru	None	Over $100,000
John P. Coblentz, Jr.	None	Over $100,000
Patrick T. Harker	Real Estate Securities Fund: $10,001 - $50,000	Over $100,000
Mary P. McPherson	Tollkeeper Fund: $10,001--$50,000	Over $100,000
	Real Estate Securities Fund: $10,001 - $50,000
Alan A. Shuch	None	Over $100,000
Wilma J. Smelcer	None	Over $100,000
Richard P. Strubel	None	Over $100,000
Kaysie P. Uniacke	None	Over $100,000


¹		Includes the value of shares beneficially owned by each Trustee in each Fund described in this Additional Statement as of December 31, 2005.

²		Includes Goldman Sachs Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust. As of December 31, 2005, Goldman Sachs Trust consisted of 61 portfolios, including the Funds described in this Additional Statement, and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust consisted of 11 portfolios.

As of March 31, 2006, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of each Fund.

Board Compensation

The Trust pays each Independent Trustee an annual fee for his or her services as a Trustee of the Trust, plus an additional fee for each regular and special telephonic Board meeting, Governance and Nominating Committee meeting, Compliance Committee meeting, Contract Review Committee meeting, and Audit Committee meeting attended by such Trustee. The Independent Trustees are also reimbursed for travel expenses incurred in connection with attending such meetings. The Trust may also pay the incidental costs of a Trustee to attend training or other types of conferences relating to the investment company industry.

B-60

The following tables set forth certain information with respect to the compensation of each Trustee of the Trust for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005:

Trustee Compensation


	Fund
	U.S. Equity
	Dividend and				Structured Tax-
Name of Trustee	Premium*		Tollkeeper		Managed Equity		Real Estate Securities

Ashok N. Bakhru¹	$	—	$	3,548	$	3,548	$	3,548
John P. Coblentz, Jr.		—		2,436		2,436		2,436
Patrick T. Harker		—		2,436		2,436		2,436
Mary P. McPherson		—		2,436		2,436		2,436
Alan A. Shuch		—		—		—		—
Wilma J. Smelcer		—		2,436		2,436		2,436
Richard P. Strubel		—		2,436		2,436		2,436
Kaysie P. Uniacke		—		—		—		—


*U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2005.


			Pension or Retirement
	Aggregate		Benefits Accrued as		Total Compensation
	Compensation		Part of the Trust’s		From Fund Complex
Name of Trustee	from the Funds		Expenses		(including the Funds)²

Ashok N. Bakhru¹	$	10,644		—	$	202,214
John P. Coblentz, Jr.		7,308		—		138,881
Patrick T. Harker		7,308		—		138,881
Mary P. McPherson		7,308		—		138,881
Alan A. Shuch		—		—		—
Wilma J. Smelcer		7,308		—		138,881
Richard P. Strubel		7,308		—		138,881
Kaysie P. Uniacke		—		—		—


¹		Includes compensation as Board Chairman.

²		The Fund Complex consists of Goldman Sachs Trust and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust. Goldman Sachs Trust consisted of 61 portfolios and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust consisted of 11 portfolios as of December 31, 2005.

Miscellaneous

B-61

of the investors and/or the reduced sales effort and expense that are needed to obtain such investments.

The Trust, its Investment Adviser and principal underwriter have adopted codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the Act that permit personnel subject to their particular codes of ethics to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds.

MANAGEMENT SERVICES

As stated in the Funds’ Prospectuses, Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM”) (formerly, Goldman Sachs Funds Management, L.P.), 32 Old Slip, New York, New York 10005 serves as Investment Adviser to the Funds. GSAM is a subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and an affiliate of Goldman Sachs. Prior to the end of April, 2003, Goldman Sachs Asset Management, a business unit of the Investment Management Division of Goldman Sachs served as the Fund’s investment adviser. In April 2003, GSAM assumed Goldman Sachs Asset Management’s investment advisory responsibilities for the Fund. See “Service Providers” in the Funds’ Prospectuses for a description of the Investment Adviser’s duties to the Funds.

Founded in 1869, Goldman Sachs is among the oldest and largest investment banking firms in the United States. Goldman Sachs is a leader in developing portfolio strategies and in many fields of investing and financing, participating in financial markets worldwide and serving individuals, institutions, corporations and governments. Goldman Sachs is also among the principal market sources for current and thorough information on companies, industrial sectors, markets, economies and currencies, and trades and makes markets in a wide range of equity and debt securities 24 hours a day. The firm is headquartered in New York with 44 offices in 26 countries. It has trading professionals throughout the United States, as well as in London, Tokyo, Hong Kong and Singapore. The active participation of Goldman Sachs in the world’s financial markets enhances its ability to identify attractive investments. Goldman Sachs has agreed to permit the Funds to use the name “Goldman Sachs” or a derivative thereof as part of each Fund’s name for as long as a Fund’s Management Agreement is in effect.

The Investment Adviser is able to draw on the substantial research and market expertise of Goldman Sachs, whose investment research effort is one of the largest in the industry. The Goldman Sachs Global Investment Research Department covers approximately 2,400 companies, over 50 economies and over 25 markets. The in-depth information and analyses generated by Goldman Sachs’ research analysts are available to the Investment Adviser.

In addition, many of Goldman Sachs’ economists, securities analysts, portfolio strategists and credit analysts have consistently been highly ranked in respected industry surveys conducted in the United States and abroad. Goldman Sachs is also among the leading investment firms using quantitative analytics (now used by a growing number of investors) to structure and evaluate portfolios. For example, Goldman Sachs’ options evaluation model analyzes a security’s term, coupon and call option, providing an overall analysis of the security’s value relative to its interest risk.

B-62

In managing the Funds, the Investment Adviser has access to Goldman Sachs’ economics research. The Economics Research Department, based in London, conducts economic, financial and currency markets research which analyzes economic trends and interest and exchange rate movements worldwide. The Economics Research Department tracks factors such as inflation and money supply figures, balance of trade figures, economic growth, commodity prices, monetary and fiscal policies, and political events that can influence interest rates and currency trends. The success of Goldman Sachs’ international research team has brought wide recognition to its members. The team has earned top rankings in various external surveys such as Pensions and Investments, Forbes and Dalbar. These rankings acknowledge the achievements of the firm’s economists, strategists and equity analysts.

In allocating assets among foreign countries and currencies for the Funds, the Investment Adviser will have access to the Global Asset Allocation Model. The model is based on the observation that the prices of all financial assets, including foreign currencies, will adjust until investors globally are comfortable holding the pool of outstanding assets. Using the model, the Investment Adviser will estimate the total returns from each currency sector which are consistent with the average investor holding a portfolio equal to the market capitalization of the financial assets among those currency sectors. These estimated equilibrium returns are then combined with the expectations of Goldman Sachs’ research professionals to produce an optimal currency and asset allocation for the level of risk suitable for a Fund given its investment objectives and criteria.

The Management Agreement provides that GSAM, in its capacity as Investment Adviser, may render similar services to others so long as the services under the Management Agreement are not impaired thereby. The Funds’ Management Agreements were most recently approved by the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to such agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in the Act) of any party thereto (the “non-interested Trustees”), on June 16, 2005. The sole shareholder of the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium, Tollkeeper, Structured Tax-Managed Equity and Real Estate Securities Funds approved these arrangements on August 31, 2005, September 23, 1999, April 3, 2000 and July 21, 1997, respectively.

The Management Agreement will remain in effect until June 30, 2006 and will continue in effect with respect to the applicable Fund from year to year thereafter provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the vote of a majority of such Fund’s outstanding voting securities or a majority of the Trustees of the Trust, and (ii) the vote of a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

The Management Agreement will terminate automatically if assigned (as defined in the Act). The Management Agreement is also terminable at any time without penalty by the Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the particular Fund on 60 days’ written notice to the Investment Adviser and by the Investment Adviser on 60 days’ written notice to the Trust.

B-63

At a meeting held on June 16, 2005, the Board of Trustees of the Trust approved a fee reduction commitment for the Funds which is effective on a contractual basis as of the date of this Additional Statement. Effective July 1, 2005, GSAM implemented the fee reduction commitment on a voluntary basis (except for the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund which has been which has been contractual since the commencement of operations) results in the following annual management fee rates:


		Actual Rate for the Fiscal Year
		Ended
Fund	Contractual Rate	December 31, 2005

GSAM
U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund*	0.75% on the first $1 billion	0.75%
	0.68% on the next $1 billion
	0.65% over $2 billion

Tollkeper Fund	1.00% on the first $1 billion	1.00%
	0.90% on the next $1 billion
	0.86% over $2 billion

Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund**	0.70% on the first $1 billion	0.70%
	0.63% on the next $1 billion
	0.60% over $2 billion

Real Estate Securities Fund	1.00% on the first $1 billion	1.00%
	0.90% on the next $1 billion
	0.86% over $2 billion


*		U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2005.

**		Additionally, the Investment Adviser is currently voluntarily waiving a portion of its Management fee equal to 0.05% based on the average daily net assets of the Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund. As a result, the Investment Adviser is currently receiving a Management fee from the Fund at the annual rate of 0.65%.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, the fees incurred by each Fund (before any fee waivers) pursuant to the Management Agreement were as follows:


	Fiscal year ended			Fiscal year ended			Fiscal year ended
	December 31,			December 31,			December 31,
	2005			2004			2003
U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund	$	59,681		$	—		$	—
Tollkeeper Fund		3,477,008			4,284,200			4,397,786
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund		749,816	¹		656,290	¹		638,598
Real Estate Securities Fund		6,143,623			4,279,291			2,633,784


¹	The Investment Adviser waived approximately $14,798 and $25,353 of its management fee for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively.

B-64

Portfolio Managers – Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers

The following tables discloses other accounts within each type of category listed below for which the portfolio managers are jointly and primarily responsible for day to day portfolio management.



	Number of Other Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Account Type*						Number of Accounts and Total Assets for Which Advisory Fee is Performance Based*
	Registered						Registered
Name of	Investment		Other Pooled		Other		Investment		Other Pooled		Other
Portfolio Manager	Companies		Investment Vehicles		Accounts		Companies		Investment Vehicles		Accounts
	Number		Number		Number		Number		Number		Number
	of	Assets	of	Assets	of	Assets	of	Assets	of	Assets	of	Assets
	Accounts	Managed	Accounts	Managed	Accounts	Managed	Accounts	Managed	Accounts	Managed	Accounts	Managed
U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund
Quantitative Equity Team
Robert C. Jones	56	$14.7 bn	20	$11.6 bn	537	$64.9 bn	—	—	—	—	36	$9.5 bn
Don Mulvihill	2	$186 mm	—	—	269	$2.2 bn	—	—	—	—	—	—
Tollkeeper Fund
Growth Investment Team
Steven M. Barry	31	$9.2 bn	—	—	478	$17.6 bn	—	—	—	—	15	$2.0 bn
Gregory H. Ekizian	31	$9.2 bn	—	—	478	$17.6 bn	—	—	—	—	15	$2.0 bn
David G. Shell	31	$9.2 bn	—	—	478	$17.6 bn	—	—	—	—	15	$2.0 bn
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund							—	—	—	—
Quantitative Equity Team
Robert C. Jones	56	$14.7 bn	20	$11.6 bn	537	$64.9 bn	—	—	—	—	36	$9.5 bn
Don Mulvihill	2	$186 mm	—	—	269	$2.2 bn	—	—	—	—	—	—
Real Estate Securities Fund
Real Estate Securities Team
Mark Howard-Johnson	1	$839.1 mm	—	—	52	$773.2 mm	—	—	—	—	2	$118.9 mm
David Kruth	1	$839.1 mm	—	—	52	$773.2 mm	—	—	—	—	2	$118.9 mm


*		This information is as of December 31, 2005.

B-66

Conflicts of Interest. The Investment Adviser’s portfolio managers are often responsible for managing one or more of the Funds as well as other accounts, including proprietary accounts, separate accounts and other pooled investment vehicles, such as unregistered hedge funds. A portfolio manager may manage a separate account or other pooled investment vehicle which may have materially higher fee arrangements than the Fund and may also have a performance-based fee. The side-by-side management of these funds may raise potential conflicts of interest relating to cross trading, the allocation of investment opportunities and the aggregation and allocation of trades.

The Investment Adviser has a fiduciary responsibility to manage all client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. It seeks to provide best execution of all securities transactions and aggregate and then allocate securities to client accounts in a fair and timely manner. To this end, the Investment Adviser has developed policies and procedures designed to mitigate and manage the potential conflicts of interest that may arise from side-by-side management. In addition, the Investment Adviser and the Funds have adopted policies limiting the circumstances under which cross-trades may be effected between a Fund and another client account. The Investment Adviser conducts periodic reviews of trades for consistency with these policies. For more information about conflicts of interests that may arise in connection with the portfolio manager’s management of the Fund’s investments and the investments of other accounts, see “Potential Conflicts of Interest – Potential Conflicts Relating to the Allocation of Investment Opportunities Among the Funds and Other Goldman Sachs Accounts and Potential Conflicts Relating to Goldman Sachs’ and the Investment Adviser’s Proprietary Activities and Activities on Behalf of Other Accounts.”

Portfolio Managers- Compensation

Growth Investment Team Base Salary and Performance Bonus. The Investment Adviser and its Growth team’s (the “Growth Team”) compensation packages for its portfolio managers is comprised of a base salary and performance bonus. The performance bonus is first and foremost tied to the Growth Team’s pre-tax performance for its clients and the Growth Team’s total revenues for the past year which in part is derived from advisory fees and, for certain accounts, performance based fees. The Growth Team measures its performance on a market cycle basis which is typically measured over a three to seven year period, rather than being focused on short term gains in its strategies or short term contributions from a portfolio manager in any given year.

The performance bonus for portfolio managers is significantly influenced by the following criteria: (1) whether the Team performed consistently with objectives and client commitments; (2) whether the Team’s performance exceeded performance benchmarks over a market cycle; (3) consistency of performance across accounts with similar profiles; and (4) communication with other portfolio managers within the research process. Benchmarks for measuring performance can either be broad based or narrow based indices which will vary based on client expectations. The performance benchmark for the Tollkeeper Fund is the NASDAQ Composite Index.

B-67

The Growth Team also considers each portfolio manager’s individual performance, his or her contribution to the overall performance of the strategy long-term and his or her ability to work as a member of the Team. The Growth Team’s decision may also be influenced by the following: the performance of GSAM, the profitability of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and anticipated compensation levels among competitor firms.

The QE Team’s decision may also be influenced by the following: the performance of the Investment Adviser and anticipated compensation levels among competitive firms.

The benchmark for the Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund is the Russell 3000 Index, and the benchmarks for the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund are the S&P 500 Index and Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.

Real Estate Securities Team Base Salary and Performance Bonus. The Investment Adviser’s Real Estate Securities Team (“Real Estate Securities Team”) compensation package for its portfolio managers is comprised of a base salary and a performance bonus. The performance bonus is a function of each portfolio manager’s individual performance and his or her contribution to overall team performance. Portfolio managers are rewarded for their ability to outperform a benchmark while managing risk appropriately. Compensation is also influenced by the Real Estate Securities Team’s total revenues for the past year which is in part derived from advisory fees, and for certain accounts performance based fees. Anticipated compensation levels among competitor firms may also be considered, but are not a principal factor.

The performance bonus is significantly influenced by 3 year period of investment performance. The following criteria are considered:

	•		Individual performance

	•		Team Performance

B-68

	•		Consistent performance that aligns with clients’ objectives

	•		Achievement of top rankings (relative and competitive)

The benchmark for the Fund is the Wilshire Real Estate Securities Index.

Other Compensation – All Teams. In addition to base salary and performance bonus, the Investment Adviser has a number of additional benefits/deferred compensation programs for all portfolio managers in place including (i) a 401(k) program that enables employees to direct a percentage of their pretax salary and bonus income into a tax-qualified retirement plan; (ii) a profit sharing program to which Goldman Sachs & Co. makes a pretax contribution; and (iii) investment opportunity programs in which certain professionals are eligible to participate subject to certain net worth requirements. Portfolio managers may also receive grants of restricted stock units and/or stock options as part of their compensation.

Portfolio Managers – Portfolio Managers’ Ownership of Securities in the Funds They Manage


		Dollar Range of Equity Securities
Name of Portfolio Manager		Beneficially Owned by Portfolio Manager*

U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund
Robert C. Jones		U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund: $0
Don Mulvihill		U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund: $100,001-$500,000
Tollkeeper Fund
Steven M. Barry		Tollkeeper Fund: $50,001-$100,000
Gregory H. Ekizian		Tollkeeper Fund: $0
David G. Shell		Tollkeeper Fund: $100,001 - $500,000
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund
Robert C. Jones		Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund: $50,001-$100,000
Don Mulvihill		Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund: $10,001- $50,000
Real Estate Securities Fund
Mark Howard-Johnson		Real Estate Securities Fund: $100,001-$500,000
David Kruth		Real Estate Securities Fund: $100,001-$500,000


*This information is as of December 31, 2005.

B-69

Distributor and Transfer Agent

Goldman Sachs, 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004 serves as the exclusive distributor of shares of the Funds pursuant to a “best efforts” arrangement as provided by a distribution agreement with the Trust on behalf of each Fund. Shares of the Funds are offered and sold on a continuous basis by Goldman Sachs, acting as agent. Pursuant to the distribution agreement, after the Prospectuses and periodic reports have been prepared, set in type and mailed to shareholders, Goldman Sachs will pay for the printing and distribution of copies thereof used in connection with the offering to prospective investors. Goldman Sachs will also pay for other supplementary sales literature and advertising costs. Goldman Sachs may enter into sales agreements with certain investment dealers and other financial service firms (the “Authorized Dealers”) to solicit subscriptions for Class A, Class B and Class C Shares of the Funds. Goldman Sachs receives a portion of the sales charge imposed on the sale, in the case of Class A Shares, or redemption in the case of Class B and Class C Shares (and in certain cases, Class A Shares), of such Fund shares.

Goldman Sachs retained approximately the following combined commissions on sales of Class A, Class B and Class C Shares during the following periods:


	Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended
	December 31,		December 31,		December 31,
	2005		2004		2003
U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund*	$	6,400	$	—	$	—
Tollkeeper Fund		17,300		24,400		26,700
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund		36,600		10,400		6,400
Real Estate Securities Fund		86,600		77,900		241,700


* U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2005.

Goldman Sachs, 71 South Wacker Drive, Suite 500, Chicago, IL 60606 serves as the Trust’s transfer and dividend disbursing agent. Under its transfer agency agreement with the Trust, Goldman Sachs has undertaken with the Trust with respect to each Fund to: (i) record the issuance, transfer and redemption of shares, (ii) provide purchase and redemption confirmations and quarterly statements, as well as certain other statements, (iii) provide certain information to the Trust’s custodian and the relevant sub-custodian in connection with redemptions, (iv) provide dividend crediting and certain disbursing agent services, (v) maintain shareholder accounts, (vi) provide certain state Blue Sky and other information, (vii) provide shareholders and certain regulatory authorities with tax related information, (viii) respond to shareholder inquiries, and (ix) render certain other miscellaneous services. For its transfer agency services, Goldman Sachs is entitled to receive a transfer agency fee equal, on an annualized basis, to 0.04% of average daily net assets with respect to each Fund’s Institutional and Service Shares and 0.19% of average daily net assets with respect to each Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C.

As compensation for the services rendered to the Trust by Goldman Sachs as transfer and dividend disbursing agent and the assumption by Goldman Sachs of the expenses related thereto,

B-70

Goldman Sachs received fees for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 from each Fund as follows under the fee schedules then in effect:


	Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended
	December 31,		December 31,		December 31,
	2005		2004		2003
U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund*
Class A Shares	$	10,819		—		—
Class C Shares		239		—		—
Institutional Shares		855		—		—

Tollkeeper Fund
Class A Shares	$	253,061	$	305,569	$	307,178
Class B Shares		261,216		321,479		327,763
Class C Shares		127,587		156,863		159,291
Institutional Shares		3,905		6,292		8,684
Service Shares		46		42		21

Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund
Class A Shares	$	95,562	$	68,410	$	65,776
Class B Shares		48,069		50,056		46,274
Class C Shares		41,297		41,282		41,890
Institutional Shares		2,866		1,078		1,338
Service Shares		203		293		312

Real Estate Securities Fund
Class A Shares	$	530,847	$	412,473	$	272,298
Class B Shares		43,121		39,693		30,625
Class C Shares		35,634		29,131		20,138
Institutional Shares		115,707		69,385		37,320
Service Shares		1,701		461		18


^* U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2005.

Expenses

B-71

any costs, expenses or losses arising out of any liability of, or claim for damages or other relief asserted against, the Trust for violation of any law, legal, tax and auditing fees and expenses (including the cost of legal and certain accounting services rendered by employees of Goldman Sachs or its affiliates with respect to the Trust), expenses of preparing and setting in type Prospectuses, Additional Statements, proxy material, reports and notices and the printing and distributing of the same to the Trust’s shareholders and regulatory authorities, any expenses assumed by a Fund pursuant to its distribution and service plans, compensation and expenses of its “non-interested” Trustees, the fees and expenses of pricing services and extraordinary expenses, if any, incurred by the Trust. Except for fees and expenses under any service plan, shareholder administration plan or distribution and service plan applicable to a particular class and transfer agency fees and expenses, all Fund expenses are borne on a non-class specific basis.

The imposition of the Investment Adviser’s fees, as well as other operating expenses, will have the effect of reducing the total return to investors. From time to time, the Investment Adviser may waive receipt of is fees and/or voluntarily assume certain expenses of a Fund, which would have the effect of lowering that Fund’s overall expense ratio and increasing total return to investors at the time such amounts are waived or assumed, as the case may be.

As of the date of this Additional Statement, the Investment Adviser voluntarily has agreed to reduce or limit certain “Other Expenses” (excluding management fees, distribution and service fees, transfer agency fees and expenses, service fees, shareholder administration fees, taxes, interest, brokerage fees, and litigation, indemnification, shareholder meeting and other extraordinary expenses exclusive of any expense offset arrangements) for the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund, Tollkeeper, Structured Tax-Managed Equity and Real Estate Securities Funds to the extent such expenses exceed 0.054%, 0.064%, 0.004% and 0.004%, respectively, of each Fund’s average daily net assets.

Such reductions or limits, if any, are calculated monthly on a cumulative basis during the Funds’ fiscal year and may be discontinued or modified by the Investment Adviser in its discretion at any time.

Fees and expenses borne by the Fund’s relating to legal counsel, registering shares of a Fund, holding meetings and communicating with shareholders may include an allocable portion of the cost of maintaining an internal legal and compliance department. Each Fund may also bear an allocable portion of the Investment Adviser’s costs of performing certain accounting services not being provided by a Fund’s custodian.

B-72

Reimbursement and Other Expense Reductions

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, the amounts of certain “Other Expenses” of each Fund that were reduced or otherwise limited were as follows under the expense limitations that were then in effect:


	Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended
	December 31, 2005		December 31, 2004		December 31, 2003
U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund*	$	131,008		—		—
Tollkeeper Fund		209,250	$	242,236	$	220,267
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund		353,872		289,309		271,842
Real Estate Securities Fund		551,319		369,182		314,612

^* U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2005.

The Funds have entered into certain expense offset arrangements with the custodian resulting in a reduction of each Fund’s expenses. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, each Fund’s custody fees were reduced by the following approximate amounts under such arrangement.

	2005		2004		2003
U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund*	$	558		—		—
Tollkeeper Fund		2,406	$	1,000	$	1,000
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund		1,094		1,000		100
Real Estate Securities Fund		2,182		2,000		1,000


^* U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2005.

Custodian and Sub-Custodians

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, is the custodian of the Trust’s portfolio securities and cash. State Street also maintains the Trust’s accounting records. State Street may appoint domestic and foreign sub-custodians and use depositories from time to time to hold securities and other instruments purchased by the Trust in foreign countries and to hold cash and currencies for the Trust.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 125 High Street, Boston, MA 02110 is the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. In addition to audit services, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP prepares the Fund’s federal and state tax returns and provides assistance on certain non-audit matters. Ernst & Young LLP, 5 Times Square, New York, New York 10036, is the Tollkeeper, Structured Tax-Managed Equity and Real Estate Securities Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. In addition to audit services, Ernst & Young LLP prepares these Funds’ federal and state tax returns, and provides assistance on certain non-audit matters.

B-73

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Summary

•

While the Investment Adviser will make decisions for the Funds in accordance with its obligations to manage the Funds appropriately, the fees, allocations, compensation and other benefits to Goldman Sachs (including benefits relating to business relationships of Goldman Sachs) arising from those decisions may be greater as a result of certain portfolio, investment, service provider or other decisions made by the Investment Adviser than they would have been had other decisions been made which also might have been appropriate for the Funds.

•

While the allocation of investment opportunities among Goldman Sachs, the Funds and other funds and accounts managed by Goldman Sachs may raise potential conflicts because of financial or other interests of Goldman Sachs or its personnel, the Investment Adviser will not make allocation decisions solely based on such factors.

•

The Investment Adviser will give advice to and make investment decisions for the Funds as it believes is in the fiduciary interests of the Funds. Advice given to the Funds or investment decisions made for the Funds may differ from, and may conflict with, advice given or investment decisions made for Goldman Sachs or other funds or accounts. Actions taken with respect to Goldman Sachs or other funds or accounts may adversely impact the Funds, and actions taken by the Funds may benefit Goldman Sachs or other funds or accounts.

B-74

•

Goldman Sachs may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or otherwise for the Funds and will retain all commissions, fees and other compensation in connection therewith.

•

Products and services received by the Investment Adviser or its affiliates from brokers in connection with brokerage services provided to the Funds and other funds or accounts managed by Goldman Sachs may disproportionately benefit other of such funds and accounts based on the relative amounts of brokerage services provided to the Funds and such other funds and accounts.

•

While the Investment Adviser will make proxy voting decisions as it believes appropriate and in accordance with the Investment Adviser’s policies designed to help avoid conflicts of interest, proxy voting decisions made by the Investment Adviser with respect to a Fund’s portfolio securities may favor the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of Goldman Sachs.

•

Regulatory restrictions (including relating to the aggregation of positions among different funds and accounts) and internal Goldman Sachs policies may restrict investment activities of the Funds. Information held by Goldman Sachs could have the effect of restricting investment activities of the Funds.

B-75

other relevant information regarding the Investment Adviser. A copy of Part 1 of the Investment Adviser’s Form ADV is available on the SEC’s website (www.adviserinfo.sec.gov).

Potential Conflicts Relating to Portfolio Decisions, the Sale of Fund Shares and the Allocation of Investment Opportunities

Goldman Sachs’ Other Activities May Have an Impact on the Funds

Goldman Sachs’ Financial and Other Interests and Relationships May Incentivize Goldman Sachs to Promote the Sale of Fund Shares

B-76

Funds over other accounts or products managed by unaffiliated investment advisers or to effect transactions differently in the Funds as compared to other accounts or products.

B-77

the Funds that would create incentives for them to promote the Funds or certain portfolio transactions.

Potential Conflicts Relating to the Allocation of Investment Opportunities Among the Funds and Other Goldman Sachs Accounts

B-78

other Client/GS Accounts in a manner that it considers, in its sole discretion and consistent with its fiduciary obligation to each Client/GS Account, to be reasonable.

B-79

The Investment Adviser and/or its affiliates manage accounts of clients of Goldman Sachs’ Private Wealth Management (“PWM”) business. Such PWM clients receive advice from Goldman Sachs by means of separate accounts (“PWM Separate Accounts”). With respect to the Funds, the Investment Adviser may follow a strategy that is expected to be similar over time to that delivered by the PWM Separate Accounts. Each of the Funds and the PWM Separate Account Clients are subject to independent management and, given the independence in the implementation of advice to these accounts, there can be no warranty that such investment advice will be implemented simultaneously. Neither the Investment Adviser (in the case of the Funds) nor its affiliates (in the case of PWM Separate Accounts), will know when advice issued has been executed (if at all) and, if so, to what extent. While each will use reasonable endeavors to procure timely execution, it is possible that prior execution for or on behalf of the PWM Separate Accounts could adversely affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies and instruments in which the Funds invest.

Other Potential Conflicts Relating to the Management of the Funds by the Investment Adviser

Potential Restrictions and Issues Relating to Information Held by Goldman Sachs

B-80

Potential Conflicts Relating to Goldman Sachs’ and the Investment Adviser’s Proprietary Activities and Activities On Behalf of Other Accounts

B-81

The directors, officers and employees of Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Adviser, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts (including through investment funds managed by Goldman Sachs, including the Investment Adviser). As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Funds. To reduce the possibility that the Funds will be materially adversely affected by the personal trading described above, each of the Funds and Goldman Sachs, as each Fund’s Investment Adviser and distributor, has established policies and procedures that restrict securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund’s portfolio transactions. Each of the Funds and Goldman Sachs, as each Fund’s Investment Adviser and distributor, has adopted a code of ethics (collectively, the “Codes of Ethics”) in compliance with Section 17(j) of the Act and monitoring procedures relating to certain personal securities transactions by personnel of the Investment Adviser which the Investment Adviser deems to involve potential conflicts involving such personnel, Client/GS Accounts managed by the Investment Adviser and the Funds. The Codes of Ethics require that personnel of the Investment Adviser comply with all applicable federal securities laws and with the fiduciary duties and anti-fraud rules to which the Investment Adviser is subject. The Codes of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-942-8090. The Codes of Ethics are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies may also be obtained after paying a duplicating fee by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC 20549-0102, or by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov.

B-82

investments. The purchase, holding and sale of investments by the Funds may enhance the profitability of Goldman Sachs’ or other Client/GS Accounts’ own investments in and its activities with respect to such companies.

Goldman Sachs may create, write, sell or issue, or act as placement agent or distributor of, derivative instruments with respect to the Funds or with respect to underlying securities, currencies or instruments of the Funds, or which may be otherwise based on the performance of the Funds. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, Goldman Sachs (including its personnel or Client/GS Accounts) may invest in the Funds, may hedge its derivative positions by buying or selling shares of the Funds, and reserves the right to redeem some or all of its investments at any time. These investments and redemptions may be significant and may be made without notice to the shareholders. The structure or other characteristics of the derivative instruments may have an adverse effect on the Funds. For example, the derivative instruments could represent leveraged investments in the Funds, and the leveraged characteristics of such investments could make it more likely, due to events of default or otherwise, that there would be significant redemptions of interests from the Funds more quickly than might otherwise be the case. Goldman Sachs, acting in commercial capacities in connection with such derivative instruments, may in fact cause such a redemption. This may have an adverse effect on the investment management and positions, flexibility and diversification strategies of the Funds and on the amount of fees, expenses and other costs incurred directly or indirectly for the account of the Funds.

Potential Conflicts in Connection with Investments in Goldman Sachs Money Market Funds

Goldman Sachs May In-Source or Outsource

B-83

Potential Conflicts That May Arise When Goldman Sachs Acts in a Capacity Other Than Investment Adviser to the Funds

B-84

Potential Conflicts in Connection with Brokerage Transactions and Proxy Voting

The Investment Adviser may select brokers (including, without limitation, affiliates of the Investment Adviser) that furnish the Investment Adviser, the Funds, other Client/GS Accounts or their affiliates or personnel, directly or through correspondent relationships, with research or other appropriate services which provide, in the Investment Adviser’s view, appropriate assistance to the Investment Adviser in the investment decision-making process (including with respect to futures, fixed-price offerings and over-the-counter transactions). Such research or other services may include, to the extent permitted by law, research reports on companies, industries and securities; economic and financial data; financial publications; proxy analysis; trade industry seminars; computer data bases; quotation equipment and services; and research-oriented computer hardware, software and other services and products. Research or other services obtained in this manner may be used in servicing any or all of the Funds and other Client/GS Accounts, including in connection with Client/GS Accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker relating to the research or other service arrangements. Such products and services may disproportionately benefit other Client/GS Accounts relative to the Funds based on the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Funds and such other Client/GS Accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid for through one client’s commissions may not be used in managing that client’s account. In addition, other Client/GS Accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Funds and to such other Client/GS Accounts. To the extent that the Investment Adviser uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products and services itself. The Investment Adviser may receive research that is bundled with the trade execution, clearing, and/or settlement services provided by a particular broker-dealer. To the extent that the Investment Adviser receives research on this basis, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist. For example, the research effectively will be paid by client commissions that also will be used to pay for the execution, clearing, and settlement services provided by the broker-dealer and will not be paid by the Investment Adviser.

B-85

decision-making process. The Investment Adviser may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees.

Potential Regulatory Restrictions on Investment Adviser Activity

The investment activities of Goldman Sachs for its proprietary accounts and for Client/GS Accounts may also limit the investment strategies and rights of the Funds. For example, in regulated industries, in certain emerging or international markets, in corporate and regulatory ownership definitions, and in certain futures and derivative transactions, there may be limits on the aggregate amount of investment by affiliated investors that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent or, if exceeded, may cause Goldman Sachs, the Funds or other Client/GS Accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions. If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached or certain transactions undertaken, the ability of the Investment Adviser on behalf of clients (including the Funds) to purchase or dispose of investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, the Investment Adviser on behalf of clients (including the Funds) may limit purchases, sell existing investments, or otherwise restrict

B-86

or limit the exercise of rights (including voting rights) when the Investment Adviser, in its sole discretion, deems it appropriate.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

The Investment Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Funds, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any. Purchases and sales of securities on a securities exchange are effected through brokers who charge a negotiated commission for their services. Increasingly, securities traded over-the-counter also involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. Orders may be directed to any broker including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, Goldman Sachs.

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Fund, the Investment Adviser is generally required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable execution and net price available. This means that the Investment Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, which provides the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, (“Section 28(e)”) the Fund may pay a broker which provides brokerage and research services to the Fund an amount of disclosed commission in excess of the commission which another broker would have charged for effecting that transaction. Such practice is subject to a good faith determination that such commission is reasonable in light of the services provided and to such policies as the Trustees may adopt from time to time. While the Investment Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, a Fund will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available. Within the framework of this policy, the Investment Adviser will consider research and investment services provided by brokers or dealers who effect or are parties to portfolio transactions of a Fund, the Investment Adviser and its affiliates, or their other clients. Such research and investment services are those which brokerage houses customarily provide to institutional investors and include research reports on particular industries and companies; economic surveys and analyses; recommendations as to specific securities; research products including quotation equipment and computer related programs; advice concerning the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities and the availability of securities or the purchasers or sellers of securities; analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and performance of accounts; services relating to effecting securities transactions and functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement); and other lawful and appropriate assistance to the Investment Adviser in the performance of their decision-making responsibilities.

B-87

Such services are used by the Investment Adviser in connection with all of its investment activities, and some of such services obtained in connection with the execution of transactions for a Fund may be used in managing other investment accounts. Conversely, brokers furnishing such services may be selected for the execution of transactions of such other accounts, whose aggregate assets may be larger than those of a Fund, and the services furnished by such brokers may be used by the Investment Adviser in providing management services for the Trust. On occasion, a broker-dealer might furnish an Investment Adviser with a service which has a mixed use (i.e., the service is used both for investment and brokerage activities and for other activities). Where this occurs, the Investment Adviser will reasonably allocate the cost of the service, so that the portion or specific component which assists in investment and brokerage activities is obtained using portfolio commissions from the Funds or other managed accounts, and the portion or specific component which provides other assistance (for example, administrative or non-research assistance) is paid for by the Investment Adviser from its own funds.

On occasions when the Investment Adviser deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interest of a Fund as well as its other customers (including any other fund or other investment company or advisory account for which the Investment Adviser acts as investment adviser or sub-investment adviser), the Investment Adviser, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased for the Fund with those to be sold or purchased for such other customers in order to obtain the best net price and most favorable execution under the circumstances. In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Investment Adviser in the manner it considers to be equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to such Fund and such other customers. In some instances, this procedure may adversely affect the price and size of the position obtainable for a Fund.

Certain Funds participate in a commission recapture program. Under the program, participating broker-dealers rebate a percentage of commissions earned on Fund portfolio transactions to the particular Fund from which the commissions were generated. The rebated commissions are treated as realized capital gains of the Funds.

Subject to the above considerations, the Investment Adviser may use Goldman Sachs or an affiliate as a broker for a Fund. In order for Goldman Sachs or an affiliate acting as agent to effect securities or futures transactions for each Fund, the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by Goldman Sachs or an affiliate must be reasonable and fair compared to the other commissions, fees or the remuneration received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities or futures contracts. Furthermore, the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested” Trustees, have adopted procedures which are reasonably designed to provide that any commissions, fees or other remuneration paid to Goldman Sachs are consistent with the foregoing standard. Brokerage transactions with Goldman Sachs are also subject to such fiduciary standards as may be imposed upon Goldman Sachs by applicable law.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, each Fund in existence paid brokerage commissions as indicated in the following charts. The amount of brokerage commissions paid by a Fund may vary substantially from year to year

B-88

Total

Brokerage

Amount of

Commissions

Total

Commissions

Transactions

Paid

Brokerage

Paid to

on which

Effected through

to Brokers

Commissions

Goldman

Commissions

Brokers Providing

Providing

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005:

Paid

Sachs ¹

Paid

Research ²

Research

U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund*

7,647

5,947 (78

%)³

55,791,543 (70

%)⁴

—

Tollkeeper Fund

564,110

11,127 (2

%)³

420,612,733 (2

%)⁴

288,983,853

408,162

Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund

19,645

17,297 (88

%)³

95,536,497 (90

%)⁴

—

Real Estate Securities Fund

382,104

15,593 (4

%)³

293,520,350 (2

%)⁴

265,798,926

356,615


*		U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2005.

¹		The figures in the table report brokerage commissions from portfolio transactions, including futures transactions.

²		Beginning March 31, 2004, the Investment Adviser no longer participates in third party soft dollar arrangements whereby the Investment Adviser is provided third party research and/or investment services by brokerage house executing transactions on behalf of the Funds. The information above reflects the full commission amounts paid to the broker that provide their own proprietary research to the Investment Adviser. Only a portion of such commission pays for research and the remainder of such commission is to compensate the broker for execution services, commitment of capital and other services related to the execution of brokerage transactions.

³		Percentage of total commissions paid to Goldman Sachs.

⁴		Percentage of total amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions effected through Goldman Sachs.

B-90


			Total		Total
			Brokerage		Amount of
	Total		Commissions		Transactions
	Brokerage		Paid to		on which
	Commissions		Goldman		Commissions
	Paid		Sachs²		Paid
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004:

U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund¹		—		—		—
Tollkeeper Fund	$	822,440		—	$	426,598,553
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund		18,510	$	9,200		66,435,406
Real Estate Securities Fund		480,552		35,500		299,589,524


¹		U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2005.

²		The figures in the table report brokerage commissions from portfolio transactions, including futures transactions.


			Total		Total
			Brokerage		Amount of
	Total		Commissions		Transactions
	Brokerage		Paid to		on which
	Commissions		Goldman		Commissions
	Paid		Sachs²		Paid
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2003:

U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund¹		—		—		—
Tollkeeper Fund	$	653,305	$	10,586	$	306,806,288
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund		24,342		12,809		94,457,375
Real Estate Securities Fund		230,622		16,795		123,462,073


¹		U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2005.

²		The figures in the table report brokerage commissions from portfolio transactions, including futures transactions.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, the Funds’ regular broker-dealers, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Act, were Merrill Lynch, State Street Brokerage Services, Citigroup Global/Salomon Smith Barney, Credit Suisse First Boston, UBS Painewebber Warburg Dillon Reed, Lehman Brothers, Morgan Stanley, Goldman Sachs & Co., Bear Stearns & Co. Inc. and Liquidnet, Inc.

As of December 31, 2005, the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund held the following amounts of securities of its regular broker-dealers, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Act, or their parents ($ in thousands): Morgan Stanley ($102) and Citigroup, Inc. ($1,393).

B-91

As of December 31, 2005, the Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund held the following amounts of securities of its regular broker-dealers, as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Act, or their parents ($ in thousands): Citigroup, Inc. ($1,024) and Merrill Lynch & Co. ($941).

NET ASSET VALUE

In accordance with procedures adopted by the Trustees, the net asset value per share of each class of each Fund is calculated by determining the value of the net assets attributed to each class of that Fund and dividing by the number of outstanding shares of that class. All securities are valued on each Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (normally but not always, 4:00 p.m. New York time), or such later time as the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ market may officially close. The term “Business Day” means any day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, which is Monday through Friday except for holidays. The New York Stock Exchange is closed on the following holidays: New Year’s Day (observed), Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday (observed), Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas.

Portfolio securities of a Fund for which accurate market quotations are available are valued as follows: (i) securities listed on any U.S. or foreign stock exchange or on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System (“NASDAQ”) will be valued at the last sale price, or the official closing price, on the exchange or system in which they are principally traded on the valuation date. If there is no sale on the valuation day, securities traded will be valued at the closing bid price, or if a closing bid price is not available, at either the exchange or system-defined close price on the exchange or system in which such securities are principally traded. If the relevant exchange or system has not closed by the above-mentioned time for determining a Fund’s net asset value, the securities will be valued at the last sale price or official closing price, or if not available at the bid price at the time the net asset value is determined; (ii) over-the-counter securities not quoted on NASDAQ will be valued at the last sale price on the valuation day or, if no sale occurs, at the last bid price at the time net asset value is determined; (iii) equity securities for which no prices are obtained under sections (i) or (ii) including those for which a pricing service supplies no exchange quotation or a quotation that is believed by the portfolio manager/trader to be inaccurate, will be valued at their fair value in

B-92

accordance with procedures approved by the Board of Trustees; (iv) fixed-income securities with a remaining maturity of 60 days or more for which accurate market quotations are readily available will normally be valued according to dealer-supplied bid quotations or bid quotations from a recognized pricing service (e.g., Interactive Data Corp., Merrill Lynch, J.J. Kenny, Muller Data Corp., Bloomberg, EJV, Reuters or Standard & Poor’s); (v) fixed-income securities for which accurate market quotations are not readily available are valued by the Investment Adviser based on valuation models that take into account spread and daily yield changes on government securities in the appropriate market (i.e., matrix pricing); (vi) debt securities with a remaining maturity of 60 days or less are valued by the Investment Adviser at amortized cost, which the Trustees have determined to approximate fair value; and (vii) all other instruments, including those for which a pricing service supplies no exchange quotation or a quotation that is believed by the portfolio manager/trader to be inaccurate, will be valued in accordance with the valuation procedures approved by the Board of Trustees.

The value of all assets and liabilities expressed in foreign currencies will be converted into U.S. dollar values at current exchange rates of such currencies against U.S. dollars last quoted by any major bank or a pricing service. If such quotations are not available, the rate of exchange will be determined in good faith by or under procedures established by the Board of Trustees.

The proceeds received by each Fund and each other series of the Trust from the issue or sale of its shares, and all net investment income, realized and unrealized gain and proceeds thereof, subject only to the rights of creditors, will be specifically allocated to such Fund or particular series and constitute the underlying assets of that Fund or series. The underlying assets of each Fund will be segregated on the books of account, and will be charged with the liabilities in respect of such Fund and with a share of the general liabilities of the Trust. Expenses

B-93

of the Trust with respect to the Funds and the other series of the Trust are generally allocated in proportion to the net asset values of the respective Funds or series except where allocations of expenses can otherwise be fairly made.

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Thirty-day yield is derived by dividing net investment income earned during the period by the product of the average daily number of Shares outstanding and entitled to receive dividends during the period and the maximum public offering price per share on the last day of such period. The results are compounded on a bond equivalent (semi-annual) basis and then annualized by assuming that yield is realized each month for 12 months and is reinvested every six months. Net investment income per share is equal to the dividends and interest earned during the period, reduced by accrued expenses for the period. The calculation of net investment income for these purposes may differ from the net investment income determined for accounting purposes.

The distribution rate for a specified period is calculated by annualizing distributions of net investment income for such period and dividing this amount by the net asset value per share or maximum public offering price on the last day of the period.

Average annual total return (before taxes) for a specified period is derived by calculating the actual dollar amount of the investment return on a $1,000 investment made at the maximum public offering price applicable to the relevant class at the beginning of the period, and then calculating the annual compounded rate of return which would produce that amount, assuming a redemption at the end of the period. This calculation assumes a complete redemption of the investment. It also assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period.

Average annual total return (after taxes on distributions) for a specified period is derived by calculating the actual dollar amount of the investment return on a $1,000 investment made at the maximum public offering price applicable to the relevant class at the beginning of the period, and then calculating the annual compounded rate of return (after federal income taxes on distributions but not redemptions) which would produce that amount, assuming a redemption at the end of the period. This calculation assumes a complete redemption of the investment but further assumes that the redemption has no federal income tax consequences. This calculation also assumes that all dividends and distributions, less the federal income taxes due on such

B-94

distributions, are reinvested at net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period. In calculating the impact of federal income taxes due on distributions, the federal income tax rates used correspond to the tax character of each component of the distributions (e.g., ordinary income rate for ordinary income distributions, short-term capital gain rate for short-term capital gain distributions and long-term capital gain rate for long-term capital gain distributions). The highest individual marginal federal income tax rate in effect on the reinvestment date is applied to each component of the distributions on the reinvestment date. These tax rates may vary over the measurement period. The effect of applicable tax credits, such as the foreign tax credit, is also taken into account in accordance with federal tax law. The calculation disregards (i) the effect of phase-outs of certain exemptions, deductions and credits at various income levels, (ii) the impact of the federal alternative minimum tax, and (iii) the potential tax liabilities other than federal tax liabilities (e.g., state and local taxes).

Average annual total return (after taxes on distributions and redemptions) for a specified period is derived by calculating the actual dollar amount of the investment return on a $1,000 investment made at the maximum public offering price applicable to the relevant class at the beginning of the period, and then calculating the annual compounded rate of return (after federal income taxes on distributions and redemptions) which would produce that amount, assuming a redemption at the end of the period. This calculation assumes a complete redemption of the investment. This calculation also assumes that all dividends and distributions, less the federal income taxes due on such distributions, are reinvested at net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period. In calculating the federal income taxes due on distributions, the federal income tax rates used correspond to the tax character of each component of the distributions (e.g., ordinary income rate for ordinary income distributions, short-term capital gain rate for short-term capital gain distributions and long-term capital gain rate for long-term capital gain distributions). The highest individual marginal federal income tax rate in effect on the reinvestment date is applied to each component of the distributions on the reinvestment date. These tax rates may vary over the measurement period. The effect of applicable tax credits, such as the foreign tax credit, is taken into account in accordance with federal tax law. The calculation disregards the (i) effect of phase-outs of certain exemptions, deductions and credits at various income levels, (ii) the impact of the federal alternative minimum tax, and (iii) the potential tax liabilities other than federal tax liabilities (e.g., state and local taxes). In calculating the federal income taxes due on redemptions, capital gains taxes resulting from a redemption are subtracted from the redemption proceeds and the tax benefits from capital losses resulting from the redemption are added to the redemption proceeds. The highest federal individual capital gains tax rate in effect on the redemption date is used in such calculation. The federal income tax rates used correspond to the tax character of any gains or losses (e.g., short-term or long-term). When the return after taxes on distributions and redemption of shares is higher than returns after taxes on distributions, it is because of realized losses. If realized losses occur upon the sale of shares, capital loss is recorded as a tax benefit which increases returns.

B-95

Total return calculations for Class A Shares reflect the effect of paying the maximum initial sales charge. Investment at a lower sales charge would result in higher performance figures. Total return calculations for Class B and Class C Shares reflect deduction of the applicable contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) imposed upon redemption of Class B and Class C Shares held for the applicable period. Each Fund may also from time to time advertise total return on a cumulative, average, year-by-year or other basis for various specified periods by means of quotations, charts graphs or schedules. In addition, each Fund may furnish total return calculations based on investments at various sales charge levels or at net asset value. An after-tax total return for a Fund may be calculated by taking its total return and subtracting applicable federal taxes from the portions of a Fund’s total return attributable to capital gain and ordinary income distributions. This after-tax total return may be compared to that of other mutual funds with similar investment objectives as reported by independent sources. Any performance information which is based on a Fund’s net asset value per Share would be reduced if any applicable sales charge were taken into account. In addition to the above, each Fund may from time to time advertise its performance relative to certain averages, performance rankings, indices, other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services and investments for which reliable performance information is available. The Funds’ performance quotations do not reflect any fees charged by an Authorized Dealer, Service Organization or other financial intermediary to its customer accounts in connection with investments in the Funds.

B-96

SHARES OF THE TRUST

Each Fund is a series of Goldman Sachs Trust, a Delaware statutory trust established by an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated January 28, 1997. The Trustees have authority under the Trust’s Declaration of Trust to create and classify shares of beneficial interest in separate series, without further action by shareholders. The Trustees also have authority to classify and reclassify any series of shares into one or more classes of shares. As of the date of this Additional Statement, the Trustees have classified the shares of each of the Tollkeeper, Structured Tax-Managed Equity and Real Estate Securities Funds into five classes: Institutional Shares, Service Shares, Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares and have classified the shares of the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund into three classes of shares: Institutional Shares, Class A Shares and Class C Shares. Additional series and classes may be added in the future.

Each Institutional Share, Service Share, Class A Share, Class B Share and Class C Share of a Fund represents a proportionate interest in the assets belonging to the applicable class of the Fund. All expenses of a Fund are borne at the same rate by each class of shares, except that fees under Service and Shareholder Administration Plans are borne exclusively by Service Shares, fees under the respective Distribution and Service Plans are borne exclusively by Class A, Class B or Class C Shares, respectively, and transfer agency fees and expenses are borne at different rates by different share classes. The Trustees may determine in the future that it is appropriate to allocate other expenses differently among classes of shares and may do so to the extent consistent with the rules of the SEC and positions of the Internal Revenue Service. Each class of shares may have different minimum investment requirements and be entitled to different shareholder services. With limited exceptions, shares of a class may only be exchanged for shares of the same or an equivalent class of another fund. See “Shareholder Guide” in the Prospectus and “Other Information Regarding Maximum Sales Charge, Purchases, Redemptions, Exchanges and Dividends” below. In addition, the fees and expenses set forth below for each class may be subject to voluntary fee waivers or reimbursements, as discussed more fully in the Funds’ Prospectuses.

Class A Shares are sold with an initial sales charge of up to 5.5%, through brokers and dealers who are members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) and

B-97

certain other financial service firms that have sales agreements with Goldman Sachs. Class A Shares bear the cost of distribution and service fees at the maximum aggregate rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of Class A Shares of the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund, Tollkeeper Fund, Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund and Real Estate Securities Fund. With respect to Class A Shares, the distributor at its discretion may use compensation for distribution services paid under the Distribution and Services Plan for personal and account maintenance services and expenses so long as such total compensation under the Plan does not exceed the maximum cap on “service fees” imposed by the NASD.

Class B Shares (other than the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund) of the Funds are sold subject to a CDSC of up to 5.0% through brokers and dealers who are members of the NASD and certain other financial services firms that have sales arrangements with Goldman Sachs. Class B Shares bear the cost of distribution (Rule 12b-1) fees at the aggregate rate of up to 0.75% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class B Shares. Class B Shares also bear the cost of service fees at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets attributable to Class B Shares.

Certain aspects of the shares may be altered after advance notice to shareholders if it is deemed necessary in order to satisfy certain tax regulatory requirements.

When issued for the consideration described in the Funds’ Prospectuses, shares are fully paid and non-assessable. The Trustees may, however, cause shareholders, or shareholders of a particular series or class, to pay certain custodian, transfer agency, servicing or similar charges by setting off the same against declared but unpaid dividends or by reducing share ownership (or by both means). In the event of liquidation, shareholders are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of the applicable class of the relevant Fund available for distribution to such shareholders. All shares are freely transferable and have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights. The Trustees may require Shareholders to redeem shares for any reason under terms set by the Trustees.

B-98

As of March 31, 2006, no entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund.

As of March 31, 2006, no entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Tollkeeper Fund.

As of March 31, 2006, the following entities owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund: Class A Shares, Edward Jones, Attn: Mutual Fund Shareholder Accounting, 201 Progress Parkway, Maryland Heights, MO 64043 (9.74%); Class A Shares, Charles Schwab & Co., Special Custody Account FBO Customers, Attn: Mutual Funds, 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA 94104 (9.10%).

As of March 31, 2006, the following entity owned of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Real Estate Securities Fund: Institutional Shares, State Street Bank & Trust, T/ee, GS Profit Sharing Master Trust, Josiah Quincy Building 5N, 200 Newport Avenue, North Quincy, MA 02171-2012 (15.91%).

B-99

voting rights only with respect to the limited number of matters specified in the Declaration of Trust and such other matters as the Trustees may determine or may be required by law.

The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification of Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust unless the recipient is adjudicated (i) to be liable by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office or (ii) not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such person’s actions were in the best interest of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust provides that, if any shareholder or former shareholder of any series is held personally liable solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder and not because of the shareholder’s acts or omissions or for some other reason, the shareholder or former shareholder (or the shareholder’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives or general successors) shall be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability. The Trust, acting on behalf of any affected series, must, upon request by such shareholder, assume the defense of any claim made against such shareholder for any act or obligation of the series and satisfy any judgment thereon from the assets of the series.

The Declaration of Trust permits the termination of the Trust or of any series or class of the Trust (i) by a majority of the affected shareholders at a meeting of shareholders of the Trust, series or class; or (ii) by a majority of the Trustees without shareholder approval if the Trustees determine, in their sole discretion, that such action is in the best interest of the Trust, such series, such class or their respective shareholders. The Trustees may consider such factors as they, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate in making such determination, including (i) the inability of the Trust or any series or class to maintain its assets at an appropriate size; (ii) changes in laws or regulations governing the Trust, series or class or affecting assets of the type in which it invests; or (iii) economic developments or trends having a significant adverse impact on the business or operations of the Trust or series.

The Declaration of Trust authorizes the Trustees without shareholder approval to cause the Trust, or any series thereof, to merge or consolidate with any corporation, association, trust or other organization or sell or exchange all or substantially all of the property belonging to the Trust or any series thereof. In addition, the Trustees, without shareholder approval, may adopt a master-feeder structure by investing all or a portion of the assets of a series of the Trust in the securities of another open-end investment company with substantially the same investment objective, restrictions and policies.

The Trustees may appoint separate Trustees with respect to one or more series or classes of the Trust’s shares (the “Series Trustees”). Series Trustees may, but are not required to, serve

B-100

as Trustees of the Trust or any other series or class of the Trust. To the extent provided by the Trustees in the appointment of Series Trustees, the Series Trustees may have, to the exclusion of any other Trustees of the Trust, all the powers and authorities of Trustees under the Declaration of Trust with respect to such Series or Class, but may have no power or authority with respect to any other series or class.

Shareholder and Trustee Liability

In addition to the requirements under Delaware law, the Declaration of Trust provides that shareholders of a series may bring a derivative action on behalf of the series only if the following conditions are met: (i) shareholders eligible to bring such derivative action under Delaware law who hold at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the series, or 10% of the outstanding shares of the class to which such action relates, shall join in the request for the Trustees to commence such action; and (ii) the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider such shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim. The Trustees will be entitled to retain counsel or other advisers in considering the merits of the request and may require an undertaking by the shareholders making such request to reimburse the series for the expense of any such advisers in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring such action.

B-101

TAXATION

The following are certain additional U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting the Funds and the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the Funds that are not described in the Prospectuses. The discussions below and in the Prospectus are only summaries and are not intended as substitutes for careful tax planning. They do not address special tax rules applicable to certain classes of investors, such as tax-exempt entities, insurance companies and financial institutions. Each prospective shareholder is urged to consult his or her own tax adviser with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in each Fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this Additional Statement, which are subject to change.

Fund Taxation

Each Fund is treated as a separate taxable entity. The U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium, Tollkeeper, Structured Tax-Managed Equity and Real Estate Securities Funds have elected to be treated and intend to qualify for each taxable year as regulated investment companies under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code.

There are certain tax requirements that each Fund must follow if it is to avoid federal taxation. In their efforts to adhere to these requirements, the Funds may have to limit their investment activities in some types of instruments. Qualification as a regulated investment company under the Code requires, among other things, that (i) the Fund derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stocks or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures, and forward contracts) derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stocks, securities or currencies (the “90% gross income test”); and (ii) the Fund diversify its holdings so that in general, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the fair market value of the Fund’s total (gross) assets is comprised of cash, cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of such Fund’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total (gross) assets is invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), two or more issuers controlled by the Fund and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or certain publicly traded partnerships.

B-102

foreign currency positions or entering into foreign currency options, futures and forward or swap contracts for purposes other than hedging currency risk with respect to securities in a Fund’s portfolio or anticipated to be acquired may not qualify as “directly-related” under these tests.

If a Fund complies with the foregoing provisions, then in any taxable year in which the Fund distributes, in compliance with the Code’s timing and other requirements, at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (which includes dividends, taxable interest, taxable accrued original issue discount and market discount income, income from securities lending, any net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, certain net realized foreign exchange gains and any other taxable income other than “net capital gain,” as defined below, and is reduced by deductible expenses), and at least 90% of the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest income (if any) over certain disallowed deductions, the Fund (but not its shareholders) will be relieved of federal income tax on any income of the Fund, including long-term capital gains, distributed to shareholders. If a Fund instead retains any investment company taxable income or “net capital gain” (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), it will be subject to a tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained (and on all its net income and gain if the amount retained is large enough to cause the Fund to fail the foregoing 90% test). Because there are some uncertainties regarding the computation of the amounts deemed distributed to Fund shareholders for these purposes – including, in particular, uncertainties regarding the portion, if any, of amounts paid in redemption of Fund shares that should be treated as such distributions – there can be no assurance that each Fund will avoid corporate-level tax in each year.

If a Fund retains any net capital gain, the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to Fund shareholders, who (i) will, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, be required to include in income, as long-term capital gain, their shares of that undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on those gains against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds those liabilities. The tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by the amount of any such undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and decreased by the federal income tax paid by the Fund on that amount of net capital gain. Each Fund intends to distribute for each taxable year to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income, net capital gain and any net tax-exempt interest. Exchange control or other foreign laws, regulations or practices may restrict repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of securities sales by foreign investors and may therefore make it more difficult for such a Fund to satisfy the distribution requirements described above, as well as the excise tax distribution requirements described below. But each Fund generally expects to be able to obtain sufficient cash to satisfy its distribution requirements from new investors, the sale of securities or other sources. If for any taxable year a Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company, it will be taxed on all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain at corporate rates without any deduction for dividends paid, and its distributions to shareholders will be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of its current and accumulated earnings and profits.

B-103

To avoid a 4% federal excise tax, each Fund must distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year at least 98% of its taxable ordinary income for that year, at least 98% of the excess of its capital gains over its capital losses (generally computed on the basis of the one-year period ending on October 31 of that year), and any taxable ordinary income and the excess of capital gains over capital losses for previous years that were not previously distributed and on which the Fund paid no federal income tax. Each Fund anticipates that it will generally make timely distributions of income and capital gains in compliance with these requirements so that it will generally not be required to pay the excise tax.

For federal income tax purposes, each Fund is generally permitted to carry forward a net capital loss in any taxable year to offset its own capital gains, if any, during the eight taxable years following the year of the loss. These amounts are available to be carried forward to offset future capital gains to the extent permitted by the Code and applicable tax regulations. As of December 31, 2005, the following Funds had capital loss carryforwards approximating the amounts indicated, expiring in the years indicated:


			Years of
	Amount		Expiration
Tollkeeper Fund	$	775,760,676		2009
		476,361,177		2010
		137,998,151		2011
		1,145,651		2012

Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund	$	21,567,672		2009
		20,748,975		2010
		209,608		2011

Gains and losses on the sale, lapse, or other termination of options and futures contracts, options thereon and certain forward contracts (except certain foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts) will generally be treated as capital gains and losses. Certain of the futures contracts, forward contracts and options that may be held by a Fund will be required to be “marked-to-market” for federal tax purposes – that is, treated as having been sold at their fair market value on the last day of the Fund’s taxable year (or, for excise tax purposes, on the last day of the relevant period). These provisions may require a Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash. Any gain or loss recognized on actual or deemed sales of these futures contracts, forward contracts or options will (except for certain foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts) be treated as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. As a result of certain hedging transactions that may be entered into by a Fund, it may be required to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, forward contracts and options, or underlying securities or foreign currencies, to the extent of any unrecognized gains on related positions held by the Fund, and the characterization of gains or losses as long-term or short-term may be changed. The tax provisions described in this paragraph may affect the amount, timing and character of a Fund’s distributions to shareholders. Application of certain requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company and/or these tax rules to certain investment

B-104

practices, such as dollar rolls, or certain derivatives such as interest rate swaps, floors, caps and collars and currency, total return, mortgage or index swaps may be unclear in some respects, and a Fund may therefore be required to limit its participation in those kinds of transactions. Certain tax elections may be available to a Fund to mitigate some of the unfavorable consequences described in this paragraph.

Section 988 of the Code contains special tax rules applicable to certain foreign currency transactions and instruments that may affect the amount, timing and character of income, gain or loss recognized by a Fund. Under these rules, foreign exchange gain or loss realized with respect to foreign currencies and certain futures and options thereon, foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, foreign currency forward contracts, and foreign currency-denominated payables and receivables will generally be treated as ordinary income or loss, although in some cases elections may be available that would alter this treatment. If a net foreign exchange loss treated as ordinary loss under Section 988 of the Code exceeds a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to that loss) for a taxable year, the resulting loss will not be deductible by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

A Fund’s investment, if any, in zero coupon securities, deferred interest securities, certain structured securities or other securities bearing original issue discount or, if a Fund elects to include market discount in income currently, market discount, as well as any “marked-to-market” gain from certain options, futures or forward contracts, as described above, will in many cases cause the Fund to realize income or gain before the receipt of cash payments with respect to these securities or contracts. For a Fund to obtain cash to enable the Fund to distribute any such income or gain, to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and to avoid federal income and excise taxes, the Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio investments sooner than it might otherwise have done.

Investments in lower-rated securities may present special tax issues for a Fund to the extent actual or anticipated defaults may be more likely with respect to those kinds of securities. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when an investor in such securities may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount, or market discount; when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities; how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income; and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a workout context are taxable. These and other issues will generally need to be addressed by a Fund, in the event it invests in such securities, so as to seek to eliminate or to minimize any adverse tax consequences.

Each Fund anticipates that it may be subject to foreign taxes on its income (possibly including, in some cases, capital gains) from foreign securities. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases.

If a Fund acquires stock (including, under proposed regulations, an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond) in certain foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, rents, royalties or capital gain) or hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such

B-105

passive income (“passive foreign investment companies”), the Fund could be subject to federal income tax and additional interest charges on “excess distributions” received from such companies or gain from the sale of stock in such companies, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. The Fund will not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such a tax. In some cases, elections may be available that will ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but those elections will require the Fund to include each year certain amounts as income or gain (subject to the distribution requirements described above) without a concurrent receipt of cash. Each Fund may attempt to limit and/or to manage its holdings in passive foreign investment companies to minimize its tax liability or maximize its return from these investments.

U.S. Shareholders — Additional Information About Distributions

A portion of Fund distributions may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders of the Fund. But, the entire amount of a dividend, including, generally, any deducted amount, is considered in determining the excess, if any, of a corporate shareholder’s adjusted current earnings over its alternative minimum taxable income, which may increase its liability for the federal alternative minimum tax, and the dividend may, if it is treated as an “extraordinary dividend” under the Code, reduce such a shareholder’s tax basis in its shares of the Fund.

Distributions from the Real Estate Securities Fund (and any other Fund) attributable to operating income of real estate investment trusts in which the Fund invests will not be eligible for the reduced rate applicable to qualifying dividends for individual shareholders or for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders. In addition, certain distributions from the Real Estate Securities and Tollkeeper Funds (or other Funds) that are attributable to interests in mortgage REITs and REMIC Certificates (so-called, “excess inclusions” with respect to “residual interests,” as defined in section 860E(a)(4) of the Code), if any such interests are held by the Fund, may constitute unrelated business taxable income in the hands of otherwise tax-exempt shareholders.

Distributions, if any, that are in excess of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will first reduce a shareholder’s tax basis in his shares and, after that basis is reduced to zero, will generally constitute capital gains to a shareholder who holds his shares as capital assets.

Taxable U.S. Shareholders — Additional Information About Sales of Shares

B-106

redemption will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain dividend. All or a portion of any sales load paid upon the purchase of shares of a Fund will not be taken into account in determining gain or loss on the redemption or exchange of those shares within 90 days after their purchase to the extent the redemption proceeds are reinvested, or the exchange is effected, without payment of an additional sales load pursuant to the reinvestment or exchange privilege. The load not taken into account will be added to the tax basis of the newly-acquired shares.

Backup Withholding

Each Fund may be required to withhold, as “backup withholding,” federal income tax at a 28% rate from dividends (including capital gain dividends) and share redemption and exchange proceeds to individuals and other non-exempt shareholders who fail to furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) certified under penalties of perjury, or if the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or a broker notifies the Fund that the payee is subject to backup withholding as a result of failing properly to report interest or dividend income to the IRS or that the TIN furnished by the payee to the Fund is incorrect, or if (when required to do so) the payee fails to certify under penalties of perjury that he or she is not subject to backup withholding. A Fund may refuse to accept an application that does not contain any required TIN or certification that the TIN provided is correct. If the backup withholding provisions are applicable, any such dividends and proceeds, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares, will be reduced by the amounts required to be withheld. Any amounts withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. If a shareholder does not have a TIN, he or she should apply for one immediately by contacting the local office of the Social Security Administration or the IRS. Backup withholding could apply to payments relating to a shareholder’s account while the shareholder is awaiting receipt of a TIN. Special rules apply for certain entities. For example, for an account established under a Uniform Gifts or Transfer to Minors Act, the TIN of the minor should be furnished. In addition, non-U.S. shareholders will be required to provide the Fund with the proper IRS Form W-8 or appropriate substitute (as discussed below) in order to avail themselves of this withholding tax exemption.

Non-U.S. Shareholders

The discussion above relates solely to U.S. federal income tax law as it applies to “U.S. persons” subject to tax under that law.

B-107

shareholder’s trade or business in the United States or, in the case of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, the shareholder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met.

Under changes to the Code enacted in 2004, for distributions attributable to a Fund’s taxable year beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2008, non-U.S. shareholders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on distributions attributable to “portfolio interest” or short-term capital gains unless (i) the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the shareholder, or (ii) with respect to short-term capital gains, the shareholder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Distributions that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of a shareholder will be subject to tax on a net income basis at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. individuals or domestic corporations. Distributions by each Fund that are attributable to short-term capital gains during the above periods will also generally be free of U.S. withholding tax; by contrast, there will be tax withheld by the Funds with respect to distributions attributable to any interest income of the Fund, so that non-U.S. shareholders who are exempt from U.S. federal income tax with respect to all or a portion of those interest-related dividends will need to file U.S. federal income tax returns to claim refunds of those withholding taxes.

Any capital gain realized by a non-U.S. shareholder upon a sale or redemption of shares of a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless the gain is effectively connected with the shareholder’s trade or business in the United States, or, in the case of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met.

Non-U.S. shareholders of a Fund may be subject to U.S. estate tax with respect to their Fund shares. Each shareholder who is not a U.S. person should consult his or her tax adviser regarding the U.S. and non-U.S. tax consequences of ownership of shares of, and receipt of distributions from, the Funds.

State and Local

Each Fund may be subject to state or local taxes in jurisdictions in which the Fund is deemed to be doing business. In addition, in those states or localities that impose income taxes, the treatment of such a Fund and its shareholders under those jurisdictions’ tax laws may differ from the treatment under federal income tax laws, and investment in such a Fund may have tax consequences for shareholders that are different from those of a direct investment in the Fund’s portfolio securities. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers concerning state and local tax matters.

B-108

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements and related reports of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the Tollkeeper, Structured Tax-Managed Equity and Real Estate Securities Fund, contained in such Fund’s 2005 annual report are hereby incorporated by reference. The audited financial statements and related report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund contained in such Fund’s 2005 annual report are incorporated by reference. The financial statements in each Fund’s annual report have been incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firms as experts in accounting and auditing. No other parts of any annual report are incorporated by reference herein. A copy of the annual reports may be obtained upon request and without charge by writing Goldman, Sachs & Co., 71 South Wacker Drive, Suite 500, Chicago, Illinois 60606 or by calling Goldman, Sachs & Co., at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus.

PROXY VOTING

Public Equity Investments.

To implement these guiding principles for investments in publicly-traded equities, the Investment Adviser follows proxy voting guidelines (the “Guidelines”) developed by Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), except in certain circumstances, which are generally described below. The Guidelines embody the positions and factors the Investment Adviser generally considers important in casting proxy votes. They address a wide variety of individual topics, including, among others, shareholder voting rights, anti-takeover defenses, board structures, the election of directors, executive and director compensation, reorganizations, mergers, and various shareholder proposals. Attached as Appendix B is a summary of the Guidelines.

B-109

Fixed Income and Private Investments.

Voting decisions with respect to fixed income securities and the securities of privately held issuers generally will be made by a Fund’s managers based on their assessment of the particular transactions or other matters at issue.

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 is available on or through the Funds’ website at http://www.gs.com/funds and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PAYMENTS TO INTERMEDIARIES

B-110

payments (“Additional Payments”) are made out of the Investment Adviser’s, distributor’s and/or their affiliates’ own assets, and are not an additional charge to the Funds or their shareholders. The Additional Payments are in addition to the distribution and service fees paid by the Funds described in the Funds’ Prospectuses and this Additional Statement, and are also in addition to the sales commissions payable to Intermediaries as set forth in the Prospectuses.

These Additional Payments are intended to compensate Intermediaries for, among other things: marketing shares of the Funds, which may consist of payments relating to Funds included on preferred or recommended fund lists or in certain sales programs from time to time sponsored by the Intermediaries; access to the Intermediaries’ registered representatives or salespersons, including at conferences and other meetings; assistance in training and education of personnel; “finders” or “referral fees” for directing investors to the Funds; marketing support fees for providing assistance in promoting the sale of Fund shares (which may include promotions in communications with the Intermediaries’ customers, registered representatives and salespersons); and/or other specified services intended to assist in the distribution and marketing of the Funds. In addition, the Investment Adviser, distributor and/or their affiliates may make Additional Payments (including through sub-transfer agency and networking agreements) for subaccounting, administrative and/or shareholder processing services that are in addition to the transfer agent, shareholder administration, servicing and processing fees paid by the Funds. The Additional Payments made by the Investment Adviser, distributor and their affiliates may be a fixed dollar amount; may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by an Intermediary; may be based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the Intermediary involved; or may be calculated on another basis. Furthermore, the Investment Adviser, distributor and/or their affiliates may, to the extent permitted by applicable regulations, contribute to various non-cash and cash incentive arrangements to promote the sale of shares, as well as sponsor various educational programs, sales contests and/or promotions. The Investment Adviser, distributor and their affiliates may also pay for the travel expenses, meals, lodging and entertainment of Intermediaries and their salespersons and guests in connection with educational, sales and promotional programs subject to applicable NASD regulations. The amount of these Additional Payments (excluding payments made through sub-transfer agency and networking agreements) is normally not expected to exceed 0.50% (annualized) of the amount sold or invested through the Intermediaries. The Additional Payments are negotiated based on a range of factors, including but not limited to, ability to attract and retain assets (including particular classes of Funds’ shares), target markets, customer relationships, quality of service and industry reputation.

For the calendar year ended December 31, 2005, the Investment Adviser, distributor and their affiliates made Additional Payments out of their own assets to approximately 108 Intermediaries. During the calendar year ended December 31, 2005, the Investment Adviser, distributor and their affiliates paid to Intermediaries approximately $40.6 million in Additional Payments (including payments made through sub-transfer agency and networking agreements) with respect to all of the funds of the Trust (including the Funds included in this Additional Statement).

B-111

The Additional Payments made by the Investment Adviser, distributor and/or their affiliates may be different for different Intermediaries and may vary with respect to the type of fund (e.g., equity, fund, fixed income fund, specialty fund, asset allocation portfolio or money market fund) sold by the Intermediary. In addition, the Additional Payment arrangements may include breakpoints in compensation which provide that the percentage rate of compensation varies as the dollar value of the amount sold or invested through an Intermediary increases. The presence of these Additional Payments, the varying fee structure and the basis on which an Intermediary compensates its registered representatives or salespersons may create an incentive for a particular Intermediary, registered representative or salesperson to highlight, feature or recommend Funds based, at least in part, on the level of compensation paid. Shareholders should contact their Authorized Dealer or other Intermediary for more information about the payments they receive and any potential conflicts of interest.

OTHER INFORMATION

Selective Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

The Board of Trustees of the Trust and the Investment Adviser have adopted a policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings in accordance with regulations that seek to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio securities is in the best interest of Fund shareholders and to address the conflicts between the interests of Fund shareholders and its service providers. The policy provides that neither a Fund nor its Investment Adviser, Distributor or any agent, or any employee thereof (“Fund Representative”) will disclose a Fund’s portfolio holdings information to any person other than in accordance with the policy. For purposes of the policy, “portfolio holdings information” means the Fund’s actual portfolio holdings, as well as nonpublic information about its trading strategies or pending transactions. Under the policy, neither a Fund nor any Fund Representative may solicit or accept any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information. A Fund Representative may provide portfolio holdings information to third parties if such information has been included in the Fund’s public filings with the SEC or is disclosed on the Funds’ publicly accessible website. Information posted on the Fund’s website may be separately provided to any person commencing the day after it is first published on the Funds’ website.

B-112

sell shares of the Fund,) only upon approval by the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, who must first determine that the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for doing so and check with the Fund Transfer Agent to ascertain whether the third party has been identified as an excessive trader. In general, each recipient of non-public portfolio holdings information must sign a confidentiality and non-trading agreement, although this requirement will not apply when the recipient is otherwise subject to a duty of confidentiality. In accordance with the policy, the identity of those recipients who receive non-public portfolio holdings information on an ongoing basis is as follows: the Investment Adviser and its affiliates, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, the Funds’ custodian, the Funds’ legal counsel- Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, the Funds’ financial printer- Bowne, and the Funds’ proxy voting service- ISS. These entities are obligated to keep such information confidential. Third party providers of custodial or accounting services to the Funds may release non-public portfolio holdings information of the Funds only with the permission of Fund Representatives. From time to time portfolio holdings information may be provided to broker-dealers solely in connection with a Fund seeking portfolio securities trading suggestions. In providing this information reasonable precautions, including limitations on the scope of the portfolio holdings information disclosed, are taken to avoid any potential misuse of the disclosed information. All marketing materials prepared by the Trust’s principal underwriter are reviewed by Goldman Sachs’ Compliance department for consistency with the Trust’s portfolio holdings disclosure policy.

The Goldman Sachs equity funds currently intend to publish on the Trust’s website (http://www.gs.com/funds) complete portfolio holdings for each equity fund as of the end of each calendar quarter subject to a fifteen calendar day lag between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. In addition, the Goldman Sachs equity funds intend to publish on their website month-end top ten holdings subject to a ten calendar day lag between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The Funds described in this Additional Statement currently intend to publish complete portfolio holdings on their website as of the end of each fiscal quarter, subject to a thirty calendar day lag, and to post selected holdings information monthly on a ten calendar day lag. The Financial Square Prime Obligations Fund, Financial Square Money Market Fund, Institutional Liquid Assets Prime Obligations Portfolio and Institutional Liquid Assets Money Market Portfolio publish their holdings as of the end of each month subject to a thirty calendar day lag between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The other Financial Square and Institutional Liquid Assets money market funds publish their holdings as of the end of each calendar quarter subject to a thirty calendar day lag between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. A Fund may publish on the website complete portfolio holdings information more frequently if it has a legitimate business purpose for doing so.

B-113

As of the date of this Additional Statement, only certain officers of the Trust as well as certain senior members of the compliance and legal groups of the Investment Adviser have been approved by the Board of Trustees to authorize disclosure of portfolio holdings information.

Miscellaneous

The Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund may pay redemptions, in part or in whole, by a distribution in kind of securities (instead of cash) from the Fund. Unlike other funds of the Trust, the Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund has not elected, pursuant to Rule 18f-1 under the Act, to pay in cash all requests for redemptions up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. The Tollkeeper Fund, U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund and Real Estate Securities Fund will redeem shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. The Tollkeeper Fund, U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund and Real Estate Securities Fund, however, reserve the right to pay redemptions exceeding $250,000 or 1% of the net asset value of the Fund at the time of redemption by a distribution in kind of securities (instead of cash) from such Fund. The securities distributed in kind would be readily marketable and would be valued for this purpose using the same method employed in calculating the Fund’s net asset value per share. See “Net Asset Value.” If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in kind, the shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received in the redemption.

In the interest of economy and convenience, the Trust does not issue certificates representing the Funds’ shares. Instead, the transfer agent maintains a record of each shareholder’s ownership. Each shareholder receives confirmation of purchase and redemption

B-114

orders from the transfer agent. Fund shares and any dividends and distributions paid by the Funds are reflected in account statements from the transfer agent.

DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE PLANS
(Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares Only)

Distribution and Service Plans. As described in the Prospectus, the Trust has adopted, on behalf of Class A, Class B and Class C Shares of each Fund (except that the U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund does not offer Class B shares), distribution and service plans (each a “Plan”). See “Shareholder Guide – Distribution and Service Fees” in the Prospectus. The distribution fees payable under the Plans are subject to Rule 12b-1 under the Act and finance distribution and other services that are provided to investors in the Funds and enable the Funds to offer investors the choice of investing in either Class A, Class B or Class C Shares when investing in the Funds. In addition, the distribution fees payable under the Plans may be used to assist the Funds in reaching and maintaining asset levels that are efficient for the Funds’ operations and investments.

The Plans for each Fund were most recently approved on June 16, 2005 by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plans, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of approving the Plans.

The compensation for distribution services payable under a Plan to Goldman Sachs may not exceed 0.25%, 0.75% and 0.75% per annum of a Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class A, Class B and Class C Shares, respectively, of such Fund.

Under the Plans for Class B and Class C Shares, Goldman Sachs is also entitled to receive a separate fee for personal and account maintenance services equal to an annual basis of 0.25% of each Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class A, Class B or Class C Shares. With respect to Class A Shares, the Distributor at its discretion may use compensation for distribution services paid under the Plan for personal and account maintenance services and

B-115

expenses so long as such total compensation under the Plan does not exceed the maximum cap on “service fees” imposed by the NASD.

Under each Plan, Goldman Sachs, as distributor of each Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C Shares, will provide to the Trustees of the Trust for their review, and the Trustees of the Trust will review at least quarterly a written report of the services provided and amounts expended by Goldman Sachs under the Plans and the purposes for which such services were performed and expenditures were made.

The Plans will remain in effect until June 30, 2006 and from year to year thereafter, provided that such continuance is approved annually by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plans. The Plans may not be amended to increase materially the amount of distribution compensation described therein without approval of a majority of the outstanding Class A, Class B or Class C Shares of the affected Fund and affected share class but may be amended without shareholder approval to increase materially the amount of non-distribution compensation. All material amendments of a Plan must also be approved by the Trustees of the Trust in the manner described above. A Plan may be terminated at any time as to any Fund without payment of any penalty by a vote of a majority of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a majority of the Class A, Class B or Class C Shares, respectively, of the affected Fund and affected share class. If a Plan was terminated by the Trustees of the Trust and no successor plan was adopted, the Fund would cease to make payments to Goldman Sachs under the Plan and Goldman Sachs would be unable to recover the amount of any of its unreimbursed expenditures. So long as a Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of non-interested Trustees of the Trust will be committed to the discretion of the non-interested Trustees of the Trust. The Trustees of the Trust have determined that in their judgment there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit the Funds and their Class A, Class B and Class C shareholders.

B-116

The following chart shows the distribution and service fees paid to Goldman Sachs for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, by each Fund pursuant to the Class A Plan:


	Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended
	December 31, 2005		December 31, 2004		December 31, 2003
U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund*	$	14,236		—		—
Tollkeeper Fund		332,975	$	402,065	$	404,182
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund		125,740		90,013		86,548
Real Estate Securities Fund		698,483		542,727		716,572


*		U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2005.

The following chart shows the distribution and service fees that would have been paid to Goldman Sachs for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 by each applicable Fund pursuant to the Class A Plan, without the voluntary limitations then in effect:


	Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended
	December 31, 2005		December 31, 2004		December 31, 2003
U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund*	$	14,236		—		—
Tollkeeper Fund		332,975	$	402,065	$	404,182
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund		125,740		90,013		86,548
Real Estate Securities Fund		698,483		747,795		716,572


*		U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2005.

B-117

The following chart shows the distribution and service fees paid to Goldman Sachs for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 by each applicable Fund pursuant to the Class B Plan:


	Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended
	December 31, 2005		December 31, 2004		December 31, 2003
Tollkeeper Fund	$	1,374,818	$	1,691,996	$	1,725,071
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund		252,993		263,454		243,547
Real Estate Securities Fund		226,953		208,910		161,183


	Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended
	December 31, 2005		December 31, 2004		December 31, 2003
U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund*	$	1,258		—		—
Tollkeeper Fund		671,509	$	825,594	$	838,375
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund		217,351		217,273		220,473
Real Estate Securities Fund		187,548		153,322		105,992


*		U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2005.

B-118

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, Goldman Sachs incurred the following expenses in connection with distribution under the Class A Plan of each applicable Fund:


			Compensation and				Printing and Mailing of		Preparation and
			Expenses of the		Allocable Overhead,		Prospectuses to Other		Distribution of Sales
	Compensation to		Distributor & Its		Telephone and Travel		Than Current		Literature and
	Dealers²		Sales Personnel		Expenses		Shareholders		Advertising
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005:

U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund¹	$	416	$	6,139	$	—	$	—	$	6,555
Tollkeeper Fund		336,522		465,435		57,596		4,026		6,314
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund		134,944		117,985		13,989		978		1,534
Real Estate Securities Fund		327,743		733,967		39,088		2,732		4,285


¹		U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2005.

²		Advance commissions paid to dealers of 1% on Class A Shares are considered deferred assets which are amortized over a period of 1 year or until redemption; amounts presented above reflect amortization expense recorded during the period presented in addition to payments remitted directly to dealers.

B-119

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, Goldman Sachs incurred the following expenses in connection with distribution under the Class C Plan of each applicable Fund with Class C Shares:


			Compensation and				Printing and Mailing		Preparation and
			Expenses of the		Allocable Overhead,		of Prospectuses to		Distribution of Sales
	Compensation to		Distributor & Its		Telephone and Travel		Other Than Current		Literature and
	Dealers ²		Sales Personnel		Expenses		Shareholders		Advertising
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005:

U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund¹	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Tollkeeper Fund	$	670,245	$	219,175	$	28,571	$	1,997	$	3,132
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund		233,153		63,497		7,963		557		873
Real Estate Securities Fund		190,880		48,999		6,370		445		698


¹		U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2005.

²		Advance commissions paid to dealers of 1% on Class C shares are considered deferred assets which are amortized over a period of 1 year or until redemption; amounts presented above reflect amortization expense recorded during the period presented in addition to payments remitted directly to dealers.

B-121

OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING MAXIMUM SALES CHARGE, PURCHASES,
REDEMPTIONS, EXCHANGES AND DIVIDENDS
(Class A Shares, Class B Shares and Class C Shares Only)

The following information supplements the information in the Prospectus under the captions “Shareholder Guide” and “Dividends.” Please see the Prospectus for more complete information.

Maximum Sales Charges

Class A Shares of each Fund are sold with a maximum sales charge of 5.5%. Using the net asset value per share as of December 31, 2005, the maximum offering price of each Fund’s Class A shares would be as follows:


	Net Asset		Maximum Sales			Offering Price to
	Value		Charge			Public
U.S. Equity Dividend and Premium Fund	$	10.09		5.5	%	$	10.68
Tollkeeper Fund		8.02		5.5			8.49
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund		10.39		5.5			10.99
Real Estate Securities Fund		18.04		5.5			19.09

The actual sales charge that is paid by an investor on the purchase of Class A Shares may differ slightly from the sales charge listed above or in a Fund’s Prospectus due to rounding in the calculations. For example, the sales load disclosed above and in the Funds’ Prospectuses is only shown to one decimal place (i.e., 5.5%). The actual sales charge that is paid by an investor will be rounded to two decimal places. As a result of such rounding in the calculations, the actual sales load paid by an investor may be somewhat greater (e.g., 5.53%) or somewhat lesser (e.g., 5.48%) than that listed above or in the Prospectuses. Contact your financial advisor for further information.

Other Purchase Information/Sales Charge Waivers

B-122

to make changes in or give instructions concerning the account or to obtain information about the account. The transfer of shares in a “street name” account to an account with another dealer or to an account directly with the Fund involves special procedures and will require the beneficial owner to obtain historical purchase information about the shares in the account from the Authorized Dealer.

Right of Accumulation (Class A)

A Class A shareholder qualifies for cumulative quantity discounts if the current purchase price of the new investment plus the shareholder’s current holdings of existing Class A, Class B and/or Class C Shares (acquired by purchase or exchange) of a Fund and Class A, Class B and/or Class C Shares of any other Goldman Sachs Fund total the requisite amount for receiving a discount. For example, if a shareholder owns shares with a current market value of $65,000 and purchases additional Class A Shares of any Goldman Sachs Fund with a purchase price of $45,000, the sales charge for the $45,000 purchase would be 3.75% (the rate applicable to a single purchase of $100,000 but less than $250,000). Class A, Class B and/or Class C Shares of the Funds and any other Goldman Sachs Fund purchased (i) by an individual, his spouse and his children, and (ii) by a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account, will be combined for the purpose of determining whether a purchase will qualify for such right of accumulation and, if qualifying, the applicable sales charge level. For purposes of applying the right of accumulation, shares of the Funds and any other Goldman Sachs Fund purchased by an existing client of Goldman Sachs Wealth Management or GS Ayco Holding LLC will be combined with Class A, Class B and/or Class C Shares and other assets held by all other Goldman Sachs Wealth Management accounts or accounts of GS Ayco Holding LLC, respectively. In addition, Class A, Class B and/or Class C Shares of the Funds and Class A, Class B and/or Class C Shares of any other Goldman Sachs Fund purchased by partners, directors, officers or employees of the same business organization, groups of individuals represented by and investing on the recommendation of the same accounting firm, certain affinity groups or other similar organizations (collectively, “eligible persons”) may be combined for the purpose of determining whether a purchase will qualify for the right of accumulation and, if qualifying, the applicable sales charge level. This right of accumulation is subject to the following conditions: (i) the business organization’s, group’s or firm’s agreement to cooperate in the offering of the Funds’ shares to eligible persons; and (ii) notification to the relevant Fund at the time of purchase that the investor is eligible for this right of accumulation. In addition, in connection with SIMPLE IRA accounts, cumulative quantity discounts are available on a per plan basis if (i) your employee has been assigned a cumulative discount number by Goldman Sachs; and (ii) your account, alone or in combination with the accounts of other plan participants also invested in Class A, Class B and/or Class C Shares of the Goldman Sachs Funds, totals the requisite aggregate amount as described in the Prospectus.

Statement of Intention (Class A)

B-123

a Statement of Intention (the “Statement”). Shares purchased pursuant to a Statement will be eligible for the same sales charge discount that would have been available if all of the purchases had been made at the same time. The shareholder or his Authorized Dealer must inform Goldman Sachs that the Statement is in effect each time shares are purchased. There is no obligation to purchase the full amount of shares indicated in the Statement. A shareholder may include the value of all Class A Shares on which a sales charge has previously been paid as an “accumulation credit” toward the completion of the Statement, but a price readjustment will be made only on Class A Shares purchased within ninety (90) days before submitting the Statement. The Statement authorizes the transfer agent to hold in escrow a sufficient number of shares which can be redeemed to make up any difference in the sales charge on the amount actually invested. For purposes of satisfying the amount specified on the Statement, the gross amount of each investment, exclusive of any appreciation on shares previously purchased, will be taken into account.

The provisions applicable to the Statement, and the terms of the related escrow agreement, are set forth in Appendix C to this Additional Statement.

Cross-Reinvestment of Dividends and Distributions

Shareholders may receive dividends and distributions in additional shares of the same class of a Fund or they may elect to receive them in cash or shares of the same class of other Goldman Sachs Funds or ILA Service Shares of the Prime Obligations Portfolio or the Tax-Exempt Diversified Portfolio, if they hold Class A Shares of a Fund, or ILA Class B or Class C Shares of the Prime Obligations Portfolio, if they hold Class B or Class C Shares of a Fund (the “ILA Portfolios”).

A Fund shareholder should obtain and read the prospectus relating to any other Fund, Goldman Sachs Fund or ILA Portfolio and its shares and consider its investment objective, policies and applicable fees before electing cross-reinvestment into that Fund. The election to cross-reinvest dividends and capital gain distributions will not affect the tax treatment of such dividends and distributions, which will be treated as received by the shareholder and then used to purchase shares of the acquired fund. Such reinvestment of dividends and distributions in shares of other Goldman Sachs Funds or ILA Portfolios is available only in states where such reinvestment may legally be made.

Automatic Exchange Program

B-124

Class C Exchanges

Systematic Withdrawal Plan

Dividends and capital gain distributions on shares held under the Systematic Withdrawal Plan are reinvested in additional full and fractional shares of the applicable Fund at net asset value. The transfer agent acts as agent for the shareholder in redeeming sufficient full and fractional shares to provide the amount of the systematic withdrawal payment. The Systematic Withdrawal Plan may be terminated at any time. Goldman Sachs reserves the right to initiate a fee of up to $5 per withdrawal, upon thirty (30) days written notice to the shareholder. Withdrawal payments should not be considered to be dividends, yield or income. If periodic withdrawals continuously exceed new purchases and reinvested dividends and capital gains distributions, the shareholder’s original investment will be correspondingly reduced and ultimately exhausted. The maintenance of a withdrawal plan concurrently with purchases of additional Class A, Class B or Class C Shares would be disadvantageous because of the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A Shares or the imposition of a CDSC on redemptions of Class A, Class B or Class C Shares. The CDSC applicable to Class A, Class B or Class C Shares redeemed under a systematic withdrawal plan may be waived. See “Shareholder Guide” in the Prospectuses. In addition, each withdrawal constitutes a redemption of shares, and any gain or loss realized must be reported for federal and state income tax purposes. A shareholder should consult his or her own tax adviser with regard to the tax consequences of participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan. For further information or to request a Systematic Withdrawal Plan, please write or call the transfer agent.

B-125

SERVICE PLAN AND
SHAREHOLDER ADMINISTRATION PLAN
(Service Shares Only)

The Tollkeeper, Structured Tax-Managed Equity and Real Estate Securities Funds have adopted a service plan and a separate shareholder administration plan (the “Plans”) with respect to the Service Shares which authorize the Funds to compensate Service Organizations for providing certain personal and account maintenance services and shareholder administration services to their customers who are or may become beneficial owners of such Shares. Pursuant to the Plans, each Fund enters into agreements with Service Organizations which purchase Service Shares of the Fund on behalf of their customers (“Service Agreements”). Under such Service Agreements the Service Organizations may perform some or all of the following services:

	(a)		Personal and account maintenance services, including: (i) providing facilities to answer inquiries and respond to correspondence with customers and other investors about the status of their accounts or about other aspects of the Trust or the applicable Fund; (ii) acting as liaison between the Service Organization’s customers and the Trust, including obtaining information from the Trust and assisting the Trust in correcting errors and resolving problems; (iii) providing such statistical and other information as may be reasonably requested by the Trust or necessary for the Trust to comply with applicable federal or state law; (iv) responding to investor requests for prospectuses; (v) displaying and making prospectuses available on the Service Organization’s premises; and (vi) assisting customers in completing application forms, selecting dividend and other account options and opening custody accounts with the Service Organization.

	(b)		Shareholder administration services, including (i) acting or arranging for another party to act, as recordholder and nominee of the Service Shares beneficially owned by the Service Organization’s customers; (ii) establishing and maintaining or assist in establishing and maintaining individual accounts and records with respect to the Service Shares owned by each customer; (iii) processing or assist in processing confirmations concerning customer orders to purchase, redeem and exchange Service Shares; (iv) receiving and transmitting or assist in receiving and transmitting funds representing the purchase price or redemption proceeds of such Service Shares; (v) facilitating the inclusion of Service Shares in accounts, products or services offered to the Service Organization’s customers by or through the Service Organization; (vi) processing dividend payments on behalf of customers; and (vii) performing other related services which do not constitute “any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares” within the meaning of Rule 12b-1

B-126

under the Act or “personal and account maintenance services” within the meaning of the NASD’s Conduct Rules.

As compensation for such services, each Fund will pay each Service Organization a personal and account maintenance service fee and a shareholder administration service fee in an amount up to 0.25% and 0.25%, respectively (on an annualized basis) of the average daily net assets of the Service Shares of such Fund attributable to or held in the name of such Service Organization.

The amount of the service and shareholder administration fees paid by each Fund to Service Organizations pursuant to the Plans was as follows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.


	Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended		Fiscal year ended
	December 31, 2005		December 31, 2004		December 31, 2003
Tollkeeper Fund	$	575	$	533	$	262
Structured Tax-Managed Equity Fund		2,536		3,656		3,904
Real Estate Securities Fund		21,259		5,763		227

The Funds have adopted the Service Plan but not the Shareholder Administration Plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act in order to avoid any possibility that service fees paid to the Service Organizations pursuant to the Service Agreements might violate the Act. Rule 12b-1, which was adopted by the SEC under the Act, regulates the circumstances under which an investment company or series thereof may bear expenses associated with the distribution of its shares. In particular, such an investment company or series thereof cannot engage directly or indirectly in financing any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares issued by the company unless it has adopted a plan pursuant to, and complies with the other requirements of, such Rule. The Trust believes that fees paid for the services provided in the Service Plan and described above are not expenses incurred primarily for effecting the distribution of Service Shares. However, should such payments be deemed by a court or the SEC to be distribution expenses, such payments would be duly authorized by the Plan. The shareholder administration plan has not been adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act.

B-127

The Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans or the related Service Agreements, most recently voted to approve the Plans and related Service Agreements with respect to the Funds on June 16, 2005 in each instance at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Plans and Service Agreements. The Plans and related Service Agreements will remain in effect until June 30, 2006 and will continue in effect thereafter only if such continuance is specifically approved annually by a vote of the Trustees in the manner described above. The Service Plan may not be amended (but the Shareholder Administration Plan may be amended) to increase materially the amount to be spent for the services described therein without approval of the shareholders of the affected Fund’s Service Class and all material amendments of each Plan must also be approved by the Trustees in the manner described above. The Plans may be terminated at any time by a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans and Service Agreements or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding Service Shares of the affected Fund. The Service Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of such Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding Service Shares of the affected Fund on not more than sixty (60) days’ written notice to any other party to the Service Agreements. The Service Agreements will terminate automatically if assigned. So long as the Plans are in effect, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons will be committed to the discretion of the non-interested Trustees. The Board of Trustees have determined that, in its judgment, there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit the Funds and the holders of Service Shares.

B-128

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

Short-Term Credit Ratings

1-A

“N.R.” – An issuer designated N.R. is not rated.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks — Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign Currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Moody’s employs the following:

“P-1” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“P-2” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“P-3” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

“NP” – Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

2-A

“RD” – Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other obligations.

“D” – Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

“NR” – This designation indicates that Fitch does not publicly rate the issuer or issue in question.

The following summarizes the ratings used by Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited (“DBRS”) for commercial paper and short-term debt:

3-A

entities rated “R-1 (middle)” are also considered strong credits, and typically exemplify above average strength in key areas of consideration for the timely repayment of short-term liabilities.